crux of education.docx

edu average

1. OBJECTIVE + SUBJECTIVE
(One Line Question Answer & Precise Detail)
CRUX OF EDUCATION
For
ESE, SESE, SST, NAT, NTS, Headmaster/Headmistress, Subject Specialist Education, Lecturer Education
A Complete Package for Teaching Profession & M.A Education/M.Ed

Muhammad Nazir
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED WITH THE PUBLISHER
COPY RIGHT ACT: No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any form or by any means
without the prior consent of the copying owner.
Publisher : Yousaf Mukhtar
Copy : 500
Printer : Z.A Press
Price: 400/-
NOTE: Although every care has been taken in the printing of this book, yet the Publisher/ Authors will
not be held responsible for any printing error or omission. However, suggestions for the improvement of
the book (including printing errors, if any) will be welcomed and incorporated in the subsequent editions
of the book.

PREFACE
Education is an overarching field with curriculum designing and research based on changing learning
environments which serves as the basis of teaching-learning process in all other fields ranging from
engineering, medicine to social sciences and beyond.
This book contains tremendous information regarding Foundation of education, Instructional designs,
teaching Methodologies /strategies and many other topics, which fall within the domain of teaching-
learning process. The author has designed the contents of the book in a comprehensive and well-
structured manner, catering to different levels of readers. It is a commendable effort which has
contributed to the field of Education, since this is the root through which further learning patterns and
ideas stem. This book would serve as a key 'learning tool for all those who want to benefit from the
ideas and information provided.
This book, therefore, is a significant addition to the literature already available on this topic and would
notably complement it.

2. Dr. Tanzila Nabeel
Chairperson,
Department of Special Education, Allama Iqbal Open University, Islamabad.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
I would like to express my deepest gratitude to Almighty ALLAH (SWT) and Beloved Prophet (PBUH) Who
enlightened the mankind with the power of positivity and showed it the righteous path.
I wish to write special note of thanks to the Honourable Dr. Tanzila Nabeel, Chairperson Department of
Special Education, Allama Iqbal Open University, Islamabad, who made me to fight with spirit and
achieve the set goals successfully.
I am very grateful to the Dr. Muhammad Naeem Mohsin, Director Distance Education, Govt. College
University, Faisalabad for his continuous support and advice to accomplish this work.
I am thankful to my valuable colleagues of special education department especially Abdul Hameed
Gujjar, Farhat Hayat Malik, Madam Mehmuda Kousar, Abdul Sattar, Haji Muhammad Siddique,
Muhammad Akram Sabir, Ifra Sohail, Aysha Wajih Ullah, Maria Kazam, Bashir Rabbani, Tahir Jamil,
Sumaira Choudhari, Abid Masood Khan, Naveed Ejaz, Fida Hussain Atif, Zameer Ul Hassan and all staff of
Govt. Institute for Slow Learners Toba Tek Singh.
A special word of thanks to my brothers Naseer Ahmed and Muhammad Shaban, Lecturer Govt.
Municipal Degree College Faisalabad who kept me going with confidence and helped in finalization /
publication of the book. Finally I am very indebted to my mother, my wife, and my kids (Hiba, Hadia,
Sohaib, Anas) for their special prayers and love.
Muhammad Nazir
CONTENTS
Chap# Topic Page #
1 Educational Philosophy 1-13
2 History of Education 15-44
3 Educational Psychology 45-88
4 Evaluation 89 -104
5 Educational Research I 105-166
6 Curriculum 167-178
7 Instructional Technology 179-182 i
8 Computer Technology 183 -198

3. 9 Guidance 199 - 216
10 Educational Leadership & Management 217 - 262
11 Education Policies 263 - 270
12 Science 271 - 290
13 Islamic Information 291 - 312
14 Pakistani Information 313 - 350
15 World Information 351 - 380
16 Abbreviations 381-394
Chapter1 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION
Sr# Topic
1 Nutshell of Educational Philosophy
2 General Educational Philosophies
1) Idealism
2) Realism
3) Naturalism
4) Pragmatism
5) Existentialism

3 Major Educational Philosophies
1) Perennialism
2) Essentialism
3) Progressivism
4) Reconstructivism

4 Basics of Philosophy
Nutshell of Philosophy of Education
1. Philosophy is the search of - Reality
2. Literal meaning of philosophy - Love for wisdom
3. Word philosophy is derived from 2 Greek words - Phila& Sophia

4. 4. Word 'Phila' means - Love
5. Word 'Sophia' means - Wisdom
6. Aim of education is to develop mind & soul, said by - Idealists
7. Values not change overtime as its related truth not change - Idealists
(confuse) 8. s Instruction of Idealist teacher is - Teacher centered
9. Favorite method of Idealist teacher is - Lecture method
10. Your thoughts control your reality - Idealism
11. You cannot trust your senses, they are unreliable - Idealism
12. Rationalism is related to - Idealism
13. Socrates &Plato are related to philosophy - Idealism
14. What cannot be thought, cannot be real said by - Idealists
15. Ideas are the only reliable form in - Idealism
16. Oldest western philosophy - Idealism
17. Philosophy stresses 'mind over matter' - Idealism
18. Ultimate reality is spiritualism is related to philosophy - Idealism
19. Body is false and mind is true is related to philosophy - Idealism
20. Realism was a reaction to the narrowness of - Idealism
21. Aristotle disagreed with his teacher Plato in concept - Ideas are real
22. Realism is concerned with the -Reality of universe
23. Which teacher leads the child to reality - Realist
24. Physical world is real world - Realism
25. Founder of Realism - Aristotle
26. Who says, matter is real- Realism
27. Philosophy stresses 'matter over mind' - Realism
28. Aristotle and John Locke advocated philosophy - Realism
29. Naturalists important teaching method - Role Playing
30. Nature is itself real, said by - Naturalists
31. Aim of education is self expression according to - Naturalists
32. All education is pleasant - Naturalism

5. 33. Nature is valuable - Naturalism
34. Universe of natural objects is ultimate reality in - Naturalism
35. Naturalism was presented by - Rousseau
36. No distinction between body and mind in philosophy - Naturalism
37. Senses are gateway of knowledge related to philosophy - Naturalism
38. Negative education be given to child in Naturalism at age- 1 -12 Years
39. Philosophy and education are 2 sides of a coin, said by - Rousseau
40. Man is born free, but everywhere he is in chains, said by- Rousseau
41. William James, Dewey & Kilpatrick are exponents of - Pragmatism
42. Pragmatism was initially introduced by - William James
43. Pragmatism is concerned with the - Change as reality
44. Pragmatist teacher instruction relies problem solving & - Project method
45. Term 'pragmatism' is derived from - Greek
46. Term pragmatism is derived from word 'Pragma' means - Action
47. Pragmatism is related to the country - America
48. You cannot know something that you not experienced - Pragmatism
49. Reality is constantly changing - Pragmatism
50. Problems are solved through scientific method in - Pragmatism
51. Who believe in democracy in education - Pragmatists
52 Teacher is facilitator in - Pragmatism
53. Truth is 'what works' is related to - Pragmatism
54. Which philosophy says there are 'No ultimate values' - Pragmatism
55. Philosophy related to human choice and responsibility - Existentialism
56. Teaching is a performance that evokes students learning in - Existentialism
57 Man is responsible for his action / experience said by - Existentialism
58. Teacher is one who stresses on choice in - Existentialism
59. Individuals create their own realities is related to - Existentialism
60. Student says ' it is my life, I will do what I want' - Existentialism
61. Student choose curriculum for self-directed learning in - Existentialism

6. 62. Teacher teach whole student, not just math, Urdu etc. - Existentialism
63. Individuality of man is supreme in philosophy - Existentialism
64. Freedom is the source of ultimate values in philosophy - Existentialism
65. Which philosophy say that 'Existence is ultimate' - Existentialism
66. Man cannot accept readymade concept of existence - Existentialism
67. Idea of death should be accepted gracefully in - Existentialism
68. 'Man cannot be taught what the world is' related to - Existentialism
69. Modern youngest philosophy is - Existentialism
70. Father of Existentialism - Kierkgaard
71. Kierkgard, Jean Paul Sarte, Karl Jaspers exponents of r Existentialism
72. Perennialism is an educational philosophy of - Old values
73. Permanancy is more real than change, said by - Perennialists
74. Education is life itself, not preparation of life, said by - Perennialism
75. Humans are same, hence education should be same everywhere- Perennialism
76. Study of great books is related to philosophy - Perennialism
77. Philosophy that emphasizes on everlasting reality - Perennialism
78. In perennialism, teacher is - Authority figure
79. Which philosophy remains constant all the times - Perennialism
80. Most conservative and inflexible philosophy is - Perrenialism
81. Focuses on old things that occur again and again - Perrenialism
82. Education is not imitation of life but preparation for it - Perrenialism
83. Maritain, Adler, Hutchins are exponents of philosophy - Perrenialism
84. Perennialism has roots in both the - Idealism & realism
85. Essentialist philosophy of education based on content &- Teacher centered
86. Essentialists stress on - Mental Discipline
87. Useful culture and skills are focused in philosophy - Essentialism
88. Essentialists get their aim of education from - Traditions
89. Philosophy stresses core knowledge/core curriculum - Essentialism
90. Philosophy related to 'Back to Basics' - Essentialism

7. 91. 'Back to Basics' means - Promoting reasoning
92. Focuses teaching essential information &values of past - Essentialism
93. William Bagley is the exponent of philosophy - Essentialism
94. Child interest should be focused in learning - Progressivism
95. Curriculum of progressivisms is - Child centered
96. Progressivist teacher emphasize- Practical education
97. Experimental knowledge is real, said by - Progressivism
98. Progressivism was derived from- Pragmatism
99. Education is re-organization of experience, said by - John Dewey
100. Education is learning to do by doing, said by - John Dewey
101. Life is continuously changing process said by - Progressivism
(Missed)
QS
Learning by doing best describes the philosophy - Progressivism
Philosophy focuses on curriculum of student interest- Progressivism
Experimental ism & Instrumentalism are names of philosophy- Progressivism
Emphasize student preparation for social revolution- Reconstructivism
Emphasize 'building a just society'- Reconstructivism
Stress reorganizing & restructuring educational process-Reconstructivism
Brameld, Counts&Freire are exponents of philosophy- Reconstructivism
Reforms are necessary in every walk of life said by- Reconstructionism
Teacher is change agent in- Reconstructionism
Philosophy related to change or reforms- Reconstructivism
Other name of reconstructivism- Postmodernism
Who originated the concept of reconstruction- John Dewey
Ethics and aesthetics are components of- Axiology
Determining right / wrong & good/bad is related to- Ethics
Determining beauty of objects & judgment is related to- Aesthetics
Area that deals with values in philosophy- Axiology

8. Area that deals with knowledge in philosophy- Epistemology
Area that deals with reality in philosophy- Ontology
Study of Reality or nature of Existence- Ontology
Metaphysics deals with the nature of- Reality
Other name of metaphysics is- Ontology

Normally philosophy may be prescriptive and- Speculative
Education discipline in Pakistan reflects- Ideology of Pakistan
Every system of education is based on- Ideology of nation
Knowledge derived from senses is called- Empirical
Going beyond man's knowledge to find truth is called- Transcendentalism
Philosophy that takes beliefs from several philosophies- Eclectic
Important question of philosophy is- What is universe
Authentic knowledge is gained through the-Empirical experience
Logical and scientific thinking include- Value system
Etymological definition of a word derived from mostly- Greek & Latin
Philosophy encourage self-actualization/self-fulfillment-Humanism
A descriptive definition of the term is its- Explanation
Desirable models of behaviors of a society are called- Values

Answers
- Progressivism
- Progressivism
- Progressivism
- Reconstructivism
- Reconstructivism
- Reconstructivism
- Reconstructivism
- Reconstructionism

9. - Reconstructionism
- Reconstructivism - Postmodernism
- John Dewey
- Axiology
- Ethics - Aesthetics
- Axiology
- Epistemology
- Ontology
- Ontology
- Reality
- Ontology
- Speculative - Ideology of Pakistan
- Ideology of nation
- Empirical
- Transcendentalism
- Eclectic
- What is universe -Empirical experience
- Value system - Greek & Latin
- Humanism - Explanation
- Values

QS
Emphasis in classroom should be on the needs of Civic aim of education includes- Individual child
Philosophy is a general theory of Education means- Civic Sense
Goal of education should be acquiring- Education
The basic source of educational objectives is- Experience Knowledge, skills, habits
Aims of education should be mainly determined by- Human experiences
Objectives of education have been derived from- Society
Growth resulting from experience is- Philosophy

10. Change in behavior through experience is called- Education
Most important element of non-formal education is- Learning
Seeking expert opinion is a source of knowledge- Media
Knowledge acquired through inner feeling is- Authority
acquired reasoning is- Intuition
Most authentic and scientific knowledge comes from- Rationalism
Speculative philosophy is related to- Sense perception
Analytical philosophy is related to- Ontology
philosophy is related to- Epistemology
Speculative philosophy deals with- Axiology
Analytical philosophy deals with- Developing theory
Prescriptive philosophy deals with- Assessment
Knowledge comes directly from Allah (SWT) Revealation
Needs of individual are more important than society- Romanticism
Logic includes the inductive and- Deductive reasoning
Reality comprises both Idealism & Realism- Cartesian Dualism
(body & mind) Sensory experiences are ultimate source of knowledge- Empiricism
Branch of philosophy that deals with reasoning If a child fails in class, what should be done with him-
Give chance to improve

Answers
- Individual child
- Civic Sense
- Education
- Experience Knowledge, skills, habits
- Human experiences
- Society
- Philosophy
- Education

11. - Learning
- Media
- Authority
- Intuition
- Rationalism
- Sense perception
- Ontology
- Epistemology
- Axiology
- Developing theory
- Assessment
- Right or Wrong
- Revelation
- Romanticism
- Deductive reasoning
- Cartesian Dualism
- Empiricism
- Logic
-Give chance to improve


General Educational Philosophies
1. Idealism
Philosophy
1 .Based on ideals, ideas, values.
2. Body is false, soul is true.
3. Favour bookish knowledge.
4. Mind and spirit are essential.
5. Aim of life is self-realization.

12. 6. Ultimate reality is spiritualism.
7. Values are real and unchanging.
8. Emphasize on higher values of life.
9. Material world is mortal & values
immortal.

“error”Answers
Curriculum: Ethics, religion, logic, literature, humanities, gymnastic, geography, fine arts. Teacher:

QS
1. Teacher is dominant.
2. Teacher is co-worker with God in perfecting man.
3. Teacher inspires pupils to make them spiritual being.

Teaching Method:
1. Lecture method
2. Discussion
3. Dialectic Method (Question/Dialogue) Discipline: Inner discipline/discipline of mind and
intellect.

Exponent Philosophy
1. Against idealism.
2. Based on real things (materials).
3. Emphasize bookish knowledge.
4. Favours travelling, observation, real experience.
5. Education should be practical and utilitarian (useful).

Curriculum: Physical world (Science and Mathematics).

13. Teacher:
1. Teacher is dominant.
2. Teacher teaches material things.

Teaching Method:
1. Inductive
2. Heuristic
3. Experimental Method
4. Field trips.

Exponent
3. Naturalism


“error”Philosophy
3elieve in nature. Material world is real world. Aim of life is self-expression. - Child has the central
position.
stincts are base of all education. : Senses are gateway of knowledge. 1 No distinction b/w body and
mind.
nphasize, maximum child freedom. : Soul /spirit is not real,material is real. Man born good,society make
him bad. Belief in science&scientific knowledge. 2 Everything comes from nature&return to it.
.'.Emphasize present experience, interest & activities.
-. Heredity & environment effect personality. Curriculum; Age 1-12 Years:


“error”Answers-Child should be given negative education.
-Training of senses.
-Learning by wandering here and there. -Education from family and home. Age 12-20 Years:
-Formal Education/training of intellect /physical science.
-Experience base education /direct experience. Age 20 & above:

14. -Experience base science teaching in the field. Teacher: Teacher is a manager who provides educational
environment.
Teaching Method: Motivation, Direct experience, Child interest.
Exponent(Rousseau)
Discipline: Discipline by natural consequence.

Philosophy
1. American philosophy
2. Faith in flexibility.
3. No ultimate values.
4. Faith in democracy.
5. Reality is still in making.
6. Life is constantly changing.
7. Based on practice/experiment.
8. Human development according to environment.
9.Emphasize reconstruction experience.
Curriculum:
1. Language
2. Social Studies,
3.GeneralScience&various activities.

Teacher:
1 .Teacher is friend &guide.
2.Teacher encourages self-education.
Teaching Method:Project / Problem-Solving /Activity Based/ Learning by Doing/Real Life situation
Method.
Discipline:
1 .Free discipline 2. Self-discipline.

15. Exponents of Philosophy
1. Existence is ultimate.
2. No inborn human nature.
3. It is a man's nature to exist.
4. Individually of man is supreme.
5. Man is central than truth or laws.
6. Man must create him for himrself.
7. Man is maker and master of culture.
8. Home education is better than school.
9. Man is responsible for his / her doings.
10. Man cannot be taught what the world is.
11. Emphasis on aesthetic sense/knowledge.
12. Freedom is the source of ultimate values.
13. Idea of death should be accepted gracefully.
14. Believe in freedom of man & his self-direction.
15. Man cannot accept ready-made concept of existence.
16. Modern youngest philosophy.
17. Twentieth century philosophy.

Curriculum:
1. Curriculum focuses on individual and relationship.
2. Emphasis of freedom of choice of curriculum. Teacher:

1. Child is central than teacher.
2. Teacher is facilitator not a didactic authority. Teaching Method:
1. Child centered approach according to the interest of the children.
Exponents

16. Major Educational Philosophies
Philc~\ Kv 1 .Study of greu" books. Z.Strict classror m discipline. 3.Emphasis on everlasting reality. - Foe
uses old things/occur again&again. r-:^anency is more real than change, re student rationally&
spiritually. " Emphasize reasoning, thinking, memory. 7 :-cation is constant like human nature st
conservative/inflexible philosophy, --nans are same, their functions are same, so education should be
same for everyone.
location is not imitation of life but reparation for it. Teacher:
. acher centred approach/teach ideas. 71 aching method: ~ :ratio Dialogue Curriculum:
Reading great thinkers of history, math, . nee, music, social study.
Exponents
Philosophy
1.Stress on mental discipline.
2.Knowledge comes from hard work.
3.Emphasis on useful culture and skills.
4.Focus on teaching of essential information &essential values of past.
Teacher
Teacher-centred approach - active. Student
Student is passive, listens and learns.
Teaching Method
Socratic Method/Direct instruction
Curriculum:
Reading, writing, traditional subjects, technology.

William Baglay
4. Reconstructivism
I .Freedom of student. 2.Natural environment. 3.Teacher is facilitator.
4.Individual development. 5.Child centered approach. 6.It is dynamic never static. 7.Child interest, need,
level. 8.Derived from Pragmatism. 9.Emphasize student respect. 10.World is changing day by day.
II .School run on democratic lines.
12.Experimental knowledge is real.

17. 13. Active involvement of students.
14.Games, laboratory, tips, simulation.
15.Life is continuously changing process
16.Cooperative learning/problem solving. 17.Focus experimental/scientific knowledge. 18.Called
experimentalism/instrumentalism
1 .Building a just society.
2.Democratic environment.
3.Also called social reconstruction.
4.Prepare student for social revolution.
5.Teach students how to make decision.
6.Focus social problems/social reforms.
7.Reforms necessary in every walk of life
8.Focus formal/informal education mode
9.Teacher help student learn critical issue
10.Reorganizing&restructuring education process.

The word philosophy is derived fro.
sdom)", means 'Love for Wisdom'. It is a sti
oowledge, or values based on logical reasoning, i
Cicero: Philosophy is the mother of all arts
Coleridge: Philosophy is the science of sciences
. « e> It is a theory of education in its most g
encer: True education is practicable only to tru
-: Philosophy aims at knowledge of eternal nature c
-tutle: It is a science that investigates nature of be
= Flchte: Art of education will never completely clear
G*ntile: Education without philosophy would mean a L iv-re of education.
-CRDC
Mlosophy

18. ->sque
% ri «~~>
^.nlosophy. are to understand precise

Styles of Philosophy
There are following 3 styles:
Speculative Philosophy Concerned with theory development regarding purpose of creation of man,
society, universe etc.
It is related to area of Ontology.
1 Analytic Philosophy Explains the whole with the help of parts. It is related to area of Epistemology.
Perspective Philosophy Concerned with ethics, aesthetic sense and evaluates good/bad, beauty etc.
* ;
It is related to area of Axiology.
Tabula Rosa Theory
This theory was presented by John Locke. It states that children are Blank slate, : rerience builds their
knowledge and school must fill that slate.

:IOR : -AP - 1] Philosophy of Education

13
Basics of Philosophy
Philosophy
The word philosophy is derived from Greek word "Phila (Love)" & "Sophia
sdom)", means 'Love for Wisdom1. It is a study of nature, causes, or principles of reality,
. -; .\ledge, or values based on logical reasoning. It is a rational investigation of truth.
. c ro: Philosophy is the mother of all arts,
ieridge: Philosophy is the science of sciences. Dewey: It is a theory of education in its most general
phases. Spencer: True education is practicable only to true philosophers. : 'lato: Philosophy aims at
knowledge of eternal nature of things.
- >totle: It is a science that investigates nature of being, as it is in itself.

19. Fichte: Art of education will never completely clear without philosophy.
.mile: Education without philosophy would mean a failure to understand precise - r.ure of education.

Areas of Philosophy
I here are following 3 areas:
Ontology/Metaphysics (Reality) It deals with the nature of reality.
hpistemology (Knowledge) It deals with the nature of knowledge*
Axiology (Values) It deals with the nature of values.

Styles of Philosophy
There are following 3 styles:
Speculative Philosophy Concerned with theory development regarding purpose of creation of man,
society, universe etc.
It is related to area of Ontology.
1 Analytic Philosophy Explains the whole with the help of parts. It is related to area of Epistemology.
3 Perspective Philosophy Concerned with ethics, aesthetic sense and evaluates good/bad, beauty
etc. * It is related to area of Axiology.
Tabula Rosa Theory
This theory was presented by John Locke. It states that children are Blank slate, 7 rerience builds their
knowledge and school must fill that slate.

“last double page”
Chapter2 HISTORY OF EDUCATION

S r # Topic
1 Nutshell of History of Education
2 Famous Muslim Educationists
3 Famous Western Educationists
4 Ancient History
5 Education in Pakistan

20. 6 Trends in Education
7 Miscellaneous

Nutshell of History of Education
1. Education is derived from a Latin word - Educere

2. Educere means - To lead
3. Change in behavior and attitude in human being-Education
4. Process of acquiring knowledge, skills, values, attitude - Education

5. To enable a human to read and write is called - Literacy
6. Perfect code of life for human - Quran &Sunnah
7. Islamic education system prefer the aspect of life - Moral Aspect
8. Book 'HujjatulBaligah' was written by - Shah Walliullah
9. Shah Waliullah was greatly influenced in mysticism by - Ibn-e-Rushd
10. Ibn-e-Rushd was greatly influenced by - Ibn-e-Bajjah
11. Certificate used to teach in specific area of expertise in history - Ijaza
12. In early stages of Islam, teachers classified into categories -2
13. Good relationship helps to control the - Anger
14. Language, arts, rituals, law are part of a -Culture
15. Attitude of Prophet (PBUH) in administration was - Humanitarian
16. Core curriculum for early Muslims was -Quran
17. Ibn-e-Sina& Imam Ghazali told, child education begin with - Quran
18. Islamic education system emphasize language must be learned -Arabic
19. Islam lays emphasis on the - Equalit\
20. Muslim Ummah needs teachers with the mission - Prophetic
21. No educational system can be better than quality of its - Teachers
22. Teaching principle, proceeding from simple to complex -presented by Muslims
23. Muslim Caliph who presented Open Door policy- Hazrat Ali (R.A

21. 24. Hindus called Allamalqbal on demand of separate country -Imaginative dreame:
25. Nationalist Muslims who supported congress -Hussain Ahmed &
26. Nationalist Muslims who supported congress - Dr. ZakirHussair
27. Values in Islamic education system are rooted in- Religio::
28 Most authentic& essential curriculum in Islam is- Quran &Sunnah
29. Education in Islam is - Valued:
30. Man is Khalifatullah (vicegerent of God) in - Isl
31. Superiority of a man in Islam is based on his/her- Pier
32. Reason to claim separate homeland by Muslims in India - Religion ; HAP - 2] History of
Education

17

Curriculum Refinement and Development Center is Education system of a nation should reflect its
Primary institution in Islam for universalization of education-Islamic education curriculum emphasize on
Muslims emphasized the art most Brilliant period in Muslim history for knowledge spread Salaries were
started to be given to teachers in period of Muslim education put emphasis on the development of
Education is obligatory in Islam for Major problem of management in Pakistani education School level
curriculum is developed by

Answers
-CRDC . - Philosophy Mosque
- Handicraft skills
- Ca'!igraphy - Abbasides - Hazarat Umar (R.A) - Whole personality - All Muslims
- Lack of Planning -Provincial Textbook board

Availability of one book for one class creates problem of- Poor content
Language preferred by Muslims in subcontinent- Arabic & Persian
Masj id plays an effective role in- Preschool education
Free education in Pakistan was announced in - 1947
Mosques were declared educational centers firstly in -1979

22. Educational meeting of 1947 is called - Conference
India's earliest contact with Islam was through -Arab merchants of Malabar cost

QS
Islamic Art was the combination of Arts
Ideology of education takes its roots from Faith and
Source of Islamic Civilization is
Muslims of India demanded Pakistan to practice
Corner stone of Islamic Islamic Nation
Meaning of word 'nation' is
DSD is located in
DSD was established in
Old name of DSD is
Purpose of DSD
DTEs are appointed by
DTEs evaluate the teacher & student progress Best method for teaching large class Talking and
indiscipline in class is indicator of Learning in mother tongue improves the student World Teacher Day is
celebrated on

Answers
- Roman, Greek, Egypt - Philosophy of life - Quran
- Islamic Ideology
- The Kalima
- Birth of race -Wahdat Colony, Lahore
- 1959
-Education Extension Center -Teacher Edu. & Training -DSD
- On monthly basis
- Lecture method
- Student boredom

23. - Comprehension
- October 5

QS
67. Forgetting can be minimized by
68. What to do when you find 2 students fighting
69. Tell aggressive students about their behavior's
70. Can a teacher suspend the student
71. What is purpose of textbook assignments
72. Difference in values of different age groups
73. Rote learning is suitable for the
74. Teacher who knows student problem and resolve it is
75. Who is called father of research on teaching
76. On first day in class, what would you do
77. If majority of students are weak, keep your teaching slow guidance to bright students
78. If teacher not able to get student attention, he should evaluate
79. If some student misbehave, improve their behavior by
80. If back benchers make noise, make them sit
81. A teacher in the class should keep his voice
82. If student not able to follow, you should
83. If students fails in examination, it is the fault of
84. If teacher unable to answer question, he say he will answer
85. Classroom discipline can be maintained by developing
86. A teacher in the class is a
87. Verbal guidance is least effective in teaching
88. If noise occur in lecture, teacher should quite for a while
89. Mind itself is the result of process of evolution said by
90. TV is better than radio in teaching, as it uses both senses
91. Disciplinary cases should be sent to principal when other

24. 92. First important of the teaching is knowing the
93. If student gets unconscious, provide first aid and contact-
94. Curriculum includes both formal and
95. Dynamic approach to teaching means learning through
96. If you teach normal children with blind, sii Ihe blind
97. True evaluation of student is possible through


Answers
- Overlearnin
- Punish bot -Harmful consequence
-N - Practic - Generation ga
- Slow Learne
- Appreciate
- N.L. Gag
- Introduce yoursel
-With some ext
- His teaching meth
- Your characte
- In front bench
- High enou -Explain with exampl - Students themselv
- After consultatio -Student interest in stu
- Group lead
- Skill -Then go o
- John Lock
- Hearing & Visic
- Means fail -Student backgroun
Nearby doctor
- Informal educatic

25. - Activiti
- On front bench -Continuous evaluati

D r : - A - - 2] History of Education

19


Tr. :se teachers are popular in student who help them
ral values can be developed in student, if teacher himself Vk said 'Allah has sent me as a teacher' -: said
'Knowledge without practice is dangerous' rst educational center of Islam h D established Dar-e-Arqam
.o established education center of Islam 'Suffah" -ere the Suffah was established islamic education
center with student residence facility : :?phet (PBUH) companions and their successors were ost ruction
delivered by Prophet (PBUH) to women
Ices to illiterate people, it would be end of world said by -am Ghazali was
Who said 'Goal of society is to apply Sharia'
nazali advocated 2 types of knowledge 3 nazali said, reasoning in 6th sense which helps to tell Who
wrote book 'Jewels of Quiar'
no wrote book 'Revival of religious sciences' B: ok Ahya-e-Uloom was written by B : ok 'Kimiya-e-Sadaat'
was written by [ ossification of Faz-e-Ain&Farz-e-Kafaya presented by Seeking knowledge is basic right of
every individual
nous Muslim Historian F ather of political economy irneKhaldun was born in Who presented the concept
of'Asabiya' Asabiya means
Who said 'rote learning kills student thinking ability -neKhaldun said, primary education should be given
in I -neKhaldun presented 2 types of Aloom, Aloom Naqli & Famous book 'Muqaddma' was written by
Who differentiated history of Islam and history of Muslims


Answers
-To resolve their problem
- Practice them
- Prophet (PBUH)

26. - Prophet (PBUH) -Dare-Arqam,Makkah
- Prophet (PBUH)
- Prophet (PBUH) -Masjid Nabvi, Madina
- Suffah
- Full time teachers
- Once a week - Prophet (PBUH)
- Persian educationist
- Imam Ghazali
- Useful & Useless
-Truth
- Ghazali
- Ghazali

- Imam Ghazali
- Imam Ghazali
- Imam Ghazali
- Imam Ghazali
- Ibne-Khaldun
- Ibne-Khaldun
- Tunis
- IbneKhaldun - Group solidarity
- IbneKhaldun - Mother tongue
- AloomAqli
- IbneKhaldun
- lbn-e-Khaldun

QS
130. 13 century, Muslim thinker, historian & educationist - Ibn-e-Khaldun
131. Ibne-Khaldun never favoured the method - Lecture Method

27. 132. Who opposed simultaneous learning of two languages - Sir Syed Ahmed
133. Founding father of Two Nation Theory - Sir Syed Ahmed
134. Who said 'superstition cannot be the part of faith' - Sir Syed Ahmed
135. Sir Syed established Orphanage for Muslim orphans in - Muradabad
136. Sir Syed established Scientific Society in -1863
137. Aligarh High School was established in -1875
138. Aligarh High School was elevated to MAO college in - 1877
139. MAO College was elevated to university in -1921
140. Who wrote journal'Tehzibullkhlaq' - Sir Syed Ahmed
141. AsbabBaghawat-e-Hind was written by - Sir Syed Ahmed
142. Allamalqbal was born at Sialkot on - November, 9, 1877
143. Who emphasized on Individuality (Khudi) -Allamalqbal
144. Allamalqbal presented KhutbaAllabad in-1930
145. Who wrote book Ilmullqtisad - Allamlqbal
146. Who stated that learning unite knowing, feeling, doing - Froebel
147. Who presented the idea of Kindergarten (KG) -Froebel
148. Emphasis on Nationalism, Idealism, child freedom is philosophy of - Froebel
149. Permissive environment of Froebel Kindergarten include -Gift, song, occupation
150. Fredrick Froebel established first Kindergarten (KG) in -1837
151. Froebel established KG for the children age - 4-5 Years
152. All the children have potential to learn said by -Froebel
153. Play is the engine of real learning, said by -Froebel
154. Who wrote book 'Pedagogous of Kindergarten' - Froebel
155. Froebel was - German educationist
156. Montessori curriculum include types of experience -3
157. Maria Montessori was - Italian educationist
158. First woman doctor who graduated from Rome university - Maria Montessori
159. Maria Montessori presented the method - Montessori Method
160. Play is the work of child, said by - Maria Montessori

28. 161. Who wrote book 'Discovery of Child' - Maria Montessori


History of Education 21
un ir.3 Montessori was awarded the degree of - Medicine
xi as founding father of functional psychology - John Dewey
ed ■M. Join Dewey was -American educationist
ed . e is said to have taken from Herbart - Theory of interest
ed Pragmatic philosophy was developed by- Dewey
ad Dewey established Laboratory school in - Chicago University
53 Jhcr. Dewey established Laboratory school in -1896
75 — Dewey introduced the method for students - Project method
"7 promoted democracy in education - Jhon Dewey
21 le\ els of Dewey curriculum -3
id rst .evel curriculum of Dewey was regarding - Making & doing
id v econd level of curriculum of Dewey was regarding -Space & Time concept
n Third level of curriculum of Dewey was regarding -Science subjects
al naming by Doing Method was presented by - Dewey
SO D wrote book 'Reconstruction in philosophy' - Dewey
al ton Plan was introduced by - Helen Parkurst
el ther name of Dalton Plan - Children University
el Dalton Plan school was established in New York in - 1919
el Classrooms of Dalton Plan were called - Laboratories
)n Student progress in Dalton Plan was shown by - Graph/diagrams
17 In Dalton Plan who outlined weekly assignments - Teachers
rs C ahon Plan conference duration to exchange ideas - 25-45 minutes
el : arts of Dalton plans were -3(House/Assignment/Lab)
el Helen Purkurst was an -American educationist
el IS6L Father of American Education - Horrace Mann

29. St Z ?mmon Schools of Horrace were for the - Students learning
N rmal Schools of Horrace were for the - Teacher training
st 3 wrote book 'On the art of teaching' - Horrace Mann
ri Philosophy of Naturalism in education was presented by- Rousseau
»d usseau preferred in education sense of discrimination &-Physical activities
ri Educational program of Rousseau was for people of - Upper classes only
ri A ho consider the education as negative process- Rousseau
194. Who consider that child at birth is by nature good - Rousse
195. Rousseau identified developmental stages
196. Who related the schooling to social purposes -Rousse
197. Who said, child must be freed from society's imprisoning institutes-Rousseau
198. Who wrote famous novel Emile -Rousse
199. Who developed object lesson emphasizing sensory learning- Rousseau
200. Rousseau said that aim of life is - Self-Expressio
201. Who wrote book 'Social Contract' - Roussea
202. Rousseau was - Swiss educationi
203. What Pestalozi applied to education - Modified naturalis
204. Pioneer in Elementary Education Reforms - Pestalo
205. Pestalozi presented the Normal school for - Teacher trainin
206. Father of vocational training - Pestalo
207. Father of Modern Education -Pestalo
208. Pestalozi stressed on the training of - Teache
209. Motto 'Learning by head, hand and heart' was given by - Pestalo
210. 2 Main states Athens & Sparta was the part of - Gree
211. Socrates used questioning technique to develop the - Concep
212. Knowledge that comes from inside is real, said by - Socrat
213. Socrates was the teacher of - PI
214. Dialectic Method was presented by -PI
215. Plato's philosophy took education as means of preserving - The sta

30. 216. Dialogue to resolve conflict b/w two parties on a topic - Dialectic Meth
217. Main role of education, according to Plato is to develop - Power of thinki
218. Who presented the idea of "Ideal Sate' - Pla
219. Plato presented the philosophy of - Idealis
220. Who wrote book 'Republic' - Pla
221. Against Plato, Aristotle made home a real - Training cent
222. Aristotle was the student of - Pla
223. Aristotle was the teacher of - Alexander Gr
224. World first book of psychology was written by - AristoL
225. Aristotle wrote a book on psychology named - Peri Psych

:ior ; - - - - 2] History of Education
23

QS
bo presented the philosophy of realism Fhe academy established in Athens by Aristotle
irtue lies in the attainment of happiness, said by Combination of Arithmetic, music, astronomy &
geometry
rr.bination of Arithmetic, music, reading & writing "Paragogos' in Athenian education was a
..henian education involve more intellectual element than Meaning of Ephebe Wrestling school of
Greece was
leaning of Agog
• of speaking and writing effectively is called ^ma Iqbal Open University (AIOU) established in rst largest
distance university in Asia rmer name of AIOU was JU is located 'ode of instruction of distance education
is rstitute of Educational Research (IER) was established E R belongs to university University of Education
was established in No. of campuses of University of Education Punjab Examination Commission (PEC)
started in PEC holds the exam of classes
Dividing students into groups according to their abilities
What is the Socrates technique
A teacher who is self-critical of his teaching
Type of education held in school setting

31. Answers
- Aristotle
- Lyceum
- Aristotle
- Quadrivium
- Didasealeum
- Slave
- Sparatan
- Young man
- Palaestra
- Excitement
- Rhetoric
- 1974 -AIOU
-Peoples open university Sector H-8, Islamabad
- Non-formal
-1960
- Punjab university
-2002 -9 -2005
- 5 & 8 Classes
- Tacking
- Question-Answer
- Reflective teacher
- Formal education

********************

Famous Muslim Educationists
1. Hazrat Muhammad (Peace Be Upon Him) (571-633) - World Educationist

32. # He (PBUH) was the Last Prophet of Allah (SubhanahuTa'ala).
# He (PBUH) stressed right kind of education. jgw
# He (PBUH) said 'Allah sent me as a teacher*.
# He (PBUH) said that iearn from cradle to grave'.
# He (PBUH) used to talk in the accent of listeners.
# He (PBUH) made education, a religious obligation.
**# He (PBUH) used to teach simple to complex concepts.
**# He (PBUH) stressed the use of QuranicDua (!-»*? yj)
# He (PBUH) used friendly and interesting behavior in teaching.
# He (PBUH) said that education is compulsory for both men &women.
# He (PBUH) stressed teaching through examples and demonstrations.
# He (PBUH) used to summarize the issue first, and then give the details.
# He (PBUH) said 'Best amongst you is one who learns &teaches 'Quran'.
# Wives of Hazrat Muhammad (PBUH) used to teach the women and girls.
# He (PBUH) used to praise and encourage the people on correct answering.
# He (PBUH) used to talk / teach softly with appropriate pauses and breaks.
# Established education center 'Suffa' for teaching in Masjid-e-Nabvi, Madina.
# He (PBUH) stressed asking questions while teaching to make learning effective
# He (PBUH) used body language, gesture, facial expression to make learning effective.
# He (PBUH) used effective speech in teaching (use of pauses, rise &fall of voice
# He (PBUH) established education center 'Dar-e-Arqam' for teaching in Makkab
# Prisoners of Battle Badr freed after they taught 10 Muslim children to read/write
# He (PBUH) stressed not only to gain the knowledge but also on practice. (PBUH) said 'Knowledge
without practice is dangerous'.
# He (PBUH) said 'Teach people, make things easy, don't make things difficult keep silent when
you become furious (angry)'.
# He (PBUH) advised the Muslims to teach their children learn Quran, archery (LS J'J, swimming,
calculation, medicine & genealogy.
# He (PBUH) used to teach principles of Islam &Quran Majeed to people **coi from different
regions of world, & appointed different Sahaba (R.A) for purpose

33. # "I have never seen a better teacher than the Messenger of Allah. He neither reprimanded, nor
beat nor insulted me." Muawiya Bin Hakam said.

2. Imam Ghazali (1058-1111) - Iranian/Persian Educationist
Real name Abu Hamid Muhammad Ibn Muhammad Al-Ghazali.
Goal of society is to apply Sharia.
Teach lesson from simple to complex.
Knowledge can bring us closer to God.
Favored physical education for children.
Aim of education is the character building.
Two types of knowledge are; Useful and Useless.
Goal of man is to achieve happiness close to God.
Reasoning is the 6th sense which helps to tell truth.
Teacher should plan the lesson before the teaching.
Human mind is like a slate and teacher can transform it.
Teach students according to their individual differences.
Knowledge improves the status and respect of individual.
Favored good and simple diet for children physical growth.
Worldly education is equally important as religious education.
Favored proper clothing for children & disfavored tight and fit clothing.
Four categories of knowledge are; Prophetic, Rulers, Scholars, Preachers.
Teacher should behave like a father figure and avoid corporal punishment.
Divine revelation is superior to reason which is endowed only to Prophets.
Teachers should simplify lesson by using tales, stories etc. to make it effective.
Teaching lessons should be based on previous knowledge 6c student experience.
2 types Useful knowledge:i)Farz-e-Ain(Compulsory), ii)Farz-e-Kafaya(Optional).
Curriculum should be combination of religious, worldly education, logic & philosophy.
Included industrial education, textile, agriculture, tailoring, & hair cut+i g in curriculum.
Favor elementary education&home related knowledge for female, not higher education.

34. Ways to identify & remove deficiencies: perfect teacher, close friends, foes, & self-analysis.
Books: Revival of religious sciences (AhyaulAloom), Jewels of Quran, Alchemy of Happiness etc.


3. Ibn-e-Khaldun (1332-1406)-Arab Educationist/Famous Historian
# His name was Walli-Uddin Abu Zaid Abdul Rer an born in Tunis.
# Education should be means to bring happiness in life.
# Mathematics should be taught as compulsory subject.
# Education helps to develop character and personality.
# Aim of education is to develop thinking and reasoning.
# Rote learning / memorization kill the student thinking ability.
# Education system should be formulated based on its ideology.
# Mother tongue should be used in primary education.
# He presented the concept of' Asabiya' (social cohesion/group solidarity).
# Justice is basic value of society if there is no justice in society, it will ruin it.
# Student should participate in discussion over a problem and find its solution.
# Teacher/parents love child, not punish him to avoid damaging his personality.
# He favored discussion and debates and disfavored lecture method of teaching.
# Travelling is also a means of education. He promoted study tours for learning.
# Student should put their effort to think, interpret &actively involve in learning.
# Every Muslim men &women should gain knowledge of Holy Quran &Sunnah.
# Teaching students according to their ability/capacity level makes learning easier.
# Teachers should teach simple to complex, known to unknown, concrete to abstract.
# Vocational/professional subjects should be included with academic subject in education.
# Education should develop socio-economic efficiency in man to be effective member of society.
# There are 2 types of Aloom:
(1) AloomNaqli (originated from Quran, Hadith, Fiqah, Tafseer, grammar)
(2) AloomAqli[g&med through experiment, observation, reasoning (math, physki logic)]

35. # Teaching process should comprise of 3 stages: (1) //if/Wiicrio/i-introducing topic with
examples and salient points to
covered
detail explanation of the points discussed before
(2) Development-
introduction.
(3) Recap/Summary-hsson should be revised for effective learning.
Books: Famous "Muqaddma", Arab Philosophy of History.

4. Sir Syed Ahmed Khan (1817-1898) - Indian Educationist
He was also a political leader of the Muslims.
Superstition cannot be the part of faith (Iman).
He was Muslim pragmatist & Islamic. Modernist.
He got the title 'Sir', 'JavadUd-daullah' & 'Arif Jung'.
He advocated the use of Urdu Language among Muslims.
He was founding father of Two Nation Theory of Pakistan.
Get rid of the old and useless rituals as it hinder our progress.
He promoted Western Scientific education among the Muslims.
He was against the superstitious and orthodox thinking of the Muslim."
Established an Orphanage for Muslim orphan children in Murfadabad.
Established MadrassahMuradabad, 1858/Madrassah Ghaziabad, 1862.
We will remain humiliated/rejected if we not made progress in scientific field.
Established Scientific Society-1863 for translation of English books into Urdu.
He promoted western modern education &religious education among Muslims.
Muhamadan Educational Conference, 1886 to bring political wisdom in Muslims.
Knowledge acquisition science/technology is only solution for Muslim problems.
Established Aligarh High School, 1875 which was elevated to MAO College in 1877 and to University in
1921.
Books:Tafseer-Ul-Quran/Tuzk-e-Jahangiri/Aaeen-e-Akbri/Asbab-baghawat-hind/Loyal Muhammadns of
India/TabeenUlKalam/AsrarulSanadid.

36. Journals: TehzeebUlIkhlaq, Aligarh Institute Gazette.

5. Allama Muhammad. Iqbal **(1873-1938). Indian Educationist/Poet
He favored female education & moral education. He was against the mere bookish knowledge and rote
learning. Education begins from a sense of ego and it leads to perfection. He favored activity, creativity,
science and research in Muslims. He emphasized Individuality (Khudi), one's precious self or ego.
Students have freedom to develop their personality and talents. Education should cultivate qualities; 1)
Courage, 2) Tolerance, 3) Faqr. He was awarded'doctorate of Philosophy by University of Munich in
1907. He wrote famous Child Prayer "Lab PeAati Hay Dua Ban K TammanaMeri". He delivered
'KhutbaAllaabad" in 1930, presented idea of separate homeland. Gave concept of Mard-e-Momin for
Muslims to believe Allah & restore Khudi.
# He promoted ideas of Justice, brotherhood, equality and service among Muslims
# Emphasized learning by doing method & and stressed to make lesson interesting
# Aim of education is the development of personality & strengthening indivic qualities of a child.
# Learning is ability to implement & apply knowledge in real situation otherwise is meaningless.
# He included philosophical subjects, art and literature, religious subjects, soc^-subjects, history
and science in curriculum.
# Parents should spend their lives according to Quran and sayings of Hadis Muhammad (PBUH) to
become ideal for their children.
# Books:Asrar-e-Khudi/Ramooz-e-Bekhudi/Pyam-e-Mashraq/Bang-e-Dara/Bal-ei Jabreel/Zarb-e-
Kaleern/Armghan-e-Hijaz/Javed-Nama/Iqbal-nama/Ilm-ul-Iqtisad/Zaboor-e-Aj am.

Famous Western Educationists
1. Fredrick Froebel (1782-1852) - German Educationist
# Humans are creative beings.
# Play is the engine of real learning.
# Basic components of philosophy include, free self-activity, creativity, social participation and
motor expression.
# Emphasize play-based, child centered, games, practices, gifts, pare-involvement, occupation,
songs.
# Presented Kindergarten method to teach children'in playful environment. Books: Education of
the Man, Pedagogics of Kindergarten

37. 2. Maria Montessori (1870-1952) - Italian Educationist
# Play is the work of child.
# Child should be allowed to move freely in class.
# Age level 1-6 years of children is very important.
# Children need freedom, fun and they learn at their own pace.
# First women doctor who graduated from University of Rome.
# Multiage grouping of children makes them learn from each other.
# Worked with disabled children and presented Montessori Method.
# Designed special materials &special environment to teach children.
# Emphasize natural environment for learning, joy, interest and need of child.
# Beautifully designed colour material should be used for teaching of children.
slims * Teacher works as a facilitator &guide, who provide environment and materials,
isting * Children should not be forced to learn. Children learn reading, writing, calculation
ividu -s freely as mey learn to walk and talk. This whole depends upon the natural
environment which should be orderly and accessible to the children according to
the age and needs.
wise

Bwk Montessori Method/Discovery of child/Secret of childhood/Absorbent mind

2. socj Jhon Dewey (1859-1952) - American Educationist
• He is founding father of functional psychology (functionalism). Hazr ♦ He presented
Pragmatism (philosophy of education).
• He established first psychology lab in USA. al-e- • He presented Learning-by-Doing
Method of teaching.
• He advocated democracy.
• Established Laboratory Schools in Chicago, emphasize lab experiments to learn.
ks Democracy &Education/Experience &Education/Art as experience/ School and
society/Reconstruction in philosophy/Philosophy of John Dewey

38. 3. Helen Parkhurst (1887-1973) - American Educationist
e was a student of Maria Montessori.
-phasize on individualized instruction, self-reliance & pupil-led teaching.
->-e presented Dalton Plan. It was a laboratory school in which learners ::e experimenters. Plan
reorganized the school into 3 components;
irent- (1) Assignment-giving responsibility to learners to learn according to interest
and ability,

(2) Laboratory-Where student seek best way to achieve assignment,
(3) House-where teacher acts as a counselor to give lessons. Horace Mann (1796-1859) - American
Educationist

• Education should be provided by well trained teachers.
• Education must be free, non-sectarian, and publically funded.
• Father of Common School Movement. In which promoted free public education.
• Established special teacher training colleges called Normal schools for teacher training. Capable
teachers were promoted and unfit teachers were eliminated.
• Public schooling central to good citizenship, democratic participation &societal wellbeing.
3 ooks: Lectures on education/Slavery/On the Art of Teaching

Disfavored book reading, formal & social education, formal discipline/habit formation. Children learn
right and wrong through experiencing the consequences of th acts rather than tlirough physical
punishment.
* Gave the idea of negative education in which child himself set free, wander he and there in
natural way to learn by dancing, running, playing.
Books: Social Contract/Emile (Novel)/Discourse on Political Economy

**4. Pestalozi (1746-1827) - Swiss Educationist
Nature of mar. is essentially good.
His motto was 'Learning by head, hand and heart'.
He was inspired from Rousseau ideas and his novel 'Emile'.

39. Emphasized natural environment in schooling, loving & caring.
He emphasized child centered approach, individual difference, sense perception studen! ,„if-activity.
♦ Pestalozi Method emphasized individualized, self-paced, self-directed activity-based learning.
Books: Letters on Early Education/The Education of Man
Ancient History
Educational History:
Mostly people were illiterate in the past. Oral traditions were important which wer memorized. Most of
the education was achieved orally. Religion was main focus O education. Knowledge about the animals,
farming, fishing, food preparation, construction anc military training was focused. Formal education was
being provided to few people.
Purpose of Educational History:
1. To benefit past experiences
2. To understand people and different societies
3. To analyze cultural norms
4. To understand the progression of society
5. To increase education quality


History of Education Ancient Greece:
Education played very vital role in the life of Greek people in the past. There were - two major states in
Greece in the past; Athens & Sparta. It was the period of 5th _-• BC. There were 2 types of education; 1)
Formal education delivered by paid ic-ers in formal school setting 2) Informal Education delivered by
unpaid teacher in : .blic / local settings. Greek education focused on mind, body and imagination.
I:nation System of Athens:
Education focused on training of Arts, Peace and War. Schools were private _ - people had an
opportunity to send their children in schools due to low tuition

lere
Primary Education (0-6 Years) - Basic Reading / Writing at home
**3oys were taught at home by mother or male slave. They were taught;

40. ^_ 1) words of Homer (poet), 2) how to play lyre (music instrument). Elementary Education (6-14
Years) - Gymnastic Education
Eymnastic training upto 14 years was compulsory.
Secondary Education (15-18 Years) - Intellectual Education
an,
After 14 years of training, poor students ended their education and join on & apprenticeship of a
trade. Rich students continued their education under a ulosopher teacher. Subjects of geometry,
sophistry, astronomy and rhetoric (art f speaking and writing effectively) were taught.
Post-secondary Education (19-20 Years) -Military Training
Two years military training was imparted and students were graduated after 20 ■ ears. Then more
advanced studies were also provided later.
"Girls were imparted only primary education at home. Co-curricular activities include; running, jumping,
boxing, wrestling, music, dance.
: .cation System of Sparta:
wen *
us 0 Main purpose of education was to physically strong and fit body.
n am Military Tainting (6-18 Years)
Boys and Girls in barracks undergo strict military training. It includes, taking less food, walking bare
footed, sleeping on hard beds, reading and writing, jumping, running, swimming, hunting, disk throwing
etc.
Gymnastic & Warfare Training (19-20 Years)
Only male persons undergo gymnastic and special warfare training with real weapons. At the age of 20
after 2 years training, a test was taken. Passing persons were declared soldiers and citizens. Other join
trade / business but they were not considered citizen & they had no political rights.

3. Soldier Training (21-60 Years)
Soldier training was continued upto 60 years in a separate barracks even marr: soldiers were also lived
alone without family.
4. Retirement and Family Life (61 till death)
Male were retired at the age of 60 years and they were allowed to live the families.
Socrates (469-399 BC):
1. Socrates was Greek philosopher born in Athens.

41. 2. He said that knowledge is truth.
3. Person should find truth, work wisely and rationally.
4. He stressed in moral excellence.
5. Teachers ask right questions so that students think & answer critically.
6. He stressed on self-examination / analysis.

Teaching Method
Question Answer technique was used by Socrates to motivate, stimulate studer. and encourage healthy
discussions. Questions should be designed in such a way thad may increase the ;tudent interest and
curiosity. The questions should be linked wi student's answers.
Types of Questions of Socrates:
1. Introductory Questions - Linking with previous knowledge of students.
2. Developing Questions - Questions on new topic.
3. Recaptulatory Questions- Repeating the questions.
4. Evaluatory Questions - To judge the performance at the end.

Plato (429-347 BC):
1. Plato was the student of Socrates.
2. He presented the idea of Ideal State.
3. Brightest minds should made political decisions of state.
4. He presented philosophy of Idealism.
Books:Republic/Statesman/Lysis/Sophist/Laws/Symposium/Apology. Stages of Education of Plato:
1. Pre-Education (0-6 Years) - Moral Education
Moral education will be imparted to children by parents and elders.
2. Elementary Education (7-18 Years) -Basic Education
Separate ine girls and boys. Children should learn basic education, music, post
math and literature.


P - 2] History of Education __33

42. Military Training (19-20 Years):
Students undergo military experience in the battlefield for 2 years. Higher Education (21-35 Years):
Students get advance knowledge of mathematics, philosophy and literature for 10
the ears. Students should get the knowledge of dialectic for 5 years.
Ruler and Philosophers Training (36-50 Years):
Students get the training from 36-50 years to become rulers and philosophers. Practice as Ruler or
Philosophers (50 Years onward):
People are now ready to become ruler or philosophers and apply their knowledge practically.
: tie (384-322 BC):
1. Aristotle was the student of Plato.
2 He was the tutor of Alexander the Great.
3 Education is the attainment of happiness. derr 4. Virtue lies in the attainment of
happiness.
that 5. He used inductive and deductive method to find out knowledge.
ts.
' wr 6. Sensory experiences / sensations are the root of knowledge. 7. He presented philosophy
of Realism. Books: Peri Psyches/Physics/Metaphysics/Politics/Rhetoric/Economics. The Lyceum
(Peripatic School):
It is the basis of present day universities. It was located in Athens. Aristotle used i ach; philosophy,
mathematics, and rhetoric in the school.
[Curriculum:
1. Infant Schooling (0-6): It includes play, physical activities & stories.
2. 7-14 Years Schooling:Numerics, literacy, liberal arts.
3. 15-21 Years Schooling: Mathematics, Geometry, Astronomy, grammar, literature, poetry,
rhetoric, ethics and politics.
4. 21 Years onward: Physics, metaphysics, biology, cosmology, logic.
- : men Role:
1. Women were inferior to men. Aristotle promoted only male education.
2. Girls should be trained for household, child rearing (care/development).

43. Education in Pakistan
Role of Mosque in Education:
1. Place for Prayers
2. Place for socialization
3. Place for Dawa (Preach)
4. Place for Celebration (Eid, Marriage etc.)
5. Place of state meetings
6. Place for Medical Care
7. Place for Education
Dar-e-Arqam - First Islamic Education Center:
In earlier times, non-Muslims were teasing the Muslims in many ways that's preaching of Islam was also
difficult. In order to avoid such situation, Prophet (PBl established Educational center (Dar-e-Arqam) in
HazratArqam Bin Arqam (RA) ho It was first educational center of Islarri. Its aim was to spread the
message of Al teaching of Quran & Hadith, Tafsir-e-Quran etc.
Suffah:
Suffah means shaded area/area covered by roof. It was an area in Masjid-e-N designated for the
education, residence of poor, needy, out guests. Needy people lived in Suffah were called Ashab-e-
Suffah (residents of Suffah). It was first Isl Residential University. Prophet (PBUH) used to send Ashab-e-
Suffah in different for preaching of Islam. Different needs (food etc.) of Ashab-e-Suffah were provided
Muslim community. Suffah Curriculum:
1. Tafsir-e-Quran 2. Usul-e-Fiqah 3. Usul-e-Din 4.Caliphs
5.Nahv 6. Religion 7. Jadal





14. Language, arts, rituals, law are part of a -Culture
15. Attitude of Prophet (PBUH) in administration was - Humanitarian
16. Core curriculum for early Muslims was -Quran

44. 17. Ibn-e-Sina& Imam Ghazali told, child education begin with - Quran
18. Islamic education system emphasize language must be learned -Arabic
19. Islam lays emphasis on the - Equalit\
20. Muslim Ummah needs teachers with the mission - Prophetic
21. No educational system can be better than quality of its - Teachers
22. Teaching principle, proceeding from simple to complex -presented by Muslims
23. Muslim Caliph who presented Open Door policy- Hazrat Ali (R.A
24. Hindus called Allamalqbal on demand of separate country -Imaginative dreame:
25. Nationalist Muslims who supported congress -Hussain Ahmed &
26. Nationalist Muslims who supported congress - Dr. ZakirHussair
27. Values in Islamic education system are rooted in- Religious::
28 Most authentic& essential curriculum in Islam is- Quran &Sunnah
29. Education in Islam is - Valued:
30. Man is Khalifatullah (vicegerent of God) in - Isl
31. Superiority of a man in Islam is based on his/her- Pier
32. Reason to claim separate homeland by Muslims in India - Religio:



on ; HAP - 2] History of Education

17



Curriculum Refinement and Development Center is Education system of a nation should reflect its
Primary institution in Islam for universalization of education-Islamic education curriculum emphasize on
Muslims emphasized the art most Brilliant period in Muslim history for knowledge spread Salaries were
started to be given to teachers in period of Muslim education put emphasis on the development of

45. Education is obligatory in Islam for Major problem of management in Pakistani education School level
curriculum is developed by

-CRDC . - Philosophy Mosque
- Handicraft skills
- Ca'!igraphy - Abbasides - Hazarat Umar (R.A) - Whole personality - All Muslims
- Lack of Planning -Provincial Textbook board

Availability of one book for one class creates problem of- Poor content
Language preferred by Muslims in subcontinent- Arabic & Persian
Masj id plays an effective role in- Preschool education
Free education in Pakistan was announced in - 1947
Mosques were declared educational centers firstly in -1979
Educational meeting of 1947 is called - Conference
India's earliest contact with Islam was through -Arab merchants of Malabar cost

Islamic Art was the combination of Arts
Ideology of education takes its roots from Faith and
Source of Islamic Civilization is
Muslims of India demanded Pakistan to practice
Corner stone of Islamic Islamic Nation
Meaning of word 'nation' is
DSD is located in
DSD was established in
Old name of DSD is
Purpose of DSD
DTEs are appointed by
DTEs evaluate the teacher & student progress Best method for teaching large class Talking and
indiscipline in class is indicator of Learning in mother tongue improves the student World Teacher Day is
celebrated on

46. - Roman, Greek, Egypt - Philosophy of life - Quran
- Islamic Ideology
- The Kalima
- Birth of race -Wahdat Colony, Lahore
- 1959
-Education Extension Center -Teacher Edu. & Training -DSD
- On monthly basis
- Lecture method
- Student boredom
- Comprehension
- October 5
67. Forgetting can be minimized by
68. What to do when you find 2 students fighting
69. Tell aggressive students about their behavior's
70. Can a teacher suspend the student
71. What is purpose of textbook assignments
72. Difference in values of different age groups
73. Rote learning is suitable for the
74. Teacher who knows student problem and resolve it is
75. Who is called father of research on teaching
76. On first day in class, what would you do
Dars-e-Nizami:
It was originated by MolanaNizamUddinSahalvi in India to promote teachings Islam according to Quran
and Sunnah and remove the harmful effects of sec education.

Curriculum of Dars-e-Nizami:
1. Quran & Hadith
2. Tafsir Quran

47. 3.Logic
4.Usul-e-Tafseer
5. Usul-e-Hadith
6. Philosophy
7. Mathematics
8. Literature

DeeniMadaris:
DeeniMadaris teach; Quran, Hifz-e-Quran, Ahadith, Fiqah, etc. All DeeniMa are working under the
WafaqulMadaris. Arabic course (ShahdatulAlmiya) of an Isl Scholar is considered equivalent to M.A
Islamiat/M.A Arabic. An Islamic Scholar declare Fatwah after graduation.
“Miss/last double pages”
HISTORY OF EDUCATION
S r # Topic
1 Nutshell of History of Education
2 Famous Muslim Educationists Famous Western Educationists
6 Trends in Education
7 Miscellaneous
3 Ancient History
4 Education in Pakistan


Nutshell of History of Education
1. Education is derived from a Latin word - Educere
2. Educere means - To lead
3. Change in behavior and attitude in human being-Education
4. Process of acquiring knowledge, skills, values, attitude - Education
5. To enable a human to read and write is called - Literacy
6. Perfect code of life for human - Quran &Sunnah

48. 7. Islamic education system prefer the aspect of life - Moral Aspect
8. Book 'HujjatulBaligah' was written by - Shah Walliullah
9. Shah Waliullah was greatly influenced in mysticism by - Ibn-e-Rushd
10. Ibn-e-Rushd was greatly influenced by - Ibn-e-Bajjah
11. Certificate used to teach in specific area of expertise in history - Ijaza
12. In early stages of Islam, teachers classified into categories -2
13. Good relationship helps to control the - Anger
77. If majority of students are weak, keep your teaching slow guidance to bright students
78. If teacher not able to get student attention, he should evaluate
79. If some student misbehave, improve their behavior by
80. If back benchers make noise, make them sit
81. A teacher in the class should keep his voice
82. If student not able to follow, you should
83. If students fails in examination, it is the fault of
84. If teacher unable to answer question, he say he will answer
85. Classroom discipline can be maintained by developing
86. A teacher in the class is a
87. Verbal guidance is least effective in teaching
88. If noise occur in lecture, teacher should quite for a while
89. Mind itself is the result of process of evolution said by
90. TV is better than radio in teaching, as it uses both senses
91. Disciplinary cases should be sent to principal when other
92. First important of the teaching is knowing the
93. If student gets unconscious, provide first aid and contact-
94. Curriculum includes both formal and
95. Dynamic approach to teaching means learning through
96. If you teach normal children with blind, sii Ihe blind
97. True evaluation of student is possible through

49. - Overlearnin
- Punish bot -Harmful consequence
-N - Practic - Generation ga
- Slow Learne
- Appreciate
- N.L. Gag
- Introduce yoursel
-With some ext

- His teaching meth
- Your characte
- In front bench
- High enou -Explain with exampl - Students themselv
- After consultatio -Student interest in stu
- Group lead
- Skill -Then go o
- John Lock
- Hearing & Visic
- Means fail -Student backgroun
Nearby doctor
- Informal educatic
- Activiti
- On front bench -Continuous evaluati

D r : - A - - 2] History of Education

19

50. Tr. :se teachers are popular in student who help them
ral values can be developed in student, if teacher himself Vk said 'Allah has sent me as a teacher' -: said
'Knowledge without practice is dangerous' rst educational center of Islam h D established Dar-e-Arqam
.o established education center of Islam 'Suffah" -ere the Suffah was established islamic education
center with student residence facility : :?phet (PBUH) companions and their successors were ost ruction
delivered by Prophet (PBUH) to women
Ices to illiterate people, it would be end of world said by -am Ghazali was
Who said 'Goal of society is to apply Sharia'
nazali advocated 2 types of knowledge 3 nazali said, reasoning in 6th sense which helps to tell Who
wrote book 'Jewels of Quiar'
no wrote book 'Revival of religious sciences' B: ok Ahya-e-Uloom was written by B : ok 'Kimiya-e-Sadaat'
was written by [ ossification of Faz-e-Ain&Farz-e-Kafaya presented by Seeking knowledge is basic right of
every individual
nous Muslim Historian F ather of political economy irneKhaldun was born in Who presented the concept
of'Asabiya' Asabiya means
Who said 'rote learning kills student thinking ability -neKhaldun said, primary education should be given
in I -neKhaldun presented 2 types of Aloom, Aloom Naqli & Famous book 'Muqaddma' was written by
Who differentiated history of Islam and history of Muslims

-To resolve their problem
- Practice them
- Prophet (PBUH)
- Prophet (PBUH) -Dare-Arqam,Makkah
- Prophet (PBUH)
- Prophet (PBUH) -Masjid Nabvi, Madina
- Suffah
- Full time teachers
- Once a week - Prophet (PBUH)
- Persian educationist
- Imam Ghazali
- Useful & Useless

51. -Truth
- Ghazali
- Ghazali

- Imam Ghazali
- Imam Ghazali
- Imam Ghazali
- Imam Ghazali
- Ibne-Khaldun
- Ibne-Khaldun
- Tunis
- IbneKhaldun - Group solidarity
- IbneKhaldun - Mother tongue
- AloomAqli
- IbneKhaldun
- lbn-e-Khaldun


130. 13 century, Muslim thinker, historian & educationist - Ibn-e-Khaldun
131. Ibne-Khaldun never favoured the method - Lecture Method
132. Who opposed simultaneous learning of two languages - Sir Syed Ahmed
133. Founding father of Two Nation Theory - Sir Syed Ahmed
134. Who said 'superstition cannot be the part of faith' - Sir Syed Ahmed
135. Sir Syed established Orphanage for Muslim orphans in - Muradabad
136. Sir Syed established Scientific Society in -1863
137. Aligarh High School was established in -1875
138. Aligarh High School was elevated to MAO college in - 1877
139. MAO College was elevated to university in -1921
140. Who wrote journal'Tehzibullkhlaq' - Sir Syed Ahmed

52. 141. AsbabBaghawat-e-Hind was written by - Sir Syed Ahmed
142. Allamalqbal was born at Sialkot on - November, 9, 1877
143. Who emphasized on Individuality (Khudi) -Allama Iqbal
144. Allamalqbal presented KhutbaAllabad in-1930
145. Who wrote book Ilmullqtisad - Allam Iqbal
146. Who stated that learning unite knowing, feeling, doing - Froebel
147. Who presented the idea of Kindergarten (KG) -Froebel
148. Emphasis on Nationalism, Idealism, child freedom is philosophy of - Froebel
149. Permissive environment of Froebel Kindergarten include -Gift, song, occupation
150. Fredrick Froebel established first Kindergarten (KG) in -1837
151. Froebel established KG for the children age - 4-5 Years
152. All the children have potential to learn said by -Froebel
153. Play is the engine of real learning, said by -Froebel
154. Who wrote book 'Pedagogous of Kindergarten' - Froebel
155. Froebel was - German educationist
156. Montessori curriculum include types of experience -3
157. Maria Montessori was - Italian educationist
158. First woman doctor who graduated from Rome university - Maria Montessori
159. Maria Montessori presented the method - Montessori Method
160. Play is the work of child, said by - Maria Montessori
161. Who wrote book 'Discovery of Child' - Maria Montessori


History of Education 21
un ir.3 Montessori was awarded the degree of - Medicine
xi as founding father of functional psychology - John Dewey
ed ■M. Join Dewey was -American educationist
ed . e is said to have taken from Herbart - Theory of interest
ed Pragmatic philosophy was developed by- Dewey

53. ad Dewey established Laboratory school in - Chicago University
53 Jhcr. Dewey established Laboratory school in -1896
75 — Dewey introduced the method for students - Project method
"7 promoted democracy in education - Jhon Dewey
21 le\ els of Dewey curriculum -3
id rst .evel curriculum of Dewey was regarding - Making & doing
id v econd level of curriculum of Dewey was regarding -Space & Time concept
n Third level of curriculum of Dewey was regarding -Science subjects
al naming by Doing Method was presented by - Dewey
SO D wrote book 'Reconstruction in philosophy' - Dewey
al ton Plan was introduced by - Helen Parkurst
el ther name of Dalton Plan - Children University
el Dalton Plan school was established in New York in - 1919
el Classrooms of Dalton Plan were called - Laboratories
)n Student progress in Dalton Plan was shown by - Graph/diagrams
17 In Dalton Plan who outlined weekly assignments - Teachers
rs C ahon Plan conference duration to exchange ideas - 25-45 minutes
el : arts of Dalton plans were -3(House/Assignment/Lab)
el Helen Purkurst was an -American educationist
el IS6L Father of American Education - Horrace Mann
St Z ?mmon Schools of Horrace were for the - Students learning
N rmal Schools of Horrace were for the - Teacher training
st 3 wrote book 'On the art of teaching' - Horrace Mann
ri Philosophy of Naturalism in education was presented by- Rousseau
»d usseau preferred in education sense of discrimination &-Physical activities
ri Educational program of Rousseau was for people of - Upper classes only
ri A ho consider the education as negative process- Rousseau
194. Who consider that child at birth is by nature good - Rousseau
195. Rousseau identified developmental stages

54. 196. Who related the schooling to social purposes - Rousseau
197. Who said, child must be freed from society's imprisoning institutes-Rousseau
198. Who wrote famous novel Emile - Rousseau
199. Who developed object lesson emphasizing sensory learning- Rousseau
200. Rousseau said that aim of life is - Self-Expression
201. Who wrote book 'Social Contract' - Rousseau
202. Rousseau was - Swiss Educationist
203. What Pestalozi applied to education - Modified naturalist
204. Pioneer in Elementary Education Reforms - Pestalo
205. Pestalozi presented the Normal school for - Teacher trainin
206. Father of vocational training - Pestalo
207. Father of Modern Education -Pestalo
208. Pestalozi stressed on the training of - Teache
209. Motto 'Learning by head, hand and heart' was given by - Pestalo
210. 2 Main states Athens & Sparta was the part of - Greek
211. Socrates used questioning technique to develop the - Concept
212. Knowledge that comes from inside is real, said by - Socrates
213. Socrates was the teacher of - **PI
214. Dialectic Method was presented by **-PI
215. Plato's philosophy took education as means of preserving - The** sta
216. Dialogue to resolve conflict b/w two parties on a topic - Dialectic Method
217. Main role of education, according to Plato is to develop - Power of thinking
218. Who presented the idea of "Ideal Sate' - Plato
219. Plato presented the philosophy of - Idealist
220. Who wrote book 'Republic' - Plato
221. Against Plato, Aristotle made home a real - Training centre
222. Aristotle was the student of - Plato
223. Aristotle was the teacher of - Alexander Great
224. World first book of psychology was written by - Aristtole

55. 225. Aristotle wrote a book on psychology named - Peri **Psych

:ior ; - - - - 2] History of Education
23
QS
bo presented the philosophy of realism
Fhe academy established in Athens by Aristotle
irtue lies in the attainment of happiness, said by
Combination of Arithmetic, music, astronomy & geometry
rr.bination of Arithmetic, music, reading & writing "Paragogos'
in Athenian education was a
..
henian education involve more intellectual element than
Meaning of Ephebe Wrestling school of Greece was
leaning of Agog
• of speaking and writing effectively is called
ma Iqbal Open University (AIOU) established in
First largest distance university in Asia rmer name of AIOU was
**JU is located 'ode of instruction of distance education is rstitute of Educational Research (IER) was
established E R belongs to university
University of Education was established in
No. of campuses of University of Education
Punjab Examination Commission (PEC) started in
PEC holds the exam of classes
Dividing students into groups according to their abilities
What is the Socrates technique
A teacher who is self-critical of his teaching
Type of education held in school setting

56. Answer
- Aristotle
- Lyceum
- Aristotle
- Quadrivium
- Didasealeum
- Slave
- Sparatan
- Young man
- Palaestra
- Excitement
- Rhetoric
- 1974 -AIOU
-Peoples open university Sector H-8, Islamabad
- Non-formal
-1960
- Punjab university
-2002 -9 -2005
- 5 & 8 Classes
- Tacking
- Question-Answer
- Reflective teacher
- Formal education

Famous Muslim Educationists
1. Hazrat Muhammad (Peace Be Upon Him) (571-633) - World Educationist
# He (PBUH) was the Last Prophet of Allah (SubhanahuTa'ala).
# He (PBUH) stressed right kind of education. jgw
# He (PBUH) said 'Allah sent me as a teacher*.

57. # He (PBUH) said that iearn from cradle to grave'.
# He (PBUH) used to talk in the accent of listeners.
# He (PBUH) made education, a religious obligation.
# He (PBUH) used to teach simple to complex concepts.
# He (PBUH) stressed the use of QuranicDua (!-»*? yj)
# He (PBUH) used friendly and interesting behavior in teaching.
# He (PBUH) said that education is compulsory for both men &women.
# He (PBUH) stressed teaching through examples and demonstrations.
# He (PBUH) used to summarize the issue first, and then give the details.
# He (PBUH) said 'Best amongst you is one who learns &teaches 'Quran'.
# Wives of Hazrat Muhammad (PBUH) used to teach the women and girls.
# He (PBUH) used to praise and encourage the people on correct answering.
# He (PBUH) used to talk / teach softly with appropriate pauses and breaks.
# Established education center 'Suffa' for teaching in Masjid-e-Nabvi, Madina.
# He (PBUH) stressed asking questions while teaching to make learning effective
# He (PBUH) used body language, gesture, facial expression to make learning effective.
# He (PBUH) used effective speech in teaching (use of pauses, rise &fall of voice |
# He (PBUH) established education center 'Dar-e-Arqam' for teaching in Makkab
# Prisoners of Battle Badr freed after they taught 10 Muslim children to read/write
# He (PBUH) stressed not only to gain the knowledge but also on practice. (PBUH) said 'Knowledge
without practice is dangerous'.
# He (PBUH) said 'Teach people, make things easy, don't make things diffic keep silent when you
become furious (angry)'.
# He (PBUH) advised the Muslims to teach their children learn Quran, archery (LS J'J, swimming,
calculation, medicine & genealogy.
# He (PBUH) used to teach principles of Islam &Quran Majeed to people coi from different regions
of world, & appointed different Sahaba (R.A) for purpose
# "I have never seen a better teacher than the Messenger of Allah. He neith reprimanded, nor
beat nor insulted me." Muawiya Bin Hakam said.

58. 2. Imam Ghazali (1058-1111) - Iranian/Persian Educationist
Real name Abu Hamid Muhammad Ibn Muhammad Al-Ghazali.
Goal of society is to apply Sharia.
Teach lesson from simple to complex.
Knowledge can bring us closer to God.
Favored physical education for children.
Aim of education is the character building.
Two types of knowledge are; Useful and Useless.
Goal of man is to achieve happiness close to God.
Reasoning is the 6th sense which helps to tell truth.
Teacher should plan the lesson before the teaching.
Human mind is like a slate and teacher can transform it.
Teach students according to their individual differences.
Knowledge improves the status and respect of individual.
Favored good and simple diet for children physical growth.
Worldly education is equally important as religious education.
Favored proper clothing for children & disfavored tight and fit clothing.
Four categories of knowledge are; Prophetic, Rulers, Scholars, Preachers.
Teacher should behave like a father figure and avoid corporal punishment.
Divine revelation is superior to reason which is endowed only to Prophets.
Teachers should simplify lesson by using tales, stories etc. to make it effective.
Teaching lessons should be based on previous knowledge 6c student experience.
2 types Useful knowledge:i)Farz-e-Ain(Compulsory), ii)Farz-e-Kafaya(Optional).
Curriculum should be combination of religious, worldly education, logic & philosophy.
Included industrial education, textile, agriculture, tailoring, & hair cut+i g in curriculum.
Favor elementary education&home related knowledge for female, not higher education.
Ways to identify & remove deficiencies: perfect teacher, close friends, foes, & self-analysis.
Books: Revival of religious sciences (AhyaulAloom), Jewels of Quran, Alchemy of Happiness etc.

59. 3. Ibn-e-Khaldun (1332-1406)-Arab Educationist/Famous Historian
# His name was Walli-Uddin Abu Zaid Abdul Rer an born in Tunis.
# Education should be means to bring happiness in life.
# Mathematics should be taught as compulsory subject.
# Education helps to develop character and personality.
# Aim of education is to develop thinking and reasoning.
# Rote learning / memorization kill the student thinking ability.
# Education system should be formulated based on its ideology.
# Mother tongue should be used in primary education.
# He presented the concept of' Asabiya' (social cohesion/group solidarity).
# Justice is basic value of society if there is no justice in society, it will ruin it.
# Student should participate in discussion over a problem and find its solution.
# Teacher/parents love child, not punish him to avoid damaging his personality.
# He favored discussion and debates and disfavored lecture method of teaching.
# Travelling is also a means of education. He promoted study tours for learning.
# Student should put their effort to think, interpret &actively involve in learning.
# Every Muslim men &women should gain knowledge of Holy Quran &Sunnah.
# Teaching students according to their ability/capacity level makes learning easier.
# Teachers should teach simple to complex, known to unknown, concrete to abstract.
# Vocational/professional subjects should be included with academic subject in education.
# Education should develop socio-economic efficiency in man to be effective member of society.
# There are 2 types of Aloom:

(1) AloomNaqli (originated from Quran, Hadith, Fiqah, Tafseer, grammar)
(2) AloomAqli[g&med through experiment, observation, reasoning (math, physki logic)]
# Teaching process should comprise of 3 stages: (1) //if/Wiicrio/i-introducing topic with
examples and salient points to

covered

60. detail explanation of the points discussed before
(2) Development-
introduction.
(3) Recap/Summary-hsson should be revised for effective learning.
Books: Famous "Muqaddma", Arab Philosophy of History.

4. Sir Syed Ahmed Khan (1817-1898) - Indian Educationist jjk
He was also a political leader of the Muslims. JkJ^*
Superstition cannot be the part of faith (Iman). BHLJB
He was Muslim pragmatist & Islamic. Modernist.
He got the title 'Sir', 'JavadUd-daullah' & 'Arif Jung'.
He advocated the use of Urdu Language among Muslims.
He was founding father of Two Nation Theory of Pakistan.
Get rid of the old and useless rituals as it hinder our progress.
He promoted Western Scientific education among the Muslims.
He was against the superstitious and orthodox thinking of the Muslim."
Established an Orphanage for Muslim orphan children in Murfadabad.
Established MadrassahMuradabad, 1858/Madrassah Ghaziabad, 1862.
We will remain humiliated/rejected if we not made progress in scientific field.
Established Scientific Society-1863 for translation of English books into Urdu.
He promoted western modern education &religious education among Muslims.
Muhamadan Educational Conference, 1886 to bring political wisdom in Muslims.
Knowledge acquisition science/technology is only solution for Muslim problems.
Established Aligarh High School, 1875 which was elevated to MAO College in 1877 and to University in
1921.
Books:Tafseer-Ul-Quran/Tuzk-e-Jahangiri/Aaeen-e-Akbri/Asbab-baghawat-hind/Loyal Muhammadns of
India/TabeenUlKalam/AsrarulSanadid.
Journals: TehzeebUlIkhlaq, Aligarh Institute Gazette.

61. 5. Allama Muhammad. Iqbal (1873-1938). Indian Educationist/Poet
He favored female education & moral education. He was against the mere bookish knowledge and rote
learning. Education begins from a sense of ego and it leads to perfection. He favored activity, creativity,
science and research in Muslims. He emphasized Individuality (Khudi), one's precious self or ego.
Students have freedom to develop their personality and talents. Education should cultivate qualities; 1)
Courage, 2) Tolerance, 3) Faqr. He was awarded'doctorate of Philosophy by University of Munich in
1907. He wrote famous Child Prayer "Lab PeAati Hay Dua Ban K TammanaMeri". He delivered
'KhutbaAllaabad" in 1930, presented idea of separate homeland. Gave concept of Mard-e-Momin for
Muslims to believe Allah & restore Khudi.
# He promoted ideas of Justice, brotherhood, equality and service among Muslir
# Emphasized learning by doing method & and stressed to make lesson interestir
# Aim of education is the development of personality & strengthening indivic qualities of a child.
# Learning is ability to implement & apply knowledge in real situation otherwis is meaningless.
# He included philosophical subjects, art and literature, religious subjects, soc^-subjects, history
and science in curriculum.
# Parents should spend their lives according to Quran and sayings of Ha Muhammad (PBUH) to
become ideal for their children.
# Books:Asrar-e-Khudi/Ramooz-e-Bekhudi/Pyam-e-Mashraq/Bang-e-Dara/Bal-ei Jabreel/Zarb-e-
Kaleern/Armghan-e-Hijaz/Javed-Nama/Iqbal-nama/Ilm-ul-Iqtisad/Zaboor-e-Aj am.

Famous Western Educationists
1. Fredrick Froebel (1782-1852) - German Educationist
# Humans are creative beings.
# Play is the engine of real learning.
# Basic components of philosophy include, free self-activity, creativity, social participation and
motor expression.
# Emphasize play-based, child centered, games, practices, gifts, pare-involvement, occupation,
songs.
# Presented Kindergarten method to teach children'in playful environment. Books: Education of
the Man, Pedagogics of Kindergarten

2. Maria Montessori (1870-1952) - Italian Educationist
# Play is the work of child.

62. # Child should be allowed to move freely in class.
# Age level 1-6 years of children is very important.
# Children need freedom, fun and they learn at their own pace.
# First women doctor who graduated from University of Rome.
# Multiage grouping of children makes them learn from each other.
# Worked with disabled children and presented Montessori Method.
# Designed special materials &special environment to teach children.
# Emphasize natural environment for learning, joy, interest and need of child.
# Beautifully designed colour material should be used for teaching of children.
slims * Teacher works as a facilitator &guide, who provide environment and materials,
isting * Children should not be forced to learn. Children learn reading, writing, calculation
ividu -s freely as mey learn to walk and talk. This whole depends upon the natural
environment which should be orderly and accessible to the children according to
the age and needs.
wise

Bwk Montessori Method/Discovery of child/Secret of childhood/Absorbent mind

3. socj Jhon Dewey (1859-1952) - American Educationist
• He is founding father of functional psychology (functionalism). Hazr ♦ He presented
Pragmatism (philosophy of education).
• He established first psychology lab in USA. al-e- • He presented Learning-by-Doing
Method of teaching.
• He advocated democracy.
• Established Laboratory Schools in Chicago, emphasize lab experiments to learn.
ks Democracy &Education/Experience &Education/Art as experience/ School and
society/Reconstruction in philosophy/Philosophy of John Dewey

4. Helen Parkhurst (1887-1973) - American Educationist
e was a student of Maria Montessori.

63. -phasize on individualized instruction, self-reliance & pupil-led teaching.
->-e presented Dalton Plan. It was a laboratory school in which learners ::e experimenters. Plan
reorganized the school into 3 components;
irent- (1) Assignment-giving responsibility to learners to learn according to interest
and ability,

(2) Laboratory-Where student seek best way to achieve assignment,
(3) House-where teacher acts as a counselor to give lessons. Horace Mann (1796-1859) - American
Educationist
• Education should be provided by well trained teachers.
• Education must be free, non-sectarian, and publically funded.
• Father of Common School Movement. In which promoted free public education.
• Established special teacher training colleges called Normal schools for teacher training. Capable
teachers were promoted and unfit teachers were eliminated.
• Public schooling central to good citizenship, democratic participation &societal wellbeing.
3 ooks: Lectures on education/Slavery/On the Art of Teaching


**Disfavored book reading, formal & social education, formal discipline/habit formation. Children learn
right and wrong through experiencing the consequences of th acts rather than tlirough physical
punishment.
* Gave the idea of negative education in which child himself set free, wander he and there in
natural way to learn by dancing, running, playing.
Books: Social Contract/Emile (Novel)/Discourse on Political Economy

7. Pestalozi (1746-1827) - Swiss Educationist
Nature of mar. is essentially good.
His motto was 'Learning by head, hand and heart'.
He was inspired from Rousseau ideas and his novel 'Emile'.
Emphasized natural environment in schooling, loving & caring.
He emphasized child centered approach, individual difference, sense perception studen! ,„if-activity.

64. ♦ Pestalozi Method emphasized individualized, self-paced, self-directed activity-based learning.
Books: Letters on Early Education/The Education of Man
Ancient History
Educational History:
Mostly people were illiterate in the past. Oral traditions were important which wer memorized. Most of
the education was achieved orally. Religion was main focus O education. Knowledge about the animals,
farming, fishing, food preparation, construction anc military training was focused. Formal education was
being provided to few people.
Purpose of Educational History:
1. To benefit past experiences
2. To understand people and different societies
3. To analyze cultural norms
4. To understand the progression of society
5. To increase education quality

History of Education Ancient Greece:
Education played very vital role in the life of Greek people in the past. There were - two major states in
Greece in the past; Athens & Sparta. It was the period of 5th _-• BC. There were 2 types of education; 1)
Formal education delivered by paid ic-ers in formal school setting 2) Informal Education delivered by
unpaid teacher in : .blic / local settings. Greek education focused on mind, body and imagination.
I:nation System of Athens:
Education focused on training of Arts, Peace and War. Schools were private _ - people had an
opportunity to send their children in schools due to low tuition

Education (0-6 Years) - Basic Reading / Writing at home
3oys were taught at home by mother or male slave. They were taught;
^_ 1) words of Homer (poet), 2) how to play lyre (music instrument). Elementary Education (6-14
Years) - Gymnastic Education
Eymnastic training upto 14 years was compulsory.
Secondary Education (15-18 Years) - Intellectual Education
an,

65. After 14 years of training, poor students ended their education and join on & apprenticeship of a
trade. Rich students continued their education under a ulosopher teacher. Subjects of geometry,
sophistry, astronomy and rhetoric (art f speaking and writing effectively) were taught.
Post-secondary Education (19-20 Years) -Military Training
Two years military training was imparted and students were graduated after 20 ■ ears. Then more
advanced studies were also provided later.
"Girls were imparted only primary education at home. Co-curricular activities include; running, jumping,
boxing, wrestling, music, dance.
: .cation System of Sparta:
wen *
us 0 Main purpose of education was to physically strong and fit body.
n am Military Tainting (6-18 Years)
Boys and Girls in barracks undergo strict military training. It includes, taking less food, walking bare
footed, sleeping on hard beds, reading and writing, jumping, running, swimming, hunting, disk throwing
etc.
Gymnastic & Warfare Training (19-20 Years)
Only male persons undergo gymnastic and special warfare training with real weapons. At the age of 20
after 2 years training, a test was taken. Passing persons were declared soldiers and citizens. Other join
trade / business but they were not considered citizen & they had no political rights.

3. Soldier Training (21-60 Years)
Soldier training was continued upto 60 years in a separate barracks even marr: soldiers were also lived
alone without family.
4. Retirement and Family Life (61 till death)
Male were retired at the age of 60 years and they were allowed to live the families.

Socrates (469-399 BC):
1. Socrates was Greek philosopher born in Athens.
2. He said that knowledge is truth.
3. Person should find truth, work wisely and rationally.
4. He stressed in moral excellence.
5. Teachers ask right questions so that students think & answer critically.

66. 6. He stressed on self-examination / analysis.
Teaching Method
Question Answer technique was used by Socrates to motivate, stimulate studer. and encourage healthy
discussions. Questions should be designed in such a way thad may increase the ;tudent interest and
curiosity. The questions should be linked wi student's answers.
Types of Questions of Socrates:
1. Introductory Questions - Linking with previous knowledge of students.
2. Developing Questions - Questions on new topic.
3. Recaptulatory Questions- Repeating the questions.
4. Evaluatory Questions - To judge the performance at the end.

Plato (429-347 BC):
1. Plato was the student of Socrates.
2. He presented the idea of Ideal State.
3. Brightest minds should made political decisions of state.
4. He presented philosophy of Idealism.
Books:Republic/Statesman/Lysis/Sophist/Laws/Symposium/Apology. Stages of Education of Plato:
1. Pre-Education (0-6 Years) - Moral Education
Moral education will be imparted to children by parents and elders.
2. Elementary Education (7-18 Years) -Basic Education
Separate ine girls and boys. Children should learn basic education, music, post
math and literature.


P - 2] History of Education __33

Military Training (19-20 Years):
HTM
Students undergo military experience in the battlefield for 2 years. Higher Education (21-35 Years):
Students get advance knowledge of mathematics, philosophy and literature for 10

67. the ears. Students should get the knowledge of dialectic for 5 years.
Ruler and Philosophers Training (36-50 Years):
Students get the training from 36-50 years to become rulers and philosophers. Practice as Ruler or
Philosophers (50 Years onward):
People are now ready to become ruler or philosophers and apply their knowledge practically.
: tie (384-322 BC):
1. Aristotle was the student of Plato.
2 He was the tutor of Alexander the Great.
3 Education is the attainment of happiness. derr 4. Virtue lies in the attainment of
happiness.
that 5. He used inductive and deductive method to find out knowledge.
ts.
' wr 6. Sensory experiences / sensations are the root of knowledge. 7. He presented philosophy
of Realism. Books: Peri Psyches/Physics/Metaphysics/Politics/Rhetoric/Economics. The Lyceum
(Peripatic School):
It is the basis of present day universities. It was located in Athens. Aristotle used i ach; philosophy,
mathematics, and rhetoric in the school.
[Curriculum:
1. Infant Schooling (0-6): It includes play, physical activities & stories.
2. 7-14 Years Schooling:Numerics, literacy, liberal arts.
3. 15-21 Years Schooling: Mathematics, Geometry, Astronomy, grammar, literature, poetry,
rhetoric, ethics and politics.
4. 21 Years onward: Physics, metaphysics, biology, cosmology, logic.
- : men Role:
1. Women were inferior to men. Aristotle promoted only male education.
2. Girls should be trained for household, child rearing (care/development).

Education in Pakistan
4
Role of Mosque in Education:
1. Place for Prayers

68. 2. Place for socialization
3. Place for Dawa (Preach)
4. Place for Celebration (Eid, Marriage etc.)
5. Place of state meetings
6. Place for Medical Care
7. Place for Education
Dar-e-Arqam - First Islamic Education Center:
In earlier times, non-Muslims were teasing the Muslims in many ways that's preaching of Islam was also
difficult. In order to avoid such situation, Prophet (PBl established Educational center (Dar-e-Arqam) in
HazratArqam Bin Arqam (RA) ho It was first educational center of Islarri. Its aim was to spread the
message of Al teaching of Quran & Hadith, Tafsir-e-Quran etc.
Suffah:
Suffah means shaded area/area covered by roof. It was an area in Masjid-e-N designated for the
education, residence of poor, needy, out guests. Needy people lived in Suffah were called Ashab-e-
Suffah (residents of Suffah). It was first Isl Residential University. Prophet (PBUH) used to send Ashab-e-
Suffah in different for preaching of Islam. Different needs (food etc.) of Ashab-e-Suffah were provided
Muslim community. Suffah Curriculum:
1. Tafsir-e-Quran 2. Usul-e-Fiqah 3. Usul-e-Din 4.Caliphs
5.Nahv 6. Religion 7. Jadal
Dars-e-Nizami:
It was originated by MolanaNizamUddinSahalvi in India to promote teachings Islam according to Quran
and Sunnah and remove the harmful effects of sec education.
Curriculum of Dars-e-Nizami:
1. Quran & Hadith 2. Tafsir Quran 3.Logic 4.Usul-e-Tafseer
5. Usul-e-Hadith 6. Philosophy 7. Mathematics 8. Literature
DeeniMadaris:
DeeniMadaris teach; Quran, Hifz-e-Quran, Ahadith, Fiqah, etc. All DeeniMa are working under the
WafaqulMadaris. Arabic course (ShahdatulAlmiya) of an Isl Scholar is considered equivalent to M.A
Islamiat/M.A Arabic. An Islamic Scholar declare Fatwah after graduation.

CHAPter - 2] History of Education

69. 35
Maktab School:
Maktab schools are associated with the mosques. Maktab schools were suggested a 1979 Education
policy of Pakistan. Education from class 1 to class 3 was required to
- E given in Masjid Maktabschool. A competent teacher will help Imam of Masjid in -.eaching.
Maktab schools are different form Madaris in scope where students are fewer and least curriculum
including Quran Nazira and Hiz-e-Quran were taught.
Mosque Schools:
Education Policy 1978 suggested the establishment of Mosque Schools to -prove the education in
Pakistan. Subjects of Urdu and math with Quran were taught. - e traditional Imams were unable to
continue this educational teaching so this idea was -;: implemented fully.
> wr. Pilot Schools/Charter Schools:
3UI: These are elementary and secondary schools that receive funding from the govt.
l0US - ai they are free from some of the rules and regulations that are applied on other public Mia:
hools. These schools were started with the help of USA. Purpose of charter school is to -crease and
improve the opportunities of education.
mprehensive School Scheme:
These schools were also established with the help of USA. First comprehensive j ' ; - :ol was
established in Multan in 1966. These schools were established in each district
- ;iiquarter all over the Pakistan. Its aim was to provide quality education.
area

ed t cational Schools:
These schools arrange vocational courses for the students who have passed their
- idle or matric classes. Courses include; carpenter, mason, welder, tailor, electrician, . -^puter
operator, embroidery, etc. Vocational schools have established at each tehsil e%el in Pakistan.
special Schools:
lgs c Special schools have been established in all the districts and tehsils of Pakistan for
jcuh _-e children with special needs. These children mainly include; children with mental Ktardation,
visual impairment, hearing impairment, physically handicapped. Special e; ucation teachers with
different professionals such as psychologists, speech therapist, audiologist, physiotherapist etc. teach
the children with special needs with specially
- :dified curriculum.

70. Ilamalqbal Open University (AIOU):
idar 1. AIOU is the first largest university of distance education in Asia.
2. AIOU is the second largest university of distance education in World.
4. It was renamed as AIOU in 1977 by Zulfiqar Ali Bhutto.
5. Established to educate workers, people of distant areas at their home place.
6. It is located in H-8 Sector, Islamabad.
7. Its chancellor is the President of Pakistan.
8. Its average student's enrolment is more 121acs every year.
9. Non-formal teaching methodology is used for teaching.
10. It provides textbooks, and reading material to students at home.
11. It arranges radio, television programs for students.
12. It arranges tutors in the near surrounding of the students.
13. Students have to submit the assignment to the tutors & appear in semester exams to pass the
program/course.
14. It has started many online learning programs.
15. It has 1172 study centers for professional training of students.
16. It has 9 regional campuses, 33 regional centers, 41 approved study centers. 138 part-time
regional coordinating offices.
17. Largest teacher education institution with average enrolment of 4 lac students.
18. Only institution providing program for Educational Planning & management.
19. It offers more than 2000 courses.
20. It offers operating semester system twice a year i.e. Spring& Autumn.
21. It got UNESCO ROMA & Raja Roy Singh award for educating rural masses.

Institute of Education and Research (IER):
It is a postgraduate college of education in Punjab University, Lahore establishec in 1960 with the
cooperation of USA. It is premier and most prestigious institute of education in country. It provides
teacher training, advance studies and quality research.
National Bureau of Curriculum and Textbook (NBCT):

71. It is also called curriculum wing. This wing is responsible to supervise the provincial curriculum bureau
for their curriculum development and textbooks development by ensuring the quality and
standardization.

Steps in Curriculum Development:
1. Developing Objectives (Objectives are framed on basis of education policy)
2. Scheme of Study(lt consider national education policy, market demand, and global issues.
3. Development of Sy//a6j#s(Syllabus is developed according to objectives)
4. Textbooks development (Provincial Textbook Board-PTTB develop it)
5. Review and Approval (National Review committee review books)
6. Publication and Distribution (After approval, book is published)
7. Teacher Training (Usually teacher guide is provided to teach the particular book and sometimes
training is imparted for the teaching of book.)

Provincial Textbook Board (PTTB):
Four PTTBs have been established one in each province. PTTBs are responsible r preparing, publishing,
stocking, distribution and marketing school textbooks. PPTBs : repare books for the classes KG to
Intermediate.

Board of Intermediate and Secondary Education (BISE):
BISE is responsible to conduct exams of Secondary (IX-X) and Higher Secondary XI-XII) classes. BISEs have
been established in each division.

Inter-Board Committee of Chairman (IBCC):
This committee was established, comprising of chairman of BISEs for mutual . ^aboration of BISEs. It was
established to resolve the issues of all BISEs and bring miformity in their workings.

Education Extension Centers:
EECs were established in each province of Pakistan to impart preservice and Dservice training to the
teachers. EECs provide training to the teachers for the changes made in the curriculum. In Punjab, EEC
has been renamed as DSD (Directorate of Staff I r\ elopment).

72. Provincial Institutes of Teacher Education (PITE):
PITEs were established in Punjab in 2000 for quality assurance and teacher raining, offering programs of
B.Ed, M.Ed and M.A Education. These were sponsored by Asian Development Bank. Presently PITEs
stopped working.

University of Education (UE):
1. UE, Lahore was established in 2002.
2. It was first specialized university in the field of education in Pakistan.
3. Its aim was to improve and provide preservice /inservice teacher training, educational leaders,
educationists, researchers, curriculum developers.
4. Its chancellor is Governor of the Punjab.
5. It has one main campus and 8 sub-campuses.

Punjab Examination Commission (PEC):
PEC is autonomous body setup by Punjab govt, for student's exams at grade 5 and grade 8. It started
functioning in 2005 and took first exam 5th grade exam in 2006. It is now working under Punjab
Examination Commission Act 2010. It takes exams every year of govt, and private students in all 36
districts of Punjab. It consists of 18 members.

District Teacher Educators (DTEs):
DTEs are appointed byDSD to evaluate and assess the progress of teachers and students of govt, schools
on monthly basis. DTEs visit the schools monthly and take the exams of students.

Cluster Training Support Centers:
Govt, of Punjab has nominated different central schools as cluster training support centers for the in
service training of teachers. In order to cover whole Punjab 36 District Training and Support Centers
(DTSC) have been established (one in each district). Under each DTSC on average 60 Cluster Training and
Support Centers (CTSC) have been established. One cluster covers approximately 30 schools lying within
radius of 16km. At one cluster (1-5) District Teacher Educators (DTEs) are placed depending upon the
schools attached with cluster. A DTE has been an allotted 10-15 school for implementation of CPD at
cluster level.

Trends in Education

73. Online Learning: Different software have been designed by different distance learning universities to
provide the education to students at their home through computer and internet called online learning.
Child sits daily on particular websites and completes the given assignments by the university online.
Mobile Learning: Learning by using mobile is very much easy and comfortable.
E-Learning: It is an electronic learning. It means learning through computer, emails, Skype etc.
Child Centered Learning: Now child has become client, customer, and central point of educational
institution. Teacher is just guide and facilitator. The child interests, needs, attention, mental level etc.
are kept under consideration while teaching.
Game Based Learning: Learning through games is very much effective for pervasive learning especially
for the kindergarten classes.

: -tAP - 2] History of Education

39

ject Method: Studentsundergo inquiry based education. Theyaregiven different ■ ems and asked to
resolve them at their own.
hy Childhood Education (ECE): Children at the early age about 3-5 years old are educated in playing and
effective learning environment. Punjab Govt, has started this ect of ECE in different districts.
IC Education: It promotes Education For All (EFA) to enhance the fundamental and ; knowledge/skills.
"M Education: It includes the education of Science, Technology, Engineering, and
ooks: Now Electronic Books called E-Books are available on the internet which can sed through
computer, mobile or E-Book Readers.
ance Learning:Distance learning provides education to the persons who are ; yees or not able to get
education in formal institutions. Distance learning provides facility of education at home by providing
textbooks material. Student is required to c .he assignmentsand appear in semester exams.
r Tutoring:It includes teaching of students by their classmates of same age.
usive Education means to educate the children with special needs in normal Is with normal children who
are not disabled.
Individualized Learning: It means that teaching each student according to his strengths, b, interests and
mental level.
Long Learning (LLL): It means getting education throughout the life/whole life, cation continues in the
entire life of a man in formal or informal mode, education at : I, home, and community etc.

74. Miscellaneous
Literacy:
"Literacy means to enable a person to read and write.'
Education: It refers to the process of acquiring knowledge, skills, values, attitude, belie and habits.
Usually it takes place in school setting and related to teaching-learning process.

Formal Vs Informal Vs Distance Education:
Formal Education
Non-Formal /
Distance Education /
Open System /
Correspondence Learning
Informal Education

1. Usually in school
2. May be repressive
3. Compulsory
4. Strictly teacher-led
5. Planned
6. Structured
7. Sequential
8. Student attendance
required
9. Increasing interaction

b/w student and teacher
1. At home or school
2. Relatively supportive

75. 3. Usually voluntary
4. Less teacher-led
5. Planned
6. Structured
7. Sequential
8. Usually student is not required
9.- Less / no interaction b/w student and teacher
1 .Anywhere
(home, bus, market etc.)
2. Supportive
3. Voluntary
4. Usually learner-led
5. Unplanned
6. Unstructured
7. Non-sequential
8. No student attendance
9. No interaction b/w
student and teacher

Elements of Education:
There are following 4 elements of education:
1. Aims
2. Curriculum
3. Pedagogy
4. Evaluation
7>

pes of Reading:
1. Skimming: Quick reading to know central point/theme.

76. 2. Scanning: More quick reading than skimming. Reading important points/topics or reading
required information.
3. Intensive Reading: Slow, deep& complete reading with full attention.
4. Extensive Reading: Reading long text for enjoyment out of classroom, at home or outside in
leisure time with own speed e.g. Novel reading.
-vpes of Writing:
1. Narrative Writing: Narration of some event e.g. journey, story, flood etc.
2. Descriptive Writing: Description of person, place or thing e.g. person, animal, town etc.
3. Expository Writing: Explanation of ideas, plans, facts, procedures.
7 vpes of Writing Composition:
1. Controlled Writing: Student is given writing assignment but final decision is made by the
teacher.
2. Guided Composition: It is guided by the teacher.
3. Free Composition: Teacher given only the topic but student himself does without any help.

Maxims of Teaching:
1. Simple to Complex
2. Known to Unknown
3. Part to Whole / Vice versa
4. Concrete to Abstract
5. Direct to Indirect
6. Particular to General
7. Analysis to Synthesis
8. Empirical to Rationale
9. Psychological to Logical

Computer Assisted Instruction:
It is a method of instruction in which student learns himself with the help of computer
programs/software. Its elements include following:

77. 1. Tutorial Mode: Computer gives information to the child and at the end asks different questions
and scores the child achievement.
2. Drill and Practice: Child is given an assignment repeatedly for drill.
3. Discovery Mode: Problem is given to child and ask to resolve at its own.
4. Simulation Mode: Different artificial situation are given to play or perform on computer e.g.
game of aeroplane pilot etc.
5. Gaming Mode: Different games are given just for the enjoyment of child.

Types of Teleconferencing:
Teleconferencing means communicating with a group of people/conference from long distance. Its
types are as under:
1. Audio Teleconferencing
2. Video Teleconferencing
3. Computer Teleconferencing

Steps of Lesson Planning:
1. General Objectives
2. Specific Objectives
3. Introduction
4. Teaching Aids (AV aids, computer, etc.)
5. Previous knowledge (children previous knowledge is linked with topic)
6. State of Aim (explanation of current topic)
7. Presentation (Telling different points and questions)
8. Explanation (Answering the questions)
9. Summary
10. Review Questions
11. Home Assignment

Micro Teaching:

78. It is a teaching of 5-10 minutes to 5-10 students by video tape or computer to judge teaching ability. This
teaching is done duringpreservice or inservice training of teachers. Here students are the teachers. One
teacher teaches and others observe his/her teaching and analyze his/her weaknesses.
■ crammed Instruction: Method of teaching in which teachers teach in an organized ith full dedication,
according to the teaching principles.
-erafive Learning: It is a type of learning in which a group of 3-4 students is — - .ated and it is given a
problem for its solution.
aic Method: It refers to discussion / dialogue between two or more people having rent view on one
topic.Studentsargument with each other to find truth.
E : -cational Trend: Related changes taken place in education over time due to change
-:ciety.
Tracking: Dividing students into groups according to their abilities.
• rciprocal Teaching: Instructional activity during which teacher and student exchange each other what
is to be learned.
j.ptive Teaching:Applying different instructional strategies to different groups of ;rs so they all can
achieve success.
- : rizontal Relationships:Successful relationship of students with their peers that meet
- social skill needs, belongings.
. -rical Relationships:Successful relationship of students with parents and teachers that . :heir needs of
safety, security and protection.
Reflective Teacher:A teacher who is thoughtful and self-critical about his or her
teaching.
_;ink, Pair, Share Technique: It is cooperative discussion strategy presented by Frank nn. First students
think about the problem and then they make their pairs with other r_dents and share their ideas in
turns with each other to resolve the problem.
Des of Learning:Itincludes;Cognitive, Affective and Psychomotor learning.
- ; rates Question: Answering their own questions by the students.
-.mary Teaching Methods: It includes; Lecture, Demonstration, Role play, & Grou I-.scussion.
'. rmonstration: Teaching by showing. It has 3 stages:
1. Instructor Tells
2. Instructor Shows
v£> jrd ry iood flexes - Peers

79. 3. Student Shows
I le Play:It is the imitation of real events by the student.
Illustration Method: Use of videos or pictures to show how an c
Living Curriculum: Itincludes the use of multimedia over the internet to ere progressive interactive
environment.
Direct Instruction:Teacher centered instruction which includes lecture, presentation, recitation.
Indirect Instruction:Student centered instruction in which student learns at his/her c as in inquiry based
learning, problem solving method etc.
Small Group Discussion:Independent discussion of 4-6 studentsin a group.
Overlearning: It is a strategy whereby the learner continues to study and rehearse material after it has
been brought to mastery.
Removing Student stealing habit: If a child uses to steal the items in school, find cause of behavior and
explain the effects of behavior.

Chapter3 Educational Psychology

45

CHAPTER
EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Sr#
Topic
Nutshell of Educational Psychology
2 Schools of Psychology
Piaget Theory of Cognitive Development
4 Erikson Theory of Psychosocial Development
5 Vygotsky Theory of Sociocultural Development
6 Kohlburg Theory of Moral Development
Bronfenbrenner Ecological Theory
8 Freud Theories
9 Theories of Learning

80. 10 Behavioral Theories of Learning
11 Cognitive Theories of Learning
12 Theories of Motivation
13 Theories of Emotions
14 Miscellaneous

-Humanistic -Humanistic Psyc -Humanistic Psych
17. Watson, Pavlov and Skinner are related to - Behavioral
18. Study of whole behavior promoted by school of psychology
19. Whole is greater than sum of its parts is
20. Max Wertheimer, Koffka, Kohler &Lewin are related to
21. Learning by insight theory is also called
22. Gestalt is a German word that means
23. Psychology theory emphasize 'free will'
24. Most optimistic view of human nature related to
25. School of psychology that given more value to human
26. Maslow and Carl Roger are related to school of psychology-Humanistic Psv
27. Founder of humanistic approach
28. Kind of therapy developed by Freud - Psycho
29. Human behavior includes conscious, subconscious-unconscious - Psycho
30. Other term used for psychoanalysis is - Psychod\
31. Central concept of psychoanalysis is - Unconscious
32. Unconscious shapes our personality/behavior said by

QS
**:cer of psychodynamic psychology
. think &feel in altered states of awareness mind and body relation is
- ^rsonal means
- rrsonal psychology is also called „ s Man is conscious animal'

81. = 5 Man is social animal' _> first psychologist
- k of psychology was written by
. : psychology book of Aristotle was
James published book of psychology 1895 : psychology in USA :experimental psychology established
World first lab of psychology andt set up world first lab of psychology in Why age' of a child is fang age'
of a child is E .cited state arising in response o stimuli
: rd 'emotion' is derived frorii ord
Emovere means Emotions rise abruptly but die Which is master emotion Limbic system is often called
Basic born emotions
First emotional expression appear in infants Emotional style one displays in response to events An
emotional bond to particular person Word ' moral' is derived from Latin word Mos' means
No clear-cut answer regarding morally correct action
Word psychology is derived from
Moods are formed during
Inborn automatic response to stimuli
People of same age and status are called

Answers
- Sigmund Freud
-Transpersonal psychology
-Transpersonai psychology
- Beyond the personal
-Transpersonal psychology
-William Wundt &James
- Aristotle
- Aristotle
-Aristotle
-Peri Psyches
-Principle Psychology
-William James

82. -William Wundt
-William Wundt
- Leipzig, 1879
- Early Childhood
- Late Childhood
- Emotion
- Emovere
- To Excite, stir up
- Slowly
- Fear
- Emotional brain
- Love, Fear
- General excitement
- Temperament
- Attachment
- Mos
- Manner, Habit
- Moral Dilemma
- Greek word - Adulthood
- Reflexes
- Peers

QS
67. Actions that show respect and caring for others
68. Tendency to analyze own thoughts
69. Person become capable for reproduction at stage
70. Unconditional love fosters congruent self-concept said
71. Founder of client centered therapy
72. Attention on measureable and observable aspect is

83. 73. Founder of behaviorism
74. Behaviorist say that behavior is controlled by
75. Roger said that important in problem solving is
76. Negative or unpleasant consequences
77. Positive or pleasant consequences
78. Reinforcer that can be touched
79. Gesture or sign to communicate positive regard
80. Opportunity to engage in a favorite activity
81. Process of self-praise or motivation is called
82. Voluntary goal directed behavior of a person
83. Punishing/rewarding whole class for performance
84. Type of reinforcing properties of primary reinforce
85. Type of reinforcing properties of secondary reinforce
86. Rate of response in positive reinforcement
87. Rate of response in negative reinforcement
88. Reinforcement determines response acquisition
89. Reinforcement determines response performance
90. State that energizes, directs and sustains behavior
91. Motivation for inner pleasures
92. Motivation for external rewards
93. Punishment is an example of motivation type
94. Motivation related to activities that are their own rcu i
95. Stimulus is necessary for response in
96. Change in behavior due to reinforcement
97. Stimulus plays dominant role in
98. Response plays dominant role in
99. Thorndike contributed in conditioning process
100. Behavior related to particular stimulus

84. Answers
- Prosocial Beha\
- Reflects
-Pub-
- Carl Ro
- Carl R
- Behavio
- J.B Wa
- Enviro
-Cli
- Punis
- Reinfor
- Concrete Reinfo
- Social Reinfo
- Activity Reinfo
- Self-reinforce
- Operant Beha\
- Group consequen
- Biolog
- Acqu
- Incre
- Deere
- Ski -Band - Motiva
- Intrinsic Motiva
- Extrinsic Motivat Extrinsic Motiva - Intrinsic motiva
-Classical condition!
-Operant condition -Classical condition
-Operant condition -Operant Conditio
-Respondent beha\

85. ehavi Behavior not clearly related to particular stimulus - Operant behavior
;ctiv: Use of consequences to strengthen behavior - Reinforcement
3uber Use of consequences to weaken the behavior - Punishment
Roge _ Consequences that seriously threaten self-esteem -Psychological punishment
[Rog :- Observable reaction to stimulus- Response
norh Punishment by loss of reinforcers - Response cost
Nats, - Learned response to previously neutral stimulus-Conditioned Response
)nme Response evoked by conditioned stimulus -Conditioned Response
Clie Response evoked by US without prior learning -Unconditioned Response
lishe Stimulus evokes particular response -Conditioned Stimulus
force Stimulus evokes response without prior learning -Unconditioned stimulus(US)
lforc ; Stimulus that produces no response - Neutral Stimulus
lforce* Gradual disappearance of acquired response - Extinction
lforc Behavior modification based on behaviorist theory -Applied Behavior Analysis
:emer 5 Pavlov describe the learning process -Classical Conditioning
havi Skinner describe the learning process -Operant Conditioning
lenc Who said behavior affected by positive reinforcement - Skinner
ogicr i Drug that speed up function of nervous system - Stimulant
quire - : Founder of Rational emotive behavior therapy(REBT) - Albert Ellis
reast - 2; Therapy changes irrational & dogmatic cognitions -REPT
rease - Removing student from situation which reinforce misbehavior - Timeout
cinnq22Removing disruptive student from class until behaves normal- Timeout
ndu: Removal of all the reinforcement - Timeout
ati _ Total length of time of a class - Scheduled Time
**•atiys Amount ol class time devoted to teaching - Allocated Time
**'auoLIr Amount of allocated time each student focus in class - Engaged Time
**'atio? *" Mental patterns that guide behavior - Schema

86. **'atiaj-j Basic mental structure that organize/interpret information - Schema
onird"9. Organized cluster of knowledge about particular event - Schema
oninjv) General cognitive abilities related to IQ - G Factor
31111131. Naturally occurring changes over time - Maturation
onir.x J2. Scores based on standard deviation are - Standard Scores
or.'--: • Study sessions with rest periods are called - Distributive Practice
ia\i»3. Study session with single extended period - Massed Practice


QS
135. Overprotected child will tend to display
136. Aggression that involves the physical attack
137. Deliberate aggression against others to obtain desired goal
138. Aggressive response to frustration
139. Action that harms others
140. Action that violates cultural expectations
141. Sense of concern for future generations
142. Interpretation of sensory information
143. Our perception about ourselves
144. Memory that holds information in original form
145. Memory that holds information for only an instant
146. Memory holds information for few seconds
147. Information you are focusing on at the moment
148. Other name of working memory
149. Memory holds information in permanent fashion
150. Memory for meaning
151. Weakening of memory over lime
152. Combination of visual and auditory memory
153. Auditory stimuli is held, as memory

87. 154. Visual stimuli is Iieid as memory
**155. Memory part tcmporari!) holds sensory information
156. Sensory register visual information
157. Sensory register auditory information
158. Divide large information into small pieces for easy remembrance
159. Inability to retrieve learned information
160. Amnesia is related to
161. Unable to remember things at age 3 year or less
162. Tiny space between neurons
163. Chemical messages in body are sent through
164. Difference in abilities in students at particular age
165. Pioneer who identified individual differences
166. Organized group of similar actions or thoughts
167. Intensive working with expert to complete complex task
168. The way one thinks about the information
Favouring one gender over the other Art of teaching children Art of teaching adults
Study of human behavior and mental processes
Study of how students learn and develop
Disorder in which student has difficulty learning
Reading disorder is called
Dyslexia usually have problem in
Problem of cognition and adaptive behavior
Currently mental retardation is called
Relating current information with previous learned
Thinking of all possible solutions to a problem
Step by step procedure to solve the problem
Merely copying behavior without understanding its meaning- Direct modeling
Behaving like someone in a book or movie - Symbolic ,Modeli.
Integrating behaviors of several models to form new behavior- Synthesi modeling

88. Internalize self-talk
Exchange of thoughts through verbal & nonverbal means Science of sound
Smallest unit of sound that affect word meaning Smallest meaningful unit in a language Proper
arrangement of words in a sentence Study of meanings behind words Study of social aspects of language
use Spontaneous noises of infant different from native language


Answers
- Impulsivi
- Hyperactivi
- Expressive Disord
- Expressive Disord
- Receptive Disord
-Articulation Disord

QS
Spo^aneous noises of infant related to native language Students in danger of failing to complete basic
education- At-risk students
Act without thinking Inability to sit still
Language disorder regarding making of sounds Language disorder regarding producing of language
Language disorder regarding understanding of language Difficulty in pronouncing correct sound


53

Educational Psychology
:ulty in speaking due to obstruction in air in nose : ulty in forming smooth connections b/w words I • :-
zer of hearing Z >::icr of vision
dren with IQ level 140 & above . aking a task into concrete small objectives _ ating new information to
previously learned edge and understanding of society rules p ■ chology lab in USA established by . -.
ation must be based on child need is said by : atment of mental & behavioral disorder with drug rtfined
to home, dislike group activities is . able, outgoing, interested in group activities _ e sex cell male sex cell

89. . of an individual starts from rench surgeon discovered speech centre in brain
area related to language production rain area related to language comprehension -;: professor of
psychology i:■ opened first psychology clinic quiring knowledge through senses I n eloping one's
potential fully is called :ance in education was started in ather of guidance
-.est area of psychology among psychologists apy uses electrical shocks for schizophrenia iy of
similarities & differences in behavior body of neuron is called eurons are made up of dendrites, a soma
and P art of neuron receive message from other neuron
eurotransmitters are primarily associated with 3 :dy cells carry and process information mical released
at an axon terminals
or throat

Answers
- Voice Disorder
- Fluency Disorder - Hearing Impairment
- Visual Impairment
- Gifted Children - Task Analysis
- Elaboration
- Social Cognition
- G. Stanley Hall
- John Dewey
- Chemotherapy
- Introvert
- Extrovert
- Sperm
- Ovum
- Zygote
- Paul Broca
- Broca Area
- Wernick Area -James McKeen, USA
-LightnerWitmer, USA

90. - Empiricism
- Self actualization
- 1905
- Frank Parsons -Clinical &counseling
- Electroconvulsive -Comparative Psychology
- Soma
- Axons
- Dendrite
- Synapses
- Neurons - Neurotransmitter

QS
270 Glands that secrete hormones directly to bloodsream Endocrine glands
271. Child development is useful fo/ the • Teachers
272. Keen study of an event or behavior is made in -Observation Method
273. Children growth is studied in -Developmental Method
274. Sensory disabilities are studied in -Psycho-physical Method
275. Study of behavior under controlled condition -Experimental Method
276. Control is an important characteristic Ox method -Experimental Method
277. Method of educational science -Experimental **Method
278. Method deals 1 person at a time, adjust him/her -Clinical Method
279. Technique of associating items with specific places - Loci Method
280. Period from zygote till chi' a birth - Pre-Natal Perio^
281. Period during the birth - Peri-natal Perioc
282. Period after birth is also called - Postnatal Perioc
283. Period from birth to 2 weeks - Neonate Perioc
284. Cognitive development deais with - Mine
285. IQ of gifted children - 140 and above
286. IQ of average child - 90-110

91. 287. IQ of Slow Learners -70-9i
288. IQ of child with mental retardation - Below 7t
289 Stern formula to determine IQ - lOOxMA/CA
290. First intelligence test was developed in - 1905
291. Who developed first intelligence test - Bine:
292. Scholastic aptitude is synonymous with - Intelligence
293. Wechsler scale is used to measure the - Intelligence
294. Intelligence measures - Academic potential
295. Intelligence test helps to measure the age - Mental Age
296. Mental age of a child indicates level of - Mental Maturit}
297. I.Q is an index of -Mental development Rate
298. Intelligence comes from our genes and - Environmen:
299. Worldwide increase in IQ score over time - Flynn Effec:
300. Intelligence largely determined by heredity said by - Francis Galton
301. Out of sight out of mind is related to stage - Sensory motor stage
302. Information processing theory is -Cognitive learning theory
303. Ability in novel and unusual way is - Creativit)

--5 - 3] Educational Psychology

55

QS
Model of 8 types of learning was presented by Experiments on learning by insight performed by Mental
development reaches at its climax stage According to Maslow, most important needs are Physical
growth is affected by factors Educational psychology is the branch of Discipline of psychology is since the
birth of Mostly differences in interest due to differences in Interest of boys reaches its peak in period
Change in behavior results in

Answers

92. - Gagne
- Kohler - Formal operational -Physiological needs
-Biological &environmental - Applied Psychology - Man
- Past Experiences - Pre-adolescent -Maturation&learning

Learning of students together in small group on same project-Cooperative learning
;19.

QS
Student work at his own to discover basic ideas Practicing a skill after point of its mastery Discovery
learning & Social learning are theories Average weight of full term baby boy at birth Average weight of
full term baby girl at birth Greatest degree of insecurity is due to Most fundamental agency in boys and
girls life Jean Piaget was born in Learner, learning process, & learning situation Term growth purely used
in the sense
Human organism becomes favorably related to environment is Learning and learning theories are
studied in


Answers-Physical Development -Cognitive Development -Social Development - Moral Development -
Emotional Development
- Heredity
- Constructivism
- Disequilibrium
- Equilibrium
- Sedation
Orderly adaptive changes in human from conception to death -Development
Changes in body structure and function over time Changes that make mental processes more complex
Personality development, social attitude &skills Process that develop sense of right & wrong in child
Child growing ability to regulate/control his emotions Transfer of parent's characteristics to newborn
Active role of learner in building knowledge Current thinking not understand situation is Current
thinking understand situation is Arranging objects in sequence according to 1 aspect

93. QS
A sense of for future generation is called
Complex answer to the question 'who am V
Excitement to engage in productive work
Willingness to begin new activities
Sense of self-acceptance and fulfillment is
Changing the level of support for learning is
A continuous that never comes to an end
Classroom area where most interaction takes place
Child spends considerable time in system
Types of systems in Bronfenbrenner's theory
Form of communication based on system of symbols
Words combined to form acceptable sentences
Who presented Social Learning theory
Cerebellu, Medulla & pons are part of
Thalamus works in brain as
Vision (eye sight) is related to the brain lobe
Hearing is related to the brain lobe
Worked on split brain patients & got Nobel Prize
Left-side functions of human body controlled by brain
Right-side functions of human body controlled by brain
Sound presented to right ear quickly registered in
Sound presented to left ear quickly registered in
Capacity of short term memory, Miller described
Level of mental retardation of most people is
Child personal responsibility of feeding, dressing
Girls face psychological & social problems who mature
Boys face psychological & social problems who mature

94. Mathematical skills of females are relatively low
Repeating information to remember it
Gender stability starts at the age of

**Answers
- Generativ.
- Idem:
- Indust
- Initiatr.
- Integri.
- Scaffold'
-Lea
- Action Zo
- Microsyst
-Lang -Syn
- Bandu:
- Hindbr
- Relay syste_
- Occipital Lo
- Temporal Lo
- Roger Spe.. -Right hemisph..
-Left hemisphe. -Left hemisphe. -Right hemisph. -7 chunks informatK -Mi
- Autonorr
-L~~ - Ear!
- Than mal - Rehear
- 3 Yea:

S 9
:>90

95. ?91
192

■-4

96.


- Learning Observational Learning - Social Learning
- E.L Thorndike
- E.L Thorndike
-3
- Law of readiness
- Law of Exercise
- Law of Exercise
-Law of Effect
- Teacher Efficacy - Sensorimotor stage
- Preoperational stage
- Operational stage


QS
Gender constancy starts at the age of Quick learningafter single exposure to knowledge Learning a
behavior to avoid unpleasant situation Tendency of an organism to revert to instinctive behavior Change
in genes of population due random sampling Heritable change or error in DNA replication Transfer of
genes from population to another Best representative of category is Set of genes in DNA responsible for
particular traits ' Physical traits result of interaction b/w genotype & environment Human body shape
and physic type Judging human character from facial features Teacher reaction to student performance
on a task Removing student from mainstream school for special instruction- Pull out program
Identical twins are not identical in
Most of what we learn through observation is

96. Other name of observational learning is
Trial and theory was presented by
Laws of learning were founded by
Thorndike presented how many laws of learning
Degree of preparedness and eagerness to learn
Practice denotes the Thorndike's Law
Repeated things are best remembered
Response that causes satisfaction is Strengthened Teacher belief in their abilities to "bring desired
results First stage of Piaget cognitive learning theory Second stage of Piaget cognitive learning theory
Third stage of Piaget cognitive learning theory Fourth stage of Piaget cognitive learning theory

1. Structuralism
# Oldest school of thought.
# Breaking down mental process into most basic components.
# Emphasis on study of human mind structure/experience.
# Nature & structure shapes personality and learning.
# It focuses on conscious experience (sensation, feeling, perception, ideas. Analysis of these
conscious components was supposed the structure of mind.
# Introspection / observation method was used.
# In introspection method a person analyze his own behavior when he is expos to different
current situation like stimuli (light, colour, sound).

William Wundt
Schools of Psychology
Exponent: William James

6. Psycho-Analysis
* Study of concious, subconciuous, & unconcious behavior.
* Study of recalling of previous knowledge, past experience, feelings, its interpretation to
resolve problem.

97. * Introspection method is used in which patient describes
ins unc v ious feelings.
* ireatment in which patient tells through free association, fantasies and dr nd ai lys, induces
unconcious conflicts and interpret it for solution.
& ' jaiment people helps making unconcious to concious.
* ( 'sually treats depression and anxiety disorders.
* it is a therapy as well theory.
* In therapy, patient is asked to lie on a couch, and analyst sits behind it notes what the patient
tells about his / her dreams, conflicts, chil memories etc. Therapy is a lengthy process which takes 2-5
session per wee

Exponent: (Sigmund Freud)
Education
**rapy)
• •

7. Transpersonal Psychology /Spiritual Psychology
It is a study of mind & body relation. Transpersonal means 'beyond the personal'. It stresses on deeper
level of consciousness to think spiritually beyond physical plane.
> It has often religious aspect to make the people realize that they are spiritual beings in physical
bodies.
► It deal, how we think & feel in our altered state of mind (in sad/happy mood), ponents: Carl
Jung, William James and Abraham Maslow

Piaget Theory of Cognitive Development
**;aget was a psychologist, born in 1894 in Switzerland and died in

sensorimotor Preoperational Concrete Formal
Stage Stage Operational Operational Stage
Stage
(0-2 Years) (2-7 Years) (7-11 Years) (12 to Death)

98. :w ledge through Symbolic Logical thinking Abstract thinking
v rises and motor functioning stage and deductive stage
- ement rather than /Language skills
-rental processes.

it taki; hildho • week

BASIC TERMS USED BY PIAGET
ema: Basic building blocks of thinking OR The ways of thinking in brain OR The cm of thinking OR How a
person thinks.
nation: Making desired change or adjustment. It has 2 types given below:
1. Assimilation: Using previous information (existing schema) to fit into new environment.
2. Accommodation: Altering previous information (existing schema) to fit into new environment.
ilibrium: Situation where previous information fits in new environment (Assimilation), r^uilibrium:
Situation where previous information does not fit in new environment rnmodation).

Sensorimotor Stage (0-2 Years):
• Reflexes (reactions)-Suckmg objects,swallowing, stepping, crawling, walking etc.
• Exploring world through senses

Habits - Repeating movement of arms, hands, eyes, head etc. Eye hand coordination
Object Permanence- Knowing about invisible objects Experimentation & Creativity- Doing new things
and activities. Pia^ name the children little scientists.
Trial and Error Experimentation
Preoperational Stage (2-7 Years):
Symbolic play/ functioning(Role play with friends, imaginary roles) Intitutive Thought (Don't have
reason to believe) Egocentric (Child thinks his own point of view, self-centered, selfish) Animism
(Imitation, copying others)
Artificialism (Clouds are white as someone painted them white colour)
Transductive reasoning (Relating unrelated things together- at barking a dog, balloon pops etc.)

99. Centration (Attend only one aspect of situation, focusing on a dimension and neglecting others)
ConservationProblem (Two beakers / glasses of different shapes hav-same quantity of water but child
says that one beaker contains more w-by seeing its shape which looks bigger but actually not).
IrreversibilityQJnable to reverse things into previous position or order) Class Inclusion (Problems in
differentiating classes of different like cats, dogs, goats, sheep etc.)
Transitive InferenceCUnable to use previous knowledge or logic, A is brother of B, B is the brother of C,
So A is the brother of C, but child fi to understand).
Lack of perception
Language Skills(Listening, speaking, reading, writing)

3.

Concrete Operational Stage (7-11 Years):

Logical Thinking Stage (Inductive reasoning)
Seriation (sequencingor categorization according to shape, size, weight)
Classification(categorizing the objects by shape, size or weight)
Decentration (Attending more than one aspect of situation)
Reversibility (Able to reverse the things into previous pattern)
Conservation (Able to learn rule of conservation)
Trans ivity( Ability to sort the objects according to shape, size or weight taller at top, smaller at bottom)

Formal Operational Stage (11 Years& Above):
• Abstract Thinking (Thinking about things which are not in front / present)
• Deductive Reasoning (Deriving rules from general to specific)
• Metacognition (Thinking about own thinking or mental processes, higher order thinking,
comprehension, planning to find solution of a task etc.)

of Piaget Theory of Cognitive Development in the Classroom:
Teacher can use this theory in following way:

100. Considering child ability at different age level to plan classroom activities.
Guide the students, encourage the students to participate actively.
Encourage students to learn from their peers.
Be patient on student's mistakes, as students learn a lot from mistakes.
Respect each student individual interest, needs, abilities, and limits.
Engage students in active learning process/practical activities.
Encourage collaborative as well individual activities.
Present new problem so student learn to handle disequilibrium.

Erikson Theory of Psycho-social Development
Erik Erikson was a German born American psychologist (1902-1994). Three Aspect of Identity: Erik
explored three aspects of identity:
1. Ego identity
2. Personal identity
3. Social/cultural identity

Crisis Stage Life Stage Relationship Issues Virtue
1. Trust vs Mistrust (0-11/2 Years) Infant Mother Feeding, Sleeping, Teething Hope
2. Autonomy vs Shame & Doubt
(l1/2-3 Years) ToddlerParents Toilet training, walking, Clothing Will
3. Initiative vs Guilt (3-6 Years) Preschool Family Discovery, Adventure & play Purpose
4. Industry vs Inferiority
(6-12 Years) Schoolchild School teacher, friends, neighbor Achievement, Completion
Competen;:
5. Identity vs Role confusion
(12-20 Years) Adolescent Peer, Role Model Resolving identity Fidelity (loyalty)
6. Intimacy vs Isolation
(20-45 Years) Early adulthoodLovers, Friends, work
connection Telling

101. relationship, work & social life Love
7. Generativityvs Stagnation
(45-65 Years) Middle adulthood Children, workmates Work, Parenthood Care
8. Integrity vs Despair
(65 onward) Later adulthoodSociety, World, Life Life achievement Wisdom

Trust vs Mistrust: Mother provides milk, food, care and thus child starts trusting her mother and feels
confident, secure & safe. If mother fails to provide help, it develops mistrust in the child.

Autonomy vs Shame & Doubt:Child makes his choices at his own about what he likes to play, wear, eat
and using toilet etc. and he/she feels more confident.If the child is not given liberty, he/she ieel insecure
and doubtful.

Initiative vs Guilt: Child initiate different activities and feels confident and secure but if child fails to do
so, he/she feels guilt lack ot confident, afraid to take initiative.

Industry vs Inferiority:Child loves to work at his own and feels good on completing a task. If child is not
allowed to work, he/she feels inferior.

Identity vs Role Confusion: Child begins to look at the future, careei, relation, family etc. and begin
identifying his world. Sometimes' he/she is not clear and feels confusion (I don't know what will be my
future).

Intimacy vs Isolation: Child develops relationship with friends, peers and with family members and feels
confident. If he/she fails to develop relationship, he/she feels isolation and loneliness.

Generativityvs Stagnation:Parenthood, raising children, establishing careers and more productive role. If
one fails to do so, he/she feels stagnant and unproductive.

Integrity vs Despair: If life is successful, one feels good but if he/she could not accomplish his/her goals
in the past, then he/she feels despair, dissatisfied, and depress.

102. Vygotsky Theory of Social/Sociocultural/ Cognitive Development
Lev Vygotsky was a Russian psychologist (1896-1934). He died at the age of 37 years due to
Tuberculosis.

BASIC THEMES OF VYGOTSKY THEORY Role of social interaction in cognitive development
Social interaction which occurs between a child and his seniors/elders, deve cognition. Child observes
the behavior of others and applies it in his/her activ independently. (The process of giving verbal
instruction to child in learning a tas, called collaborative/cooperative dialogue).
More Knowledgeable Other (MKO)
The adult or guide/tutor who has more knowledge, or experience and guides child to perform any task is
called More Knowledgeable Other.
Zone of Proximal (LWJ2 <-^fJ>)Development (ZPD)
Proximal means those skills that child is close to mastering. ZPD refers tc difference between a learner's
ability to perform a task independently versus perfo task with the guidance of any experienced person
or guide. Skills are too difficult child to master on his own, but that can be done with the guidance of
knowledg person is called Zone of Proximal Development.
(Child trying to climb up a tree, easily climbs the tree with the help of a guide

Scaffolding(UV* 'O^-*): Scaffolding means providing a support or assistance to a in learning a task.
When the child learns to complete the task independently, then help or assistance is removed gradually.
This gradual removal of help is scaffolding. Language: Language is a greatest communication tool and it
develops from interactions. Language helps in cognitive development, reasoning, and supports cul
activities like reading and writing. Three forms of language are as below:
1. Social Speech: External communication that a person uses to talk others. It is typical in children
at the age of 2 years.
2. Private Speech: Internal communication that a person uses to talk himself. It is typical in
children at the age of 3 years. Thoughts of become connected with the words.
3. Silent Inner Speech: Actually these are the thoughts which come intc mind about a situation or
object. Silent inner speech is covert (hi whereas Private speech is overt. It is typical at the age of 7 years.
Imaginative Play and Cognitive Development Children play games, role plays / dramas with others as a
fun, to entertain This imaginative role-play improves cognition.

Kohlburg Theory of Moral Development
. Tence Kohlburg was an American psychologist (1927-1987).

103. Level Age Stages
Level 1 4-10 Stage 1 - Obedience&Punishment Orientation
? re-conventional) Years Stage 2 - Self Interest Orientation
Level 2 10-13 Stage 3 - Interpersonal Orientation
(Conventional) Years Stage 4 - Law and Order Orientation
Level 3 13 Stage 5 - Social Contract Orientation
Post Conventional) onward Stage 6 - Universal Principal Orientation
1. Obedience & Punishment Orientation: In order to avoid punishment, child becomes obedient and
follows others.
2. Self Interest Orientation: Child likes to perform activities which are beneficial for him/her. Child
gives importance to self-interest.
3. Interpersonal Orientation/Good boy, Good Girl: Child likes to do good work to get approval of
others. When others say that he/she is a good boy/girl, he feels good and so he/she does good.
4. Law and Order Orientation: Child becomes aware of different rules and he/she obeys law to
avoid guilt/blame/punishment.Child respects the authority.
5. Social Contract Orientation:Child becomes aware of different rules, values, opinions, beliefs.
Child obeys these rules in the best interest of society in order to maintain good social standards.
6. Universal Principal Orientation: People follow ethical principal. The person makes a personal
commitment to universal principles of equal rights and respect. If there is a conflict between a social law
and universal principles, the universal principles take preference.


68

CRUX of Special Education

Ecological Theory
Child development is affected by social relationship and environment aroun: them. It comprises of five
levels of environment:
1. Microsystem: It is closest to the child in which he has direct contact with others. It includes
parents, peers, caregivers, friends, teacher in home school or daycare center etc.

104. 2. Mesosystem: It the next level in which different Microsystems of the child interact with each
other and have indirect effect on the child. Here Microsystems don t function independently. School and
home interaction though parents and teachers affect the child development.
3. Exosystem: It is the level in which child has no any direct participation o: involvement but it
affects his development e.g. father promotion a: workplace etc.
4. Macrosystem: It includes actual cultural environment in "hich child lives and all other systems
that affect him e.g. economic system, political system, cultural values etc.
5. Choronosystem: It includes changes over time not only in human but alsc in environment in
which human lives e.g. changes in family structure (divorce, birth, death), change in socioeconomic
status, change in employment status or residence etc.

Freud Theories
Freud presented 2 theories: Psychosexual and Psychoanalytical Theory Psychosexual Development
Theory:
Austrian Neurologist Sigmund Freud (1856-1939)presented this Theory. He believed that life comprises
of tension and pleasure. He said that tension is due to build¬up of libido (sexual energy) and that all
pleasure comes from its discharge. This theory is scientifically, socially and religiously condemned and
criticized.
Psychoanalytic / Psychodynamic Development Theory:
This theory states that human behavior is the result of interaction among three parts of mind (Id, Ego &
Superego).It emphasized that unconscious conflicts shape human behavior and personality. It is also
called Freud Structural Theory.

ral Model of Personality / Elements of Personality:
Personality is composed of three elements (Id, Ego, Superego).
1. Id (Non Reality Based)/ Inborn Element:(Hunger, Thirst, Sex).It avoids
pain and seeks pleasure. According to Freud we are born with Id. When a
child is hungry, he cries and gets food. It fulfills our basic needs immediately.
It just wants to fulfill the needs without realizing reality of situation or feeling
of others. Id is entirely unconsciou s & includes instinctive (inborn) behavior.
Unconscious is the most important level of mind which consists of the
thoughts which are the real cause of behavior but we are not aware of them.

105. t These cannot be seen but can be explored by hypnosis, free association or dreams. Dreams are royal
road to unconscious.
2. Ego (Reality Based)/ Develops at 2 years & Onward: The ego
understands that other people have needs and desires and that sometimes being selfish can hurt us in
the long run. Ego also fulfills the basic needs but not as immediately or quickly as in Id, rather it satisfies
the needs based on reality. It includes preconscious aspect of personality.
3. Superego (Moral/Ethical Based)/ Develops at 5 years:It is based on
moral/ethical principle which one learns from parents and society. It tells
us about right or wrong. It includes conscious aspect of personality.
Conscious mind consists of the thoughts which are focus of our attention
presently now to which we are fully aware.
: hoanalysis Method:
Freud used this method to explore the unconscious thoughts, feeling, and :;ons of the client. The client
is laid on a couch or bed and counselor asks him to tell at his dreams, fears, etc. which he writes on
paper, analyze them and provide :ance to control these problematic thoughts.

Theories of Learning

Traditional Learning Theories

Digital Age Theory

Behaviorism

Cognitivism

Constructivism

Connectivism

106. Learning is a
process of change
in observable
behavior caused by
stimulus in
environment.
Learning is a
process of
acquiring and
storing information.
Learning comes
from mental
activity such
memory, motivation, thinking etc.
Learning is a
process of
constructing own understanding / knowledge rather than acquiring from others.
Learning is proce of connect' specialized information sources.

Learning behavior

as

Learning as mental activity
Learning as active process of learning

Learning
connectivity
sources.

107. Student viewed as 'Black Box'
Student viewed as active participant.
Student viewed as being more on 'driver seat'.
Student viewed
an acth
participant.

Instruction is given in the form of positive / negative reinforcement.

Instruction
emphasis
structuring,
organizing
processing
information.


on

and of

Instruction as a
process of
supporting knowledge construction.
Instruction in
form of provisi
of necess"
links/addresses information.

108. Theorists

Watson Piaget Vygotsky
Pavlov Bandura Dewey
Skinner Miller
Thorndike Bruner

P - 3] Educational Psychology 71

Behavioral Theories of Learning
1. Classical Conditioning 2. Operant Conditioning
ical Conditioning/Respondent Conditioning:
1. Associated form of learning in which subject learns relationship b/w 2 stimuli.
2. When two things commonly occur together, appearance of one will bring the other to mind
(seeing a nurse, brings the injection & pain to the mind/ringing of bell, brings the food to dog's mind).
3. It is also a Stimulus-Response Learning in which stimulus (food) is presented and in response dog
produces saliva (response).
4. Pavlov Experiment on Dogs: Ian Pavlov (Russian Psychologist) performed an experiment on
dogs. Pavlov surgically implanted a tube in saliva gland of dog to collect saliva. When food was given to
the dog, it started salivation which was collected. Then food was paired with the bell ringing. It was
noted that dog start producing saliva before the food on just the ringing of the bell.
5. Watson Experiment on Human Baby 'Albert':Watson (American Psychologist) performed the
experiment on 11 months old human baby 'Albert'. He was presented a white rats paired with loud
noise of hammer. Albert developed the fear of white rats. Watson said that classical conditioning could
cause some phobias in humans. Afterwards, Albert started weeping just after the seeing the white rats
without hammer noise.
ciples of Classical Conditioning:
1. Acquisition: Initiallearning stage in which response is gradually strengthened.
2. Extinction:Gradual disappearance of conditioned response.
3. Spontaneous Recovery: Reappearance of conditioned response after a period.
4. Stimulus Generalization:Similai response to similar stimuli.

109. 5. Stimulus Discrimination:Different response to similar stimuli.
rant Conditioning/Instrumental Conditioning:
It involves changing of behavior by the use of reinforcement which is given after esired response. It is
also called Trial and Error Learning.
ner Box Experiment:
1. Positive Reinforcement: A hungry rat was put in a Skinner Box. Box contained a lever on the side. Rat
moved in the box and accidently knocked the lever. As it pressed the lever, food was dropped into a
container next to the lever. Rat quickly learned to go straight to lever after a few times of being put in
the box. Consequence of receiving food if they pressed the lever ensured that they would repeat the
action again and again. It was concluded that positive leinforcement strengthened the behavior of rat
2. Negative Reinforcement: An electric shock was given to the rat in Ski-Box. As the rat accidently
pressed the lever, current was switched immediately. Rat quickly learned to go straight to lever after a
few ti of being put in the box. The consequence of escaping the electric curr ensured that they would
repeat the action again and again. It w concluded that negative reinforcement strengthened the
behavior of rat.
Schedules of Reinforcement
1. Fixed Ratio: Completion of fixed no. of responses.
2. Variable Ratio: Completion of non-fixed no. of responses.
3. Fixed Interval: Reinforce first response after fixed interval of time
4. Variable Interval: Reinforce first response after non-fixed interval of time
Principles of Shaping Behavior
Shaping is a process of developing behavior through step by step proce Behavior can be shaped by using
following psychological process:
1. Chaining: Required behavior is broken down into small steps for i effective learning.
2. Generalization: Repeatedly similar response to various similar stimuli.
3. Discrimination:Different response to different stimuli.
4. Reinforcement: Reinforcement helps to shape the behavior.
Classical Conditioning VsOperant Conditioning:

Classical Conditioning

Operant Conditioning

110. 1. Involuntary Response
2. Stimulus is given before response.
3. Response comes after stimulus
4. Learner is passive
5. Developed in Russia
6. Presented Pavlov "Pavlovian"
7. Called 'respondent conditioning'. 8.Symbolize as "Pavlov Dog'

1. Usually voluntary response
2. Stimulus is given after response
3. Response comes before stimulus
4. Learners is active
5. Developed in U.S.A
6. Presented by Skinner "Skinnerian''
7. Called instrumental conditioning.
8. Symbolize as 'Skinner Box'

Cognitive Theories of Learning
1. Discovery Learning 2. Observational Learning
;<irome Bruner Theory of Discovery Learning:
Discovery Learning is a method of inquiry-based instruction. Discovery learning eves that it is best for
learners to discover facts and relationships for themselves on re basis of their past experience and
existing knowledge.
3 mner 3 Modes of Representation
Modes are ways in which information is stored and encoded in memory.
1. Enactive (0-1 Years) - Action Based Information: It involves encoding action-based information
and storing it in our memory. The child represents the past information in the form of motor responses.
2. Iconic (1-6 Years) - Image/Mental picture in the mind: This is where information is stored visually
in the form of images (a mental picture in the mind's eye).

111. 3. Symbolic (7 Years onward) - Words/Language: This is where information is stored in the form of
a code or symbol, such as words of language e.g. Word 'dog' represents all its class.
♦Ttes Wf ctoVy xeUedlo V\\ekan?\aget Theory of Cognitive learning. ♦Bruner also agreed with Vygotsky
that language develops cognition. Bandura Social Learning Theory/Observational Learning:
This theory states that people learn from one another, via observation, imitation r.u modeling. People
learn by observing and copying the others in the society like rarents, peers, TV shows, games etc. These
people who are observed / imitated are called ■ '.jdels. It is also called Learning by Imitation or
Modeling.
! b0 °oll Experiment: Bandura performed an experiment called Bobo Doll experiment i which 2 groups
were used. One group was exposed to aggressive environment and Iher to playing environment.
Bandura noted the effect of aggression on children who as exposed to aggression.
Steps / Mediated Processes:
1. Attention: It involves the extent to which we observe / notice «:.■ behavior. We pay attention to
any behavior based upon its significance, u something is important, that vn\V be paid more attention.
2. Retention: It is how well the behavior is remembered.
3. Reproduction'. It vnvoWes the performance of a teeYvaviox ttiai \vas beerv
earlier. It is the ability to perform behavior copied earlier. 4 Motivation: It involves the adoption of
behavior on the basis of its consequences. If the behavior was reward giving or good then it will adopted
otherwise it will be rejected.
Theories of Motivation
1. Maslow Theory - Hierarchy of Needs:
It was presented by Abraham Maslow (1908-1970, USA). Theory states that when one need is fulfilled, a
person seeks to fulfill the next one and so on. It has 2 levels with 5 stages.

Level Stages/Needs Examples
Basic Needs 1 .Physiological Needs Air, food, drink, sleep etc.

2.Safety Needs Security, shelter, health etc.

3.Social/Love needs Love, friendship, family etc.

4.Self Esteem Respect, achievement etc.!
Growth needs 5.Self-Actualization Self-fulfillment, peak experiences

112. 2. Adler fer ERG Theory:
Adlerfer compressed Maslow's five human needs into three categories: Existence. Relatedness and
Growth (ERG).
1. Existence Needs: Include all material and physiological desires (e.g.. food, water, air, clothing,
safety, physical love). Maslow's first two levels.
2. Relatedness Needs: Include social and external / lower level self-esteem; relationships with
significant others like family, friends, co-workers and employers. Maslow's third and fourth level.
3. Growth Needs: Include internal / upper level self-esteem and self-actualization. It includes
desires to be creative and productive towards ideal. Maslow's fourth and fifth levels.

MaslowAdlerfer
Self-actualization Growth Needs
Self-Esteem (upper level)

Self-Esteem (lower level) Relatedness Needs
Social Needs

Safety Needs Existence Needs
Physiological Needs

Hawthorne Effect:
>. —e people perform better and harder when they are observed by seniors e.g. their rs isor, managers
etc. It involves that employees became motivated to work harder as K»nse to the attention being paid
to them, rather than the actual physical changes s. "able etc.).
Two Factor Theory - Hertzberg:
is also called Dual-Factor or Motivation-Hygiene Theory. Hertzberg found -:rs that influence the
motivation and satisfaction of employees:
Motivating Factors (Satisfiers): These factors enhance worker motivation e.g. enjoying work, feeling
recognition, work progression etc.
2. Hygiene Factors (Dissatisfiers): These factors not enhance the motivation but leads to cause
dissatisfaction and lack of motivation if absent e.g. salary, company policies, relationship with managers
& coworker etc.

113. Expectancy Theory:
An employee works in a certain way because he expects the desired results from behavior e.g. employee
expects that he will be rewarded with pay etc.
ts of Theory
Expectancy: Belief that your effort will result in desired goal. 2. Instrumentality: Belief that you will
receive reward if meet expectations.
Valence: The value you give to the reward. David McClelland Acquired Needs Theory:
Some needs are acquired as a result of life experiences which motivate to work: Need for achievement
(nAch): Desire to excel and succeed.
2. Need for affiliation (nAff):Desire for interpersonal relationship.
3. Need for power (nPow): Desire to influence the behavior of others. Carrot and Stick Theory:
This traditional motivational theory was presented by philosopher Jeremy am in 1800 during Industrial
Revolution. It breaks down motivation into two basic ments: incentives and fear. Some workers are
motivated by the incentives e.g. attain additional compensation, allowances, power etc. While some
workers fear ~ey will lose their job or demoted etc.
Hull's Drive Reduction Theory:
It was presented by Clark Hull. Here Drive means needs (thirst, hunger, safety Drive is a state of tension
which is reduced by providing drink, food, shelter etc. the drives (needs) are met, satisfaction occurs,
and state of tension is i finished, and person comes to state of equilibrium (homeostasis).
Drive: These are stimulus, needs, arousal or state of tension.
Homeostasis: State of satisfaction after the drive (need) is met.
Primary Drives: Biological needs usually necessary for survival (thirst, hunger, shel etc.)
Secondary Drives: Needs usually not necessary for survival (desire for weal relationships etc.)
9. McDougall's Theory of Instinct:
It was presented by English Psychologist McDougall. He stated that there some inborn
(inherent)/instinct characteristics of an organism which motivates it to wo Instincts drive / develop all
the behavior. Root of motivation is to survive, e.g. A shakes when it is wet, turning on AC when you feel
hot etc.
Instinct: Natural inborn behavior usually occurs in response to stimuli.
10. Incentive Theory:
A reward is presented after the occurrence of an action (behavior) to cause behavior to reoccur.
Different incentives like praise, money, food etc. are produced motivate.
11. Behaviorist Theories

114. Classical and Operant Conditioning are also the motivation theories.

Theories of Emotions
1. James Lang Theory(Physiological Reaction First / Emotion Later):
Emotions occur as a result of physiological reactions to events/needs means first physiological reaction
comes and then emotion occurs. If j see angry lion in forest, you get frightened and start trembling. Here
f (physiological reaction) comes first and emotion (trembling) comes late:
2. Cannon-Bard Theory(Physiological Reaction & Emotion at
time):
Cannon-Bard disagreed with James Lang and stated that emotion (: from lion) and physiological
reactions (tumbling) occur at the same tr
3. Two Factor Theory / Singer Schachter Theory:
People experience emotions depending upon 2 factors (physiolo response and its cognitive
interpretation).
4. Facial Feedback Theory:
Emotion is the experience of changes in our facial muscles e.g. when smile we feel pleasure, happiness.

- 3] Educational Psychology

77


Cognitive Theory/Lazarus Theory:
Cognitive activity in the form of thoughts, judgments, evaluations are necessary for an emotion to occur.
6. Somatic Theory:
Bodily responses rather than cognitive judgment are necessary for an emotion to occur.
Perceptual Theory:
A recent hybrid (combination) of the somatic and cognitive theory is called perceptual theory.
Affective Event Theory:
Emotions are caused by events which influence attitude and behavior.

115. Miscellaneous
1 D gy: The study of "human behavior is caWed psy cho\ogy. *
rhe word, 'Psychology' is derived from two Greek words, 'Psyche' and 'Logos', neans 'soul' and 'Logos'
means 'science'. Thus psychology was first defined as nee of soul".
onal Psychology: The branch of psychology which involves the learning . It is an application of
psychology in educational field. It covers motivation, ; environment, level of student, individual
differences, interests, needs, & student
ae.
of Educational Psychology:!! has following 3 areas: Learner
2 Learning Process Learning Situation
of Psychology:It has 2 broad types:
Pure Psychology (It deals with formulation of psychological theories)
2. Applied Psychology (Application of theories developed in Pure Psychology).
ches of Pure Psychology: It major branches are:
General Psychology: It deals with fundamental rules, principles & theories of psychology. 2. Abnormal
Psychology: It deals with abnormal behavior (disorders like depression, sexual deviation, anxiety etc.).

3. Social Psychology: It deals with social behavior of humans ( behavior, social interaction,
leadership etc.)
4. Experimental Psychology: It uses scientific method to study human r and behavior.
5. Biopsychology/Psychobiology/Physiological Psychology: It deals -how brain influences behavior.
6. Developmental PsychologyAt deals with human development.
Branches of Applied Psychology: Its major branches are:
1. Educational Psychology: It deals with educational processes.
2. Clinical Psychology: It deals with mental illness and abnormal behavior a patient in a clinic or
hospital setting.
3. Industrial Psychology: It deals with application of psychol principles and theories on human
behavior in an industrial environm
4. Legal/Forensic Psychology: It deals with law and court cases su child abuse, criminal behavior of
people etc.
5. Military Psychology: Application of psychological principals in mili

116. 6. Political Psychology: Application of psychological principals inpoliti
Scope of Educational Psychology:

1. Studying student behavior
2. Individual differences
3. Teaching Children with Special Needs
4. Measurement and evaluation
5. Curriculum development
6. Growth and development
7. Improving Learning
8. Improving Instruction
9. Guidance and Counseling
10. Heredity and environment
11. Intelligence
12. Personality Development

- 3] Educational Psychology 79
™ - : Vs Development:
Growth Development
"zt in height, size and weight. 1. Change in shape, form or structure.
_. ~. e 2. Invisible
_--.:-.ative 3. Qualitative
with maturity 4. Continuous till death
_: _:eable 5. Cannot measure
ae of the aspects of development. 6. Have different aspects.
; rTected by learning 7. Effected by learning
:-directional 8. Sequential
?les of Human Development:

117. Development is continuous process (conception to death) 1 People develop at different rates (tall,
dwarf, less weight etc.) Development is orderly (Sequential) (Crawl-sitting-walking....) Development
takes place gradually Proceeds From general to specific Product of heredity and environment
Development is predictable (it can predict future performance of child)



80

CRUX of Special Edu


Language:
Language is our system of using words to communicate. It includes using and gestures to say what we
mean, and understanding what others say.
Phases of Language Development:

Sr#

Phase No.

Phase name

Age level

Language development

1st Phase

Crying

118. Birth to 1 month

Children cry when feel pa any other trouble to get p attention i.e. when he is wet, hungry.

2nd Phase

Cooing

1-6 months

Children have similar soi Mostly produce vowel sounds ooo, aaa, eee etc.

3rd Phase

Babbling

6-9 months

Children mostly have si sounds with very little vari They mix vowel with conso but produce
meaningless i.e. ba-ba, ma-ma, da-da etc.

4th Phase

1 word production
9-12 months

Children start producing w Usually one word completion mama, doggie etc.

119. 5th Phase

2 word production

2 years

(No dog, where mama Children start speaking clearl;.

6.

6th Phase

3-4 word production

3 years

(Where is mama? etc.) Chi speak more clearly.

7.

7th Phase

4-5
word/sentence

4 years

(Where are you going? Children speak more clearly words.

120. Errors in Language Development:
1. Over-extension Error. It is an error done by children in their lar development e.g. children start
saying 'doggie' instead of dog. increase (extend) the words.
2. Under-extension Error: It is an error occurred when a child fails to e use of words for other
categories, e.g. If a child knows that rose is a fii but he fails to apply flower for categories other than
rose.
3. Over-regularization: It is irregular changes made by the children ■ words e.g. use of 'corned'
instead of 'came', use of 'tooths' instt; teeth.
<rial Development:
It is the child's growing ability to regulate and control the emotions. An dual interacts with family,
friends, peers, classmates, relatives and workers in Ertrent situations. Parents must train the children
that how to behave in different ns, knowing their emotions, controlling their emotions, patience etc.
especially in . :ents (puberty), children must be guided about the dealings with others.
Jreas of Emotions:
1. Brain: Part of limbic system called Amygdala regulates emotions.
2. Autonomic Nervous System (NS): It has 2 parts:

1) Sympathetic NS: It prepares a person for action.
2) Para- Sympathetic NS: It keeps our body still and cools it down. :-ects of Emotions:

1. Cognitive
2. Physiological
3. Behavioural
• irural Pathway for Emotion Arousal:Information goes to thalamus to amygdala, to - thalamus which in
turn activates autonomic system.
Individual Differences:
These are variations among individuals in regard to single or more characteristics.
pes
1. Physical Differences: Variations in height, weight, size, gender etc.
2. Mental Differences: Variations in mental capabilities, intelligences etc.
3. Attitude Differences: Positive, negative, optimistic, aggressive etc.
4. Study Habits: Good learners, poor learners.

121. 5. Emotional Intelligence: Variations in control, use & reaction of emotion.
6. Motor Ability .-Variations in steadiness, manual, muscular movement.
7. Interest: Variationsininterests, needs, values,
i uses of Individual Differences: Environment &Heredity
e mory: Ability to store and later recall previously learned facts. - 'ses of Memory:
1. Encoding: Getting information into the brain.
2. Storage: Retaining the encoded information in brain over time.
3. Retrieval: Getting information out of memory storage (from brain).
Types of Memory: There are basically 3 types of memory:
1. Sensory Memory: It holds information for very brief time; less 1 second.
2. Sh jrt Memory/Working Memory: It holds information for short less a minute.
3. Long Term Memory: It holds information for long time for hours/days lifetime.
(i) Episodic Memory: Memory of specific events of the past.
(ii) Semantic Memory: General knowledge of the world stored
facts.
(iii) Procedural Memory: Ability to remember procedure of a
performance e.g. how to drive bike etc.
Ways to Encode Memory: Information can be encoded in following ways:
1. Visual (Pictures)
2. Sound (Acoustics)
3. Semantic (Meaning/Concept)
Causes of Forgetting:
1. Decay: Loss of information due to lack of its use for long time.
2. Proactive Interference: It is the loss of memory. It occurs when curr information is lost because
it is mixed up with previously learned, simi information.
3. Retroactive Interference: It is the loss of memory. It occurs who previous information is lost
because it is mixed up with new learne: similar information.
4. Amnesia: Inability to remember past events due to trauma e.g. b damage.
5. Retrograde Amnesia: Inability to remember earlier events befc: traumatic event.

122. 6. Retrograde Amnesia: Inability to remember events that occur afte-traumatic event.
Mnemonics: Learning strategies design to improve memory.
Motivation:
Motivation is a state that energizes, directs and sustains behavior. Literally it is a desire to do the things.
It is a driving force through which humans achieve their goals.
■ipes of Motivation:
1. Intrinsic Motivation: It is a motivationfor inner pleasures e.g. Autonomy,
love, learning, curiosity etc.
1 ExtrinsicMotivation: It is a motivation for external rewards e.g. Money, reward, punishment etc.
TV es: It refers to something as need or desire that causes a person to act.
Primary Motives: Based on biological needs, must be met to survive e.g. Hunger, thirst, sleep, pain
avoidance etc.
Z. Secondary Motives: Based on learned needs. Only consider after our primary motives are satisfied
e.g. Interest, attitude, wealth, success etc.
r> affecting motivation
Interest
2. Culture
3. Gender
4. Age
5. Socioeconomic status
6. Environment
7. Experience
8-. Self-efficacy
.regies to improve motivation
1. Token economy
2. Praise
3. Think positive
4. Show surprising attitude on good behavior (wow, how did you do it? ...)
5. Friendly environment
6. Healthy discussions

123. 7. Promote group working
8. Giving responsibility
9. Resolve students problems
10. Make things fun
11. More practical
12. Better environment



84

CRUX of Special Educati


Reinforcement:
It refers to the use of consequences to strengthen the behavior e.g. giving f after the pigeon lift its head
upward. Here the response (lifting head) comes first stimulus (food) is given later.
Types of Reinforcement: There are 2 types of reinforcement:
1. Positive Reinforcement: It is a reward for doing something well e
remembering joy of receiving star from your KG teacher when you spell
your name correctly.
2. Negative Reinforcement: It is a penalty for not doing something.
Negative Reinforcement Vs Punishment:
Negative Reinforcement Punishment
It is a penalty for not doing something. It is a penalty for doing something wrong
If you not complete homework, mom not If you misbehave, your mom slaps you. serve you with food.
Token Economy: Token economy rewards good / desired behavior of a child wi tokens such as; chips,
stickers, points, stars etc. It is used in operant conditioning.
Self-Concept: Awareness about yourself that how you see, think &evaluate yourself. Components of Self
Concept:

124. 1. Self-Esteem: How much value you give yourself. (High Confident / low
confident/optimistic/pessimistic)
2. Self-image: How you have view of yourself, (strong body/weak body/tall, blue eyes)
3. Self-Identity: Sense of what makes you different from others, (name, gender, ethnicity, family,
occupation)
4. Role Performance: Expected behavior (norms) set by family, culture society. It means ideal
situation, one try to fulfill these roles.
Marcia's 4 Statuses of Identity:
She states that sense of identity of a person is determined largely by the choices commitment he makes
regarding certain personal and social traits.
1. Identity Diffusion: Individual not yet experiences a crisis (problem), not makes any commitment
(effort to resolve the problem).
2. Identity Foreclosure: Individual not yet experiences a crisis (probler but makes a commitment
anyway.
3. Identity Moratorium: Individual experiences a crisis but fail to m commitment.
4. Identity Achievement: Individual experiences a crisis and m commitment.

AP - 3] Educational Psychology

85

.earning:
Permanent change in behavior due to experience, .earning Styles:
1. Visual Learning: Learning through images, pictures etc.
2. Auditory Learning: Learning through listening, sound, music etc.
3. Verbal: Learning by use of words in speech and writing.
4. Physical: Learning through body, hands, sense of touch etc.
Strategies to improve Learning
1. Discouraging Absenteeism
2. Hands on Assignments
3. Inquiry based assignments

125. 4. Motivation of students
5. Friendly environment
6. Ensuring Parental Involvement
7. Encouraging student questioning
8. Considering Individual Differences
9. Use of informational technology
10. Use of AV Aids
latent Learning: Behavior that is learned, but not displayed until a reward is given. Observational
Learning: Learning by watching/copying other without outside --. nforcement.
Innate Learning: Learning occurs and stored up even when there is not reinforcement. Types of
Development:
Cognitive Development: Gradual orderly changes by which mental processes become -ore complex or
sophisticated.
Social Development: It refers to the development of personality, social attitudes and skills, from infancy
to maturity.
Physical Development: Physical development refers to changes in body structure and function over
time.
Moral Development: Moral Development refers to the development of a sense of right and wrong in
children.
Emotional Development: Emotional Development refers to the growing ability of a child to regulate and
control his/her emotions and forms secure relationships. It includes knowing about own emotions, and
feeling and controlling them.

Behavior: Action performed by organism in conjunction with its environment. Extinction: The dying out
of a conditioned response by breaking the association between the conditioned stimulus, and the
unconditioned stimulus e.g. when the bell was repeatedly rang and no food presented Pavlov's dog
gradually stopped salivating at the sound of the bell.
Positive Reinforcer: Any consequence that increases the behavior to reoccur.
Negative Reinforcer: Any consequence that decreases the behavior to occur.
Stimulus: Any event or situation that evokes the response."
Response: Any event or behavior that occurs as a result of stimulus.
Conditioning: A process that occurs when two stimuli are consistently paired, causing
the presence of one to evoke the other.

126. Counter-conditioning: It refers to replacement of particular response by new response to a certain
stimulus.
Unconditioned Response: It refers to the unlearned, naturally occurring response to the unconditioned
stimulus.
Contigency Concracting: Contract between teacher and student that if the child will reach the goal, he
will be rewarded.
Cueing: Use of signals to indicate that a certain behavior is desired or that a certain behavior should
stop.
Incompatible Behavior: Two or more behavior that cannot be performed simultaneously / at one time.
Vicarious Reinforcement: Increase of response frequency by observing others who are being reinforced
for that response.
Vicarious Punishment: Decrease of response frequency by observing others who are being punished for
that response.
Response Cost System: Punishment in which desired things of students are removed if he/she behaves
undesirable way.
Planning Ignoring: Behavioral modification technique in which student is purposefully ignored by
teacher.

- - p - 3] Educational Psychology

87

tebon Potential: When neuron's charge becomes less negative, or even positive is
rd action potential. *-uishment: Any event that decreases the behavior to occur.
rnition: In includes mental process; attention, thinking, problem solving, _-;e: standing language etc.
jtrospection:
retrospection method a person analyzes his/her own behavior when he/she is exposed different current
situation e.g. what he/she feels at the moment when he/she is exposed stimuli (light, colour, sound). It
is the learning about own .mind by analyzing,
rr rtions, physical expressions etc. It was used by the exponents of structuralism.
-: t Cognition: Cognitive process that is emotionally charged.
I: gnitive Dissonance: Mental discomfort caused by new knowledge that conflicts with : Trent knowledge
or belief.

127. e recognition: It is thinking one's about own thinking. It is thinking about own mental —.cesses. It is an
individual's knowledge of their own cognitive processes and their
ty to control these processes by organizing, monitoring and modifying them. Intelligence: Ability to learn
from experience, think rationally and to deal effectively
th environment.
Intelligence Quotient (IQ): A number that reflects relationship between child's mental i j r and his
chronological age.
C rystallized Intelligence: It refers to the knowledge that we already know and that can
] to solve the problems. 7 uid Intelligence: Intelligence that allows us to solve novel problems quickly for
which E have little training.
• i rgotten Half: It refers to the students who after graduation not continue their studies
nd not ready for transition to the world of work.
sensation: Process that detects stimulus from body or environment.
7 [ rception:Process that organizes sensations into meaningful patterns.
Achievement: Knowledge or skill gained through experience.
Creativity: Ability to invent new solutions to problems.
Socioeconomic Status: A measure of prestige within a social group based on iwome, education,
occupation and prestige in society.
Threat: Situation in which leaner beliefs that there is little or no chance of success. Challenge: Situation
in which leaner beliefs that success is possible with sufficient effort. Attention: Active focus on certain
stimuli to the exclusion of others. Character: Collection of traits in a person which inspires him to behave
honestly, respectfully and courageously.
Absolute Threshold:Point where something becomes noticeable to our senses. Spina Bifida: Condition of
incomplete closure of posterior parts of spinal cord. Aphasia: Loss of speech.

88

ot Special Educatic-

Apraxia: Loss of purposeful movements of body parts.
Serial Position Effect: It refers to the tendency to remember beginning and the end b. not middle from
the list.

128. Rehearsal: It refers to the cognitive process in which information is repeated over an. over to remember.
Guilt: Feeling of discomfort when one knows that he caused pain for someone. Shame: Feeling of
embarrassment after failing to meet the moral standard. Moral Dilemma: Situation in which there is no
clear-cut answer regarding the moral/ correct action.
Wait Time: Length of time, a teacher pauses after asking questions or hearing studer. comments about
the question etc.
Automaticity: Ability to respond quickly and efficiently while mentally processing and physically
performing a task.
Semiotic Function: Ability to use symbols, sing, pictures, language to represent actions. PQ4R: It is a
studying technique mainly used to help students with difficulty in reading It involves six steps: Preview,
Question, Read, Reflect, Recite, Review. SQ3R: It is a reading comprehension method.It breaks a reading
assignment down intc manageable segments and required understanding before you move on. Its steps
include Survey, Question, Read, Recite, and Review.
In-school suspension: It is a form of punishment in which a student is placed in a quiet boring room
within school building, typically to do schoolwork under close adul: supervision.
Individualized Instruction: An instruction method in which student work at their owr. level and pace.
Differentiated Instruction: An instruction method in which content, pace, product is changed to
accommodate children with special needs in regular classes. Insulin Shock Therapy: It is the treatment
used to cure psychological disorders by using insulin. It is effective for schizophrenia, addicts etc. In this
therapy the comma is caused due to the reduction of blood sugar level.
Chomsky: Chomsky stated that children learn a language because they possess an innate language
acquisition device.
Freud: Most personality disturbances are due to unconscious and unresolved sexual conflicts rooted in
childhood experience.
Nativism Theory: Language development theory that describes that humans are prewired to learn
language. This theory was presented by Noam Chomsky.
Threshold Theory: It states that intelligence and creativity are related upto an IQ score of 120 but not
beyond that.
Sternberg Triarchic Theory: Intelligence represents balance b/w analytical, creative and practical skills.


Chapter4 EDUCATIONAL TESTING, MEASUREMENT, EVALUATION

129. Sr # Topic
1 Nuttshell of Educational Testing
2 Basics of Educational Testing
3 Bloom Taxonomy/Solo Taxonomy
4 Miscellaneous

90

CRUX of Special Educa

NUTSHELL OF EDUCATIONAL EVALUATION
1. Set of questions require answer orally or written
2. Instrument used to measure sample of behavior
3. Obtaining information in quantitative form is ' - MeasuremeJ
4. Interpretation of measurement data is done in - AssessmJ
5. Evaluation is done to make - Value judgme-
6. Test answers the question - How \\:
7. Measurement answers the question - How ML.
8. Evaluation answers the question - How Good]
9. Test, Measurement, Assessment, Evaluation are- Testing Elemena
10. Least in scope in educational testing elements - Ter
11. Highest in scope in educational testing elements- Evaluat:: -
12. Mostly used tool for summative evaluation is - Te:
13. Assess student performance at start of instruction -Placement Evaluat:
14. Assess student performance at during instruction -Formative Evaluatic i
15. Assess outcome at completing chapter or section -Benchmark Evaluatic:

130. 16. Assess student performance at end of instruction -Summative Evaluatio-
17. Assessing student's permanent learning difficulties -Diagnostic Evaluat::
18. Bottom line evaluation is called -Summative Evaluati
19. Judgment is certified in evaluation -Summative evaluati; -
20. Assess student to place in class or grade -Placement Evaluatic i
21. Test quality measures what it claims to measure- Validir
22. Consistency of scores of a test is- Reliabili
23. Accuracy of measurement is called - Reliabilr
24. Test quality that discriminate high & low achiever -Differentiabilir
25. Test quality showing ease administration, low cost - Usabilir
26. Test quality detect or measure small difference - Discriminatic:
27. Scoring of a test not affect by any factor - Objectivir
28. Test used to measure person's abilities -Criterion Referenced Tes
29. Test used to make comparison among persons -Norm Referenced Tes
30. Test used to measure student learning outcomes - Achievement Tes
31. Test mostly used in schools are - Achievement Tes-
32. Test use to check the cognition level is of students - Intelligence Ter.
33. Projective technique is used to measure-Personalit-
rest taken by institution where learner study - Internal Test
Test taken by outside body - External Test
Test with enough difficulty, enough time to complete - Power Test
Test used for future prediction - Aptitude Test
Test assesses the potential ability of individual - Aptitude Test
Test with easy items & time limit - Speed Test
Test experimentally evaluated, valid, reliable - Standardized Test
Test prepared by expert or specialist - Standardized Test
Test not experimentally evaluated -Non-Standardized Test
Test prepared by teacher for class use -Non-Standardized Test
Founder of modern intelligence test - Alfred Binet

131. IQ formula ' 100 x MA/CA was presented by - Term an
Peer appraisal (evaluation) is done to - Rate the peers
Collected student relevant record kept in - Portfolio
Tool used for student scoring in assignments - Rubric
Pre-scoring instructions given with assignment - Rubric
Student can score assignments themselves with- Rubric
Scoring guide used for assessment - Rubric
Scoring scale describe criteria for grading - Rubric
Student assess the work of their classmates/peer in - Peer Evaluation
Use of objective & subjective test collectively - Combined Test
Written description of particular event or behavior - Anecdotal Record
Table of Specification (TOS) is used for -Test Development
Table of Specification is written before - Test Development
Table of Specification is also called - Blue Print for test
TOS shows topics to be covered by test & -Sub-points (subtopics)
TOS is prepared by the - Teacher
TOS helps teacher to prepare test with questions - Covering all topics
Student is required to supply own answer - Supply Test
Fill in Blanks & Short Answers are types of - Supply Test
Student is required to select answer from choices - Selection Test
MCQs, True False, Column matching are- Selection Test
Mostly used test is the -MCQs
Problem or question in MCQ is called - Stem



92

CRUX of Special Educa:

132. 68. Stem of MCQs should be written in the form
69. Negative form of Stem in MCQs is often
70. Correct choice in MCQ is called
71. Incorrect choices in MCQ are called
72. Suggested answers in MCQs is given in form of
73. Test that most easy to score
74. Widely used standardized test in USA
75. In MCQs, stem should be
76. Length of the choices in MCQ should be
77. Test provides highest score by guessing
78. Other name of True-False items
79. Relationship between two items is sought in
80. Item in column A for which match in B is required
81. Item in column Bwhich is matched in column A
82. Test that is convergent and easy to score
83. Test that is divergent and difficult to score
84. Test to check complex student's learning outcome
85. Type of essay test that required limited answer
86. Essay test gives unlimited freedom to answer
87. Project is related to the
88. No. of occurrences of something
89. Length of test important factor to obtain representative
90. Objectives planned & developed in evaluation phase
91. Evaluation is conducted in phase
92. Results of students are analyzed in phase
93. Main psychometric measurement values
94. Mostly use popular test for intelligence assessment
95. Norm referenced test makes the comparison between

133. 96. Increased length of test likely to increase its
97. Questions which are easy to mark
98. Statements describe anticipated learning outcomes
99. Instructional objectives are related to the teacher's
100. Other name of instructional objectives is
101. Instructional objectives lead to student's

- Positive F
-Overl

-Distr -Multiple choice/o - M -M - Meank -S
-True/F -Alternate Response i
- Matching 7
-Pre--Res - Objec
- Subjec;
-E
- Restrict Respc - Extended Res~
- Practical w
- Frequ
-S
- Planning P
- Process P
- Product P -Validity & Reliabi
- Wechsler
- Individ
- Reliab;
- Objective -Instructional objecti
- Instruc -Behavioural objecti
- Perform

134. Instructional objectives are helpful for the teachers and Guessing correction formula
-25 -75th
- Standardized Tests
- Degree Level
- Measurement
- Grade
- Test Validity
- Interview
- Individual

- Group
- Single - Panel
- Structured
- Unstructured
- Indepth Interview
- Focused Interview
- Focused Interview - Observation
-Participant observation Non-participant obsvation
Best item in norm referenced test with item difficulty near Questions difficult to mark with reliability
Normal curve resembles with Discussion is concentrated on one problem / topic in Alfred Binet's major
contribution was in the field of Norm reference test designed to rank the pupil First and important step
in making a test is Construct validity is established through Standard error of measurement is a measure
of Use of many selected responses in test can provide Ql is the percentile Q3 is the percentile
Quality testing in education is possible through Achievement test batteries are widely used at Score of a
student in a paper is called Student performance is indicated through a symbol Evaluation techniques
are selected on basis of Asking questions orally in face to face situation Type of interview with one
candidate Type of interview with many candidates Type of interview conducted by one interviewer Type
of interview conducted by many interviewers Pre-planned questions are asked in interview Unplanned
questions are asked in interview Interviewee is free to talk on some topic in interview Interviewee is
restricted to talk on topic in interview Interviewee is restricted to talk on topic in interview Researcher

135. observes respondent in natural setting is Researcher is directly involved in situation in Researcher is not
directly involved in situation in



134. Researcher himself directly observes the situation
135. Observation by other means like recording etc. done in
136. Observation in unnatural setting is done in
137. Social relationship, acceptance &rejection measure in
138. Graphical representation of relationship with others
139. Tabular representation of relationship with others
140. List of behavior given children to relate with classmates
141. Scale measures social distance with special class/group
142. Projective techniques are used to measure the
143. Quality of a test measure what it designed to measure
144. A test is valid by definition is inferred in type of validity
145. Appropriation of test with its objectives is checked in
146. Concept of test items is checked in
147. Prediction of future performance of a test is
148. Similarity of a test result with previously validated test
149. Degree of consistency of a test score is called
150. Similar results on same test repeatedly is
151. Consist score on 2 different tests of same nature is
152. Distribution of a test into two halves is done in
153. Mathematical techniques to analyze numerical data
154. Data is taken from all population in statistics
155. Data is taken only from sample in statistics
156. Data is concluded finally in statistics
157. Data is provided in raw & not finally concluded in

136. 158. Data is provided in raw & not finally concluded in
159. Data group around central value b/w smallest & largest
160. Mean, Median, Mode are measure of
161. Arithmetic average of the values is called
162. Middle value of the values
163. Value that occurs frequently or repeatedly
164. Number not very close to the mean is called
165. Tendency of data to disperse around central value

- Direct observ
- Indirect observ -Controlled observ
- Sociometric me-
- Socio - Socio Matr.
-Guess Who tec
- Social distance
- Persons
-Vali - Face Vali - Content Vali
- Construct Vali
- Predictive Vali
- Concurrent Valid
- Reliab: - Test-retest reliab:
-Parallel form reliab -Split halfreliabi - Status -Descriptive Stati -Inferential Stati -Inferential Stati -
Descriptive Stati -Descriptive Stati
- Central Tende
- Central Tend
-M - M
-M -Ou
- Variab:

137. Range, Variance, Standard Deviation are measures of -Variability/Dispersion
Difference b/w highest & lowest value is called - Range
Quarter value of the data is measured in - Quartile Deviation
Standard deviation is square root of the variance - Standard deviation
Average squared deviation from population mean is - Variance
Variables of same nature are grouped together in - Factor Analysis
relationship between two or more variables is - Correlation
Measure of lack of symmetry in distribution curve - Skewness
Sharpness of peak of frequency-distribution curve - Kurtosis
Flatter than normal curve distribution - Platkurtic
Higher than normal curve distribution - Leptokurtic
Similar in height but flatter than normal curve - Mesokurtic
Checking that items fulfilling objectives of a test - Item Analysis
Difficulty level & effectiveness of distracters checked in - Item Analysis
Item difficulty level of a test is also called - Facility Index
Formula of Facility Index is -F=100xNR/NT
Facility index/difficulty is acceptable at range - 30% to 70%
Value more than 70% indicates that item is very - Easy
Value less than 30% indicates that item is very - Difficult
What classify students into high & low achiever -Discrimination power
Formula to for Discrimination Power - D= NH-NL n
Discrimination Power is acceptable at - 1 to 0.30
Value 1 indicates level of discrimination - 100%
Items are incapable when the value is less than - 30%
If low achievers answer more than high achievers -Distracter is effective
If high achievers answer more than low achievers -Distracter ineffective

96

138. CRUX of Special Educa

Basics of Educational Testing
Educational Testing Elements:
There are basically four testing elements as given below:
1. Test: It is a set of questions require to answer orally or written. It is an instrument used to
measure sample of behavior. It is used firs-testing.
2. Measurement: Measurement means the quantification or scoring of test. It is the second step.
3. Assessments the interpretation of measurement data. It is the third
4. Evaluation: It is the value judgment of student performance based on measurement,
assessment. It is the fourth step and broadest of all.
Types of Tests by Method:
1. Written Test: Student is required to answer the questions in writing.
2. Oral Test: Student is required to answer questions orally (speaking).
3. Performance/Practical Test: Required to show performance practica.
4. Computer Adapted Test: Test is taken by the use of computer.
Types of Tests by Purpose:
1. Standardized Test: Test developed by an expert or specialist tha: experimentally evaluated, valid
& reliable.
2. Non-Standardized /Teacher Made Test: Test developed by teache-meet the needs of classroom.
Types of Tests on Basis of Ease of Scoring/Quantification:
1. Objective Tests: Test with convergent response that is easily scored.
1) Supply Test: Student is required to supply the own answer/choice e.g in the Blanks & Short
Answer.
2) Selection Type Test: Student is required to answer from the choices/options e.g. Multiple Choice
Questions (MCQs), True/False Column Matching.
Types of Matching Tests
i. Perfect Matching: An option in column B is the only answr
one of the items in column A.

139. ii. Imperfect Matching: An option in column B is the answer of
than one item in column A.
iii. Sequence Matching: Require to arrange the options in sequenct
iv. Multiple Matching: Matching items in more than 2 columns.

Subjective Tests:Test with divergent response that is difficult to score. Student :s required to answer in
detail. It includes the essay type tests.
Essay Type Tests: Used to check complex learning outcomes of students.
i. Restricted Response: It needs short detail of answer.
ii. Extended Response: It needs large detail of answer,
of Tests based on Interpretation of Results:
Norm-Referenced Test: Test use to make comparison among students.
2. Criterion-Referenced Test: Test use to check the performance of students against some set criteria.
ties of a Test:
1. Validity 2. Reliability 3.Differentiability
2. 4.0bjectivity 5.Usability of Test Construction:

1. Determine purpose of test
2. Identify learning outcomes to be measured
3. Define learning outcomes in terms of specific, observable behaviours.
4. Outline basic topics
5. Prepare Table of Specification (TOS)
6. Prepare test on the basis of TOS of Specification (TOS):
Table of specification is called blue print for test. It is a two way table that shows ±e topics covered in
instruction including its subtopics and the time spent in covering ? topics. On the basis of TOS, test is
divided into different topics according to the of topics. TOS is prepared by the teacher before the test
development.
for Preparation of TOS:
Following steps should be used to write table of specification
1. List down topics covered during instruction.

140. 2. Determine objectives to be assessed by test.
3. Specify the number of days/hours spent for teaching a particular topic.
4. Determine percentage allocation of test items for each of topics covered, inula for Percentage of
TOS:
%Age for a topic =Number of Days/Hours spent on particular topicx 100 Total No. of Days/Hours spent
on Unit/Chapter



98

CRUX of Special Educati

Steps in Measurement:
1. Decision of what to measure
2. Development of test
3. Administering the test/Data Collection
4. Marking of the test/Data Analysis
5. Summarizing and Results
Types of Evaluation:
1. Placement Evaluation: It is done before the instruction starts when child admits in school to
place him in class or grade.
2. Diagnostic Evaluation: It is also done before the start of instruction check the permanent
learning difficulties of students to adapt / adjust curriculum according to the unique needs of students.
3. Formative Evaluation:It is done during the instruction to check student's performance.
4. Benchmark Evaluation: It is during the instruction after the completi of a unit or chapters.
5. Summative Evaluation^ is done after the instruction at the end of year at completion of course
of study.
Phases of Evaluation:
1. Planning Phase: It is the first phase of evaluation involves the situati:-analysis, development of
objectives, selection of test for measurhi objectives and strategies and planning of tests.

141. 2. Process Phase: In this phase the evaluation is conducted.
3. Product Phase: It involves test analysis, scoring, interpretation of rest and making
recommendations on the basis of results of the students.

Purpose of Evaluation:
1. Selection decisions
2. Placement decisions
3. Classification/Grading of students
4. Remedial Decisions
5. Feedback
6. Guidance & counseling
7. Improve Learning
8. Improve Instruction
9. Motivation
.10 Reporting to parents
11 Program evaluation

Analysis:
Item analysis is done to analyze the items of a test whether they are fulfilling the es of the test or not. It
analyzes the appropriate level of difficulty and eness of distracters.
Item Difficulty (Difficulty Level/Facility Index)
item analysis checks the difficulty level of items used in a test. Its steps include:

1) 2) 3) 4)
5)

Arrange papers in order (highest to lowest score). Select papers with 25% highest scores & 25% lowest
scores. 50% in between highest & lowest will be excluded. Calculate correct response of high & low
achievers.
F =^ x 100

142. - Facility Index
- No. of students correctly answered I - Total no of students
acceptable at 30% to 70% Lue more than 70% indicates that item is very easy, flue less than 30%
indicates that item is very difficult, mple: Suppose total students■ = 80, High achiever=20, Low
achiever=20

NT
F= 12/40x 100 =30% Discrimination Power: It helps to discriminates high and low achievers.
N
1)
2) 3) 4)
NH-NL
Formula = D =
D - Discrimination Power
NH - No. of high achievers who correctly answered
NL - No. of low achievers who correctly answered



100

CRUX of Special Educati

5) 6) 7) 8)

n - No. of high or low achievers
D is acceptable at 1 to 0.30.
Value 1 indicates 100% discrimination

143. Value less than 30% indicate incapability of items.

Example:

NH-NL



D

10-2 20

= 8/20 = 0.40

D is 0.40 which is acceptable.
3. Effectiveness of Distracters
A distracter (option) is considered effective if low achievers answer more tha: high achiever on the
option, but if high achievers answer more than low achiever on tht option, it is ineffective.
Types of Marking and Reporting System:
1. Traditional Marking System:(ln, 2nd, 3rd, or Grad A, B,C)
2. Pass/Fail System
3. Checklist of Objectives: It is checked that what objectives childre: achieved and what not.
4. Letter to Parents:Parents are called and results are shared.
5. Parent-Teacher Conferences
6. Multiple Marking &Report System (Scoring, Grading, checklist at a time
Types of Grading:
1. Percent Grading: It is based on percentage.
2. Norm-Reference Grading: Grading of a student comparing to his classmates.
3. Criterion Reference Grading: Grading of a student in relation to se criteria.

144. 4. Pass/Fail Grading
5. Normal Curve Grading
Types of Rubrics:
1. Hypergeneral Rubric: It includes the excessively general scoring of i student in a test.
2. Task Specific Rubric: It includes the scoring of specific task, not include: all the tasks of a test.
3. Skill Focused Rubric: Scoring of practical skills of a student in a test.
■ of Portfolios:
2.
Working Portfolios:Ongoing collections of a students work samples focused mostly on the improvement
over time, in a student's self-evaluated skills.
Showcase Portfolios:It is the collection of student's best work.

Bloom's Taxonomy / Domains of Learning

Cognitive Domain
- rr.jamin Bloom, 1956)
Affective Domain
(David Krathwohl, 1964)
Psychomotor Domain
(Simpson,. 1972)


: inking / mental skills

Physical / motor Skills

■ j-.owledge
. mprehension
Application

145. Analysis
Synthesis
Evaluation
1. Receiving
2. Responding
3. Valuing
4. Organizing
5. Characterizing

1. Perception
2. Set
3. Guided response
4. Mechanism
5. Complex Overt Response
6. Adaptation
7. Origination

Cognitive Domain: 6 sub-domains of cognitive domain are as follows:
1. Knowledge: The ability to recall / remember previously learned material.
2. Comprehension: The ability to understand the meaning of material.
3. Application: The ability to apply the knowledge in a new situation.
4. Analysis: Ability to break down fact into components to better understand it.
5. Synthesis: The ability to integrate different elements to form a new whole.
6. Evaluation: The ability to check and judge the value of material.
Affective Domain: 5 sub-domains of affective domain are as follows:
1. Receiving: Willingness to receive the information.
2. Responding: Willing response / active participation of the learner.
3. Valuing: The ability to see the worth / value of something and express it.

146. 102

CRUX of Special Educatic -

4. Organization: Prioritize a value over another &create unique value
system.
5. Characterization: The ability to make the value, a part of one's character
Psychomotor Domain: 7 sub-domains of psychomotor domain are:
1. Perception: The ability to apply sensory information to motor activity.
2. Set: The readiness to act.
3. Guided Response: Ability to imitate an instruction or to utilize trial a : error.
4. Mechanism: The ability to convert learned responses into habitual action with proficiency and
confidence.
5. Complex Overt Response: The ability to skillfully perform comple movement patterns.
Performance without hesitation with expertise.
6. AdaptatiomAbility to make changes in learned skills to meet spec:: events.
7. Origination: Creating new movement patterns for a specific situation.

Revised Cognitive Domain
David Krathwohl & Lorin Anderson revised cognitive domain in 2002 as under:
1956 2001
Knowledge
Noun
I

to Verb Form
SOLO Taxonomy (Structure of Observed Learning Outcomes)(Biggs & Collis, 1982): It has 2 levels and 5
stages as under:

“Double start pages”

147. _evels Stages Symbolic Meanings Description
Pre-structural • No understanding of topic. Student not sure about the topic.
. "ace Uni-structural 1 Understand only one aspect of topic.
Multi-structuralIII Understanding of several aspects of topic but their relationship to each
other and whole are missed.
V / Relational / m i Understanding of relationship among different aspects and to whole.
1-tep Extended Abstract Ability to generalize / apply already gained integrated
knowledge in a new situation. Ability to create new ideas after having mastery on subject.
Proportion of SOLO Taxonomy in Papers: (Uni-structural-17%) (Multi-structual-66%) (Relational-17%)
Miscellaneous
I Statements of broadly long terms studetvt outcomes, i: Statements of long terms student outcomes,
ectives: Statements of short-term student outcomes, ling Outcome: It is a term included in instructional
objectives that describe the :ted results of instruction.
i i assessment: It is the process of identiWna v.


**<7 0&{?£zmes7f s/j^jr stucfesir /earning outc r:ies,
^SSment methods to attain each outcome, timeframe ^.>ju-<„„+-oisa/tsj responsiofe for cof/ecO'on
/review of data. . J Learning Assessment: It is the formative type ofassessment.
Learning Assessment: It is the summative type of assessment.
centile rank: ft isa score that tells the percent of students in a particular group that
lower raw scores on a test than the particular student did.
Score: It is the no. of questions one answers correctly in assessment.



**els

Stages

148. Symbolic Meanings
Description


Pre-structural

No understanding of topic. Student not sure about the topic.


ace

Uni-structural

I

Understand only one aspect of topic.


Multi-structural

Understanding of several aspects of topic but their relationship to each other and whole are missed.



Relational

IP

Understanding of relationship among different aspects and to whole.

149. Extended Abstract

Ability to generalize / apply already gained integrated knowledge in a new situation. Ability to create
new ideas after having mastery on subject.

Proportion of SOLO Taxonomy in Papers: (Uni-structural-17%) (Multi-structual-66%) (Relational-17%)
Miscellaneous
Statements of broadly long terms student outcomes. : Statements of long terms student outcomes,
■rives: Statements of short-term student outcomes.
ing Outcome: It is a term included in instructional objectives that describe the ted results of instruction.
s assessment: It is the process of identifying needs and establishing relative priority se needs.
sment Plan: It is a document that outlines student learning outcomes, •ment methods to attain each
outcome, timeframe for collecting data, and the i dual(s) responsible for collection / review of data. R
Learning Assessment: It is the formative type of assessment. 7 Learning Assessment: It is the summative
type of assessment.
rcentile rank: It isa score that tells the percent of students in a particular group that : ^WSN "SKKsres.
^^\es\%an,Cne particular student did. ■ Score-. It is the no. of questions one answers correctly in
assessment.
Formal Assessment: A structured, planned and organized assessment in class ed different tests, exams
etc.
Informal Assessment: An unstructured and unplanned assessment in class . observation etc.
Norms: It means what the other individuals show score on a test in a group. Psychometrics: It is
concerned with psychologicalmeasurement. It inclti: measurement of knowledge, abilities, attitudes,
and personality traits. It involves construction of instruments and its procedures.
Differentiated Instruction: Teaching every student according to his /her indivic_.
needs, strengths, values, interests.
Overt Behavior: Observable behavior of a person.
Construct: An informed, scientific concept developed to explain the behavior. It car_-
be measure directly e.g. aggression, intelligence etc.

150. Quantitative Variables: Variables in the numeric form e.g. age, height etc.
Qualitative Variables: Variables in the quality form e.g. gender etc.
A Battery: A group of tests or subtests administered to one person at one time.
Absolute Zero: Absence of what is measured.
True Score: The 100% accurate reflection of one's ability skills or knowledge repeated testing under ideal
conditions if possible.
Observed Score: It is an actual score a test taker receives. It is equal to (True score measurement error).
Standard Error: It is the standard deviation of tests scores obtained from a sir.; student who took the
same tests multiple times. It is the variation from true score. Factor Analysis: It is a data reduction
technique that groups questions into clustt (factors).
Normal Distribution: It is the distribution of scores in which the mean, median, ■ mode are equal and
the scores distribute themselves symmetrically in a bell-shape (Be. Curve).
IQ Formula = 100 x MA/CA (MA=Mental Age, CA=Chronological Age)
Test Anxiety: It involvesemotional reaction to exams or tests that can lew
performance. 10% of students suffer from test anxiety.
Reducing Test Anxiety: Following tricks can be used to reduce text anxiety:
1. Avoid social comparisons among students.
2. Give more, rather than fewer, quizzes and tests.
3. Discuss test content and procedures before testing.
4. Give clear directions for test.
5. Teach test-taking skills and give ample time.
6. Use a variety of assessments.

Chapter5 educational research] Educational Research

105

EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

Research concerned with theory development

151. Research concerned with theory testing
Research concerned with classroom problems
Basic + Applied + Action Research
Basic Research is also called Fundamental Research &
Applied Research is also called
Action Research is also called
Research done in laboratory
Research done in Field
Research done in Classroom
Research focuses on fundamental laws, theories, process
Research concerned with the past events
Research concerned with the present (current) events
Research concerned with the future events
Historical + Descriptive + Experimental Research
Criticism is done in research
Types of criticism used in Historical Research
In historical research, data is analyzed in terms of
Criticism which checks the validity of data
Criticism which checks the reliability of data
Data is collected by primary & secondary resources in
Eye witness accounts of event by actual observer
Accounts of events not actually observed by reporter
Group not receive treatment in experimental research
Group receive treatment in experimental research
Control group and Experimental group are used in
Groups are randomly formed in
Cause and Effect relationship is determined in
Development & testing of hypothesis is necessary in
Effect of independent variable on dependent check in

152. Answers
- Basic Resea;.
- Applied Resear;
- Action Resea;.
- Research by Purrx:
- Pure Resear;
- Field Resea;
- Classroom Resea;.
- Basic Resea;.
- Applied Resear:
- Action Resea-.
- Basic Resea;
- Historical Resea;. -Descriptive Resear.
-Experimental Resear: - Research by Metr
- Historical Resea; -2 (Internal+Extemi j
- Critic isu
- Internal Critic;-
- External Critic:-
- Historical Rese
- Primary Resoi -Secondary Resoi
- Control
- Experimental Research
-Experimental Research
-Experimental Research
-Experimental Research
-Experimental Research
-Experimental Research

153. Re search intends to explain the phenomenon -Explanatory Research
Other name of Causal Comparative Research -Explanatory Research
Research conducted for a problem not clearly defined -Exploratory Research Research only intends to
explore question, not give conclusion

**Answers
-Exploratory Research
Other name of Exploratory Research -Confirmatory Research
Gain knowledge by direct,indirect observation or experience-Empirical Research

**QS
Research related to abstract idea or theory Research focuses on numbers and quantity Research focuses
on text quality Research results in numerical form Research results in words/pictures Accurate and
precise measurement is done in Impossible to measure accurate and precise data Qualitative research is
also called Research is done under the guidance of Different statistical formulas are used for Data is
taken from all the population in statistics Data is taken from sample in statistics No final conclusions is
made in statistics Final conclusions is made in statistics Culture, Theories, Experience, Analogies called
Violating basic rules of scientific research called Forms of Scientific Misconduct Application of research
results on population Statement a researcher believes fact but cannot verify it All subjects have equal
chance of selection in technique M\ subjects nave equal chance of selection in Subjects are divided into
groups or strata in Subjectsare selected from list by taking every Nth name AH the group is taken in
sample without distribution
**sampling in wm^ps±a^rgkrthwdvjM
- Random Sampling Non-Probability Sampling
lottery Method orlucJryDraw is the example of All subjects have not equal chances of selection

QS
67. Easily accessible sample is selected in
68. Sample is selected on basis of personal judgment in
69. Sample is selected on basis of fixed quota
70. Sample selected on reference of previous sample & so on
71. Sample selected in various stages
72. Lowest level of measurement

154. 73. Highest & precise level of measurement
74. Scale provide qualitative classification of objects
75. Scale provide quantitative classification& order of subjects
76. Quantitative classification + Order + Interval of subjects
77. All qualities of Interval Scale + True zero point
78. Survey+ Developmental-*- Interrelationship Researches
79. Collecting data in form of question from particular group
80. Progressive changes in human development studied in
81. Study traces interrelationship between facts
82. Growth Study + Trend Projection Study
83. Growth of human or groups is studied in
84. Future prediction is made in
85. Longitudinal & Cross Sectional method are used in
86. Sample is observed over a long period of time
87. Sample is observed at one point of time
88. Causal comparative + correlation + case study
89. Ex Post Facto Research is also called
90. Causes of effects are determined
91. Degree of relationship b/w variables is determine
92. In-depth investigation or observation of single case
93. Major Types of Experimental Design
94. Design with complete control over variables
95. Design with weak control over variables
96. Design with extremely weak control over variables
97. Conditions a researcher manipulate, control, observe
98. Variable manipulated by the researcher is called
99. Variable occurs as a result of independent variable
100. Variable that sort out the cause of research

155. QS
67. No relationship b/w variables is related to
68. Relationship exists b/w variable is related to
69. Other name of Research Hypothesis
70. Hypothesis having clear direction of statement
71. Hypothesis having no clear direction of statement
72. Hypothesis show relationship b/w only 2 variables
73. Hypothesis show relationship b/w more than 2 variable
74. Hypothesis that is measured logically
75. Hypothesis that is measured statistically
76. Hypothesis used when null hypothesis is rejected
77. Preparing notes on study or research called
78. Note taking is done to use it easily in
79. Types of Note Taking
80. Quotation of experts should be written in
81. Rephrasing the paras into own wording is
82. Brief account all research in note taking is
83. Presenting own point of view in note taking is
84. Mostly used tool of research is
85. Set of questions demand answer in written form
86. Type of questionnaire containing the choices
87. Respondent free to write without choice in questionnaire
88. Asking questions orally in face to face situation
89. Type of interview with one candidate
90. Type of interview with many candidates
91. Type of interview conducted by one interviewer
92. Type of interview conducted by many inter, a vers
93. Pre-planned questions are asked in interview
94. Unplanned questions are asked in interview

156. 95. Interviewee is free to talk on some topic in interview
96. Interviewee is restricted to talk on topic in interview
97. Interviewee is restricted to talk on topic in interview
98. Researcher observes respondent in natural setting is


**Answers
tacarcher is directly involved in situation in -Participant observation
: ircher is not directly involved in situation in -Non-participant obsvation
**; : i_-;her himself directly observes the situation - Direct observation
Preservation by other means like recording etc. done in -Indirect observation
**bfv*r. ation in unnatural setting is done in -Controlled observation
i. relationship, acceptance &rejection measure in - Sociometric method
al representation of relationship with others - Sociogram
**. -. representation of relationship with others - Socio Matrices
: rehavior given children to relate with classmates -Guess Who techniq
measures social distance with special class/group - Social distance scale
::ive techniques are used to measure the - Personality
~tijiar but symmetrical inkblot images used in - Rorschach Inkblot
■rer.: is asked to tell what he sees in inkblot images in - Inkblot Tests
:sked to tell about ambiguous scenes in test •Thematic Apperception
::: -: skill or knowledge in specific area measured in - Achievement Test
.easure job capabilities or future potential - Aptitude Test
-easure mental function (reasoning, comprehension) - Intelligence Test
- Semantic Differential Thurstone, Guttman are - Attitude Scales
idely used, simple scale to measure attitude - Likert Scale
scrr-iated Rating Scale is also called - Likert Scale
trrrs of all the values is summed up in - Likert Scale
-.ative meaning of events is measured in scale -Semantic Differential

157. •r :: ectives with opposite meaning is used in -Semantic Differential
■man Scale is also Scalogram or - Cumulative Scale
r.s are asked in quantitative form in - Questionnaire
:ns are asked in qualitative form in - Opinionnaire
■nance of products, institutions improved through - Opinionnaire
: :ems for verification is given in tool - Checklist
of a test measure what it designed to measure - Validity
s valid by definition is inferred in type of validity- Face Validity
: nation of test with its objectives is checked in - Content Validity
■cspt of test items is checked in- Construct Validity

QS
198. Prediction of future performance of a test is
199. Similarity of a test result with previously validated test
200. Degree of consistency of a test score is called
201. Similar results on same test repeatedly is
202. Consist score on 2 different tests of same nature is
203. Distribution of a test into two halves is done in
204. Mathematical techniques to analyze numerical data
205. Data is taken from all population in statistics
206. Data is taken only from sample in statistics
207. Data is concluded finally in statistics
208. Data is provided in raw & not finally concluded in
209. Data is provided in raw & not finally concluded in
210. Mean, Median, Mode are measure of
211. Arithmetic average of the values is called
212. Middle value of the values
213. Value that occurs frequently or repeatedly
214. Range, Variance, Standard Deviation are measures of

158. 215. Difference b/w highest & lowest value is called
216. Quarter value of the data is measured in
217. Standard deviation is square root of the variance
218. Average squared deviation from population mean is
219. Variables of same nature are grouped together in
220. Relationship between two or more variables is

Answers
- Predictive Vali
- Concurrent Vali
- Reliab:
- Test-retest reliab -Parallel form reliab
- Split half reliab - Statir -Descriptive Stat: 5 -Inferential Statir -Inferential Static
-Descriptive Stati
-Descriptive Stat
- Central Tend
-U -Me

Answers
-Variability/Dispe.
- Quartile De^
- Standard de^
-Ve - Factor Ana.
- Corre:

Basics of Educational Research
lawces of Knowledge: Sense Perception
Knowledge is gained through 5 senses; smell, taste, hearing, vision, touch.

159. Traditions
Different traditions in a culture are also a source of knowledge.

Expert Opinion
Getting knowledge and advice from experts, genius & qualified people.

Deductive Reasoning:
It is a process of reasoning (thinking) from general to particular. For example, Man is mortal. AsAristotle
is a man so he is mortal.

Inductive Reasoning
Process of reasoning from particular to general e.g. "Nazir has 50 rupees in pocket, Naseer50 rupees,
Tariq 50 rupees, meansall class have 50 rupees.

Scientific Method
Knowledge gained by scientific method, by identifying problem, developing hypothesis, data collection /
analysis & drawing conclusions.

Common Sense
Knowledge is also gained through common sense.lt is not very authentic source.

Personal Experiences
Personal experiences are also helpful to gain the knowledge. Revelation (Wahi)
It is knowledge given to Prophet by Allah (SWT). It is authentic source. 10)

Intuition (Wajdan)
It is quick & direct perception of facts without proof or conscious reasoning.

Properties of Knowledge Sources:
1) Verifiable

160. 2) Replicable
3) Impartial
4) Empirical
5) Obj ectable/obj ectivity

3. Educational Research:
Educational research is a systematic investigation to resolve the educate -problems by use of scientific
method.
4. Needs / Scope of Educational Research:
Following features can help to understand need of educational research.
1) Education is Inter-disciplinary Subject-Roots in psychology, history etc
2) Education Considered as Science-Education/psychology behavioral sciences
3) Quality of Education - Research is needed to increase quality of educate ■
4) Changing Concept of Education - Distoce-non-formal-informal educatic:
5) Science & Technology Development- TV, Internet, fax, mobile, IT etc
6) Education and Productivity- Qualified persons enhance productivity.
7) Scarce Resources and Optimum Utilization
8) Changing the Social Attitude -Healthy lifestyle, social & emotional skills etj
9) High Drop Out Rate - Factors of dropout must be explored.
10) High Population Rate- Provision of facilities for large population rate
11) Low Socio Economic Status (SES)-It needs research to enhance SES of p<;
12) Curriculum Development - Improving curriculum as per modern nee.
13) Educational Assessment-Educational assessment issues, quality assessrr.;
14) Effectiveness of Teaching Methods- Use of effective teaching mefhoc:
15) Educational Administration - Making administration more effective.
16) Economics of Education - Increasing education budget etc.
17) Vocational Development - Vocational development of students be ensure I
18) Students Issues - Academic, personal, financial issues etc.
19) Learning and Motivation - Improving learning situation.

161. 20) Individual Differences - Teaching according to capacity of students.

5. Characteristics of Educational Research:
1) Word SLERR' shows its characteristics: (Systematic - Logical - Empirical - Reductive - Replicable)
2) Word MOVIE' shows its characteristics: (Mathematical precision-Objectivity-Verifiability-
Impartiality-Expertn
3) Research is purposive means besed on objectives.
4) Emphasizes generalization of principles &theories.
5) Emphasizes on gathering new data from first-hand knowledge.
6) Endeavors to organize d.ia in quantitative terms.
7) Demands patience & not unhurried activity.
8) Sometimes requires courage.
9) Carefully recorded & reported.
10) Based on observable experience.

Scientific Method and Research:
Scientific method is a systematic, controlled, empirical and critical investigation of hypothetical
propositions about the supposed relations among natural phenomena. Steps of Scientific method
according to John Dewey:
1) Identification of problem
A research problem is identified and defined.
2) Formulation of hypothesis
Possible solutions (hypothesis) are formulated.
3) Collection and Analysis of Data
Data is collected using different tools i.e. questionnaire, interview etc. from sample and analyzed by
using statistical formulas.
4) Drawing of Conclusion
Results are drawn on the basis of data analysis& should be stated in terms of original hypothesis. It
should indicate whether hypothesis was supported or not.
5) Confirmation, disconfirmation or modification of the hypothesis

162. Finally after conclusion it is confirmed that hypothesis is supported or not. In case of disconfirmation,
hypothesis is changed or modified.

Ethical Consideration and Research:
1) Not conceal (hide) data or efforts of others for using them in own research.
2) Acknowledge contribution of others if you use data of other studies.
3) Describe proper publication practices/references, the bocks one reads.
4) Explain need to store data safely for possible review to avoid replication.
5) Explain problem related to misleading authorship -credit where credit due.

Areas of Scientific Dishonesty.
1) Plagiarism (copying)
A researcher when copies data, he/she must give reference of the data otherwise it will be considered
plagiared or copied.
2) Fabrication (falsehood)
Anything that is made up but not really occurred e.g. overstating sample,
changing data, including personal biases and misquoting the authors.
3) Non-publication of Data
It means data was suppressed (censored) toavoid publishing the facts. It is not ethical to ignore
exception.
4) Faulty Data Gathering Procedures
Non-use of proper research procedure, untrained research assistance etc
5) Poor Data Storage and Retention
Data should be kept safely and available always for verification by others
6) Misleading Authorship: Name of real researchers should not be replaced.
7) Sneaky Publication Practices
It occurs when research is send to more than one research journals for publication. It should be avoided.

Basic Research Versus Action Research:
Area

163. Basic Research
Action Research
Objectives
Theory development
Solve educational problems
Training
Trained &experts required
Teacher with limited training

Locating problem
A wide range of methods is used to locate the problem
Only teacher locate problem simply in classroom

Involvement
Researcher not usually involve
Teacher is fully involved

Hypothesis
Highly specific hypothesis
Simple statements
Review of the literature
Exhaustive &thorough review of literature is done
Just a glance of teacher is enough for the purpose
Sampling
Random/unbiased sampling
Pupils are used as sampling
Experiment
Error & bias free
Bias is usually present

164. Data analysis
Complex data analysis
Simple analysis is conducted

Quantitative Versus Qualitative Research:
Quantitative Research
Qualitative / Ethnographic Research
Focus on number &quantity 1 More objective
Statistical tests used for analysis - Use of deductive process ' More generalizeable : Large sample
7. Confirmatory
8. Measures
: Tests a theory ). Structured data 11. Results in numerical form
1. Focuses on text quality
2. More subjective
3. No statistical test used for analysis
4. Use of inductive process
5. Less generalizeable
6. Small sample
7. Exploratory
8. Interprets
9. Develops a theory
10.Unstructured data
11. Results in words /pictures.

Types
Type
1. Descriptive Research
2. Experimental Research
3. Quasi-Experimental Research

165. 4. Causal Comparative Research Correlation Research

Case Study Ethnography
Document & Content Analysis
Bibliographic Research
Autobiography
Historical Research

Tools
1. Questionnaire
2. Structured Interview
Tools
1. Observation
2. In-Depth Interview
3. Focus Group

Historical Research
Historical research provides information about past events and experiments whic: are not present
currently or if present, in hidden form (Michel Lee).

Historical research: involves following:
Investigation of past events Analysis of past events
Derivation of general principles after analysis of past events
4. Understanding present trends
5. Anticipation of future on the basis of past and present trends

Steps in Historical Research:
1. Statement of the problem
2. Collection of data

166. 1) Primary Sources
2) Secondary Sources
3. Analysis (Criticism) of data
1) External Criticism
2) Internal Criticism
4. Drawing Conclusions
5. Report writing

Statement of the Problem
Historical research is limited to already available data. Problem should be well .:rined with one or more
specific hypothesis. Problems having insufficient data are not
suitable.

Data Collection
In historical research data is collected through primary and secondary sources:
1) Primary Sources
These are eye witness accounts and reported by an actual observer or participant in an event. Primary
sources of data are as under:
i. Personal Records
Diaries, autobiography, affidavit, declarations, letters, contracts etc.
ii. Legal Records
Constitutional, legislative, judicial and executive orders etc.
iii. Oral Testimony
Folk-tails, family stories, interviews etc.
iv. Pictorial Records
Photographs, painting, videos, drawings and sculptures etc.
v. Mechanical Records: Audio tapes, video tapes, Micro fiche etc.
vi. Remains and Relics

167. Fossils, skeletons, tools, weapons, clothing and furniture etc.

2) Secondary Sources
These are accounts of an event that were not actually witnessed by the reporter. The reporter may have
read an account of actual observer or talked with him. Historians use secondary sources only when
primary sources are not available e.g. history text books and encyclopedias.
Analysis/Criticism of Data
Analysis of data is logical rather than statistical. In historical research data is analyzed in terms of
criticism. Criticism is of two types:
1) External Criticism
It evaluates authenticity or genuineness of data to check whether the document or relic is real and
original or counterfeit.Different tests can be used to check originality e.g. signature test, type, spelling,
handwriting, language usage etc. Physical &chemical tests of paper, ink, cloth, stone, wood, metal and
paint can also be used. It evaluates the validity of data.

2) Internal Criticism
It is concerned with internal worth of the content. Although the docurr. may be genuine, do they
represent true picture? Whether the author unbiased, competent, honest having no fear or pressure?
How long 4 the event was recorded? It evaluates the reliability of data.

4. Drawing Conclusions
Conclusions are drawn from the data analysis (criticism of data).

5. Report Writing
The format of writing a historical research report is different from descriptive experimental research
report writing. 1st chapter is written in the same way as descriptive and experimental research. The
remaining chapters in historical resea: depend on the nature of contents. The chapters may range from
two to many depen -upon the variety of contents.

Types of Historical Research:
1. Bibliographical Research
It is the study of old books, published material, articles, research jo etc.
2. Biographical Research

168. It is the study of personalities, their life style, their impact on society efc
3. Legal Research Government issues, constitutions and executive orders etc.
4. Studying The History of Ideas Different ideas, communism, socialism, two nation theory etc.
5. Studying History of Institutions or Organizations It includes the history of institutions or
organizations.

Descriptive Research
Descriptive research involves the present status of the A descriptive study describes and interprets what
is. It is concerned with conditions relationships that exist, opinions that are held, processes that are
going on, effects that evident and trends that are developing.

Steps in Descriptive Research:
1. Identification & Definition of the problem
2. Objectives of the study
3. Hypothesis of the study
4. Selection of sample from population
Tool of research
Data Collection
Descriptive Analysis
8. Interpreting Findings
9. Drawing Conclusions pes of Descriptive Research:

Van Dalen described following 3 types of descriptive research:
1. Survey Studies
2. Developmental Studies
3. Inter-relationship Studies

1. Survey Studies
A survey is an attempt to collect data in the form of questions from particular group of people. It may
include questionnaire, interview, face-to-face interview or telephone interview etc.

169. Developmental Studies
Developmental studies are related to the Human Development. It focuses on :regressive changes that
occur as an organism develops. It differentiates children at :liferent levels of age, growth or maturation
etc.

Inter-relationship Studies
It is a study which traces interrelationship between facts that provide a deeper insight into the
phenomena.

Types of Survey Studies:
1. School Survey
School survey is conducted for purpose of internal & external evaluation.

2. Public Opinion Survey
It analyzes present documents, official record, text books etc.
5. Job Analysis
It analyzes employment issues or performance to arrange training programs.
6. Follow Up Studies
At -reviews the progress peopte ^\\o\eft ^\tts£\\\SaoTv aStex com^twn.

122

CRUX of Special Educati

Types of Developmental Studies:
1. Growth Studies
It is related to growth of humans, groups or institutions. It uses 2 methods:
1) Longitudinal or vertical Method
In it, sample is observed over a long period of time. It is expensive.

170. 2) Cross sectional or horizontal Method
Sample is observed at one point of time. It is economical.

2. Trend Projection Studies
It makes predictions from social trends, economic conditions, technology advances, etc. for future
planning.

Types of Interrelationship Studies:
1. Case Study
It is related to in-depth investigation of a single case or a limited number of cases involves detailed
description and analysis of a single person, event, institution or commun;:
2. Causal Comparative Study/Ex Post Facto
It explores the possible causesof effects or existing difference in the behaviour ; ; individuals. It attempts
to identify cause effect relationship.
3. Correlation Study
It explores the degree of relationship between two or more variables. Degree
relationship is expressed as a correlation coefficient. The relationship between variab.-. does not mean
cause and effect relationship.
""Correlation coefficient shows the degree of relationship between variables.

Experimental Research
It involves manipulation of at least one independent variable and observation : its effects on dependent
variable while controlling relevant / extraneous variables.

ment:
A situation in which relationship between cause and effect is determined, of Experiments:
Green wood stated five types of experiments: Trail and Error Experiment
1 Controlled Observational Study Natural Experiment Ex-Post Facto Experiment Laboratory
Experiment
ons for Experimental Research: Without fulfilling following conditions, research will not be effective.
Control

171. It involves removal or minimizing effects of irrelevant/extraneous variables. No or poor control over
extraneous variable can affect the results.
2 Randomization
Process in which every member of population has equal chances of selection.
Replication
It involves conduct of no. of small experiments rather than one experiment on large scale. Different
small experiments are performed by dividing the sample into control groups and experimental groups
which help to verify data easily.
les:
Variables are the conditions/characteristics that a researcher manipulates, controls ^rves.
Independent Variables
ft is the condition or characteristic that researcher himself manipulates or controls I its effect on the
phenomenon to be observed e.g. reward, punishment, AV aids etc. indent variables are also called
cause, stimulus,treatment,antecedent, experimental active variable.
Dependent Variables
ft is the condition or characteristic that occurs as a result of independent variable Beets of reward,
punishment and AV aids on student learning etc. Dependent fcs also called effect, response, outcome,
precedent&behavioral variables.
3. Extraneous Variables
These are uncontrolled variables which are not manipulated by research: they may have a significant
effect on the research &on dependent variables. It ha types:
1) Environmental Variables
They cause unwanted differences between groups e.g. learning mater
2) Subject Variables
The variables due to which subjects in different groups (confi experimental group) might differ. It has
two types:
i. Organismic Variables
Effects of organism's characteristics such as sex, age and ra; i
ii. Intervening Variables
Variables which intervene between independent and de
variable such as fatigue, anxiety and motivation.
Techniques to Control Extraneous Variables:

172. Although extraneous variables cannot be controlled completely but ft techniques can be used to
minimize their effects:
1. Removing the variable
Extraneous variable may be controlled by removing such variable complefc Delimiting research to one
gender (male or female) if the extraneous variable is g„ a study of educational managers etc.
2. Randomization
It is the process in which every member of population has equal ch--selection to minimize the bias. It is
also known as unvoiced sampling.
3. Matching Variables
This method is used where randomization is not possible or appropriate case, subjects are divided into
two equal groups having approximately same cor: e.g. division of cricket players into 2 groups (batsmen,
bawlers etc.)
4. Balancing Cases
It means assigning subjects to experimental and control groups in such a mean and variance of the two
groups are as nearly equal as possible.
5. Analysis of Co-Variance (ANCO VA)
This statistical test is used to remove initial differences of covariate ( which affect the dependent
variable along with independent variable. This m preferable to conventional method of matching but it
involves use of ana! covariance.

AP - 4] Educational Testing, Measurement

125

-e-Experimental Design:
1. One Shot Case Study
2. One Group Pretest-Posttest Design
3. Static Group Comparison
One Shot Case Study/One Group Posttest Design Only
1) It uses only one experimental group.
2) Treatment is given to experimental group.
3) Posttest is applied and change is assumed. One Group Pretest Posttest Design

173. 1) It uses only one experimental group.
2) Pretest is applied, treatment is given and posttest is applied.
3) It has minimal internal validity but no external validity. Static Group Comparison Design

1) It uses two groups (1 experimental + 1 Control).
2) No pretest for both the groups.
3) Treatment is given to experimental group only.
4) Posttest is applied, and results are noted.



126

CRUX of Special Educat

1. Nonequivalent Pretest-Posttest Group Design
1) Selection of control & experimental group (no random assignment).
2) Pretest is applied on both the groups and result is noted.
3) Treatment is given to experimental group only.
4) Posttest is applied on both groups, and results are noted/compared.
2. Nonequivalent Posttest only
1) Selection of control & experimental group (no random assignment).
2) Treatment is given to experimental group only.
3) Posttest is applied on both groups and results noted/compared.
3. Counterbalanced Design

Group 1 Treatment A

174. Pos&est

*


When one treatment is given to a group repeatedly it can affect the behavior of subject like fatigue etc.,
in such a case treatment A is given to First group and treatm. B is given to Second group, then treatment
B is given to is given to First group a treatment A is given to Second group by changing the order of
treatment. Then results r compared. Quantity of treatment can be increased from 2 to 3, 4 and so on.
Treatmer then interchanged among the groups.
4. Time Series Design
1) It is a single subject design/one group design.
2) Pretest and posttest is applied repeatedly on one group before and after flj treatment in
different points of time e.g. drug users treatment etc.
True Experimental Designs:
1. Pretest-Posttest Equivalent Group Design
1) Most effective method but also most difficult to perform.
2) Sample is randomly divided into control and experimental gr:_ (treatment group).
3) Pre-test is applied on both groups to evaluate the performance of groups before treatment.
4) Treatment is applied on experimental group only.
5) Posttest is applied to both groups to evaluate performance after treatment.
6) Results are evaluated and compared.
Posttest only Equivalent Group Design
1) Selection of control & experimental group (random assignment).

175. 2) Treatment is given to experimental group only.
3) Posttest is applied on both groups.
4) Results are noted and compared. Solomon Four Group Design
5) It is the combination of above 2 designs.
6) It helps to check whether pretest has any effect on the results.
7) It randomly selects 4 groups (2 experimental and 2 control).
8) Pretest is only applied to 1 experimental and 1 control group.
9) Treatment is given to 2 experimental groups.
10) Posttest is applied on all 4 groups.
11) Result is noted and comparison is made.

128 CRUX of Special Educa
Identification of the Problem
Selection Criteria for Statement of the Problem:
1. Novelty
Research problem should be original & novel (new) so that it does not in\ duplication. If a researcher
intends to conduct a research on previous topic, he/she sh do it with new conditions and objectives to
avoid similarity.
2. Area of Interest
Research should be conducted in own area of interest so that focus remain on research and researcher
may not get bored.
3. Significance
Significance describes that who will take benefit from research. Significance the research shows
importance and value of the research.
4. Feasibility
It is ensured that competence, knowledge and skills of researcher& resource; conveyance, sample etc.
will be available for research.
5. Availability of Guidance
The provision of guidance from the expertise in specific fields is also ensur;: topic related to science can
be consulted with expert science teacher etc.
6. Availability of Finance

176. The cost or expenses of research must also be kept in mind.
7. Time Requirement
A specific time is given for the research. So time should be kept in mind _ the research so that timely
completion of research may be ensured.
8. Other Facilities
Other facilities like transportation, distance of different institutions, limita-sex etc. are also kept in mind
during research.
Resources of the problem:
Basic resources to frame a research problem are given below:
1. Classrooms and Institutions
There are so many problems in an educational institution which are neede:
resolved e.g. lack of student interest in education, poor teaching methodolo: student dropout etc. So a
researcher can take any problem for his/her research.
2. Home/Community
Home and community role is also very effective in student education. 1 parental involvement, behavior
of peers, siblings, and community members high: rft 'eaning, which helps a researcher to research a
problem.

Social and Technical Changes
Different technological items like TV, computer, internet, email, mobile phone, ok have great impact on
our life. They also have different relevant problems, . ages, disadvantages. These points can be chosen
for research.
Records of Previous Researches
Previous research encyclopedia, educational researches, abstracts, research - 5. and publications are
also rich sources of research problems.
Discussions
Classroom discussion, seminars, workshops and exchange of ideas between _-:her and supervisor,
among researchers etc. are also sources of problem.
Questioning Attitude
A questioning & curious attitude towards practices as well as research' oriented ence helps to provide
research problem e.g. why Pakistan is getting aid from IMF?

177. Consultations
Consultations with supervisor, fellows, teachers, parents to conceive problem, icance of the Problem:
1. It focuses research.
2. It prevents blind research.
3. It provides direction to researcher.
4. It places clear and specific goals before researcher.
5. It enables researcher to understand situation with greater clarity.
6. It is a guide to the thinking process and the process of 'discovery.
7. It sensitizes researcher to facts that might otherwise be overlooked.
8. It links & organizes the facts together into one comprehensible whole.
9. It sensitizes researcher to certain aspects of situation which are relevant.
10. It serves as a framework for drawing conclusions.
******************

Hypothesis
Definition:
A hypothesis is a provisional (temporary) guess about the research problem
Sources of Hypothesis:
Making a suitable hypothesis is parallel to selection of suitable problem. T; no any special rule to frame
hypothesis, in fact it needs your experience and creav Main sources of hypothesis are as under:
(General Cultural - Scientific Theory - Personal Experience -Analogies)
1. General Culture
Culture is a great source of ideas, theories, and provisional propositions. ReF or moral values, typical
role of family, prejudices against women education, comp_ education &co-education must be kept
under consideration while framing hypofhes :
2. Scientific Theory
There are various scientific laws or theories which are transferable to the fj educational researches e.g.
sound mind in a sound body, handicapped childrer adjustment problems.
3. Personal Experience

178. A good hypothesis can come only from experience, so personal experience to frame a suitable
hypothesis.
4. Analogies (Similarities)
It means to frame hypothesis based on similarities e.g.researcher can i hypothesis on the basis of a
research already conducted in a foreign country.
Characteristics of Hypothesis:
1. A good hypothesis is an agreement of observed facts based existing
2. It should not be based on personal arguments of the researcher.
3. It should not conflict with any law of nature.
4. It is stated in scientific & research like language.
5. It should permit the application of deductive reasoning.
6. It should be verifiable and testable.
7. It should be capable of being accepted or refuted.
8. Its test should provide an answer to the original research problem.
9. It should state relationships between variables.
10. It should be limited in scope.
11. It should be amendable to testing within a reasonable time.

s of Hypothesis: Declarative Form
It states the relationship between the variables concerned.
: 2tnple:-There issignifwant difference in the education standards of boy schools and r *. schools.
Prediction Form
It predicts that there will be the relationship between the variables concerned & reriment will help to
analyze it.
: 2mple:-There will besignificant difference in the education standards of boy schools ; - j girl schools.
Question Form
Hypothesis can be stated in question form.
E imple:-Is thereanysignifwant difference in the education standards of boy schools and schools'!
"pes of Hypothesis:
Null Hypothesis

179. It states that norelationship exists between the variables concerned.lt is written in
-.- form.
Eample:-There is no significant difference in the education standards of boy schools mtd girl schools.
Alternate Hypothesis/Research Hypothesis
Alternate Hypothesis is designed against the Null hypothesis. It is accepted when ill hypothesis is
rejected. Hypothesis other than null form, are written as 'Hi, H2; •. It is of two types; directional or non-
directional.
ample:-There is significant difference in the education standards of boy schools and schools.
1) Non-Directional Hypothesis
It simply indicates that independent variable affects the dependent variable. It means relationship
between two variables exists, but it does specify the direction.
Example: Teaching with lecture method and discussion method significantly affect the academic
achievement of the students.
2) Directional Hypothesis
It not only indicates relationship between two variables but also specify the direction.
Example: Teaching with lecture method significantly affects the academic achievement of the students
than discussion method.

3. Simple Hypothesis
A hypothesis that shows the relationship between only two variables; one is independent and the other
is dependent variable.
4. Complex Hypothesis
It is a hypothesis that shows the relationship between more than two variables.
5. Logical Hypothesis
It is that type in which hypothesis is verified logically.
6. Statistical Hypothesis
It is that type in which hypothesis is verified statistically. Hypothesis Testing:
Statistical tests are used to determine whether a hypothesis is accepted or rejectee In hypothesis
testing, two hypotheses are used: the null hypothesis and the alternate t hypothesis. The alternative
hypothesis is the hypothesis of interest; it generally states thi there is a relationship between two
variables. The null hypothesis states the opposite, tha: there is no relationship between two variables.

180. Review of Related Literature
Literature Review is a summary of previously conducted researches on the same topic being
investigated by the researcher.
1. Importance of Literature Review:
1) Clarify what is already known
A literature review helps to clarify what is already known, what theoretics frame works developed &
what has already been done. It avecs replication (copy/duplication).
2) Identify Gaps in Current Knowledge
A thorough literature review can also help to identify gaps in curr knowledge. It can help to clarify what
has not been investigated so far.
3) Helps in development of Valuable Hypothesis
Variety of researches helps to frame valid and valuable hypothesis.
4) Sharpens Research Focus Review of literature focuses the researcher towards the right
direction.
5) Indicate Effective Research Methods A review of previous researches may indicate the methods
the n effective in providing required information.
6) Provides insight into reasons for Inconsistency of Results
Related studies can show inconsistent results. By investigating the similarities and difference between
groups of studies with varying results, a review of literature may provide some insight into the reasons
for inconsistencies.
7) Points Out Valid & Reliable instruments
A review of the related literature points out valid and reliable instruments for collection of data related
to specific problem.
Sources of Literature Review:
1) General References
It includes different articles.
2) Primary Sources
It is most authentic source based on direct observation. It provides direct description of study by person
who has actually observed or witnessed event.
3) Secondary Sources
These sources include publications written by authors who were not direct observers in the events
described e.g. Text books or compile books.

181. 4) Direct Sources
i. Educational Journals.
ii. Monographs; Year books and bulletins.
iii. Dissertations and thesis.
iv. Govt, publications etc.
5) Indirect Sources
i. Encyclopedias of education.
ii. Educational Indexes.
iii. Educational Abstracts.
iv. Directories.
v. Autobiographies.
vi. Bibliographical references.
vii. Quotation sources.
5. Note Taking on Study:
Common Points for Notes Taking
Notes are taken/prepared by a student from a study book, article, research, magazine etc. to use in
future to make his/her study more effective and easy. A student must keep in mind following while
taking the notes on study:

1)
Objectives / goals of the study
2) Summarize the lesson
3) Important Headings
4) Important key points
5) Verbal clues
6) Resources/references
7) Specific Order
8) Tangible Examples

182. Sampling Techniques
There are 2 types of sampling techniques as under: bility sampling
Every individual of a population has equal chances of selection for sample. Probability Sampling Every
individual of a population has no equal chances of selection for sample, of Probability Sampling: Simple
Random Sampling
Every individual of a population has equal chances of selection for sample e.g. draw etc.

Systematic Sampling
It is a sampling in which individuals are selected from list by taking every nth . where 'n'is equal to
number of individuals on the list divided by number of cts desired for sample.

i. Total population of teachers - 5000
ii. Desired sample size 10% (5000x10%) -500
iii. Obtain a list of population teachers - list of 5000
iv. Determine N * no(Population Size) - 5000= 10
Sample Size 500
v. Start at random place at top of population list from that select every 10th
no.

Stratified Sampling
Population is divided into subgroups or strata. Every subgroup has equal entation in sample as they exist
in population.
\ soldiers of 3 countries are as under:
' Pakistan China Afghanistan Population 200 400 60") Subgroups (sample) 50 100 150
Proportion 12 3

Cluster Sampling
It is usually used when target population is geographically dispersed. Different rs are selected from the
population entirely. These clusters (groups) are not further ivided e.g. all the class or family etc.

183. Types of Non-Probability Sampling:
1. Convenience/Accidental/Haphazard Sampling
It is considered easiest, cheapest, least time consuming and most commonly y technique. Sample is
selected which is easily accessible e.g. data collection from frier, co-workers, customer at single mall.

2. Purposive/Judgment Sampling
Researcher believes that some subjects are more fit for his/her research & or. basis of his/her personal
judgment, sample is selected purposefully.

3. Quota Sampling
Sample is selected on the basis of fixed quota e.g. quota for Army Personal, quou Teachers, quota for
labourers etc. Sample can be selected on the basis of race, sect, gen3 age by fixing quota (50% sample of
30 years of age, 50% sample with 40 years of age).

4. Snow Ball Sampling
It is usually when there is very small population size. When a reseat approaches any sample subject, it
further refers another subject who meets the criterii research e.g. a drug user can help researcher to
locate other drug users.

5. Double/Multistage Sampling
In a double stage sampling, the population is divided into a number of group first stage and then in 2nd
stage, sample is drawn from within these groups.

Measurement Scales
There are 4 scales, simply called {(NOIR) Nominal, Ordinal, Interval, Ratio}:
1. Nominal Scales
This scale provides qualitative classification of the objects. This scale does not any quantitative value.
For example; boy or girl, man or woman, Pakistani or Indian etc.
1) Male - M
2) Female - F

2. Ordinal Scales

184. This scale provides quantitative classification of objects in an order (seque from lowest to highest e.g.
the ranking of students in class for height, weight academic achievement.

85 Kg 75 Kg 73 Kg
(85=1,75=2, 73=3)
• II II I II I ■
Although subjects are ordered but ordinal intervals are not present.

Interval Scales
This scale provides quantitative classification of objects in an order with additional quality of interval.
Explanation: This scale helps to make some exact &meaningful decisions e.g. if we -easure height of
three students by using a meter scale and find their heights to be 185 cm, 172 cm and 159 cm
respectively. We can say that A is taller 13 cm than B and 26 cm taller than C. We can also infer the
difference between heights of A and C is twice than A nd B. In it the differences between consecutive
points on the scale are equal over the entire scale but there is not true zero point.

Ratio Scales
Fourth & highest level of measurement is ratio scale. These scales have all the characteristics of interval
scale with additional advantage of true zero point.
Summary of Measurement Scales

Nominal Scaic Ordinal Scale Interval Scale Ratio Scale
Qualitative classification Quantitative Classification Quantitative Classification
Quantitative Classification
- Order (sequence) Order (sequence) Order (sequence)
- - IntervalInterval
- - - True Zero point

Tools of Research
Research tools are the instrument for data collection from respondents. Tools of research are made
keeping in view the objectives of the study.
1. Questionnaires

185. (i) Close Ended (ii) Open Ended

2. Interview
1) Individual Interview
2) Group Interview
3) Single Interview
4) Panel Interview
5) Structured Interview
6) Non-Structured Interview
7) Non-Directive Interview
8) Focused Interview

3. Observation
1) Participant Observation
2) Non-Participant Observation
3) Structured Observation
4) Unstructured Observation
5) Natural Observation
6) Direct Observation
7) Indirect Observation
8) Controlled Observation

4. Personality Test
1) Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI)
2) Myers Briggs Type Indicator (MBTI)

5. Sociometric Techniques

186. -AP - 4] Educational Testing, Measurement 139

Questionnaires
Questionnaire is the tool of research containing series of questions to collect the from respondents in
written form. It is mostly used in survey research: s of Questionnaire: Closed Form/Structured
Questionnaire
It usually consists of a prepared list of concrete questions and choices of a ble answer. Respondent is
asked to mark choice out of different options e.g. Yes, No

Open Form/Unstructured Questionnaire
A question is asked and respondent is permitted to answer freely and fully in their ords and ideas. It
makes the data tabulation.and analysis difficult. Pictorial Form
Some questionnaires are presented to respondents in the form of drawing or graphs. It is suitable for
children and adults with limited reading ability, od of Presentation of Questionnaire: Through Mail or E-
Mail
It can be sent quickly to respondents by mail but results are often incomplete. Face to Face Situation
Researcher presents questionnaire personally. It is more suitable tY\as\ma\\.

eloping Questionnaire
1) The questions should be specific.
2) The questions should not be coloured by personal bias.
3) The wording of the questions should be clear and understandable.
4) The questions should be short and simple.
5) The questions should not*make the respondents angry.
6) The questions should not be ambiguous and misleading.
7) The question should be in sequence.
8) There should be no leading question.
9) The instructions should be very clear.

187. 10) The multiple choice items should be arranged.
140

CRUX of Special Educate

Interview
4) Panel Interview- Conducted by many interviewers.
5) Structured Interview-Preplanned questions asked in rigid o: Inflexible.
6) Unstructure Interview-Unplanned/situational questions/informal/flex
7) Nond^.ive/Indepth Interview: It is psychoanalytical in na: Interviewee asked to talk freely about
some topic & hidden motives gc
8) Focused Interview: It includes preplanned questions and interview restricted to the topic to
make him remain focused & specific.

3. Observation
It is the natural way of assessment in which researcher observes the respo busy in his/her natural /
routine working and he/she doesn't know that he/she is observed. It is direct and primary source of
information.
1) Participant Observation - Researcher is directly involved in situati be observed.
2) Non-participant Observation-Researcher is not directly involve situation to be observed.
3) Structured Observation-Preplanned/Formal/Inflexible observation.
4) Unstructured Observation-Unplanned/situational/infonnal/flexible.
5) Natural Observation- It involves observing behavior in natural se No control or change by
researcher.
6) Direct Observation - Researcher himself directly observes the situai
7) Indirect Observation - Observation by other means like recording e:
8) Controlled Observation - Observation in unnatural/special settings

4. Personality Test
It is a questionnaire which analyzes type of personality a person has. It ana-

188. psychological problems, interest, knowledge etc.
1) Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI)
It is most widely used test. It is used for the therapeutic assessm psychology and screening candidates
for job etc. It has many versi< measures anxiety, depression, Obsessiveness, Anger, Self-esteem
aspiration, social discomfort, family problem, school problem, concerns.
2) Myers Briggs Type Indicator (MBTI)
It is self-report questionnaire which indicates psychological prefe that how people perceive world and
make decision.
Sociometric Techniques
It is quantitative method for measuring social relationship, acceptance and action. It tells relationship of
a person in group, class, family.
1) Sociogram
It is graphical representation of relationship of a person with others.
2) Socio Matrices
It is tabular representation of relationship of a person with others.
3) Guess-Who Technique
Children are given a list of traits or behavior and asked to nominate classmate who fits best in the
behavior.
4) Social Distance Scale
This scale measures social distance with particular class of groups e.g. religious groups, ethnic groups,
minorities, foreign etc. It measures agreement or disagreement, acceptance, rejection of a person with
others.
Projective Tests
Projective tests are also used as personality test. It let a person respond to rguous (unclear) stimuli to
check his hidden emotions and internal conflicts.
1) Rorschach Inkblot Test
It is set of ten irregular but symmetrical inkblot images. Respondent is asked to explain what he sees to
check problem.
2) Holtzman Inkblot Test
It is a variation of Rorschach test, but uses a much larger pool of different inkblot images and it has
different scoring criteria.
3) Thematic Apperception Test (TAT)

189. Different ambiguous scenes of people are shown and respondent is asked to describe its various
aspects.
4) Draw-A-Person Test
Respondent is asked to draw a person's sketch to analyze his feelings etc.
5) Animal Metaphor Test
Respondent is asked to create a story and interpret its significance.
6) Sentence Complete Test
Respondent is asked to complete a sentence with his own words.
7) Picture Arrangement Test
It consists of 25 sets of 3 pictures. Respondent is asked to arrange in order.
8) Word Association Test
Different words are given and respondent is asked to associate them.
9) Graphology
It analyzes the physical characteristics at the time of writing and wri: -patterns of a person to identify
the writer.
7. Test
1) Achievement Test
It measure level of skill or knowledge in specific area e.g. Math, Urdu tc
2) Aptitude Test
It measures job capabilities of candidates e.g. verbal, numeric reasoning
3) Intelligence Test
It measures variety of mental functions such as reasoning, comprehens:
8. Attitude Scales
1) Likert Scale / Summated Rating Scale
It is most widely used, simple and uni-dimentional scale to measure -attitude survey research.
Respondent is asked to respond to se: statements whether he/she strongly agree (SA), Agree (A),
Undec:: (UD), Disagree (DA), Strongly Disagree (SDA).
Scoring of positive statement - SA=5, A=4, UD=3, DA=2, SDA=3
Scoring of negative statement - SA=1, A=2, UD=3, DA=4, SDA=5
Score of all values is summed up means total is made for every stateme:

190. 2) Semantic Differential Scale
It measures the connotative meaning of things, events, and concepts uses polar adjectives (opposite-
meaning terms) at each end. Responder. asked rate an object by putting a mark on one of the 7 spaces
in e: dimension. All blanks are numbered 1 to 7 and after completion aven. of each dimension is
determined. Different adjectives are used.
Good _ Bad
Clean Dirty
Cruel . Kind
3) Thurstone Scale
It measures favourable or unfavourable attitude of persons towaJ different statements. Respondent was
required to rate each statement f: -1 to 11. Average of all statements is determined to know the attitude
■ dividing the summed rating over checked statements.
4) Guttman Scale/Scalogram
It is a cumulative scale. It presents number of statements and asks respondent to agree or disagree. It
establishes one dimensional continuum for a concept you wish to measure. A respondent who is agree
with any statement in the list, will also agree with previous statements e.g. if he agree statement no. 3,
it means he agrees with statement 2 and 1 also.
Opinionnaire
It is set of statements about which opinions of respondents are taken to measure ::itude. It is qualitative
approach whereas questionnaire is a quantitative approach, onnaires are basically used to improve the
performance of products, items, ions, organization etc.
Checklist
It is list of items you need to verify, check and inspect. It helps to reduce the _-e of memory and human
attention. List of different tasks is organized and completed ■ are ticked and remaining are left blank
until their completion.
Rating Scale
It involves qualitative and quantitative description of items, things, traits of a n. Respondent is required
to rate every statement as he / she wishes from given "gories of five or seven, e.g.
None - Mild - Moderate - Severe -Very Severe
Validity
A quality of a test / research tool that measures what it is designed to measure, pes of Validity: Face
Validity
It infers that a test is valid by definition. It means that a test measures what it is posed to measure.
Researcher assumes that test will work.

191. Content Validity
It is checked that if the content of the test is appropriate according to the ectives of study. It is done
with help of supervisor, experts of relevant fields.
Construct Validity
It is checked what should exist in test theoretically. Criterion Based Validity/Statistical Validity
It involves that test produces the same results as produced by different other -"dardized tests. It has
following 2 types:
1) Predictive Validity
Test predicts future performance. In this case, a test is given to : subjects as pretest and then treatment
is given. After treatment again s ■ test is applied and results are compared. In this case result of pre"
predicts the future performance of the subject.
2) Concurrent Validity
It infers that test produces similar results with previously validated tests Other Types of Validity: Internal
Validity
Test is internally valid if difference on dependent variable is the direct result independent variable, not
the other variables.
External Validity
Test is externally valid if results are generalizeable to the population outside
sample.
Threats to Internal Validity:
1. History
When an unexpected event (extraneous variable) occurs during the experi which affects the dependent
variable is denoted as history.
Example: A researcher provides a food supplement to sample subject to analyze its efl on body strength,
and during the experiment, subject starts weight lifting and h building exercises that can affect the
results of food supplement. It is called the threa history.
Solution: History occurs when there is only one group in research & it does not a:: experiment if two
groups (experimental + Control) are used for research.
2. Maturation
These are the natural physical or mental changes in subject over a period of which affects the
dependent variable irrespective of independent variable.
Example: Subject of study got tired (fatigue) after 45 minutes of experiment e.g. childi or old age people.
Solution: Maturation is the problem with one group research. It can be resolved by us

192. two groups (experimental + Control).
3. Pre-Test Sensitization/Exposure Effect
It is the familiarity of subject with an instrument or test.
Example: When a pretest applied repeatedly on a subject, he/she starts giving be results due to
repeated exposure in posttest.
Solution: It is a threat of one group design. It can be reduced by increasing inter-between test use or by
using 2 group design or Solomon 4 Group Design.

Instrumentation
It involves unreliability of the instrument. ample. Changing of test/instrument, change of observer, or
scorer can affect effect the ability of the test.
>: lution: The test, observer or scorer or research assistant should not be changed. Use of 2 groups is
also helpful to reduce the effect of instrument.
Statistical Regression
It is the regression to the mean. It happens when sample is not selected randomly, esearcher selects the
subjects in sample who scored highest or lowest.
imple: It means a subject gains lowest score in pretest but highest score in posttest, or riest score in
pretest but lowest score in posttest.
lution: Subjects of the sample should be selected randomly.
Selection of Subjects/Bias Selection
It is the bias involved in comparison of subjects in the groups.
E ample: Researcher may divide the subjects into groups by personal bias.
: lution: Random selection of subjects for experimental or control group or Repeated -easures design
may be used. It is a threat of 2 group design not of one group design.
Mortality
It involves the drop out of subject from study.
Example: If some subject refuses due to some domestic issues like injury, disease or aeath, this can
cause drop out of the sample.
Solution: Selection of sufficient sample. Threats to External Validity:
Testing (same as in internal validity) 1 Bias Selection (Same as in internal validity)
Hawthorne Effect/Reactive Effect

193. Subject of study influenced by the fact that he/she is being recorded or observed ■vhich affects the
dependent variable.
Example: A person whose physical fitness is being observed by researcner, he / she starts doing more
push-ups or chin ups when the researcher arrives.
Solution: Laboratory environment should be controlled.
Multiple Treatment Effect/Cumulative Effect
When the same subject received two or more treatment as in repeated measures aesign, it may carry
over the effect of previous treatments and result cannot be generalize to single treatment.



146

CRUX of Special Educatio

Example: Giving different treatment e.g. drug, exercise, therapies etc. The effect of cz= treatment
accumulates with others.
Solution: Interval of treatment can be increased to reduce the effect. Factors affecting Validity:
1. Unclear direction of test
2. Use of difficult terms in test
3. Poorly constructed test items
4. Ambiguity in test items
5. Short test
6. Improper arrangement of test items

Reliability
The degree of consistency of score of a test is called reliability. Simply wher . test score shows almost
similar result repeatedly, it is said that the test is reliabIt Reliability is the pre-requisite of validity. A
correlation coefficient can be used to asse the degree of reliability of a test.
Types of Reliability:
1. Test-Retest Reliability

194. When similar test is applied again and again and it shows same results each tirr i it is called test-retest
reliability. There should be appropriate interval in between the teso taking another test too early or tool
late can affect the results. It has following two types
1) Inter-Rater Reliability
Similar test is given to different people at the same time.
2) Intra-Rater Reliability
Similar test is given to same people at the different time.
2. Parallel Form Reliability
Two different tests of same nature are developed and applied to the subjects unce same conditions and
correlation of their reliability is evaluated.
3. Split Half Reliability
A test is distributed into two halves and the results of both the halves am correlated and compared. If
the results of two halves are similar, the test is reliable Following two formulas are used to measure the
split half reliability:
1) Spearman Brown Prophecy Correction Formula(2 Forms after split)
Total Test Score (r) = 2r Split Half
1+r Split Half
Kudar-Richardson Method(Full form of test before split)
KR-21 = K{1 -M(K-M))
K-l KS2
3) Cronbach Alpha
Cronbach's Alpha is equivalent to the average of all possible split half correlations. In this process, test is
divided into two halves again and again with different sequence and their correlation is determined.

Factor affecting Reliability Threats to Reliability
length of test 1. Fatigue
. Spread of score 2. Habituation (training)
Difficult test 3. Standardization of procedures
- Objectivity 4. Precision of measurement
Usability (ease-ability)

195. Statistics
Statistics is a body of mathematical techniques for gathering, organizing, _ - ; zing and interpreting
numerical data. There are two types of statistics:
Descriptive Statistics
1) This term is related to data analysis which describes and shows the data in a meaningful way.
2) It provides raw data and not helps to conclude the data finally.
3) It only helps to interpret the data.
4) It uses measures of Central tendency & Spread, Relationship.
5) Data is taken from all population and generalize on it.
Inferential Statistics
1) Data is taken from sample for data analysis& generalize on its population.
2) It provides final data and helps to conclude the data.
3) It uses measures of ANOVA, ANCOVA, MANOVA, and MANCOVA.
Descriptive Statistics:
These are given below: Measures of Central Tendency
It describes the average characteristics. It includes Mean, Median, Mode. 1) Mean: Arithmetic
average of the values is called mean.It is equal to sum of all values in data set divided by number of
values in data set.

148

CRUX of Special Education





where a is the population variance, p is the population mean, Xj is the z'th element from the population,
and N is the number of elements in the population.
4) Standard Deviation: Standard deviation is square root of the variance. ■ ur Population:

196. For Sample:
3. Measures of Relationship / Association: Correlation is the relationship between two or more
variables or sets of data.
1) Correlation coefficients: These are measures of the degree of relationship between two or more
variables. If one variable tends to increase at the same time that another variable increases, we would
say there is a positive relationship between the two variables. If one variable tends to decrease as
another variable increases, we would say that there is a negative relationship between the two
variables. It is also possible that the variables might be unrelated to one another, so that there is no
predictable change in one variable based on knowing about changes in the other variable. It is expressed
in the form of a coefficient with +1.00 indicating a perfect positive correlation; -1.00 indicating a perfect
inverse correlation; 0.00 indicating a complete lack of a relationship.
i) Pearson's Product Moment Coefficient (r): It is the most often
used and most precise coefficient; and generally used with
continuous variables.
ii) Spearman Rank Order Coefficient (p): It is a form of the
Pearson's Product Moment Coefficient which can be used with
ordinal or ranked data.
Note: A simplified method of determining the magnitude of a correlation is as follows:
*.00-.20 Negligible
* .20 - .40 Low
* .40 - .60 Moderate
* .60 - .80 Substantial
* .80-1.0 High
In published studies or reports, correlational coefficients are usually displayed ae the'r' values. For
example, r = .66, p < .01 where r is the correlational coefficier and p is the level (.01) of statistical
significance.
2) Multiple (Linear) Regression: A statistical technique used to find linea: relationship between
dependent variable &several independent variables.
3) Factor Analysis: This test explores which variables in a data set are most related to each and the
variables of same nature are grouped together . the form of factor.
Inferential Statistics:
These are given below:

197. 1. ANOVA (Analysis of Variance)
ANOVA is used when the effect of only one independent variable is found c dependent variable.
2. ANCOVA (Analysis of Covariance)
ANCOVA is used when there is a known covariate with one independer variable. ANCOVA controls
changes resulted from covariate to get the result of independent variable only.
* Covariate is a variable that is typically associated with independent variable and it als-: affects it.
3. MANOVA(Multivariate Analysis of Variance)
MAN OVA is used when the effect of one independent variable is seen on more than one dependent
variables (multiple dependent variables).
4. MANCOVA (Multivariate Analysis of Covariance)
MANCOVA has components of both the ANCOVA and MANOVA. It is use; when there are covariates as
well as multiple dependent variables.

Writing Research Report
Format of Research Report:
There are usually following 3 parts of research report:

Preliminary
1.Title Page
2.Declaration Certificate 3. Dedication 4.ApprovaI Sheet 5 Acknowledgement 6.Table of Contents
7List of'Tables 8.List of Figures 9.Abstract \vj. NctoTP/ms
Main Body

Chapter No. 1
Introduction
CAapterAfo. 2
Literature Review
Chapter No. 3
Research Methodology

198. Chapter No. 4
Data Analysis
Chapter No. S
Summary, ?mdmg,s. Conclusion & Recommendations
Supplementary
Bibliography/Reference Appendix/Appendices
Index/Indices



1. Title Page: It usually includes information in following order (sequence):
1) Title of report at the top in Pyramid Form.
2) Name of researcher with Roll No./Registration No./Session/Class
3) Name of Department
4) Logo of Institution
5) Name of Institution Declaration Certificate
Researcher declares that his/her research is original and in future, if his/her search is found
plagiared/copied etc. his research may be cancelled.
Approval Sheet: Research approval is made by research supervisory committee. Dedication
Researcher dedicates his/her research to whom he/she intends (father, mother etc.). Acknowledgement
Researcher appreciates the persons who guided or assisted him in research.

Writing Research Report
7 rmat of Research Report:
There are usually following 3 parts of research report:

Preliminary

199. Main Body

Supplementary

I Title Page
Declaration Certificate 5 Dedication
- Approval Sheet
5 Acknowledgement : Table of Contents "List of Tables ■-List of Figures
- Abstract
Acronyms
Chapter No. 1
Introduction Chapter No. 2
Literature Review
Chapter No. 3
Research Methodology
Chapter No. 4
Data Analysis
Chapter No. 5
Summary, Findings, Conclusion & Recommendations
Bibliography/Reference Appendix/Appendices Index/Indices

Preliminary Section:
Title Page: It usually includes information in following order (sequence):
1) Title of report at the top in Pyramid Form.
2) Name of researcher with Roll No./Registration No./Session/Class
3) Name of Department
4) Logo of Institution
5) Name of Institution
2. Declaration Certificate

200. Researcher declares that his/her research is original and in future, if his/her research is found
plagiared/copied etc. his research may be cancelled.
3. Approval Sheet: Research approval is made by research supervisory committee.
4. Dedication
Researcher dedicates his/her research to whom he/she intends (father, mother etc.).
5. A cknowledgement
Researcher appreciates the persons who guided or assisted him in research.



152

CRUX of Special Education

6. Table of Content
This page includes serial number, contents &page numbers. It includes chapter 5 headings &sub
headings and gives abird's eye view to the reader.
7. List of Tables
It includes tables used in the research, shows serial No., Title & Page No. of table
8. List of Figures
It include figure/chart used in research, shows serial No., Title & Page No. of figure.
9. Abstract: It includes statement of problem, hypothesis, methodology and results.
10. Acronyms: It includes alphabetical lists of abbreviations used in research. *Note: Paging of
Preliminary part is done in the form of (i. ii. iii), starting from serial 'if at the bottom centre of page.
Main Body:
Usually following chapters are used in research:
1. Chapter No. 1 -Introduction
1) Statement of the Problem
2) Significance of the Study
3) Objectives of the Study

201. 4) Hypothesis
5) Limitations
6) Delimitations
7) Definitions of the Terms

2. Chapter No. 2 -Review of Related Literature
3. Chapter No. 3 -Methodology of Research

1) Nature of Research / Research Design
2) Population
3) Sample
4) Sampling Technique
5) Tool of Research/Instrument
6) Validation of Research Tool
7) Data Collection
8) Data Analysis
4. Chapter No. 4 - Data Analysis
5. Chapter No. 5 - Summary, Findings, Conclusions & Recommendations

1) Summary
2) Findings
3) Conclusions
4) Recommendations

Supplementary Part:
/. Bibliography/References
2. Appendix/Appendices
3. Index/Indices
'\ote: Paging of Main Body and Supplementary part is done in the form of (1,2,3) at the

202. - :tom centre of page.

Detail of Research Report Terms:
Research background & its justification is written in -Introduction of research
Statement of the Problem in research describes the - Research Topic
Research intends to achieves the - Objectives of Study
Significance of the study explains the -Research worth/value
Tentative (uncertain) explanation of an event - Hypothesis
Sanctions naturally imposed on research - Limitations
Sanctions out of control of researcher - Limitations
Sanctions imposed on research by researcher himself - Delimitations
Terms explained to avoid misinterpretation in research - Definition of Terms
j. Previous researches & literature related to research topic - Literature Review
11. Heart of the research is called -Research Methodology
12. Type of research is mentioned under heading - Nature of research
13. Total subjects from which sample is drawn - Population
14. Small portion of population involved in research- Sample
15. Process of selecting sample from population is - Sampling
16. Techniques used to select sample in research is called - Sampling Technique
17. Instrument used to collect data from research sample - Tool of Research
18. Process of collecting data from research sample is - Data Collection
19. Process of analyzing/interpreting data by using statistics- Data Analysis
20. Nutshell, brief account of research -Summary of res -arch
21. Findings of research are made on the basis of - Data Analysis
22. Conclusions of research are made on the basis of - Findings of research
23. Suggestions made on the basis of conclusions of research - Recommendations
24. Sources of research literature which are part of research - Bibliography 2 5. Sources of
research literature which not part of research - References (check) 26. Extra material that supports
research is given in - Appendices

203. ■1
.5. Introduction
4. Statement of the Problem
5. Significance of the Study
6. Objectives of the Study
7. Hypothesis
8. Limitations
9. Delimitations
10. Definitions of the Terms
11. Methodology of the Research
12. Nature of Research
13. Population
14. Sample
15. Sampling Technique
16. Tool of Research
17. Data Collection Procedure
18. Data Analysis Procedure
19. Review of Related Literature
20. Bibliography
21. Appendices
re: Format of Research proposal & Research Report depends upon the nature of tsearch.

Writing Bibliography/Reference
In research, references / bibliography are written in different styles e.g. APA e, Chicago Style etc. Mostly
APA style is used all over the world and in Pakistan, ssently 6th Edition of APA Style is being used. Here
we will discuss American -ological Association (APA) Style - 6th Edition:

204. I-jferencing: It is of two types: In-Text Citation & Reference List.
TEXT CITATION:
It means how to use reference in text/paragraphs of the research. Every text rnrased text) taken from
other researches must be followed by a reference. It should ude the last name of author followed by
year of publication.
1 to2 Authors:
If there are one or two authors, write them in subsequent literature similarly. (*et I ^ ill Not be used).
At the Beginning of Text.
. 1) AH (2009) found that motivation effects learning.... 2) Ali and Asad (2009) found that
motivation effects learning.. At the End of Text:
1) Motivation effects learning.... (Ali, 2009).
2) Motivation effects learning.... (Ali &Asad, 2009).
2. 3 to 5 Authors:
If there are 3 to 5 authors, then write all the authors name first time the refere: . occurs and then
subsequently include only the name of first author followed by et al.
Example:
First Time: Motivation effects learning (Ali, Asad, Irf, Hu &Ju, 2009). Second Time: Environment effects
learning(Ali et al., 2009).
3. 6or more Authors:
If there are 6or more authors, then write only the last name of first au: followed by et al. every time you
write the reference in text.
4. Group Authors: It include govt, corporation, agencies etc.)
First 7wm?:(Ministry of Health [MOH], 2009).
Second Time: (MOH, 2009).
5. Citing Secondary Resource: If you not read original source but given in
other secondary resource then add "as cited in" word in the reference.
Example: Asad (as cited in Ali, 2009).
6. Similar Information by more than one author: (Ali, 2009; Asad, 2007).
IN REFERENCE LIST:
The references used in the text / paragraphs of literature of the research repor i given in References List
at the end of research separately.

205. Books:
1. 1 Author {List all the authors}:
Ali, M. C. (2009). Trends in Education. Lahore: Majeed Book Depot.
2. 2 to 7Authors:
Ali, M. C. Asad, J., Irf, S., Hu, K., Ju, L., Khan, M., &Rai, J.(2009).7>e«u Education. Lahore: Majeed Book
Depot.
3. 8 or more Authors^* first six authors and the last author}:
Ali, M. C, Asad, J., Irf, S., Hu, K., Ju, L., Khan, M., &Rai, J. (2009).7m;
Education. Lahore: Majeed Book Depot. (7th author will be replaced with dots).
article:
Printed Article
Nazir, M. (2012).Level of Depression among Adolescents of Special reds Journal of Education, 22(6),
23-40.
Online Database Article
Nazir, M. (2012).Level of Depression among Adolescents of Special Needs. urnal of Education, 22(6), 23-
40. Retrieved from http://aiou.edu.org.pk/2345. Online DOI (Digital Object Identifier) Article
Nazir, M. (2012).Level of Depression among Adolescents of Special eeds Journal of Education, 22(6),
23-40. Retrieved from http://aiou.edu.org.pk/2345. . 10.1016/j.jsams.2012.03.007 Magazine Article
Nazir, M. (2012, October).Level of Depression among Adolescents of Special ^cds.North & South, 22, 23-
40.
Thesis:
Printed Thesis
Nazir, M. (20l2).Level of Depression among Adolescents of Special Needs M.Phil Thesis).AllamaIqbal
Open University, Islamabad, Pakistan.
Online Thesis
Nazir, M. (2012).Level of Depression among Adolescents of Special Needs M.Phil Thesis,AllamaIqbal
Open University, Islamabad, Pakistan)JR.etrieved from -ap://aiou.edu.org.pk/2345.
Group Authors:
Ministry of Health (2009).Health and Related /sswe.s.Islamabad, Pakistan: Author. (*When the author
and publisher are same).
Same Authors, Same Date:
Ali, M. C. (2009a). Trends in Education. Lahore: Majeed Book Depot.

206. Ali, M. C. (2009b). Education and Futurology. Lahore: Majeed Book Depot. Internet Reference:
Internet Group Reference: In-Text:
Technology plays pivotal role in (World Technology
Network, 2014, para 3).
(Write page or para no. if no page no. available).



ample:
Ali, H., Asad, K., & Hu, J. (2009).Learning mathematics: Factorization(3%d.). ; - York, NJ: Majeed Book
Depot.
H., Asad, K., & Hu, J. (2009).Learning mathematics: Factorization^'ed.). _L-.abad, Pakistan: Majeed Book
Depot.
■stry of Health (2009).Learning mathematics: Factorization(3tdcd.). »Islamabad, . istan: Author.
iponents of Journal Article Reference:
1. Author's name: Same as in book.
2. Year of publication: Same as in book
3. Title of Article:Same as in book but Not Italic.
4. Name of Journal:Fw// Italic.
5. Volume Number:Fw// Italic. Not write Vol. before Number.
6. Issue Number:Bracketed immediately after the volume no. but Not Italic.
7. Page Numbers: Include all page numbers of the article.
8. DOI:Include Digital Object Identifier if any.
mple:
Ali, J. (2009). Learning mathematics: Factorization. Journal of Social Sciences,16 .26-35.
MISCELLANEOUS
Levels of Data Analysis:
1) Micro Level Analysis: It is based on small scale (few friend, small group).
2) Macro Level Analysis: It is based on large scale (entire civilization, large group).

207. Grounded Theory: It is based on the ideas that are built up from data observation of research by making
comparisons.
Quantitative Data: Data in the form of numeric e.g. 1,2,3 etc.
Qualitative Data: Data in the form of words, pictures, sounds etc.
Effect Size: It is a measure of the strength of effect of independent variable on dependent variable.
Hawthorne Effect: Awareness of being in a study.
Context Effect: Change in dependent variable as result of research environment.
Direct Effect: The effect of one variable on another without any intervening variables.
9. Indirect Effect: A condition where one variable affects another indi through an intervening
variable.
10. Main Effect: The effect of a independent variable on dependent variable.
11. Treatment Effect: It is a change in independent variable due to some intervention.
12. Mutually Exclusive: If a unit fits into a one category only it is called mutual'. exclusive.
13. Attrition: The rate at which participants drop out of a longitudinal study.
14. Axiom: A statement widely accepted as truth.
15. Bias: Influence that distort the results of a research.
16. Census: Data collection from all population instead of a sample.
17. Coding: The process of assigning values, typically numeric values, to the different levels of a
variable. For example, codes such as strongly disagree = I disagree =2, agree =3, and strongly agree = 4
are often assigned.
18. Confidentiality: Safety of collected data in research and sample subjects so tha might not be
exposed to public.
19. Confounding Variable: It is a variable that is not of interest but it distorts research results.
20. Continuous Variable: A variable that can take any value within the range : Age value 5 Years, 5.1
Years, 5.2 Years, and so on.
21. Discrete Variable: A variable that has specific value but cannot take any c value e.g. Male or
Female.
22. Predictor Variable: It is the independent variable.
23. Outcome Variable: It is the dependent variable.
24. Dummy Variables/Indicator Variable: Categorical variables that are assign;: value of 0 or 1 for
use in a statistical analysis.
25. Dichotomous Variables: Variables that have only two categories, such as ge: (male and female).

208. 26. Index Variable: A variable that is the combination of other variables assurru: have same
construct.
27. Construct: It is a concept or theoretical creation which cannot be direc observed.
28. Content Analysis: It is a process of organizing narrative and qualitative data im concepts or
themes.
29. Correlation: It is the degree to which two variables are associated.
30. Correlation Coefficient: A measure of the degree to which two variables m related. A correlation
coefficient is always between -1 and +1. If the correla coefficient is between 0 and +1 then the variables
are positively correlated. ! correlation coefficient is between 0 &-1 then variables are negatively
correlate.
31. Coefficient of Determination: A coefficient, ranging between 0 and 1, that indicates the goodness of
fit of a regression model.
12. Cross-Sectional Data: Data collected from the research sample at only one point of time or one time.
Longitudinal Data: Data collected from the research sample in more than one point of time.
Curvilinear: A statistical relationship between two variables that is not linear Wnen p\o\\ed on a graph,
but rather forms a curve.
5 Data Imputation: A method used to fill in missing values (due to non response) in survey research.
Direct Observation: A method of gathering data primarily through close visual inspection of a natural
setting of objects. Researcher does not involve the objects in inter view or conversation. He remains
detached with the setting.
Double Barreled Question: One question in which two separate ideas are erroneously presented
together.
Double Blind Experiment: A research design where both experimenter and the subjects are unaware of
which the treatment group is and which the control is.
Endogeneity: A threat to the assumption that the independent (exogenous) variable actually causes the
dependent (or endogenous) variable. Endogeneity occurs when dependent variable may actually be a
cause of independent variable.
Exogeneity (Opposite of Endogeneity): The condition of being external to the process under study.
41. Explanatory Analysis: A method of inquiry that focuses on the formulating and testing of hypotheses.
-2. Ceiling: The highest limit of performance that can be measured by an instrument or process.
Individuals who perform near to or above upper limit are said to have reached ceiling.
- ? Floor: Lowest limit of performance that can be measured by an instrument.

209. 44. Focus Group: An interview conducted with a small group of people, all at one time, to explore ideas
on a particular topic. The goal of a focus group is to uncover additional information through participants'
exchange of ideas.
-5. Frequency Distribution: The frequency with which values of a variable occur in a sample or a
population.
46. Generalizability: The extent to which conclusions from data analysis from a
sample can be applied to the population as a whole. -7. Homogeneity: The degree of similarity among
the sample of research. 48. Heterogeneity: The degree of dissimilarity among the sample of research.



162

CRUX of Special Education

49. Histogram: A visual presentation of data that shows the frequencies with which each value of a
variable occurs.
50. Independence: The lack of a relationship between two or more variables.
51. Intervention or Treatment: The variable introduced to the dependent variable for the purpose
of research.
52. Kurtosis: A statistical equation that measures how peaked a distribution is. The kurtosis of a
normal distribution is 0. If kurtosis is different than 0, then the distribution is either flatter or more
peaked than normal.

53. Meta-ATiaYysis: A statistical technique that combines and ana\yzes data acrr multiple studies on
a topic.
54. Maxima: The maxima are points where the value of a function is more than otbs-surrounding
points.
55. Minima: The minima are points where the value of a function is less than otbr surrounding
points.
56. Missing Data: Values in a data set values that were not recorded is called miss data.
57. Misspecification: Misspecification occurs when the independent variables statistical model are
incorrect.

210. 58 Variance: A commonly used measure of dispersion for variables. The variance calculated by
squaring the standard deviation. The variance is based on the squa of the difference between the values
for each observation and the mean value.
Univariate Analysis: Examination of the properties of one^variable only and r.: the relationship between
variables.
60. Multivariate Analysis: Any of several statistical methods for examining met than one
independent variable or more than one dependent variable or both.
61. Non-Significant Result: The conclusion or result when independent does r: show any significant
effect on dependent variable.
62. Normal Curve: The bell-shaped curve that is formed when data with a norrr.i distribution are
plotted.
63. Normal Distribution: This distribution describes a frequency distribution of dab points that
resembles a bell shape.
64. One-Way ANOVA: A test of whether the mean for more than two groups an different.
65. Two-Way ANOVA: A statistical test to study the effect of two categoric;, independent variables
on a continuous independent variable. Two-way ANOVA. analyze the direct effect of the independent
variables on the dependent variable as well as the interaction of the independent variables on the
dependent variable.
66. Histogram: A visual presentation of data that shows the frequencies with wh each value of a
variable occurs.
67. Independence: The lack of a relationship between two or more variables.
68. Intervention or Treatment: The variable introduced to the dependent varia: for the purpose of
research.
69. Kurtosis: A statistical equation that measures how peaked a distribution is. The kurtosis of a
normal distribution is 0. If kurtosis is different than 0, then the distribution is either flatter or more
peaked than normal.
70. Meta-Analysis: A statistical technique that combines and analyzes data across multiple studies
on a topic.
71. Maxima: The maxima are points where the value of a function is more than other surrounding
points.
72. Minima: The minima are points where the value of a function is less than othe-surrounding
points.
73. Missing Data: Values in a data set values that were not recorded is called missir.. data.
74. Misspecification: Misspecification occurs when the independent variables in : statistical model
are incorrect.

211. 58 Variance: A commonly used measure of dispersion for variables. The variance b calculated by
squaring the standard deviation. The variance is based on the square of the difference between the
values for each observation and the mean value.
5U Univariate Analysis: Examination of the properties of one(variable only and nr. the relationship
between variables.
60. Multivariate Analysis: Any of several statistical methods for examining mo:; than one
independent variable or more than one dependent variable or both.
61. Non-Significant Result: The conclusion or result when independent does net show any
significant effect on dependent variable.
62. Normal Curve: The bell-shaped curve that is formed when data with a norma, distribution are
plotted.
63. Normal Distribution: This distribution describes a frequency distribution of da"^ points that
resembles a bell shape.
64. One-Way ANOVA: A test of whether the mean for more than two groups a:; different.
65. Two-Way ANOVA: A statistical test to study the effect of two categorica independent variables
on a continuous independent variable. Two-way ANOVA analyze the direct effect of the independent
variables on the dependent variable as well as the interaction of the independent variables on the
dependent variable.
66. P-Value: The probability that the results of a statistical test were due to chance. A p-value greater
than .05 is usually interpreted to mean that the results were not statistically significant. Sometimes
researchers use a p-value of .01 or a p-value of .10 to indicate whether a result is statistically significant.
The lower the p-value the more rigorous the criteria for concluding significance.
Percentile: The percent of observations in a sample that have a value below a given score.
Pilot Studies: A small scale research study that is conducted prior to the larger, final study. The pilot
study gives researchers a chance to identify any problems with their proposed sampling scheme,
methodology, or data collection process. 69. Pre-Test: Test conducted before the intervention is given
in research. Post-Test: Test conducted after the intervention is given in research.
Response Rate: The percentage of contacted people who response to cooperate ' with the research
study.
Refusal Rate: The percentage of contacted people who decline to cooperate with the research study.
Error: The difference between the actual observed data value and the predicted or estimated data
value.
Type I Error and Type II Error: In statistical hypothesis testing, a type I error is the incorrect rejection of a
true null hypothesis (a "false positive"). A type II error is the failure to reject a false null hypothesis (a
"false negative").

212. Random Error: An error that affects data measurements in a non-systematic way because of random
chance.
Instrument Error: It is a type of non-sampling error caused by the survey instrument (questionnaire)
itself, such as unclear wording etc.
Standard Error: Standard Error is the standard deviation of samples mean.
"8. Interviewer Error: A type of non-sampling error caused by mistakes made by the interviewer.
79. Sampling Error: An error occurs as a result, if the subjects of sample don't have equal
characteristics.
Non-sampling Error: Errors that can occur at any phase of sampling process.
Sampling Bias: Distortions that occur when some members of a population are systematically excluded
from the sample selection process.
1 Sampling Frame: A list of the entire population eligible to be included within the specific
parameters of a research study.
Oversampling: A sampling procedure in which a large proportion of subjects with a particular
characteristic are sampled to have good results.
84. Population: A complete set of elements (persons, objects) having some commc -
characteristics according the research criteria. It has two types:
1) Target Population'. The population to which the researcher would like k generalize her or his
results based on analysis of a sample. The sample selected from a target population.
2) Accessible Population: Portion of population to which researcher ; reasonable access.

85. Respondent: The person who responds to a survey questionnaire and provide information for
analysis.
86. Subjects: Those who participate in research &from whom data are collected.
87. Two-Tailed Test: A type of test that is used when a researcher is unsure : whether the
independent variable has a positive or negative effect on th dependent variable.
88. Ethnography: It is a study of cultural pattern. It described and interprets euro* (attitude. values,
concepts, beliefs and practices of people).
89. Scale: A group of survey questions that measures the same concept.
90. Skewness: Tendency of a distribution to depart from symmetry or balance.
91. T-Test: A statistical test used to compare means of two samples or the mean one sample with
some fixed value. It is appropriate for small sample sizes (W than 30).

213. 92. Z Score: A score that is produced by subtracting the mean value from ai individual data value
and dividing by the standard deviation. This standard::, data values and allows for individual data values
from different distribut. (distributions with different means and standard deviations) to be compared.
93. Z Test: A statistical test that is used to compare the means of two samples or s-mean of one
sample with some fixed value. The test is appropriate for larg samples (over 30) and for smaller samples
in which the variance of the popula:
is known.
94. F test: This test is designed to test if two population variances are equa^ -comparing their ratio.
95. Chi-square tests: These are a family of significance tests that give us ways to hypotheses about
distributions of categorical data.
96. Sampling Frame: It is a list of all the members of research population ft which sample is taken.
97. Theoretical Framework: The theoretical framework is the structure that can : or support a
theory of a research study. It is presented in the early sectior research usually in the introduction
portion. It provides rationale to conduct research to investigate the problem.
98. Degree of Freedom: It is the value in a final calculation of a statistic that are free to vary.
99. Law of Single Variable: The basic assumption behind the experimentation is the law of single
variable by J.S Mill. It is stated as 'if two situations are alike in every respect. One element added or
removed from one situation but not from other. Any difference produced the result of elements added
or removed. This addition or removal of one element creates the difference and is known as law of
single variable
I. History: It is a meaningful and organized rapid record of past events.
1. Within Subject Design (Repeated Measures design): In this design data is collected from same
person repeatedly. It explores the attitude of a person / persons towards the use of something (i.e. ice-
cream) for five days ot more, we get data within a person change and comparison is made.
2. Between Subject Design (Independent Measures design): In this design data is collected from
different subjects and results are compared.
Evaluation of Research Report: Research report is evaluated by its critical analysis in which it is checked
that whether the researcher has fulfilled all the cordial formalities or not. Its statement of problem was
researchable, well defined, and novel or not. Its objectives were clearly elaborated, its hypotheses were
accurate or not. Likewise all the points and events are critically evaluated to see its accuracy, weakness,
flaws etc. :04. Parameter Vs Statistics: Parameters and statistics are both the numbers which are
calculated The difference between these two terms comes from where you get these numbers from. A
parameter is any number calculated from a population (population average, mean, median etc.). A
statistic is any number calculated from a sample (sample average, mean etc.).
05. Importance of Sampling:
l) Time saving

214. 7) Reduce the economic cost of research
3) Reduce the labour
4) Provides good results
5) Hase in research
106. Regression Analysis (RA): RA is a statistical process for estimating the relationships among
variables. More specifically, regression analysis helps one understand how the typical value of the
dependent variable (or 'criterion variable') changes when any one of the independent variables is varied,
while the other independent variables are held fixed. Regression analysis is widely used for prediction
and forecasting, where its use has substantial overlap with the field of machine learning. Regression
analysis is also used to understand which among th« independent variables are related to the
dependent variable, and to explore the forms of these relationships. Familiar methods such as linear
regression an; ordinary least squares regression are parametric are used.
107. Random Selection: Random selection of the sample from population before d division into
experimental or control group design.
108. Random Assignment: Random division of randomly selected sample into grour (experimental or
control).
109. Hypothesis Vs Assumption

Hypothesis Assumption
1. Statement believed to be true but
required verification.
2. Something not proved.
3. Waiting theory required verification,
e.g. Reward increases learning. 1. Statement believed to be true
required no verification.
2. Something proved.
3. Theory
e.g. Earth revolves around the sun.
Parametric Tests Versus Nonparametric Tests
Parametric Tests Nonparametric Tests
Large sample 15, 20 or above Very small sample size
More statistical powerful test Less statistical powerful tests

215. Use it when the Mean better represents center of your distribution. Use it when the Median better
represents center of your distribution.
Can draw more conclusions Simple conclusions
When the information about population is completion known then use it. If there is no knowledge
about the population or its parameters then.
For Interval and Ratio Scale data For nominal and ordinal scale data

CURRICULUM
Sr# Topic
1 Nutshell of the Curriculum
2 Basics of Curriculum
3 Models of Curriculum Development
4 Types of Curriculum Design
5 Curriculum Development
6 Curriculum Development in Pakistan

Nutshell of the Curriculum
1. Overall activities of the institution - Curricu
2. Curriculum was derived from a Latin word - Currercj
3. What is the means of 'CurrereV Curriculum - Runway / P
4. Chief source for accomplishment of aim of education - Curricul
5. In Arabic, curriculum is called - MinU
6. Syllabus is a part of - Curricu
7. Outline of topics of a subject to be covered in specific time - Sylla-.
8. A list of topics or subtopics given in a subject is - Syllabi
9. Details contents of subjects for a class is called - Couol
10. Series of planned units (subjects) related to each other - Couol
11. Set of activities employed by teacher to enhance pupil learning- Instruction
12. Base on which subject activities are planned is called -Desiga

216. 13. Activities designed to attain certain educational objectives-Educational Progra
14. Relationship in different subjects at the same class - Horizon .i
15. Relationship in subjects at different classes - Vertical
16. Basic components / elements of curriculum are - 041
17. Objectives, Content, Methodology & Evaluation are Curriculum compone
18. Selection of specific curriculum design is influenced by - Foundat:::
19. Forces that effect the development of curriculum are -Foundations of curricul.
20. Philosophical foundation of curriculum concerned with -Ide*
21. Psychological foundation of curriculum include student's -Interest, needs, abili: -
22. Psychological foundation of curriculum helps understand - Nature of learr e
23. Sociological foundation of curriculum are concerned with - Soc:e
24. Historical foundation of curriculum are concerned with - Past experien>:
25. Important factor of curriculum is to achieve educational- Objecth
26. Responsible for curriculum planning and development - Curriculum Wiq
27. National Bureau of Curriculum and Textbook - NBCT
28. NBCT is also called - Curriculum Wir
29. Provincial Text Book Board - PTT=
30. No. of PTTBs in Pakistan-4 (1 each proving
31. Major function of Punjab Book Board - Printing booti
32. School level curriculum is designed by - Provincial gc
33. Selection of objectives is the first stage of -Curriculum developme -
34. Who invites manuscripts for curriculum from authors -Provincial Textbook boa::




;CHAP - 6] Curriculum

169

217. 5 Who approve curricula to publish & distribute in universities
-Vice chancellor committee
: 6. New syllabi was introduced in Pakistan in - 1961
37. Which domain of objective not evaluate our exam system - Affective Domain
8. Conservative, critical & creative are included in -Nature of curriculum
?9. Curriculum provides guidance for -Students
40. Major concern of curriculum is change in - Individual behavior
41. Importance of curriculum in education system just like -Constitution in country
-2. Curriculum reflects the culture of -Society
43. Committee finalize curriculum upto secondary level-National curriculum committee
-4. Mirror of the society is - School
45. Curriculum is blue print or school plan include experiences for - Students
46. Teaching by mixing 2 or more than 2 teaching method is- Eclectic method
47. Education policy gave equal importance to science& technical edu. - 1972
48. Base of curriculum development/implementation taken from -Culture of society
49. Designing, implementation, evaluation is a process of -Curriculum development
50. Arrangements of elements of curriculum is called - Curriculum Design
51. A framework or plan of action for curriculum preparation - Curriculum Design
52. Subject centered designs revolve around the - Content
53. Knowledge is compartmentalized in curriculum type - Subject centered
54. Prior planning is characteristic of curriculum type - Subject centered
55. Explanatory methods are used in curriculum type - Subject centered
56. Broad field curriculum is modification of curriculum - Subject centered
57. Rote learning is a demerit of curriculum type - Subject centered
58. Teacher training is less emphasized in curriculum type - Subject centered
59. Subject, Academic discipline &Broad field are types of -Subject center curricula
60. Teacher is more active, dominant, expert in curriculum - Subject centered
61. Most old and organized form of curriculum - Subject centered

218. 62. Division of knowledge is characteristic of curriculum - Subject centered
63. Dewey advocated the curriculum - Learner centered
64. Students overall development is emphasize in curriculum- Learner Centered
65. Needs & interest of student is cared in - Learner centered
66. Prior planning is not possible in curriculum - Activity centered
67. Model of curriculum could not move above elementary level -Activity curriculum
68. Activity centered is considered - Expensive
69. Central knowledge all students required to achieve - Core curriculum
70. 'Core curriculum' is sometimes simply called - Core
71. Curriculum emphasized for primary classes -Integrated curriculum
170 CRUX of Special Education
72. Decreasing no. of books is the purpose of -Integrated curriculum
73. lnter-disciplinary or Thematic curriculum also called -Integrated curriculur
74. Linking all types of knowledge in curriculum -Curriculum Integraticr
75. Effectiveness of curriculum is determined by its - Evaluation
76. Analysis of people's activities done in evaluation procedure -Analytic Procedure
77. Making value judgment about curriculum is -Curriculum evaluation
78. Evaluation to improve contents during curriculum development-Formative evaluation
79. Evaluation to improve contents after curriculum development-Summative evaluation
80. Evaluation to find difficulties /deficiencies in curriculum - Diagnostic evaluation
81. Examination are linked with - Formal evaluation
82. Hilda Taba is an expert in the field of Curriculum development
83. Curriculum improvement should be a - Continuous process
84. Most important component of lesson planning is - Objectives
85. Objectives broad in nature are - General objectives
86. Specific objectives are synonymous to -Instructional objectives
87. Behavioral objectives are related to the - Student outcome
88. Source of achieving one's objectives is his/her - Actions
89. Content includes; knowledge, skills, attitude and - Values

219. 90. School wide outcomes may be classified under - Goals
91. What guides for content selection - Objectives
92. Basically the nature of aims are - Philosophies
93. In selecting curriculum subject matter, one should consider - Student IQ
94. Curriculum is implemented in -Educational institutions
95. Curriculum designed to meet the needs of all students - General education
96. Who decides what the student will study in class - Teacher
97. Curriculum effectiveness is determined by - Student interest
98. Curriculum presents instructional material, said by - Smith
99. All activities under school direction inside/outside school, said by - Hilda Taba
100. Who said, curriculum should be designed by teachers - Hilda Taba
101. Who said that curriculum is a written plan -Smith, Stanley, Shore
102. Education is active process & involves learner's active efforts - Ralph Tyler
103. Father of curriculum development - Ralph Tyler
104. Model of behavioral objectives of curriculum given by - Tyler
105. A curriculum is developed to influence the child's - Behavior
106. School curriculum is best defined as pupil experiences - Set by school
107. Most important factor that resist curriculum change - Teachers
108. Values or beliefs held by entire population - Universal s
109. Nature is related to - Heredi:



10. 111. 12. 13. 14. 1 >

Nurture is related to
Teacher is greatest determiner of student success, said by A series of statement that characterize
curriculum Conceptual framework reflects about education & Blueprint to make changes in a course is
called TPP stands for

220. Dividing various subjects (math/Urdu) into departments Famous for Multiple Intelligences Planned
learning experience with specific goals in mind

-Indirect learning experience - Block Plan - Lesson plan -Emergent curriculum - Spiral curriculum -
Emergent curriculum -Validated curriculum -Curriculum framework is called- Fidelity - Learning
standards
Unplanned learning experience, with specific goals A written overview of entire curriculum Written plan
outlines every action to meet program goals Always responsive to children's changing interests Children
grow & their circle of interest becomes larger Curriculum emerges out of children interests/experiences
Curriculum whose effectiveness have been evaluated A guide for designing or choosing a curriculum
Faithful implementation of a curriculum model Expectations for student learning are called Indepth
investigation of topic involving small group or whole class - Project Organize curriculum & engage
children in indepth investigation of topic-Project approach Planning tool, children/teachers create to
organize curriculum content - Webbing

Vertical repetition of curriculum components Multiyear teaching of same students by same teacher
Operative agents in primary education Most important thing for a teacher in school Diversification of
curriculum was undertaken in Pakistan Curriculum was diversified into 2 groups; science group & Arts
group is also called
Studying Quran Pak has been made compulsory in Studying Quran Pak is compulsory upto the level of
Textbook Boards established in provinces of Pakistan The process of curriculum is
Working weeks in a year at primary or secondary level Elements of curriculum model of Tyler Elements
of curriculum model of wheeler Elements of Hilda Taba curriculum model

- Continuity
- Looping
- Teachers
- Students -At secondary level
- Arts group
- General Group
-2016
- 151 to 12th Class
- 1962
- Dynamic - 35 approximately

221. -4 - 5 -7

Basics of Curriculum
Defining Curriculum:
Ralph Tyler (1949): All of the learning of students which is planned by and directed b> the school to
attain its educational goals.
Alberty, A. AAlberty, E (1959,. Curriculum is sum total of pupil activities, school sponsors to achieve its
objectives.
Blond Encyclopedia of Education (1969): Curriculum is all the experiences a pupil has under the guidance
of the school.
Doll (1982): Curriculum includes all the experiences ottered to learner under the
direction of school. ^ ^
Robert Beck & Waller Cook: Curriculum is the sum of educational experiences children have in school.
Characteristics ol Curriculum.
1. Totality (sum) of activities
2. Totality of student experiences
3. Mirror of educational trends
4. Mirror of curricular and co-curricular activities
5. Mirror of total school environment
6. Dynamic / Continuous
7. Mirror of philosophy of life
Scope / Needs of Curriculum:
1. Helps to achieve educational aims
2. It fixes the limits of teachers and students.
3. It promotes democratic values (liberty, equality, justice etc.).
4. It develops civic sense / citizenship.
5. It helps in character development.
6. It sets criteria for suitable teachers.
7. It helps to select suitable teaching methods.
8. It helps to shape the personality of students.

222. 9. It reflects the trends in education.
10. It enhances the knowledge acquisition in an organized way.
Major Components of Curriculum Design(COLE):
1. Contents
2. Objectives
3. Learning Experiences
4. Evaluation
irces of Curriculum Design(KLS):
1. Knowledge 2. Learner 3. Society .ndations of Curriculum:
Philosophical Foundations: Philosophy enables to see what is real? What is true? What is good? for the
society in terms of curriculum. Philosophy helps in developing educational objectives.
1) Ontology(Study of reality): What is real should be taken for curriculum.
2) Epistemology (Study of knowledge): What to know / tell to students.
3) Axiology (Study of values): Good/bad values of society, beauty, judgment. Sociological
Foundations: Sociology is the study of society, social life of human behavior, social relationships. Culture
of the society is studied and keeping in

Psychological Foundations: Psychology is the study of human behavior so psychology helps to
understand the behavior of students, learning process, teaching methods, evaluation procedures and
human growth and development. Historical Foundations: It includes the past experiences and their
effects on human life. Essential traditions and valuable information is taken to develop the curriculum.
Historical experiences helps to frame a good curriculum.
Models of Curriculum Development
Tyler Model: It has 4 steps:
1) Identifying the obj ectives
2^ Selecting sources to ackveve tkese cAsiecAvves
3) Organizing the resources (curriculum, content, teacher etc.)
4) Evaluation of outcomes Wheeler Model: It has 5 steps:

1) Selection of aims, goals & objectives
2) Selection of learning experiences

223. 3) Selection of contents
4) Organizing content
5) Evaluation
Hilda Taba Model: It has 7 steps:
1) Diagnosis of needs.
2) Development of objectives
3) Selection of content
4) Organization of content
5) Selecting learning experiences
6) Organizing learning experiences
7) What to evaluate and how to evaluate



174

CRUX of Special Educat :

4. Denis Lawton Model: Lawton says that curriculum should be selected from culture. Curriculum
should ensure involvement of following 9 systems:
1) Socio-Political System
2) Economic System
3) Communication System
4) Rationality System
5) Morality System
6) Technology System
7) Belief System
8) Aesthetic System
9) Maturation system

224. Types/Patterns of Curriculum Design
1. Subject Centered Curriculum
1) Most old and organized form of curriculum. Knowledge is presented in form of subjects (math,
Urdu, English etc.).
2) It is easy to apply in large size class.
3) It is based on rigid and organized planning.
4) It does not care the interest & capabilities of children.
5) It is a teacher centered design.
6) Teacher is expert and scholar.
7) It has not association or link / integration between the subjects.
8) It focuses on curriculum development, not on human development.
9) Student is passive and teacher is active.
10) Classroom is quiet.
Types of Subject Centered Curriculum
1) Subject Design: Subjects are taught separately / independently.
2) Academic Discipline Design: Subjects of different disciplines/grou:. taught e.g. Social studies,
Pakistan studies, Biological Sciences etc.
3) Broad Field Design: Similar subjects are integrated together e.g. Pak.7a Studies, History, Political
Science etc.
2. Child Centered Curriculum:
1) It is also called project / experience / learner centered curriculum.
2) It focuses on the child, his interest and capabilities.
3) No rigidity in planning, no pre-planning.
4) Teacher needs training.
5) Student is active, teacher is passive. ,
6) Students are taught according to their age, mental level, pace etc.
7) Teachers and students work cooperatively.
Problem solving method is mostly used. Provides effective learning.
10) It is more suitable for elementary classes.
11) It is expensive method.

225. 1 12) Classroom is noisy and busy in activity based assignments.
Core Curriculum:
1) It includes central knowledge all students required to achieve.
2) 'Core curriculum' is sometimes simply called 'Core'.
3) It includes set of common learning (knowledge, skills, values).
4) Core learning is essential for learners to function effectively in society.
5) It emphasis on total student development, cognitive, social, physical etc.
6) Its pattern is flexible.
-jnon Core Learnings (Compulsory Subjects):
I.English 2. Mathematics 3. Science
4. Social Studies 5. History 6. Geography
wpmmon Core Learnings (OptionalSubjects):
1. Fine Arts 2. Home Economics 3. Language etc.
Integrated Curriculum:
1) Also called Inter-disciplinary/Thematic/Synergistic Curriculum.
2) It includes the combination of different subjects in a short/pressed form.
3) Different subjects are integrated into single one book.
4) It is done for primary classes to reduce the curriculum load of students.
5) It emphasize in the development of basic language skills (listening, speaking, writing, reading).
Curriculum Development
Formulating Educational Objectives: First of all, educational objectives are formulated on the basis of
society needs, national demands, socio-cultural values. On the basis of Bloom Taxonomy or SOLO
Taxonomy, educational objectives are prepared. Usually following 3 types of objectives are formulated:
1) General or Unit Objectives: These written statements are broad in nature and cover a unit or
section of a subject.
2) Specific or Instructional Objectives: These are written statements used by the teachers in
routine lesson.
3) Behavioral Objectives: These are written statements of intended learning outcomes of the
students. Effect of instruction is observed on the behavior of the children in terms of his/her skills or
results.

226. 2. Content/Subject Matter Selection: On the basis of objectives, relevant sut matter or content is
then selected. Different subjects are prepared ■ material/content is included in these subjects.
Criteria for Content Selection:
1) Significance: Valuable and essential content is selected.
2) Validity: Content on the basis of objectives is selected.
3) Social Relevance: Content relevant to society needs is selected.
4) Utility: Content useful for life in future is selected.
5) Learnability: Easy and manageable content is selected.
6) Interest: Interesting content for children is selected.
Methods/Procedures of Content Selection:
1) Judgmental Procedure Content is selected by the judgment of currk : _ developers. Curriculum
developers select content from scholarly worl sociology, economics, political science, psychology etc.
They hold gi discussions and group opinions are critically evaluated for the purpo-
2) Experimental Procedure: Content is selected on the basis of pi inquiry cr experiment. A
hypothesis is formulated, condition is com: experiment is performed, hypothesis is tested, and results
are taken. C basis of results, content is selected.
3) Analytical Procedure: It is the most widely used procedure for c selection. People's activities are
analyzed to know their fun: performance and on the basis of analysis, content is selected. It 03 types; 1)
Activity analysis (analysis of general activities of peop.: region etc., 2) Job analysis (how people perform
vocational activitie An analysis of generally useful knowledge or skills). Different tech: are used for
analysis of activities of people e.g. interview, questic: document analysis, observing performance etc.
Content Organization: Content is organized in such a way that it may ens_\ I effective learning.
Following principles may be followed to organize content:
1) Simple to complex
2) Chronological order (previous/historical events linked latest knowle:.
3) Whole to part learning
4) Concrete to abstract
5) Easy to difficult
Teaching Methodology: Different teaching methods are used by teacher: i the children e.g. expository
method, problem solving, lecture method . i discussion, demonstration method. Teacher should select
the method acco:. the situation and interest. Needs of the learners should be considered to maj. i
learning effective. Motivation, reinforcement should be used to make the ^-~d more effective.

227. 176

CRUX of Special Educa

2. Content/Subject Matter Selection: On the basis of objectives, relevant sub matter or content is
then selected. Different subjects are prepared material/content is included in these subjects.
Criteria for Content Selection:
1) Significance: Valuable and essential content is selected.
2) Validity: Content on the basis of objectives is selected.
3) Social Relevance: Content relevant to society needs is selected.
4) Utility: Content useful for life in future is selected.
5) Learnability: Easy and manageable content is selected.
6) Interest: Interesting content for children is selected.
Methods/Procedures of Content Selection:
1) Judgmental Procedure. Content is selected by the judgment of curric developers. Curriculum
developers select content from scholarly worl sociology, economics, political science, psychology etc.
They hold . discussions and group opinions are critically evaluated for the purpc>sc
2) Experimental Procedure Content is selected on the basis of pi inquiry cr experiment. A
hypothesis is formulated, condition is com: experiment is performed, hypothesis is tested, and results
are taken. Or basis of results, content is selected.
3) Analytical Procedure It is the most widely used procedure for c selection. People's activities are
analyzed to know their fun., performance and on the basis of analysis, content is selected. It 03 types; 1)
Activity analysis (analysis of general activities of peop . region etc., 2) Job analysis (how people perform
vocational activitie An analysis of generally useful knowledge or skills). Different tech- . are used for
analysis of activities of people e.g. interview, questio:' document analysis, observing performance etc.
Content Organization: Content is organized in such a way that it may ensu-. effective learning. Following
principles may be followed to organize content:
1) Simple to complex
2) Chronological order (previous/historical events linked latest knowlec.
3) Whole to part learning

228. 4) Concrete to abstract
5) Easy to difficult
Teaching Methodology: Different teaching methods are used by teacher to let the children e.g.
expository method, problem solving, lecture method, discussion, demonstration method. Teacher
should select the method accorc the situation and interest. Needs of the learners should be considered
to ma learning effective. Motivation, reinforcement should be used to make the le more effective.
Curriculum Evaluation-. Evaluation is done to check the validity of curriculum, weakness and strengths of
cuuiculum, including the content quality, teaching methodology, student interest, achievement and
effectiveness of curriculum. Different types of evaluation are done to check the effectiveness of
curriculum e.g. formative, summative or diagnostic evaluation. Following steps are valuable in the
evaluation of curriculum:

1) Evaluation presage (understanding curriculum context/purpose)
2) Task specification (objectives formulation)
3) Evaluation design (making plan for evaluation)
4) Data collection
5) Data analysis
6) Conclusions
7) Making recommendations
Curriculum Development in Pakistan
National Bureau of Curriculum and Textbook (NBCT) is also called curriculum ring. This wing is
responsible to supervise the provincial curriculum bureau for their .-.-riculum development and
textbooks development by ensuring the quality and indardization in Pakistan.
Meps in Curriculum Development:
1. Developing Objectives (Objectives are framed on basis of education policy)
2. Scheme of Study (It consider national education policy, market demand, and global issues).
3. Development of Syllabus (Syllabus is developed according to objectives)
4. Textbooks development (Provincial Textbook Board-PTTB develop it)
5. Review and Approval (National Review committee review books)
6. Publication and Distribution (After approval, books are published)
7. Teacher Training (Usually teacher guide is provided to teach the particular book and sometimes
training is imparted for the teaching of book.)

229. Process of Curriculum Development:
1. Federal govt, sends its request about the educational policies and objectives to the Ministry of
Education, Curriculum Wing.
2. Curriculum wing requests Provincial Curriculum Centers to prepare draft curriculum for each
subject to be taught in different classes.
3. Provincial Center calls in committee of experts, teachers, subject specialists on each subject.
4. Provincial curriculum committee prepares curriculum plan/draft.
5. Curriculum plan is sent to Curriculum wing.
6. Curriculum wing sends the draft to experts, subject specialist, selectee teachers and colleges
etc. to invite their comments.
7. National Committee of Curriculum evaluates draft in light of comments.
8. Committee sends its recommendations to wing.
9. Approved curriculum schemes are sent to provincial Textbook boards fo: textbooks
development.
Composition of Provincial Level Curriculum Committee: Includes:
1) Representatives of Provincial Curriculum Centers.
2) Supervisors
3) Teachers
4) Educational adttvuusttatots (headmasters/principals)

5) Subject specialists
6) Representatives of the textbook boards
7) Representative of BISEs
8) Teacher 1 rainers
Provincial Textbook Board (PTTB):
Four PTTBs have been established one in each province. PTTBs are respons-for preparing, publishing,
stocking, distribution and marketing school textbooks. PP~1 prepare books for the classes KG to
Intermediate.
Board of Intermediate and Secondary Education (BISE):
BISE is responsible to conduct exams of Secondary (IX-X) and Higher Seconder (XI-XII) classes. BISEs have
been established in each division.

230. Problems of Curriculum Development in Pakistan:

1. Teacher reluctant/resistant to accept the change
2. Lack of in-service training of teachers
3. Political interference
4. Economic problems
5. Inadequate evaluation
6. Lack of commitment to National philosophy
7. Disapproval of the society
8. Lack of sequence
9 Curriculum is more urbanized (based on the needs of urban people)
10. Lack of teaching material

179

INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY

Sr#

Topic


1 Instructional Technology

Instructional Technology

1. Knowledge gained through sense of vision (eyes)-75%
2. Knowledge gained through sense of hearing -13%
3. Knowledge gained through sense of touch -6%

231. 4. Knowledge gained through sense of taste -3%
5. Yjnow\eage gained, through sense of smen - 3°/c
6. Types of Models, according to Therber - _
7. Telescope is a - Projected Aid
8. Diascope and Magic lantern are other names of - Slide Projec::
9. Opaque projector is called - Epidiascope
10. A film strip usually consists of separate pictures - 40-10C
11. Comics, Globes and Cartoons are included in - Graph:.
12. Teaching strategy classified under autocratic style - Programmed instructicr
13. Teaching strategy classified under permissive style - Role play
14. Teacher is active, and students are passive in style - Autocratic style
15. Style that emphasize learner creativity - Permissive style
16. Triangular process of teaching - Teacher, student, conter
17. Goal of teaching -Desirable change in behav;
18. Rules of presenting content to make them easy - Maxims of educati -
19. In lecture method, students are - Pass: :
20. Symposium is a type of - Discussion methc;
21. Heuristic means- To investiga:;
22. Armstrong advocated the method - Heuristic Meth:.
23. Term Heuristic derived from Greek word - Heurisr
24. A good drama does include - Very long p!a
25. Drama or role play is useful for teaching- Histor
26. Types of projects, described by Kilpatrick - -
27. Activity involves Physical and mental acti
28. Moving from specific to general- Inductive reasonir.
29. Moving from general to specific- Deductive reason i: .
30. Socrates method was - Question-Answerir._
31. Student work together to assist each other in learning - Cooperative learning
32. Individual and group are both responsible in - Cooperative learn: .

232. 33. Alternative to competitive models is - Cooperative learnir.

No. of students in cooperative learning group Students find information themselves in Teacher performs
practically and explains in Project method is more suitable in teaching of Mock up Models explain Field
trip provides

-3-4
- Discovery method Demonstration method - Science
- Internal structure
- Direct experience

Exhibition of science fairs promote student ability of- Comprehension& application
Ultimate objective of scientific method is - Theory / law development
Inquiry method includes the - Question-answering

43 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67.

Inquiry means to
Recommended method to teach science elementary classes Advanced method of Heuristic and Inquiry
methods Method related to Dewey philosophy Demonstration means
Selecting different media for different students Repeated student learning until achieve desirable le> ei
During discussion method, teacher announces a Lecture method is
- Data base
- Multimedia - Information technology
- One student Their own teaching material
Steps of Herbert lesson planning model Project is a purposeful activity is said by Who presented
programmed learning Collection of student work/performance is Learning takes place in programmed
learning undc Overall procedure adopted by teacher to achieve goal CAI stands for Computer gives
result ?fter
Converting raw data into useful information is
Combining text, audio, video to show information

233. Telecommunication & computer are included in
In the class, there should one computer for
Teachers are expected to use computer to create
Using teaching machines, computer to maximize learning- Programmed instruction
The use of knowledge and crafts is called -Technology


68. Communication channel with instructional purpose - Instructional media
69. Text, Audio, video, motion media & people - Forms of Media
70. Face-to-face interaction at same time (classroom) - Synchronous setting
71. No face to face teacher student setting (email etc.) - Asynchronous setting
72. Combination of synchronous & asynchronous - Blended learning
73. Students work at their own pace in - Individualized learning
74. Combination of education & technology to teach - Instructional technology
75. Online platform where student & teacher interact - Virtual Classroom.
76. Instructional technology is the subset of- Educational technology
77. Despite instructional technology, human teachers - Are very importan:
78. Student claim, what they found online, is their own creation - Cyber cheating
79. IEP Generator helps the teacher in the preparation of -IEP
80. Individualized Educational Plan -IEP
81. Tool mostly used by geography teacher - GPS System
82. Pre-Microcomputer era (reading, drill & practice) -1950-19":
83. Microcomputer era (computers put in teachers hands) - 1970-199:
84. Internet era (Distance education became possible) - 1990-200
85. Ubiquitous Era - 2000 todate
86. Imaging technologies - Cameras & Scanner;
87. Display technologies - Interactive whiteboarc
88. Peripheral technology - Mouse, keyboard, monitc i
89. Non-access to technology on socioeconomic basis - Digital Divicc

234. 90. System in which camera/sensor reads body movements- Gesture based computing
91. Audience, Behavior, Condition, Degree - ABCD Approae-
92. Primary model of instructional design - ADDIE
93. Analysis-Design-Development-Implementation-Evaluation - ADDIE
94. Who presented ARCS model - John Keller
95. Attention, Relevance, Confident, Satisfaction - ARCS
96. Keller Model is related to the - Motivational factors
97. PC stand for - Personal compute:
98. Computer makes the instructional work- Fast and easier
99. Technology helps to improve the - Instruction
100. Transferring data from internet into computer - Downloading





COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY









Sr # Topic
1 Computer Technology Inventions
2 Shortcut Keys

235. 3 Abbreviations
4 Basic Computer Information
5 Miscellaneous

184

CRUX of Special Education

Unit No. 1

COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY INVENTIONS
1. First mechanical calculator invented by Pascal - Pascaline, 1642
2. Leibniz calculator invented by - Leibniz, 1694
3. PuncYved Card Viwented by - Joseph Jacquard, 1801
4. Difference engine invented by -Charles Babbage, 1822
5. Analytical Engine invented by -Charles Babbage, 183"
6. Computer was invented by -Charles Babbage, 1832
7. Television was invented by - J.LBair;
8. Radio was invented by - Marcor.
9. Bulb was invented by - Thomas Edi--
10. ENIAC computer invented by - Mauchly&Eckret, 194<
11. EDSAC computer was invented - Neumann, 19-:
12. First Web Internet Browser invented by - Tim Berners, 199
13. World Wide Web (WWW) invented by - Tim Berners-1 .:
14. Key Board invented by - Herman Hollerith, 193 [
15. Computer Mouse invented by - Douglas Engelbart, 1964
16. RAM invented by - Wang & Forrester, 195.
17. Hard Disk invented by -IBM, 195:
18. Transistor invented by - Brattain & Shockley, 194;

236. 19. Integrated Circuit invented by - Kilby&Noyce, 1951
20. Laser Printer invented by -Gary Stark, 19-
21. Floppy Disk invented by- Shugart, 19"
22. Microprocessor invented by - Faggin, Hoff&Mazor, 19"
23. Compact Disc invented by - Russ;
24. First computer video-game Space war invented - Russel, 19ffi
25. Who invented 'C Language - Ritch k
26. Who invented E-mail - Ray TomlinsL -
27. Who invented Facebook - Zuckerberg, 2004
Unit No. 2
SHORTCUT KEYS

Ctrl + A - Select All
_ . Ctrl + B -Bold selected text
Ctrl + C - Copy selected text
Ctrl + E - Center text
Ctrl + F - Find files or text
6. Ctrl + G - Go to the page
7. Ctrl + H - Find andllep\ace text
8. Ctrl +1 - Italic selected text
9. Ctrl + J - Justify selected text
JO. Ctrl + K - Uyperl/nk file
II. Ctrl + M -Margin selected text
12. Ctrl + N -Open new file
13. Ctrl + 0 -Open old file
14. Ctrl + P -Print file
15. Ctrl + R - Right alignment of text
16. Ctrl + S - Save the changes
7. Ctrl + U - Underline selected text

237. 18 Ctrl -i- V - Paste copied text
19. Ctrl + W - Close program
20. QxA + X - Cut selected text
11. Ctrl + Y - Repeat last action
Ctrl + Z -Erase last action
::• Alt f F4 - Close program
;- Fl -Help
- ; F5 - Refresh
1- F12 - Save As

186

CRUX of Special Education


Unit No. 3
ABBREVIATIONS
l. LED - Light Emitting Diode
2. LCD - Liquid Crystal Display
3. CRT - Cathode Ray Tube
4. CAD - Computer Aided Desigr
5. LAN - Local AreaNetwon-
6. WAN - Wide Area Network
7. WWW - World Wide We:
8. MS - Microsor.
9. DOS - Disk Operating System
10. PC - Personal Computer
11. IC - Integrated Circur.
12. DBMS - Database Management System.

238. 13. BPI - Bit per inch
14. DPI - Dots per inc:
15. CPS - Character per seconc
16. CD - Compact Dis>.
17. PPM - Page per minute
18. CD-R - Compact Disc Recordable
19. CD-RW - Compact Disc Rewritable
20. DVD - Digital Versatile Disc
21. SD Card - Secure Digital Card
22. NIC - Network Interface Card
23. E-Mail - Electronic Mail
24. ADSL - Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line
25. IBM - International Business Machine corporation
26. CAL - Computer Aided Learning
27. BASIC - Beginners All Purpose Symbolic Instruction Code
28. COBOL - Common Business Oriented Language
29. FORTRAN - Formula Translation
30. SQL * - Structure Query Language
31. IMEI - International Mobile Equipment Identity

32. PDF - Portable Document Format
33. LASER - Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiation
34. EN I AC - Electronic Numerical Integrator & Calculator
35. EDSAC - Electronic Delayed Storage Automatic Computer
36. EDVAC - Electronic Discrete Variable Automatic Computer
37. Hz - Hertz
38. MB - Megabyte
39. GB - Gigabyte
40. TB - Terabyte

239. 41. BIOS - Basic Input Output System
42 CMOS - Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor
43. VOIP - Voice Over Internet Protocol
44. RAM - Random Access Memory
45. ROM - Read Only Memory
46. EPROM - Eraseable and programmable read only memory
47. PILOT - Programmed Inquiry Learning Or Teaching
48. VTVM - Vacuum Tube Volt Meter
49. AVC - Automatic Volume Control stand for
50. CNC - Comp\ex^Mirit>er Ca\cu\ator
51. ALU - Arithmetic Logical Unit
52. CPU - Central Processing Unit
53. VDU ■ Visual Display Unit
54. CU - Control Unit
55. MU - Memory Unit

Unit No. 4
BASIC COMPUTER INFORMATION
GENERATIONS OF THE COMPUTER
1. First Generation Computers (1942-1955):
a. It used vacuum tube.
b. Vacuum tube comprised of glass bulb and wire.
c. ENIAC used 19000 vacuum tubes and weighed nearly 27 tones.
d. These computers were very large, produce large heat, and consume - I
energy with poor performance.
Example: ENIAC, EDVAC, EDSAC.
2. Second Generation Computers (1956-1964):
a. It used transistors.
b. Transistors can carry much more current than vacuum tube.

240. c. Comparatively these computers were cheaper, smaller, faster, wit-
energy consumption and heat production.
Example: Stretch, LARC.
3. Third Generation Computers (1965-1975):
a. It used Integrated Circuits (ICs).
b. ICs were invented by Jack Kilby.
c. IC is smaller than transistor but works thousands time more
transistor.
d. Comparatively these computers were more cheaper, smaller, faster,
less energy consumption and heat production.
Example: IBM 360, Honeywall 6000 series, TDC-316 etc..
4. Fourth Generation Computers (1975 Onward):
■* a. It used Microprocessors.
b. Today microprocessor computers are used.
c. They are smaller, portable, reliable, and cheaper.
Example: IBM, 4341, STAR 1000 etc.
5. Fifth Generation Computers (Future):
a. It uses Artificial Intelligence and still underdevelopment.
b. It is very much faster and reliable.
c. It accept instruction through voice messages, it recognize objects
images and weather forecast.
Example: Robots.

PES OF COMPUTING DEVICES Analog Devices:
a. It process analog data. Analog data has continuous values.
b. It measure quantities like length, weight, and time.
Example: Analog clock, watches, weighing scale, and thermometer.
Digital Devices:
a. It process digital data. Digital data has discrete values.

241. b. Most computers are also digital devices.
Example: Digital clock, digital watches, calculator.
Hybrid Devices: Mixture of analog and digital devices is hybrid devices. PES OF COMPUTERS ACCORDING
TO SIZE Supercomputers:
a. Most complex computers with high computing calculation and speed.
b. They need special Air Conditioned rooms.
c. These are used by automotive car engineer, by aeroplane designers, for oil
exploration and manage large departmental stores.
Mainframe Computers:
a. These are large & expensive with powerful processors and large memory.
b. Mostly used in banks, airlines, and universities.
c. Hundreds of users can work on mainframe computers at same time.
The Mini Computers:
a. These are smaller and cheaper than mainframe computers.
b. Mostly used by medium or large sized business, college and libraries.
c. Fewer people can work on mini computers than mainframe computers.
d. Nowadays mini computers have been replaced by microcomputers.
The Micro Computers:
a. These are smaller and cheaper than mini computers.
b. Used by small business, schools or homes.
c. These are single users and called desktop or personal computers.
SOFTWARE
Set of programs that make the computer useful system. There are following two types of software:
System Software or Operating System: It consists of programs that help a computer perform routine
tasks such as starting up, shutting down, and saving files. Application Software: It consists of programs
that allow a computer to do special tasks i.e. MS Word or computer games etc.

242. - - 8] Computer Technology

191

Keyboard: It is used to enter data (alphabetic, numeric) with keys into computer. [1 has 104 keys.
Mouse: It is a pointing device that controls pointer on screen,
, * »
Microphone: It is used to enter voice into computer. Scanner: It reads printed text and graphics and
converts into distal form. Digital Camera: It is used to take photos. IT DEVICES
Devices used to display computer data or informa' n are called Output Devices. 3asic output devices are:
Monitor: It is used to display text, graphics and video output.
Printer: It is used to display printed output on paper.
Speaker: It is used to hear sound, music and voice outputs.
Storage Devices: These are used to store data permanently e.g. Hard disk, floppy disk, CD-ROM drives
etc.
MEMORY OR PRIMARY STORAGE
ft is located on the CPU. It stores data and instructions that help the computer to work properly. There
are 2 types of main memory i.e. RAM & ROM.
Random Access Memory (RAM): It stores information temporarily. Information on RAM can be accessed
very quickly, added, changed, or deleted any time. It is a volatile memory. Information on RAM is
deleted when the computer is powered off (volatile).
Read Only Memory (ROM): It is permanent or non-volatile memory. Information stored on ROM cannot
be changed easily. This information helps the computer to work properly. It tells the computer how to
startup, upload the perating software and shut down.

A bus is a circuit that links the CPU with peripheral devices. There are following 3 types of buses:
Address Bus: It carries information about the location on RAM or ROM where data is to be stored.
Data Bus: It carries raw data to the processor and processed information from the processor.
Control Bus: It carries commands from the CPU to different devices and inform the CPU about those
devices.
WR INTERFACE

243. It is the way of communication between the user and computer. There are mainly two types of user
interface:



Webcam: It is a camera connected directly to the computer to feed video or images into computer. It
can also be used to contact live on the computer via internet with the people living farthest.
Voice Recognition Systems: These are software or systems used to give oral / voice commands to a
computer by using microphone. Usually surgeons, pilots or drivers whose hands are occupied use it.
Sensors: A sensor measures changes in temperature, pressure or light and sends it to computer.
Computer after analyzing the reading if it exceeds normal range, sends signal to operate heater, air-
conditioner or an alarm etc. Radio-Frequency Identification (RFID) is also a sensor used technology
which helps to track objects that have RFID chips attached to them. These chips contain stored
information and can be read from distance using wireless technology.
E-Book Reader: It is an electronic device used for electronic book reading. It is hand-held, book-sized
device that display text and graphics. E-book readers are used to read newspapers, magazines, and
books. Most of the material is downloaded from internet. A tablet computer can also be used to read e-
books.
High Definition Television (HDTV): HDTV applies computer technology to television. It is also called
PC/TV. These provide more clearer image than ordinary TV sets. HDTV helps to create images from
videos. Images can be edited, digitized, and stored on disk.
Speech Synthesizer: It is software that produces artificial human voice. It can be used by blind people to
read documents. It can also be used to teach a child to spell through educational games.
Smart Card: It stores data on a thin, embedded microprocessor. It can store music, videos, images and
books.
SD (Secure Digital) Memory Card: They store data in gigabytes. These are small, light and portable. They
are mostly used in portable devices such as laptops, mobile phones, digital camera or tablet computers.
USB Drive / Pen Drive / Flash Drive: It is a small or light, portable device used for back up storage. It is
inserted into USB drive of computer to store or transfer data.
Pointing Devices: These devices allow user to indicate the function to be performed by controlling the
movement of a pointer on screen. These include:
a. Mouse
b. Touch Pad
c. Touch Screen
d. Joystick

244. e. Light Pen


\}v>V\.Y*o. ^>

MISCELLANEOUS

1. Device that made science fiction a reality - Compute:
2. Data is fed into computer by converting first into - Binary Codes
3. Number system followed by 32-bit computer - Binary system
4. Every information on computer is stored in form - 0s and 1 s
5. Binary language CI>IIM>.IN of digits -2(0,1)
6. No. of values in a bit -One
7. Bit is also called- Binary Digit
8. Bit is represented by the values -0& 1
9. Bit can have either the value of 0 or - 1
10. Smallest unit of information on computer -Bit
11. 4 Bits - 1 Nibble
12. 8 Bits - 1 Byte
13. 16 Bits or 2 Bytes - 1 Word
14. 1024 Byte - 1 Kilobyte
15. 1024 Kilobyte - 1 Megabyte
16. 1024 Megabyte - 1 Gigabyte
17. 1024 Gigabyte - 1 Terabyte
18. Group of four binary digits - Nibble
19. Approximately 1 Million Byte - 1 MB
20. Approximately one billion bytes- 1 Gigabyte
21. Father of modern digital computer - Charles Babbage
22. Father of Internet - Vint Cerf

245. 23. Software application to access internet sites - Web Browser
24. A huge, worldwide network of computer - Internet
25. Global library is - Internet
26. U.S Defense Department originated internet - 1960
27. Links of millions of smaller computer networks worldwide - Internet
28. Two or more computers linked together by cable - Network
29. First computer programmer - Lady Ada Lovelace
30. Name of first computer - Difference Engine
31. First general purpose computer was - ENIAC
32. World's first microprocessor - Intel 4004
33. First web based E-Mail service - Hotmail
34. First Laptop Computer -IBM 5100, 1975
35. First Personal Computer - The Altair
36. First calculator/ Computer - Abacus
37. Abacus is also called - Difference Engine

Old device use beads in wires to add or subtract
Chinese used Abacus in
Strip of card with holes punched on it
Punched cards were used to give instruction to
Computers are classified by size
Computer measures continuous value
Computer measures discrete value
Laptop computers also called
Laptop computers are more expensive than
Computers supported with batteries
A set of instruction means
Computer part which can be physically touch
Computer part which cannot be physically touch

246. Physical parts of computer are called
Software assist computer perform instruction
World largest PC software company
Chairman of Microsoft
Computer Operating System of Microsoft
Actual machine of computer is commonly known
Tangible devices of computers are called
Programs run on computer commonly known as
Most common type of operating system
Two broad categories of software
Window operating system was developed in
Collection of simple facts is called
Collection of organized facts is called
MS Excel program is best for
MS Word program is best for
Scroll bar is used for
Task Bar "is a horizontal bar at the
Bar that displays name of opened file
Bar allow to view different areas of large window
Keyboard use embossed characters
Braille Keyboards are used for
Mouse for physically handicapped people
Unit of frequency
Unit of resistance
Path of an electric current
Data travels in computer along the
Device oppose flow of electric current
Workspace where important tools are located

247. - Abacus
- 1200 CE - Punched Card
- Computer
- 4 groups
- Analog Computer
- Digital Computer - Notebook computers
- Desktop computers
- Laptops - Software
- Hardware
- Software
- Hardware
- System Software
- Microsoft
- Bill Gates
- Windows
- Hardware
- Hardware
- Software
- System Software -System &Application
- 1985
- Data

- Information
- Calculations
- Letters
- Page adjustment
- Bottom of desktop
- Title Bar - Scroll Bar
- Braille Keyboards

248. - Visually Impaired
- Mows
- Hertz -Ohm
- Circuit
- Circuit

- Resister
- Desktop


196 CRUX of Special Education
79. On start up of computer, first screen page appear - Desktop
80. All the programs and files listed for user in - Start Menu
81. Area display time, date and volume setting - Notification Area
82. Option provides information about drives - My Computer
83. A driver is a part of computer - Memor-
84. Recycle Bin displays all the - Deleted Files
85. Maximize, minimize buttons used to change the- Size of the window
86. USB drive store more data than —— -Optical Storage Devices
87. Magnetic Storage disk of thin plastic - Floppy disk
88. An electric carries charge - Negative
89. Tube behind TV screen -CRT
90. Computer uorks like - Human Brair
91. Speed of printer is measured in -PPV
92. Speed of Dot-Matrix printer is measured in -Character per seconc
93. Speed of line printer is measured in - Line Per Minute
94. Dot-Matrix Printer is also called - Character Prime -
95. Drum Printers and Chain Printers were - Line Printer
96. All the output printer on paper is called - Hard Cop

249. 97. Printer uses light to transfer image on paper - Laser Prime -
98. Dot Matrix Printers are - Impact Printer;
99. Number of computer screen pixel determine - Resolutic -
100. Pointing device - MOUS:
101. Memory need current to sustain its contents - Volatile Mem.: i
102. Two types of RAM chips- Dynamic & Static
103. Most successful computing device of ancient - Abac.
104. Device convert sound waves into electrical wave - Microphcr:
105. Device =measure small amount of current - Galvanome.r
106. Instrument used to measure electrical voltage - Voltmeta
107. Instrument maintains constant voltage - Stabilizes
108. Device use to increase or decrease electric voltage - Transform
109. Magnetic tape records video & audio - Video Ta:.
110. Index of files on a disc - Direct
111. Multifunctional microprocessor - Smart c:
112. Robot is a machine directed by - Compt :
113. Robot resembles humans - Andr: .
114. COBOL & BASIC are -Computer Langua:;:
115. First page of website called - Home Pa.
116. Nickname of IBM -BigBh*
117. Person spends too much time in front of computer - Mouse Po: a
118. Pressing Ctrl + Alt + Del is called - Three Finger Sa..
119. Online Journals and Diaries -Bin



120. Motto of Wikipedia
121. Tagline of Google
122. World Computer Literacy Day

250. 123. A popular social networking site
124. Predecessor of Facebook
125. Meant by CC in Email
126. BASIC, Pascal, C++, FORTRAN
127. Program allow user to find &view web pages
128. Graphic images/symbols represent applications
129. Processor speed is measured in
130. Automatic drawing input device
131. A device that scans/copy object into computer
132. Device use to scan picture and put in digital form
133. RADAR works on the principle of
134. Device measure wavelength of radio waves
135. Instrument use to measure intensity of radiations
136. Instrument use to measure electrical voltage
137. Technology used in Compact Disc (CD)
138. A normal CD-ROM can store data
139. First Generation Computers were based on
140. Second Generation Computer based on
141. Third Generation Computer based on
142. Fourth Generation Computer based on
143. Single point on computer screen
144. Generation of computer is classified by
145. Computer components communicate with each other
146. RAM is a type of memory
147. Capacity of 3.5" Floppy Disk
148. A personal Computer is
149. Usually a keyboard has keys
150. Most important circuit board of computer
151. Major components of computers are installed on

251. 152. Actual processing in computer is done by
153. The brain of computer
154. Silicon chip contains the CPU
155. Devices outside the computers are called
156. Input and output devices of computer are also
157. Files and folders can be moved by using
158. Files and folders can be copied by using
159. Program used to create text-based documents
160. A spreadsheet contains information in

-Wisdom of mass principle
- Do not Evil
- 2 December

- Facebook
- Facemash
- Carbon Copy
- Program Languages
- Browser
- Icons
- Mega Hertz

- Scanner
- Scanner
- Scanner
- Echo
- Wavemeter
- Radiometer
- Voltmeter

252. - Laser
- 680 MB
- Vacuum Tubes
- Transistors - Integrated Circuits
- Microprocessors
- Pixel
-Processor & Memory -Through System Bus
- Volatile
- 1.44 MB
- Micro Computer
- 104
- Motherboard
- Motherboard
-CPU -CPU
- Microprocessor
- Peripherals
- Peripherals
- Cut/paste command -Copy/paste command
- Word Processor
- Rows and Columns


161. Mostly wide used word processor - MS Word
162. Most widely used spreadsheet software- MS Excel
163. Intersection of each row & column in MS Excel -Cell
164. Software enable user to create presentations - MS Power Point
165. Slides are prepared on program - MS Power Point
166. Animation is used to add motion to the - Pictures
167. Making changes to the text is - Editing

253. 168. Making changes to the appearance of document - Formatting
169. Process of starting a computer - Booting
170. Threatening through computer - Cyber Bulling
171. Doing two or more things at same time - Multitasking
172. Information given to audience help to understand topic - Presentation
173. Data in an organized and meaningful fashion - Information
174. Error removing procedure from computer program - Debugging
175. Process used by large retailers to study trends - Data mining
176. The way computers manipulate data into information - Processing
177. Sequence of instruction, a computer interpret & execute - Program
178. Spyware used for advertising - Adware
179. Short for favourite icon - Favicon
180. Browser shortcut to a frequently viewed Web page - Favourite
181. A copy of a file on a separate storage device - Backup
182. Program harmful to computer operation - Virus
183. Technology access your computer to steal data - Spyware
184. Crime committed on computer or internet - Cybercrime
185. Programmer who breaks computer system to steal data - Hacker
186. Unwanted e-mail box - Spam
187. Blinking line indicate your location on computer screen - Cursor
188. Processing power of computer is measure in - Nano Second
189. Technology used to build devices on extreme small scale -Nano
190. Computer works with the direction of - Human Being
191. Main characteristics of 5th generation computer -Artificial intelligence
192. Computer museum is situated in - Atlanta, USA
193. Atmosphere can be measure after bomb blast by - Super Computer
194. The most famous book seller on internet - Amazon
195. Highest number of internet users -China (2016)
196. Hard disk is a type of device - Storage device

254. 197. Fastest and most expensive computers - Supercomputers
198. Devices use to enter data into computer system- Input devices
199. Devices let you see processed information - Output devices
200. Application of computer system to gather legal evidence - Computer forensics


[CHAP - 9] Guidance

199






GUIDANCE

Sr# Topic
1 Nutshell of the Guidance
2 Guidance
3 Counseling
4 Career counseling
5 Ethical consideration of counseling
6 Miscellaneous


200

CRUX of Special Education

255. Nutshell of the Guidance

1. Literal meaning of guidance is - Show path/To direct
2. Help given by more experienced to less experience person - Guidance
3. Help students to understand themselves & their world - Guidance
4. Process to help children develop self-control - Guidance
5. Main purpose of guidance is to develop power of - Self Guidance
6. Ultimate aim of guidance is - Self direction
7. Guidance helps the students to - Help themselves
8. Guidance helps the students in their - School adjustment
9. Role of a teacher in guidance is merely a - Helper
10. Counselor helps students to resolve their problems - Themselves
11. Effective counseling depends on relationship b/w Counselor & Counselee
12. Orientation phase of guidance may be termed as - Group guidance
13. Case conference is a technique of - Group guidance
14. Case conference technique is used to develop - Group standards
15. Counseling is one of the service of - Guidance
16. Which is broad term; guidance or counseling? - Guidance
17. Guidance worker should view school curriculum as - A means to an enc
18. Idea of guidance consistent with philosophy build upon - Individual differences
19. Prevent conflicts from overwhelming child is purpose of - Guidance
20. Guidance got its start, a movement emphasizing- Vocational adjustmer
21. Student dropout is mostly occur, as school don't- Care student interes:
22. Research shows that student dropout is related to - Dissatisfaction with school
23. Guidance activities popular in all school levels Appraisal & orientatic:
24. In pre-school education, guidance focuses on - Child adjustmer
25. Father of Guidance - Frank Parsor.s
26. American Personal and Guidance Association - APGA

256. 27. American Counseling Association - ACA
28. In counseling, counselor should establish - Rapport with studen::
29. Developing relationship b/w counselor & client - Rappor.
30. Teacher should send guidance cases to - The counsel: -
31. In case conference all members are encouraged to Participate in discussicr
32. Adolescents adjustment improved by peers opinions - Social group guidance
33. Select higher learning institution that suits needs - & Student qualificat.: -

Nutshell of the Guidance

1. Literal meaning of guidance is - Show path/To direct
2. Help given by more experienced to less experience person - Guidance
3. Help students to understand themselves & their world - Guidance
4. Process to help children develop self-control - Guidance
5. Main purpose of guidance is to develop power of - Self Guidance
6. Ultimate aim of guidance is - Self direction
7. Guidance helps the students to - Help themselves
8. Guidance helps the students in their - School adjustment
9. Role of a teacher in guidance is merely a - Helper
10. Counselor helps students to resolve their problems - Themselves
11. Effective counseling depends on relationship b/w Counselor & Counselee
12. Orientation phase of guidance may be termed as - Group guidance
13. Case conference is a technique of - Group guidance
14. Case conference technique is used to develop - Group standards
15. Counseling is one of the service of - Guidance
16. Which is broad term; guidance or counseling? - Guidance
17. Guidance worker should view school curriculum as - A means to an end
18. Idea of guidance consistent with philosophy build upon - Individual differences
19. Prevent conflicts from overwhelming child is purpose of - Guidance

257. 20. Guidance got its start, a movement emphasizing- Vocational adjustmen:
21. Student dropout is mostly occur, as school don't- Care student interes:
22. Research shows that student dropout is related to - Dissatisfaction with school
23. Guidance activities popular in all school levels Appraisal & orientation
24. In pre-school education, guidance focuses on - Child adjustmei.:
25. Father of Guidance - Frank Parsor.i
26. American Personal and Guidance Association - APG.-
27. American Counseling Association -ACA
28. In counseling, counselor should establish - Rapport with students
29. Developing relationship b/w counselor & client - Rappor.
30. Teacher should send guidance cases to - The counsel::
31. In case conference all members are encouraged to Participate in discussion
32. Adolescents adjustment improved by peers opinions - Social group guidance
33. Select higher learning institution that suits needs - & Student qualification
Most detailed & satisfactory source of occupation for pupil- Occupational monograph
: 5 In occupational field trips, pupil be accompanied by -Teachers
56. Total no. of employees &seeking employment is-Labor force
37. Questionnaire, autobiography, study habit observation - Guidance instruments
B One not chosen by peers in sociogram is called - Isolate
39. In making a case summary, it is best to start with - Person's present status
40. Person's interests are influenced by - Past experiences In large high school, range of I.Q
would be - 70-140
-2. Heart of guidance is called -Counseling
43. Counselee substitutes the real problem is - Facade problem
44. 'Rapport' is synonymous with - Good working relations
- 5. Most important element in conduct of interview - Establish good rapport
46. Psychotherapeutic method of guidance encourage pupil - To solve problem at own
47. In non-directive counseling, counselor acts as a - Sounding board
48. Counselor dk^s>^\^^^&m§\o own ^ame system - Directive Counseling

258. 49. Counselor plays active role in - Directive counseling
50. Client is active and work at his own - Non-directive counseling
51. Client and counselor work cooperatively in - Eclectic Counseling
52. Directive counseling was presented by - Williamson
53. Non-directive counseling was presented by - Carl Roger
54. Eclectic counseling was presented by - Bordin
55. Other name of non-directive counseling- Person/client centered
56. Directive, Non-directive, Combined/Eclectic - 3 Counseling approaches
57. Counseling that is intellectual rather than emotional - Directive counseling
58. Counseling that is emotional rather than intellectual - Directive counseling
59. Client is dependent in - Directive counseling
60. Client is independent in- Non-Directive counseling
61. Counseling effectiveness can be judged through -Effectiveness of subsequent life
62. Responsibility of good guidance program lies on- School administrator
63. Service most neglected in school guidance program - Community surveys
64. Most frequently used technique for guidance evaluation- Questionnaire
65. Dream analysis is used in - Psychoanalysis
66. Attributing bad own qualities to others by client- Projection Unconscious thoughts are analyzed
in - Psychoanalysis
68. Psychotherapy is done to treat - Emotional upse
69. Play therapy emphasize physical activity upon - Emotic c
70. Emphasize, role of stories, authorship, language- Narrative Thera:
71. Belief that women voices are honored & valued - Feminist Thera:
72. Focuses learning, positive or negative reinforcement - Behavior Thera:
73. Focuses on family interactions & patterns - Family system thera:
74. Family is made up of independents individuals - Family system thera:
75. Focuses disputing illogical thinking - Cognitive behavior thera:
76. Other name of Adlerian Therapy - individual psycholc.
77. Emphasizes unconditional positive regard - Person centered thera

259. 78. Who presented person centered therapy - Carl Rog;-
79. Person centered therapy is synonymous to Client Centered Therap
80. Birth order is considered important in - Adlerian Therar.
81. Emphasize importance of self-talk & inner dialogue - Cognitive behavior thera:
82. Parental extra demands/criticism cause psychological disorders - Carl Re:.
83. If don't have love/acceptance in young age, you want it later - Carl Ro^e
84. Strive for success or superiority is force behind behavior- Adlerian Thee r
85. Value of human activity can be seen through social interest - Adlerian Thee -
86. Focuses on Freedom, Isolation, Death - Existential Thera-
87. We are free and responsible for our actions - Existential Thera:
88. Frequent cause of unfinished work is anger - Gestalt Thee -
89. Find meaning & purpose in every aspect of life - Logothera:
90. Founder of logotherapy- Victor Fra:
91. Anxiety is essential for growth - Existential Thera:
92. Non-directive reaction against psychoanalysis Person-centered thera:
93. Our 'power is in the present' related to - Gestalt The -
94. Nothing exists except 'Now' is related to- Gestalt The
95. Past has gone and the future has not yet arrived- Gestalt The
96. In Gestalt theory, feelings about past are unexpressed - Unfinished busk
97. Help client to become aware of his present experience - Gestalt Theraj
98. Behavioral therapy technique used treat phobias -Systematic sensitizat:
99. A rank-ordered list what client fear from least to greatest - Anxiety Hierarc:
100. Eliminating painful thoughts from awareness - Repress: x
101. 'Closing one's eye' to existing threat of reality - Den.i
102. Diverting sexual or aggressive energy into other channels - Sublimation
103. Viewing things as a whole not as a part - Holistic View
104. Deals with success/strength not deficits/limitation - Solution focused therapy
105. Guidance helps students to have good career and - Academic choice
106. Who introduced term 'Authoritarinism' - Fromm

260. 107. Technique used to prevent anxiety - Authoritarinism
108. Focuses on behavior that can be observed/measured - Behavior counseling
109. Patients learn to control their attention/thoughts - Cognitive counseling
110. Technique of free association is related to - Psychoanalytic Theory
111. Make unconscious conscious is the aim of - Psychoanalytic therapy
112. Id, ego & superego - Unconscious drives
113. Id is related to the - Pleasure principle
114. Ego is related to the -Mediator b/w pleasure & moral
:i5. Super Ego is related to - Moral & perfection
:i6. Most important concept in Freud's theory - Unconscious mind
".17. Freud's most controversial theory - Electra complex
118 Father of Reality therapy - William Glasser
:i9. Theory based on Choice- Reality theory
|20. Rational Emotive Behavior therapy presented by - Albert Ellis
pi. Actual event, Belief, Conclusion - A.B.C Approach
22. Approach used in Rational Emotive Behavior Therapy - A.B.C Approach
- - Change in a person when he contacts with another culture- Acculturation
24. Appraisal -Another term for assessment
25. Say whatever come to mind to reveal unconscious - Free Association
26. Advantageous relationship b/w 2 individuals - Symbiosis
.2,1. kctkms taken for self-benefit and interest - Egoism
128. Action taken for other's benefits - Altruism
129. Act of kindness that benefit others - Prosocial behavior
130. Father of Individual psychology - Adler
131. Restating client's message in own words by counselor - Paraphrasing
132. Manifest content of dreams Surface meaning of dream
133. Latent content of dreams Hidden meaning of dream
34. Talking about difficulties to eliminate emotions - Catharsis
35. Similar to catharsis in which violent emotion eliminatec I - Abreaction

261. 204 CRUX of Special Education
136. True feeling of counselor about the client feeling - Accurate empathy
137. Disfavor the advice giving - Rogerians
138. Describing internal thoughts &feeling by client - Introspection
139. Man hates boss but kicks dog is example of - Displacement
140. Sour grapes rationalization - Underrating a reward
141. Sweet lemon rationalization - Overrating a reward
142. Client refuses to follow counselor direction - Resistance
143. Effects openly express his feeling - Transference
144. Client express feelings under counselor's influence - Counter-transference
145. Frequency that a behavior is manifested before treatment - Baseline
146. Finding satisfaction in other people - Extroversion
147. Finding pleasure/satisfaction in own - Introversion
148. Adler belief that 'people wish to belong'- Social connectedness
149. Asking client to purposely engage in maladaptive behavior - Paradox
150. First therapist who relied on Paradox - Adler
151. Mask/role we show others to hide our true self - Persona
152. Attempt to Match client's traits with career - Minnesota viewpoin:
153. Respondent behaviors - Reflexes
154. Keeping client's information secret - Confidentialit}
155. High demands with high responsiveness- Authoritarian parenting
156. Low demands with high responsiveness - Permissive parenting
157. Low demands with low responsiveness - Involved parenting
158. Process through which child acquire cultural values - Socialization
159. Listening to what is said, then repeating it - Active listening
160. A result of a behavior - Consequenc E
161. Trait refers to - Abilities and interes::

262. 162. Good match b/w individual and work environment - Congruenc.
163. Inherited qualities that may limit career choices - Genetic endowmer.
164. Don't praise child without establishing - Eye coma;
165. Praise should be - Age appropria.:
166. Objective observation Observer state facts or
167. Subjective observation - Observer states his opinic
168. A person who uses moral principles - Moral idejrq
169. Behavior changes on change of social environment - Social learning the




















II II II II II II

263. II



H

170. Token and praise are components of theory - Social learning theory
171. Verbal or non-verbal actions, children imitate - Modeling
172. Best and fastest way to regain control - Take a deep breathe
!73. Knowing self-actions - Self conscious
174. How one acts or reaction to everyday situations- Temperament
175. Must match age and stage of child development-Guidance & discipline approach
176. Good things one thinks about himself -Self labels
177. How long does child takes to get use to do tasks - 6 Months
178. Employees hates job, feels exhausted &unsatisfied -Vocational Burnout
179. Nature of guidance is - Open
180. Nature of counseling is - Private/confidential
181. Counseling is done in - Professional setting
182. Trained professional/experts are needed in - Counseling
183. Types of guidance by method -Individual & group guidance
184. Helping a single person to resolve his problem - Individual guidance
185. Helping a group of persons to resolve problem - Group guidance
186. Knowing about how to find and apply for a job - Career literacy
187. Client that require minimum support - Information level clients
188. Client that require average support - Instruction level clients
189. Client that require extensive support - Advocacy level clients
190. Group discussion, problem solving, role play - Group guidance techniques
191. Hesitation to get help of others - Counter Will
192. Identify /assess problem is the role of counselor- Diagnostic

264. 193. Providing solution to problem is counselor role - Therapeutic
194. Finding difference b/w job demands and own skills - Discrepancy analysis
195. Minimal level of professional practices by counselor - Mandatory Ethics
196. Highest level of professional practices by counselor- Aspirational Ethics
197. Trying to do their best with clients by counselor - Positive Ethics
198. Confidentiality & client welfare is protected by - Ethical codes
199. Confidentiality is broken if child sexually abused- Under age 18
200. Hurting or humiliating repeatedly others - Bullying
101. Who presented Systematic desensitization - Joseph Wolpe
202. Ethical codes for counseling was prepared by - ACA & APA
- - American Psychological Association - APA.
:.4. Rights of counselor are protected by - Ethical codes
205. Placing client at jobsite to observe practical work - Job Shadowing
Guidance
Types of Guidance by Method:
1. Individual Guidance: Only single person's problem is discussed anc resolved by intend wing
him/her separately e.g. career counseling, financial planning, psychological advice.
2. Group Guidance: Learners with similar problems are grouped together and their problems are
discussed and resolved in group.
Types of Guidance by Purpose:
1. Personal Guidance
2. Educational Guidance
3. Vocational Guidance
4. Social & Moral Guidance
5. Health Guidance
6. Leisure Time guidance
Principles of Guidance:
1. Holistic (complete) development of child
2. Recognition of individual differences and dignity

265. 3. Acceptance of individual needs and rights (freedom, respect etc.)
4. A person needs continuous guidance from birth to adulthood
5. Guidance involves using skills to communicate, love, regard, respect : other
Scope / Importance of Guidance:

1. Self-understanding and problem solving
2. Optimum development of individual
3. Academic growth
4. Vocational development
5. Social development
6. Moral/emotional development
7. National Development
8. Good citizenship
9. Better family life
10. Appropriate use of human resources
Educational Guidance:
1. Maximize student's academic achievement
2. Minimize student's educational problems
3. Helps to control absenteeism and dropout of students
4. Helps in subject selection
5. Helps in career choices
6. Helps the child to understand himself
7. Helps child to adjust in school and follow rules
8. Identify individual differences and children with special needs
9. Diagnose learning difficulties and help to overcome them
10. Helps students in further education
Components / Organization of Group Guidance:
1. Need assessment: Problem of group members is assessed by questionnaire, checklist etc.

266. 2. Determining Size, Time and Venue for Group Activities: Appropriate group size, time and venue
are selected.
3. Member selection & Role specification: Members (students) are selected and roles are assigned
/ communicated.
4. Orientation of Members: Basic information/group goals are shared and clarified.
5. Monitoring of activities/Outcome evaluation: Common group activities are class talk, career talk.
Group activities are monitored and evaluation is made.
" chniques of Group Guidance:
1. Group Discussion: Group discussion can be held among students and by healthy discussion,
guidance can be provided.
2. Problem Solving: Giving a problem to students to find a solution and guiding them in resolving
the problem.
3. Role Play: Different role play activities can be arranged related to the problem and solution of
the problem should be displayed.
: vantages of Group Guidance:
1. Inspires learning and understanding from other students
3. Improvement of student attitude and behavior
4. Awareness about unrecognized needs and problems of students
5. Positive interdependence
6. Cooperation
Counseling
1. It is a process that occurs between two individuals i.e. counselor & counselee.
2. It takes places in a professional / clinical setting.
3. It is conducted by professionally trained people (counselor).
4. It helps an individual to become happier more creative &better adjustr-. e.
5. It is process in which a troubled person is helped to tell and behave more openly in a more
satisfying manner.
Principles of Counseling:

1. Face to face relationship between 2 persons.
2. Emotional rather than purely intellectual attitude.

267. 3. More than advice giving.
4. Involves solution of immediate problems.
5. Warmth (counselor behavior)
6. Acceptance (not criticize)
7. Genuineness (hones with client)
8. Empathy (feeling like client)

I c tivities of Counseling:
1. Informing: Counselor provides correct information.
2. Advising: Counselor suggests services/courses/option according to client interest and
recommends one related to client interest.
3. Counseling: Counselor helps students to clarify his needs, interests, motivation and make
appropriate decision himself (client).
a ges of Counseling:
1. First Stage - Initial Disclosure
Client hesitates to share information. Counselor deals gently with care and love. He uses clear language
and effective methods to get information.
2. Second Stage -Indepth Exploration
When some hesitation gone, client feels well, then counselor starts discussing the benefits of counseling
and shares solutions of problem. When client feels more easy and comfortable, then more indepth
information is taken.
3. Third Stage - Commitment to Action
On the basis of information got previously, selecting a suitable solution of the problem from the
alternatives. * inctions of Counseling:
1. Adjustmental Function: Adjustment in modern challenging world e.g. home, school, community
or job adjustment etc.
2. Oriental Function: Introducing/creating awareness about the current sources, issues, problems.
Awareness about technical or family life.
3. Developmental Functions: Enable to solve practical / developmental problems of the life e.g.
individual, social, national / civic roles.
\ipects of Counseling:
1. Readiness - Getting mentally or physically ready for counseling

268. 2. Counter Will - Hesitate to get the help of others
3. Rapport - Development relationship b/w counselor & client
4. Case History - Sharing past and present information/problems
5. Transference - Client openly express his feelings
6. Countertransference- Client express feelings under counselor's influence
7. Resistance - Clientresistscounselor in achieving his goals 3 - cess of Counseling:

1. Identify the need for counseling/objectives
2. Statement of expected outcomes
3. Strategies to achieve outcomes
4. Conducting the counseling
5. Evaluation
6. Follow-Up Characteristics of Effective Counseling:
1. Purpose 1. ¥\exft>\Yrty
3. Respect
4. Communication
5. Support
Characteristics of a Counselor:
1. Good Listening Skills
1) Use of minimal prompts (head nod, yes/no etc.)
2) SOLER (Sit Squarely, Openness, Leaning, Eye contact, Relax)
2. Considering Listening Aspects
1) Linguistic Aspects - Words, phrases
2) Paralinguistic Aspects - Timing, volume, tone, pitch, fluency
3) Non-verbal Aspects- Touch, facial expressions, body position
3. Considering Listening Blocks(APCODE)
1) Attraction- Focus on problem rather than appearance of client
2) Physical Condition - Consider attention, fatigue, weakness of clier.
3) Concerns - Consider client's concerns

269. 4) Over-Eagerness - Don't hurry, move step-wise
5) Differences - Considering client and counselor differences
6) Empathy - Feeling like client
4. Effective Listening
1) Attention
2) Avoidance of interpretations
3) Short and concrete talk

5. Use of clear language
6. Clarify ambiguities
7. Restating the words (counselor restate the words of client)
8. Summarizing the concept
Responsibilities of a Counselor:
1. Diagnostic -Identify the problems
2. Therapeutic -Providing solution of the problems
3. Evaluation & Research-Research of different issues/problems
Specific Functions of Counselor:
1. Orientation of students
2. Student appraisal (evaluation)
3. Educational & occupational information services
4. Holding counseling interviews
5. Placement of students in classes or activities
6. Design & initiate career development program
7. Research and evaluation
: les of School Counselor:
1. Provision of safe environment that foster success emotionally, academically, socially, and
physically.
2. Mental Health Expert in the school
3. Student Advocate

270. 4. , Appraisal
5. Counseling
6. Guidance curriculum
7. Consultation nditions Influencing Counseling:

1. Environmental setting - Air, light, safety/security of client
2. Privacy - Keeping client information secret
3. Record Keeping - Client name, phone, address, problem etc.
4. Legal Status of Minors- Involving guardians of clients below 18 years old in counseling session.
Types of Clients by Intervention Needs
1. Information Level Clients- Require minimum support
2. Instruction Level Clients - Require average support
3. Advocac\ Level Clients - Require extensive/continuous support
~ests used for Counseling.
1. Intelligence Tests
2. Interest inventories
3. Aptitude tests
4. Achievement tests
5. Attitude scales
6. Personality tests
7. Sociometric techniques
8. Case study
9. Observation
10. Interview
11. Home Autobiography
12. Questionnaire

212

271. CRUX of Special Education

Career Counseling
What is Career Counseling?
1. Counselor helps the client in selection ofjob/career that is more suitable to client according to
his needs, strengths and weakness.
2. Career counseling helps client in job searching, job maintenance, effective communication and
decision making.
3. Career counselor, teachers & parents can help client for career counseling.
4. Career counseling can occur in school, rehabilitation agencies, private counselor office,
employment agencies, libraries etc.
Career Selection Booklets/Guides: Different books containing lists of different careen are used to select
career according to interest or choice of client.
1. Dictionary of Occupational Titles (DOT).
It is most comprehensive listing of jobs in USA with 20,000 jobs.
2. Guide for Occupational Exploration (GOE):
It has different categories of jobs according to different interests.
3. Occupational Outlook Handbook (OOH):
It has a list of only 250 occupations.
Completion of Job Analysis Form:
First the occupation list is provided to the student and he is asked to select the occupations he likes
most. Then job analysis form is given for filling which include name, date, job title, code, major code of
job, qualification required, major duties, and of companies offering the job with their phone no. of
employers and address etc.
Job Shadowing: Client issent in the market at job site and he learns the job by observ;-, the people doing
work practically.
Placement in Voluntary job:
Clientwith poor job skills is placed at job site to perform the job voluntar improve the skills.
Discrepancy Analysis:
Analyzing differences between the demands of job and own skills -
client.
Job Seeking Skills:

272. 1. Find job openings / advertisement
2. Developing a CV
3. Writing an application to firm

CHAP - 9] Guidance

213

4. Portfolio (academic documents etc.)
5. Appointment Setting
6. Pre-Interviewing (Preparation for interview with information/skills)
7. Interviewing (dress, language, body movement, introduction etc.)
8. Follow up (After interview contacting company to know the selection) b Maintenance Skills:

1. Meeting the employers expectations
2. Developing work habits
3. Working hard
4. Problem solving
5. Evaluation by others i'olland's Career Typology:
Personalities fall into 6 categories, certain careers suit certain personalities:
1. Realistic
2. Investigative
3. Artist
4. Social
5. Enterprising
6. Conventional ocational Burnout:
Employee hates doing the job, feels unsatisfied, no satisfaction, extremely :\hausted, feels asleep.
Tareer Literacy:

273. Students must know how to find and apply for job, create effective job supportive I ;:euments, readiness
for interview etc.
Ethical Consideration in Counseling
Ethical rules for counseling have been prepared by American Counselin Association (ACA) & American
Psychological Association (APA).Ethical codes/rule protect an association from govt, to:
1. Control internal disagreement
2. Protect practitioners (counselors) from public
3. Protect client rights
Role of Ethical Codes/Rules
1. Ethical rules guide counselor what he can do & what not
2. Consider the client welfare
3. Information exchange about counseling procedure with client
4. Confidentiality of the information of client
5. Avoidance of sexual relationship
Breaking Confidentiality: It can be broken if:
1. A child is underage 18 sexually abused
2. A matter in court
3. When client need hospitalization
4. Malpractice
5. Counselor unable to provide service properly
Ethical principles of counseling:
1. Autonomy - Respect client's independence
2. Normaleficence- Don't harm the client
3. Beneficence- Benefit the client
4. Justice - Be fair to client
5. Fidelity - Be faithful to client
6. Veracity - Be truthful with client
Unethical Behavior of Counselor: (UNESCO, 2000)
1. Incompetency of counselor

274. 2. Lack of integrity
3. Violating confidence
4. Exceeding level of professional competence
5. Imposing values on clients
6. Improper advertisement
7. Charging fee from free entitled



: -AP - 9] Guidance

215


Miscellaneous
Reduction Techniques:
1. Deep breathing
2. Physical activities
3. Relaxation Tapes
4. Positive self-image
5. Positive self-talk
6. Relaxation
7. Empathy cervention Levels:

1. Primary Intervention: Preventing problems from occurring.
2. Secondary Intervention: Reverse harm from exposure to risk factors.
3. Tertiary Intervention: Reduce harm from severely involved individuals, ing:
A form of aggression in which child intends to humiliate or hurt the victim. Bully ! hurting the victim and
victim feels oppressed. It can be verbal, physical or ©logical.

275. a! Consequences:
Experiences that are deliberately set up by an adult to show what will happen if a is violated.
idual Planning:
Broad collection of guidance and counseling activities designed to help all -ers develop their own
educational plans and career objectives.
£r:itive-Behavior Therapy:
Client reasons of his bad behavior and try to find solution to resolve it. atic Desensitizatioa:
It refers to lessening/weakening one's anxiety to stimuli through gradual exoosure it. It was developed
by Joseph Wolpe.
I cial Skills Training:
Behavior therapy technique improves interpersonal skills that emphasize shaping, modeling, and
behavioral rehearsal.
Flooding:
Behavior therapy technique which arranges extensive exposure to stimuli that evokes high anxiety
withoutlihe opportunity to avoid them.

Guidance Vs Counseling:

Guidance

Counseling

1. Broader and comprehensive
2. Has many aspects
3. Usually deals with educational & vocational issues
4. Deals with intellectual attitudes
5. May be given in any normal setup
6. May be given by any one (teacher, parents, peers, SMS, internet, TV etc.)
7. Preventive in nature
8. Guidance discover potential.

276. 9. Open
10. For all
11. Usually done in school & colleges

1. Narrow and in-depth
2. One of the aspects of guidance
3. Usually deals with personal ai social issues
4. Usually deals with emotioni attitudes
5. Requires special setup room
6. Only given by trained counselor

7. Remedial in nature
8. Counseling helps a person to tab a decision to resolve his/ha problem.
9. Private and confidential
10. Only for those who are disturbs: or sad
11. Usually outside educational setup










EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT

277. Sr # Topic

1 Nutshell of Educational Leadership
2 Registers
3 Leave Rules
4 Auction of Stores Rules
5 Audit Rules
6 Pension Rules
7 TA/DA Rules
8 Benevolent Fund Rules
9 GP Fund Rules
10 PIFRA Rules
11 PEEF Rules
12 PEEDA Act 2006
13 Theories of Management
14 Theories of Leadership
15 Miscellaneous
16 Abbreviations
Nutshell of Educational Leadership & Management
1. Daanish schools established by - Punjab Govt., 20
2. First Daanish school started working in - Rahim Yar Khan, 20
3. Free, innovative education to people is given in - Danish Schoc
4. Daanish schools have been established in - Backward Area
5. DTEs are appointed by - DSI
6. DTEs evaluate the teacher & student progress - On monthly
7. Monitoring of schools done in Punjab is by - Monitoring Tea-
8. Retired armed forces employees are hired for - Monitoring Tear

278. 9. Each school has its unique code in Punjab - EMIS Cc : i
10. EMIS Code helps to provide necessary data - About particular sch:
11. DSD is located in - Wahdat Colony, Lab: i
12. DSD was established in -195!
13. Old name of DSD is - Education Extension Centoi
14. Purpose of DSD -Teacher Edu.& Train
15. Basic Education Community School (BESC)project
16. Old name of BESC project -Non-Formal Basic Educa:
17. For Kids care of women employee govt, establish - Day Care Cent:
18. PEEDA Act was established by Musharraf Govt .- 2
19. PITE&GCETs given under control of DSD in -20>
20. Punjab Govt, merged PITE with DSD in - 2'/:■
21. Protection against woman harassment workplace Act - Promogulated 2
22. Punjab women empowerment package started - 2 .
23. Punjab Transparency & Right to Information Act-2
24. E-Learn Punjab Project launched in - 2 -
25. Parho Punjab, Barho Punjab Slogan started in - 2C
26. Purpose of E-Learn Punjab - Online textbook provi s:x
27. PESRP was started in Punjab in - 2:
28. PESRP was started with the cooperation of - World Bai
29. Purpose of PESRP - Education Improveirer
30. Estacode presently observed - Estacode 2
31. Estacode is pertaining to rules of - Civil Sen
32. Cash book should be written on - Daily Bis
33. All entries of cash book are initiated by - DDI
34. Cash received is entered in cashbook in - Firs: _-
35. Payment made is entered in cashbook in - Second ? ar
36. Staff pay &allowances is collectively written in - Cash E
37. Which efficiency is difficult to evaluate - Educational Effic::

279. Going beyond man's knowledge- Transcendalism
Set of activities employed by teacher to enhance student learning- Instruction
Ability to think and solve problems - Intelligence
Generally primary school timing is - 5-6 hours
External exam of class 5th& 8lhis taken by - Punjab Exam Commission
Punjab Govt, provide scholarship to school girls in -15 districts
Punjab Govt, increased primary teacher scale -7 to 9
Punjab Govt, increased elementary teacher scale -9 to 14
Group Insurance (GI) is paid on the - Death of Employee
GI is paid to the family or - Nominated Heirs
GI is paid if employee dies within 5 years of - Retirement
Scale of GazzettedStaff -BS-16& Above
Scale of Non-GazzettedStaff -BS-1 to 15
GazzettedStaff of BS-16 & Above called - Officer
Non-GazzettedStaff BS-1 to 15 called - Official
What is superannuation- Age of Retirement
Age of superannuation - 60 Years
Pension granted at the age of 60 Years - Superannuation
Annual Increment is given - 1st December
Annual increment cannot granted for period less than - 6 Months
ACR cannot be initiated for period less than - 3 Months
ACR is written annually at the end of month - December
Choice made between two or more alternatives- Decision
Micro Planning is done at management level - Middle & Lower level
IK doping alternative is a step of- Decision Making
An estimation of income and expenditure - Budgeting
Wastage of resources, time, &work prevented by - Budgeting
Main types of budget -Development & non-development
Pay and Allowances are part of budget - Non-Development Budget

280. Budget for constructing new building, classroom- Development Budget
Additional budget allocated after regular budget - Supplementary Budget
About 90% budget is expended on - Recurring (salaries)
Budget used for SNE - Non-Permanent
Types of SNE - 2 (New + Continued)
SNE use to create new posts&recurring expenditure - SNE New (Fresh)
Process of SNE (New / Fresh) started after -Completion ofPC-IV
New building handed over to deptt after -Completion ofPC-IV
Prescribed proforma used for preparation of SNE -BM-16

76. 77. 78. 79. 80. 81. 82. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88. 89. 90. 91. 92. 93. 94. 95. 96. 97







4.



J8 09. 10.
1.
2.
3.


Audit

281. -Oct. -Febri - Surre: -Ex -B.\
-Reconciliation Re -Through SC -Account O; - Concerned E - BN
- Contigent Expend:
- District Account O: -Appropria
-Misappropri; Re-appropri;
- Prineiple/Headm; - 1st July to 30th.
- 1st April to 31 M - 1st January to 31 Dece:
- Muharram to Zulrr
■Superior Knowledge & P;
• - Dictate-! - Mutual Sh - Non-Interfe*
Sanction of particular SNE is called Types of Excess & Surrender report First Excess & Surrender report is
submitted Second Excess & Surrender report is submitted Budget over the expenditure which is
returned Budget under the expenditure required more Prescribed proforma used for excess & surrender
Statement of Monthly Expenditure (SOME) called Monthly expenditure verified from account office
SOME is sent by DDO for verification to office Errors in the SOME are corrected by concerned Prescribed
proforma used for SOME Non-development expenditure other than salaries Office that controls the
district accounting work Fund allotment within limits of unit of appropriation Fund allotment out of
limits of unit of appropriation Fund transfer from 1 unit of appropriation to another Usually supervision
is carried out in school by Period of Financial Year Period of Academic Year Solar Calendar Year Lunar
Calendar Year No. of days in Solar Calendar No. of days in Lunar Calendar Literal meaning of supervision
Authoritative administration is based on Democratic administration is based on
;so<"T Faire administration is based on
Functions of educational administration -Instructional & Non-Instructional T
School policy should be determined by - Citizens and Te
Basic purpose of supervision is the - Student Effective leai
-PPRA
-PPRA -PPRA
- Time
- Time I
District govt, cannot create or abolish the Rules for procurement of goods, works & service PPRA Rules
were introduced first in
Rule improve transparency, accountability of public purchase Rules made purchase of public goods
transparent Sparkplug of the school is Mirror of School is

282. Time table ■ f a school depends on Successful A. N\ stematic school-work depends Job specification
means Other name of Compulsory Retirement First step of administration Efficiently getting work done
through people Chairperson of School Management Council Space required classroom in elementary
school Space required classroom in secondary school Least distance for which TA can be availed Funds
are received from the Teacher belongs to Department Head of institution belongs to Department Stock
annually checked &physically verified On absent without leave, boy name shall be struck off On absent
without leave, girl name shall be struck off An element of fear and anxiety is found in School
administration can be best judged through Change agent in the world Devolution of power has given
edu. responsibility District Govt, is responsible for education since District Govt, is responsible for
education upto Higher Secondary School manages the classes of School management council is an
example of Staff Development means Capacity Building of Staff means District Education Authority DEA
is being established under Class IV servants hired by distt. Govt, with Teachers are recruited by the Free
textbooks are provided to students upto class Books are provided by the govt. Creating greatest output
by minimum amount of input Produce desired result with minimum time wastage & skills Degree to
which objectives are achieved Capability of achieving desired results Support young in physical, mental
& spiritual development Challan Form used for recovery of payment Income Tax deducted from govt,
servant pay if it exceed

- 30th June -6 consecutive days -10 consecutive days -Inspection -Student Performance
- Teacher -District Govt.
- 14-08-2001
- College Level
- FA/F.Sc - Decentralization
- Staff Training
- Staff Training -DEA
-Devolution Plan 2001
- Politicians Quota
- District Govt. - Matric
- Provincial Govt. - Efficiency -Efficiency
-Effectiveness -Effectiveness
- Scouting -32-A
- 4 Lacs annually

283. 222

CRUX of Special Educatic

153. On transfer. Last Payment Certificate (LPC) issued by
154. Form used to start or stop pay & allowances
155. Previous payment required to be paid to servants
156. DDO Account of school is opened in the
157. Amount deposited in DDO Account is distributed by
158. Who manages cash flow into or out of govt, treasury
159. Payment made to govt, treasury (additional pay etc.)
160. Receipt Figure PaymenUs made through
161. Receipt Figure payment is verified from
162. Detail of vacant & occupied posts called
- Good Govern.. -3 to 5 Ya - CAR -CA? - Regulation V
163. Detail of staff working in the institution called
■ 164. Punjab Contract Recruitment Policy was issued in
165. Purpose of contract recruitment is to achieve
166. Period of initial contract appointment is
167. Contract Appointment Regulation Committee stand for
168. Who decide that a post be filled on contract or regular
169. CARC belongs to
170. Quota for Disabled in recruitment
171 Quota for Women in recruitment
172. Qiu'id tor children of servantsBS-1 to 5 in recruitment
173. I sually recruitment for post BS-16 & above made through
174. Social Security Benefit (SSB) is given to
175. Rate of SSB
176. SSB is given in lieu of

284. 1T"7. Lesson Plans are prepared by
178. Lesson Plans are used on
179. Teacher Diaries are written by teachers
180. Student diaries are mainly used for
181. Syllabus for students is provided in school for period
182. Initial appointment period to check servant performance
183. English Medium Education started in Punjab in schools
184. Delegation of Financial Power Rules were issued-1
185. Report issued on joining of gazzeited officer - Charge Assumption Re
186. Report on relieving charge by gazzetted officer - Charge Relinquish Re
187. Responsibility of education shifted from federal govt, to Provincial govt, under constitutional
amendment

HAP - 10] Educational Leadership & Management

223

285. 14.

REGISTERS
Money received and disbursed is entered in Record of Employees (BS-1 to 15) is maintained in Dispatch
Register & Incoming Register are called Received mail is entered in Dispatch mail is entered in

286. Distance traveled & oil consumed by vehicle entered in Incidental & other expenses of office are entered
in Orders are issued to employees through register Items purchased are entered in
Asset with 1 year life or more entered in stock regis!er-Non Asset with less than 1 year life entered in
stock register Stock register Stationery is used to enter the items of Employees mark their daily
attendance in the register Attendance of the students is marked in the register Acquaintance Roll is used
for salary disbursement of Inspection officers write their views about school in Good result or
misbehavior of student is written in Donations are entered in register Repair record of machinery is
entered in Repair record of furniture is entered in Repair record of Transport is entered in Detail of
meetings of SMC members is entered in Out of school temporary move of employees entered Token /
registration No. of contigent bills is entered Issued books to students are entered in register Uniforms
issued to students are entered in Results of students are entered in register Admission/discharge record
of students entered in School Leaving Certificates are issued from School registers should be maintained
on


1. 2. 3. 4.
5. 6. 7. 8. 9.







14. 15. 16. 17.
18, 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30.

Leave Rule
- Leave Rules 19 - Earned Le;
Full Calendar Mo:
- 1 for every mo:
- 4 for every moi - Full i
- Employee's req_ - 15 Days for payrr.; - Leave without F - Any groL -E(

287. Maximum 5 Yrs at 1 ti:
Leave Rules observed by Punjab Govt. Duty period less than 15 days is ignored in Duty period more than
15 day in earned leave is treated Vocation Department employee can avail earned leave Non-Vocation
Department employee can avail earned leave Rate of pay on Earned Leave Maximum Leaves on Full Pay
at 1 Time without medical certificate Maximum Leaves on Full Pay at 1 Time with medical certificate
Maximum Leaves on Full Pay at 1 Time with medical certificate from leave account in entire service
Leave on Half Pay is granted from the leave account on In Leave on Half Pay, one month is treated as
Extra Ordinary Leave (EOL) is called EOL can be granted at
Both permanent & contract employees can avail Servant with continuous 10 yr service, can avail EOL
Servant with less than 10 yr service, can avail EOL -Maximum 2 Years at 1 ti
EOL can be extended for servant with 10 yr service
EOL can be extended for less than 10 yr service
Pay & Allowance & annual increment is not admissible
Period of EOL is not counted towards the
Period of EOL is not considered as period spent
EOL cannot be converted to any other kind of
Recreation Leave can be granted for maximum period of
Recreation Leave is not admissible for employees of
'Leave Not Due' is the leave to be
Maximum period of'Leave Not Due' in entire service
In first 5 years of service 'Leave Not Due' shall not exceed
'Leave Not Due' (LND) is not admissible for
Rate of pay on Leave Not Due
LND is granted if there is reasonable chances of employee Leave granted on death of husband to female
employee

Maximum period of Special Leave
Rate of pay on Special Leave
Special Leave is granted subject to provision of
I .eave granted to pregnant female for baby birth
Period of Maternity Leave

288. Rate of pay on Maternity Leave

- 130 Days
- Full Pay
- Death certificate
- Maternity Leave

- 90 Days
- Full Pay

Maternity Leave granted to Non-Vocation Deptt. Employee - Maximum 3 times No. of times Maternity
Leave granted to Vocation Deptt. Employee - Unlimited

Leave granted on injury, ailment or disease
Disability is granted outside the
Maximum period of Disability Leave
Disability Leave is subject to
Full pay is granted on Disability Leave for first
Half pay is granted on Disability Leave for remaining
Leave granted to employee who goes abroad
Maximum period of Ex-Pakistan Leave one time
Rate of pay on Ex-Pakistan Leave
Leave Preparatory to Retirement (LPR) is granted before
Maximum period of LPR
Rate of pay on LPR
Pension Qualifying Service
If a person refuses LPR, he/she is granted with
Encashment of LPR is granted for
Condition of Leave encashment is surrender of LPR &

289. - Disability Leave - Leave account
-720 Days
- Medical Advice
- 180 Days
- 540 Days
- Leave Ex-Pakistan
- 120 Days - Full Pay
- Retirement
- 365 Days -Full Pay
- 25 Years
- Leave Encashment
-180 Days -Complete 30Y service

Who can refuse LPR or recall from LPR servant 17&Above
Who can refuse LPR or recall from LPR for servant 1-16 Secretary
Application to refuse LPR, shall be sent to authority -3 Month before leave
If servant want LPR encashment, he send application to -Leave sanctioning
authority
Leave cannot be refused on provision of medical certificate - Medical Leave
If a servant over stays after expiry of leave, his pay - Shall be cut
Two different types of leave can be granted - Combine
Leave which cannot be combined with other leaves - LPR

226 CRUX of Special Educatic-
64. Servant must sign charge relinquish report while proceeding on lea - 16 & Ab
65. After leave completion, a servant should report to -Leave sanctioning authc-
66. Leave account of servants is maintained by - Account Off:; i
67. When a servant quits service his credit leaves -Lap*

290. 68. Servants under the medical treatment can be granted - Hospital Leave (HI
69. Hospital Leave is granted to the - Specific Servar.:
70. Maximum period of HL in one term of 3 years - 6 Month
71. Rate of pay for first 3 months of Hospital Leave - Full Pa
72. Rate of pay for remaining 3 months of Hospital Leave -HalfPa>
73. Hospital cannot be debited to - Leave Accour
74. Study Leave is granted to the - Permanent Servai
75. Study Leave is not debited to - Leave Accour
76. Study Leave is granted for the purpose of - Educatic:
77. Study Leave is admissible to servants having regular - 5 Years sen .
78. Study Leave not admissible to servant within 3 yr date of - Superannuat:: -
79. Maximum period of Study Leave other than Ph.D - 2 Yea:.
80. Maximum period of Study Leave for Ph.D -4 Yean
81. Total Casual Leaves for permanent employee for 1 year - 25
82. Total Casual Leaves for contract employee for 1 year - 2-
83. Maximum period of C/Leave at one time -10
84. Maximui I period Of C/Leave in Special circumstances -15
85. Public holidays sandwiched b/w C/Leave shall be debited to -C/Leave Accoui
86. On C/Leave or holidays, no servant can leave headquarter -Without permission
87. C/Leave may be sanctioned by - Immediate Office-
88. In emergency, Commissioners can sign C/Leave for - 10 Day*
89. Commissioner grant C/Leave subject to provision of -Alternate working disposi
90. Commissioner grant C/Leave subject to leave - Admissf: .
91. C/Leave Account should be maintained by -Leave sanctioning author
92. C/Leave Account should be provided to the next office after - Transfer of Empi
93. C/Leave is not the govt, servant's -Righ
94. Extra Casual Leave is called - Quarantine Le:.
95. Normally Quarantine leave is granted on recommendation of- Authorized Physician
96. Earned leave of non-gazzetted is maintained in - Service Be:

291. 97. Employees of Vocation Department - Teaching S:_
98. Employees of Non-Vocation Department - Non-Teaching Stal

Auction of Stores Rules
A competent authority of respective department may sanction the auction of stores which is surplus,
obsolete or unserviceable.
Note 1: Open auction will be held when assessed value of auctioning items uptoRs. 0.2 Million.
Note 2: Procedure of auction as notified by FD letter No.FD(FR) 11-36/79, dated 6-4-2005 shall be
followed for auction through DDC,if the assessed value of auctioning items is exceeding Rs.0.200 million.
Delegation of Powers to Auction:

Power

Authority

Extent

Powers to sell surplus or unserviceable motor vehicles, machinery, equipment, spares, stores / stocks
etc. by auction.

i' Administrative Department, (ii) Officers in Category-I in District Disposal Committee (DDC).
iii) Officers in Cat-I.
(iv) Officers in Cat-II.
(v) Officers in Cat-Ill.

Full Powers. Full Powers.


Upto Rs.0.200 million
at a time.

292. Upto Rs.40,000/-
at a time.
Upto Rs. 10,000/-
at a time

/

Course of Action of District Disposal Committee (DDC)
1. Publicity for tender will be done to invite sealed offers for auction of material. DDC would have
special powers to accept or reject an offer.
2. Applicants would be required to deposit earnest money @ 2% of the value of their offers in form
of "deposit at call" or "Bank Draft" in the name of Convener DDC.
3. Each department will furnish list of auction-able equipment / machinery with full description, its
conditions, location and reserve price to the Secretary, DDC on monlh-to-month oasis. Lists, after
scrutiny, & consolidation will V applied to bidders at Rs.50/- per page.
4. The sale proceeds of tenders and equipment would be credited to Punjab Government Account
No. 1 under Revenue head:
New Head C038 391000 Other Receipts
New Head C03802 1391002 Other Receipts (Sales of store & material |
5. The General terms and conditions for sale would be drafted by eac'r Committee and got cleared
from the Convener before calling tenders.
6. Cost of Advertisement / Auction, if any, would be borne by the respective Department, the
machinery / tools, plants etc. whereof are to be auctioned.
7. The Convener would submit quarterly progress reports to respective Administrative Department
& FD for the purpose of monitoring.
8. The record of sale proceedings would be retained by the respective Department for audit
scrutiny etc.

Audit Rules
Audit is an unbiased examination and evaluation of the financial statements of an organization to check
internal control over the record. Under the approval of President of Pakistan, Auditor General of
Pakistan (AGP) held the audit Of institutions. AGP sends the audit reports to National Assembly through
President, and to Provincial Assembly through Governor of Province.

293. Internal Audit: It is done internally by employees of the organization itself. External Audit: It is done
externally by the outside firm or organization. Types of Audit:
Regularity AuditPerformance Audit
Compliance Financial Statement Audit Environmental Operation Audit
Audit 1. Certification Audit Audit
2. Attestation Audit
3. Assurance Base Audit
Audit Procedure: It includes following:
1. Approval of Audit Plan
2. Issuance of Audit Program
3. Compliance by Audit Parties
\udit Process by Audit Party
1. An audit party visits the institution
2. Verification of compliance of previous Audit & Inspection Reports (AIR)
3. Requisition of record (asks to provide record for checking)
4. Inspection of Record
5. Issuance of Audit Observation (AO)
6. Reply of AOs by the Head of institution given to Auditors
7. Discussion on Audit observation
8. Finalization of Audit Inspection Report (AIR)
9. Provision of AIR to Head of institution
10. Scrutiny of AIR
11. Issuance of Proposed Draft Paras (PDPs) to the Government
12. Meeting of District Accounts Committee (DAC)
13. Conversion of PDPs into Draft Paras (DPs).
14. Presentation of Audit Report before Legislature.
15. Discussion in the Public Accounts Committee (PAC)
Preparation of Working Paper for District Account Committee
Head of the institution prepare working paper for DAC & divided it into 4 parts:

294. 1. Part-I - For Audit Paras
2. Part-II - For Departmental Reply
3. Part-Ill - Further Audit Comments
4. Part-IV-Directions of DAC
Pension Rules
Good Conduct for Pension
Good conduct is implied for every kind of pension. Govt, can withhold pension of pensioner convicted
serious crime or involved in grave misconduct. Recovery of Losses from Pensioners on Negligence or
Fraud
Recovery of losses on negligence or fraud is made from pensioners. Recovery of Excess Pension
If in future it is found that excess pension has been paid then recovery is made and excess pension is
refunded.
Compassionate Allowance
Compassionate Allowance at the rate of2/3 pension may be given to an employ who was dismissed or
removed from service on misconduct, inefficiency or corruptior etc. if he /she deserves special
consideration.
Conditions of Pension
1. Service under the government
2. Service not be non-pension able
3. Service paid from Provincial Consolidated Fund
Beginning of Service for Pension
Service begins from the first appointment/joining of the servant. Pension for Temporary or Officiating
Service
1. If a Temporary service of a person exceeds 5 years without confirmatic: he / she is eligible for
pension.
2. Temporary or Officiating service followed by confirmation also count : pension.
Service as Apprenticeship: Half of apprenticeship period qualifies for pension.
Training - Time spent in an approved training shall count in pension.
Service as Probationer: The service of a probationer who is subsequently confirmed in a permanent post
without, interruption qualifies for pension.
Leave: All leave (other than extraordinary leave) counts in pension.
Deputation: Time spent on deputation in govt, or foreign office counts in pension.

295. Suspension: If the period of suspension is treated as Extraordinary Leave, then it will nc: be counted in
pension otherwise suspension will be count in pension.
Forfeiture of Past Service: Pension is not admissible to a person if:
1. He resigns past service without taking up new post that is pensionable.
2. He was removed or dismissed from past service.
3. He remained absent without Leave.
* Pensioning authority can compensate absent without leave in the form extraordinary leave.
Condone (Ignore) of Deficiencies or Interruptions
Administration Department can ignore the deficiency period if it finds ths employee was not involved
willfully in such cases. A period of 6 months or less car ignored (condone). A deficiency of period less
than 1 year can also be ignore: emp'oyee dies or retires from service in case of abolition of post or
invalid. Deficienc 1 full year or more cannot be ignored.
Types of Pension
Pensions are divided into four types:
1. Compensation Pension
2. Invalid Pension
3. Superannuation Pension
4. Retiring Pension.
1. Compensation Pension
Compensation Pension is given to a servant elected for discharge by govt, on abolition of his post.
Servant can also be given another post of same nature.
2. Invalid Pension
Invalid Pension is given to a servant who becomes physically or mentally permanent unlit for service on
medical grounds before reaching superannuation service. Servant can apply for invalid pension and
department can hold Medical Board for the purpose. Invalid Pension will be started from the date of
application of the servant.
Superannuation Pension
Superannuation Pension is given to servant when he retires in the age 60 years.
4. Retiring Pension
A retiring pension is granted to servant, not being eligible for superannuation pension. He wants to
retire after 25 years qualifying service or such less time as may for any special class servant be
prescribed, OR is compulsorily retired, by the competent authority, after 20 years qualifying service; OR

296. is compulsorily retired from service by the authority competent to remove him from service on grounds
of inefficiency, misconduct or corruption.
• A Government servants have the right to retire on a retiring pension after completing 25 years
qualifying service;
• He shall, at least three months before the date on which he intends to retire, submit a written
intimation to the authority which appointed him, indicating the date on which he intends to retire.
Such an intimation, once submitted, shall be final;
• He can withdraw his application or change the date of his retiremo- : before its acceptance by
the competent authority.
Rights of LPR
1. A Government servant proceeding on retiring pension shall, has right to avail leave preparatory
to retirement as may be admissible to him.
2. LPR shall be allowed alter completing 25 years service qualifying for pension.
3. If a Government servant proceeds on, LPR before actually completing 25 years of qualifying service,
he may be deemed to have proceeded or. retirement with effect from the date he completes 25 years of
qualifying service, and the leave enjoyed by him before completing 25 years c: service may be treated as
leave of the kind due to him.
Pension Calculation Formula
Average Emoluments or Last Pay Drawn X Qualifying Service X 70
30 X 100
Gratuity: Gratuityis the lump sum amount which can be given half pay of last month o: 1.5 months pay
or maximum 75% of pension in different circumstances. Commutation: It is also lump sum amount
sanction by competent authority noi exceeding than 35% of pension which is about to be granted under
rules.

TA/DA Rules
Day: It means calendar day beginning and ending at midnight. Family: It includes following:
1. Wife or wives, or husband.
2. Legitimate children and stepchildren under 12 years of age.
3. Legitimate children and step-children (more than 12 years old but) not more than 24 years old, if
residing with &wholly dependent upon him.
4. Adopted only one child not more than 24 years old, residing witfc employee and wholly
dependent upon him, and employee has no his legitimate or step child. Employee must obtain approval
from govt, foe adopted child.

297. Headquarter: Headquarter means the basic administrative department of the employs where his record
is kept.
Controlling Officer: Controlling Officer is Administrative Officer of higher rank wh: signs the TA/DA Bill,
scrutinize it, and can instruct the officer/official to restrict his "hr touring. No TA bill is paid unless it is
signed by the controlling officer to reduce th TA/DA Claims. Controlling Officer ensures that TA/DA is
being claimed on fair basi and there is no any deficiency or fraud. Types of Journeys for Drawn of TA/DA
1. Tour
2. Transfer
3. Joining on first appointment
4. Retirement, suspension, dismissal or termination of employment
5. Attend a course of training
6. Give evidence in a court or inquiry or conference
7. Obtain or furnish medical advice or treatment
8. Attend a darbar or an official function
9. Attendance on an incapacitated civil servant or member of his family
10. Any other purpose authorized by a competent authority. Grades of Civil Servants
Grades of Civil Servants for the purpose of mile-age and daily allowance:
1. BPS-17 and above -First Grade
2. BPS-11-16 -Second Grade
3. BPS-3tol0 -Third Grade
4. BPS-1 to 2 . - Fourth Grade
Mileage Allowance: It is an allowance given to govt, servant on the distance travelled. Modes of Travel:
1. Sea
2. Air (Officers BS-17 & above are allowed travel by air)
3. Rail
4. Road (Car, Taxi, Bus, Motorbike, Cycle or on foot)
Cost of Two way Air tickets shall be drawn in advance by DDO. Daily Allowance (DA): DA is an allowance
for each day of absence from institution.
1. A day is to be reckoned from midnight.
2. Half daily allowance is admissible for the absence of 4 hours from institution which not
intervene night.

298. 3. No daily allowance is admissible for the absence less than 4 hours.
4. DA is given for entire tour including holidays.
5. No DA for C/Leave or absence.
6. Maximum DA is for 10 Days at a station.
7. No DA after 10 days (station is considered temporary headquarter)
Room Rent Charges
1. Ordinary Station - 11/2 times of Daily Allowance
2. Special Station - 3 times of Daily Allowance
Special Station (Lahore, Karachi, Peshawer, Quetta, Faisalabad, Multan etc.)



234

CRUX of Special Education

Travelling Allowance (TA)
1. No TA for transfer on request.
2. TA is given on transportation of servant and his family.
3. TA is admissible on transfer not earlier than 1 month before taking charge.
4. TA is admissible on transfer not later than 6 months after taking charge.
Transfer Grant (TG)
1. Transfer Grant on possessing a family is 1 Month pay.
2. Transfer Grant on non-possessing a family is Half Month pay.
3. No Transfer Grant within the same district.
Personal Effects
Benevolent Fund Rules
ab Govt. Servants Benevolent Fund (BF) Board

299. It was established in 1960 to help the employees and their families. It is situated > nahra-e-Quidazam,
Lahore. It provides following grants to the govt, employees ■cc se BF is being cut from their pay:
ferriage Grant:
1. Only given on the marriages of daughters.
2. Documents required: Marriage Grant Form- Employee's CNIC -Daughter CNIC- Attested copy of
NikahNama- Employee Pay Slip showing cutting of BF.
3. Rate: *In-service govt, employee or Retired person within 15 years Non-Gazzetted - Rs. 15000/-
Gazzetted - Rs. 40000/-
* Deceased Employees or Retired on Medical Ground Non-Gazzetted - Rs. 20000/- Gazzetted - Rs.
50000/-:neral Grant:
1. Death grant is given to the govt, employee on the death of his family members or to the family
on the death of govt, employee. In case of retirement, only the widow of non-gazzetted is entitled to
receive death grant.
2. Document Required: Death Grant Form - CNIC of applicant and govt, servant - Pay Slip of govt,
servant showing cutting of BF. In case govt, servant death, its death certificate.
3. Rate: Non-Gazzetted - Rs. 6000/- Gazzetted - Rs. 10000/-
i-ewell Grant:
1. One Last Basic Pay is granted at the time of retirement in the honour.
2. Document Required: Farewell Grant Form - CNIC of applicant and govt, servant - Pay Slip of govt,
servant showing cutting of BF - Retirement Orders - In case of death, Death Certificate - Inheritance
Certificate in case of death of govt, servant by widow or husband.
caolarship:
1. This grant is given to only 2 children of in-service or retired servant who secure 60% or above
marks in Matric or upper classes annual basis. This grant is given to 3 children of deceased servant.
2. Children who got 90% or above marks in Matric or above classes, they are granted special
scholarship of Rs. 50, 000/-.

236

CRUX of Special Educ;

BF Board advertises the scholarship grants in newspapers every asks for the applications. Ordinary Rate
of Scholarship:

300. Matric FA/BA MA/M.Phil/Ph.D
BS.1-15 1500/- 3000/- 6000
BS.16& above 5000/- 14000/- 16000
Monthly Grant:
1. This grant is given on monthly basis to the family of govt. servar.:; die during the service OR
retired in Category A on Medical Grounc i
2. Document Required: Monthly Grant Form - CNIC of decea;: Disabled servant - Pay Slip of servant
showing cutting of BF - I Certificate or Disabled Certificate from DG Health - CNIC of AT: with Picture -
Oath of widow to not get marry - Retirement Orders
3. Rates:

Grade BS.1-10 BS.11-15 BS.16-17 BS.18-19 BS.20 & above
Grant (Rs.) 1300/- 1700/- 3500/- 6000/- 8000/-


General Provident Fund (GPF) Rules
-G? I -GP? In case of h
- If farm: .
- 2 or more pers -Any
- Accoun.
- Fresh no m - I:-
- Throughc_

- To * - 80% of
- 50 V
1. Punjab General Provident Fund Rules presented in
2. A regular/contract including probation period eligible for
3: A Muslim cannot nominate adopted child to receive
4. Subscriber shall nominate 1 or 2 persons to receive GPF
5. Subscriber cannot nominate person out of family for GPF

301. 6. Subscriber shall specify share of GPF if he nominates
7. Subscriber can cancel nomination of GPF
8. Application of cancellation of GPF be sent to
9. In case of cancellation, subscriber should send
10. Account of every subscriber will show GPF amount with
11. Amount of subscription shall remain unchanged
12. Interest should not be given to a Muslim if he wishes
13. GPF advance should not exceed
14. A servant may draw non-refundable GPF at the age of

302. I

A servant at the age of 50 years can draw GPF rate GP Fund installments should not exceed GP Fund
advance will be recovered including the GP Fund record is maintained by GP Fund record is maintained
yearly Calculation of interest is made by account office on GP Fund Interest Formula:
=Rate of subscription x 6.50 + Opening Balance) x Rate of Interest
* Opening Balance means last payslip GP Fund amount.
* Rate of subscription varies according to grade of employees and rate of interest varies year to
year basis.

303. : -oject for Improvement of Financial Reporting ^Auditing
(PIFRA) Rules
Old / Manual system of accounting failed to provide accurate accounting of funds : donor agencies
therefore, PIFRA was introduced. This project was launched in with the collocation of International
Donor Agencies i.e. World Bank & ztional Monetary Fund (IMF) for the purpose to improve the financial
and auditing n in Pakistan, to tight the control over accounting, and to enhance the capabilities of laff.
New Accounting Model (NAM) under PIFRA has enhanced the aecuracv :y and quality. Major features of
PIFRA: 1. Financial Accounting & Budgeting Govt. Auditing
Fixed Assets Recording (Building, libraries etc.) Cash Forecasting
5. International Credibility
6. Elimination of Fraudulent Activities
7. Integration of Employees Salaries (issuance of pay slips)
8. Calculation of Pension & Commutation through system
9. Calculation of GP Fund through system
10. Training of Staff to use PIFRA system to get register at PIFRA to obtain Monthly Pay Slip? :
/.owing information first to get register at PIFRA for your pay slip:

1. Your E-Mail ID and its password.
2. Your Personal Number issued by Account office at your first appointment.



238

CRUX of Special Educa

3. Your CNIC Number.
4. Your Date of Birth.
5. Your Cell Number.
Now get connected with the internet through your computer and open - : ^site by using its pay slip
opening ID: http://m.pifra.gov.pk/salaryslip_emp#.

304. After opening the website, enter the code of your govt. (P for Punjab & E District Govt. Punjab) and
enter other information in relevant boxes and then clic Now you are ready to get your monthly pay slip
via your E-mail.
Chart of Account (CoA)
A listing of codes on the basis of which accounting transactions are class : provide meaningful financial
information.

Financial Equity
Residual interest in the assets of an entity after the deduction of all its liab: Fixed Assets
These assets are long-term based. Fixed assets are usually physical in natu:; as plant and equipment,
buildings etc.
Grant
Funding provided to the ministry or department through schedule of auth expenditure.
Financial Liability
It is the financial debt or financial responsibility which held someone «J responsible for financial
matters like cash etc.
Receipt
It refers to an amount of cash collected by the government like return of e>: and allowances by
employees etc.
Release
Sanction of budget / release of funds by Ministry of Finance on the baij Jk available budget.
Recurring Expenditure
It includes the pay and allowance of employees and other day to day -expenditures of the institution.
Non-Recurring Expenditure
It is a special expenditure which does not occur on day to day basis e.g development budget used for the
construction of new institution, building etc.
Officer: Govt. Employee having grade 16 & above often called gazzetted officer.
fTIcial: Govt. Employee having grade 1-15 often called non-gazzetted officer.
Technical Sanction: It is the sanction of competent authority for the estimate cost of nstruction or
repair.
lecque Book

305. A checque book is obtained from the bank and checques are issued by the DDO to be concerned
suppliers for the provision of purchased items. Checque is properly signed r d stamped by the DDO.
* : ucher
Voucher is a bill containing the detail of purchased items with cost, date and signs supplier. Vouchers
are also signed by the DDO and attached with the bills for audit approval of payments from account
office. Object Classification
It is the classification of the expenditure relating to each function. It has been :ed into Major, Minor and
Detailed Objects. It is a system of codes used for different res of expenditure.
'tsder
xender is made when amount of purchase of items reaches upto 1 Lac or above.

- jnjab Educational Endowment Fund (PEEF) Rules
DEEF is the project of govt, of Punjab. PEEF provides scholarship to the talented : students to pursue
quality education.
ries of PEEF: It has following 2 categories:
Outreach Scholarships (80% of the total number of
scholarships)
Special Quota Scholarships(SQS) (20% of the total number of scholarships)
■warded students fall in at least one of following categories: Orphan children
Children of government servants in BPS 1 - 4 Children belonging to minority religion Special children
=inon Level-Wise Allocation: Following four (4) levels of education:
Secondary - 20%
1 Intermediate - 30%
Graduation - 30%
Masters - 20%
90% 10%
Sector-Wise Allocation:
1. Public Sector Institutions
2. Private Affiliated Institutions
District-Wise Geographical Allocation:

306. District Category Number of Districts % of Scholarship
Less Developed Districts16 50%
Developed Districts 20 50%
Total 36 100%
ates of PEEF«Scholarship:
Category of Level Monthly Stipend for Day Scholar (Rs.) Monthly Stipend for Boarders (Rs.)
Secondary Level 800 1500
Intermediate Level 1500 3000
Graduation (BA/B.Sc) 2500 4000
Professional Degree/Courses, BS, B.ScHons, MBBS, Engineering, B.Com, IT etc. 3000 4500
Masters (Public Sector Universities 3000 With Tuition 5000
With Tuition +Admission+Registrat:: -
+Exam+Lab+Thesis Fa
Eligibility Criteria for PEEF Scholarship:
th
1. Passed 8 Class under Punjab Examination Commission z I Matriculation or Intermediate
Examination held by Board of Interrr.e: and Secondary Education (BISE) Punjab or (FBISE).
2. Secured at least 60% marks in the above mentioned examination.
3. Secured admission in a regular educational institution as a full : student in the current academic
year.
4. Declared monthly income of parents (from all sources) is equal to c: than Rs. 15,000/-.
90% 10%
Sector-Wise Allocation:
1. Public Sector Institutions
2. Private Affiliated Institutions
District-Wise Geographical Allocation:

District Category Number of Districts % of Scholarship

307. Less Developed Districts16 50%
Developed Districts 20 50%
Total 36 100%
ates of PEEF*SchoIarship:
Category of Level Monthly Stipend for Day Scholar (Rs.) Monthly Stipend for Boarders (Rs.)
Secondary Level 800 1500
Intermediate Level 1500 3000
Graduation (BA/B.Sc) 2500 4000
Professional Degree/Courses, BS, B.ScHons, MBBS, Engineering, BGom, IT etc. 3000 4500
Masters (Public Sector Universities 3000 With Tuition 5000
With Tuition +Admission+Regi strati; -
+Exam+Lab+Thesis Fa
Eligibility Criteria for PEEF Scholarship:
1. Passed 8th Class under Punjab Examination Commission ? Matriculation or Intermediate
Examination held by Board of Interme: and Secondary Education (BISE) Punjab or (FBISE).
2. Secured at least 60% marks in the above mentioned examination.
3. Secured admission in a regular educational institution as a full student in the current academic
year.
4. Declared monthly income of parents (from all sources) is equal to c: than Rs. 15,000/-.
5.
5. Not availing any other educational scholarship during current academic year.
6. For Special Quota Scholarships, the student must fall in at least one of the following S.Q
categories:
i. Orphan children
ii. Children of government servants in BPS 1 - 4
if/. Children belonging to minority religion
iv. Special children
Note: The Children of government servants in BPS 1 - 4 are exempted from
"vtvcome \\m\X criteria It salary \s tYve otvVy source of income.

308. i Punjab Employees Efficiency, fctewpfonfe &
Accountability Act 2006
It helps to provide proceedings against govt, employees in relation to their -efficiency, discipline and
accountability. • HI rids/or Proceedings <& Pena/ty:
1. Inefficiency 2. Misconduct
3. Corruption 4. Engaged in subversive (rebellious) activities.
» r Penalties:
1. Censure
2. Withholding increment not more than 5 years
3. Fine not exceeding basic pay of one month
4. Reduction to lower stage (maximum 5 stages)
5. Withholding Promotion (Maximum 5 Years)
per Penalties:
1. Recovery of govt, loss from pay
2. Reduction to lower post or pay scale (Maximum 5 years)
3. Forfeiture of past service (Maximum 5 years)
4. Compulsory Retirement
5. Removal from service
6. Dismissal from service I: ties After Retirement:

1. Withholding of Pension or its part
2. Withdrawing of Pension or its part
3. Recovery of govt, loss from pension or from accuse

Suspension: An employee against whom, action is initiated, can be placed una suspension for a period of
90 days by competent authority under Section 5.
Personal Hearing:
Competent Authority can call accuse for personal hearing alongwith relevant recc-; appear on fixed time
and date.

309. Departmental Appeal: An accused who has been awarded penalty can appe-Appellate Authority within
30 days of penalty orders.
Indemnity: No suit, prosecution or other legal proceedings shall lie against the compe";-authority for
anything done in good faith under this Act.
* Dismissal from service disqualifies an employee for future govt, appointment
* Penalty of this act cannot disqualify employee from punishment under other la
* Competent Authority can held inquiry on the basis of allegations.
* Competent Authority can dispense inquiry & issue Showcause notice una Section 7.
* Competent Authority can held inquiry by appointing inquir\ officer under Sed 10.
* Competent Authority shall sign order of inquiry or showcause notice.

Theories of Management
1. Theory X by McGregar, 1960
a. Management assumes that employees are inherently lazy.
b. Close supervision and comprehensive control.
c. Threats for compliance.
d. Punitive atmosphere.
e. Highly restrictive environment.
2. Theory Y by McGregar, 1960 (Opposite to X theory)
a. Management assumes that employees are willing to work, energetic.
b. Employees are self-motivated.
c. Employees enjoy duties.
3. Theory Z by Maslow, DrOuchi, &Reddin
It focuses on increasing employee loyalty to the company by providing a job : life with a strong focus on
the well-being of the employee, its promotion, morale m satisfaction.
4. Reinforcement Theory (Behaviorism) by Skinner & Pavlov
Leader can change the behavior by reinforcement (positive or negative Motivation or punishment can
give results.

Administrative Theory (by Henry Fayol)

310. // was presented by Henry Fayol. Henry Fayol was French Industrialist. This jty focuses on the manager
rather than workers, ft is manager oriented theory. Henry ol also called father of Modern Management
Theory & Modern Operational igement Theory.
Scientific Management Theory (by Fredrick Tylor)
This theory was based on the scientifically organized work of organization. It _ies proper planning,
measurement, pay according to work, etc. Fredrick Tylor is :; Father of Scientific Management Theory.
Scientific Management Theory is also ed Classical Management Theory.
Bureaucratic Theory of Management (By Max Weber):
i. Focus on structure of organization
ii. Rigidity of official behavior
iii. Resistance to innovation or change
iv. Rigidity of rules and principles
v. Decision is taken by hierarchy of officers.
vi. Red tape (delay in work)
Chaos Theory: Chaos means 'a state of disorder'. This theory is the study used in the field of
mathematics. It studies the behavior of dynamic systems (constantly changing systems). It makes the
unpredictability of future of a system. Every system undergoes a change (dynamic), & thus its future
becomes unpredictable. This theory determines the unpredictability of a system. If there is a problem or
issue in an institution or organization, on the basis of its initial condition, leader can determine
unpredictability of future.
System Theory: System theory states that an organization also works like a system. A system is a
collection of different parts. A system mainly comprise of Inputs, Processes, Outputs and Feedback. If
one part stops working other parts are also affected. System theory focuses to ensure that all the parts
of an organization or institution, are working. Different parts like inputs (AV aids, furniture, classroom,
teachers, principals) interact with each other (process), and then they provide output (student academic
achievement) and then we get feedback from the parents or community, about how much school is
performing well. Operational Theory / Quantitative Approach / Mathematical Approach / Management
Science Theory: Management works like a system of mathematical models and processes. Managing is a
logical and rational process, it can be expressed in terms of mathematical relationships and models. Its
basic assumption is that an organization is a system with its parts in interact ional and . interdependent
relationships and these interactions and interdependencies can be expressed in terms of models and
equations. It focuses on the quantitative form measurement) of data.
11. Human Relations Management Theory: The human relations theory
management began development in the early 1920's during the industri revolution. At that time,
productivity was the focus of business. Professor El*.: Mayo began his experiments (the Hawthorne
Studies), to prove the importance people for productivity - not machines. This theory supports the idea

311. that hurr.^-relations are important, human are important than machines, human facilitate an: make the
team. Humans should be motivated, encouraged to enhar.;: productivity.

Theories of Leadership
1. Greatman Theory
a. Leaders are born, not made.
b. Leadership skills are inherent.
c. Leadership is male quality.
d. Great leaders are heroic, mythic, and destined.
2. Trait Theory
a. Similar to greatman theory.
b. People inherent leadership traits (skills).
c. Good traits of people make them leaders.
Gorden Allport Theory of Trait, 1936:
i. It was the first attempt / first theory of trait.
ii. Allport presented 200 traits of a leader.
iii. These traits are wired into nervous system of individual.
iv. There was no any scientific evidence about these traits.
Raymond Cattal Theory of Trait, 1940:
i. Raymond presented 16 traits & divided traits into 2 types.
ii. Surface Traits: Traits easily seen by other people, kindness, friendship.
iii. Source Traits: Basic traits of shyness, disliking, crowd etc.
Big Five Trait Theory/Five Factor Model (FFM): Only 5 traits (OCEAN):
i. Openness to experience (Open to experience the things)
ii. Consciousness (Remain vigilant)
iii. Extraversion (Interacting with others)
iv. Agreeableness (Agree with others)
v. Neuroticism (emotional stability)
Situational Theories

312. i. Use of leadership according to range of situations.
ii. No single leadership style is best in all situations.
iii. Success depends upon leadership style, qualities of followers and aspects
of situation.
a. Path-Goal Theory
It is based on setting of goals, assign tasks, & show how to do things.
b. Hersey Blanchard Theory
It states that instead of using one style, successful leader should change the style based on maturity of
employees and detail of task. Its leadership styles include following:
i. Telling - Leader tells how to do work.
ii. Selling - Sell/send message to employees.
iii. Participating - Participate in work.
iv. Delegation - Delegate responsibilities.
People have different maturity level as follows:
i. Ml - People not willing to work.
ii. M2 - People have willingness but not skills.
iii. M3 - People willing to work but not confident.
iv. M4 - People can work at their own confidently.
c. Vroom Yetten Theory
It helps to figure out decisions most relevant to entire group. A decision tree is made for different
categories as follows:
i. Autocratic 1
ii. Autocratic 2
iii. Democratic 1
iv. Democratic 2
4. Contigency Theories
The leader's ability to lead is contingent upon various situational factors, including the leader's preferred
style, the capabilities and behaviors of followers and also various other situational factors.

a. Fiedler Contigency Theory

313. i. Leader uses leadership characteristics and does not quickly char.
ii. Leader develops good relationship with employees.
iii. Leader ensures that employees perform at high level to ge:
done.
b. Cognitive Resource Theory
Cognitive capabilities of leader plays effective role in management.
5. LMX Theory (Leader Member Exchange) by Sahwin, 2012
a. It is based on the relationship of leader and workers.
b. It promotes loyalty and motivation of workers.
6. Transactional Theory
People are motivated by reward and punishment. This theory focuses mainl; the relationship of
employees and leaders.
7. Transformational Theory
People follow the leader who inspires them. Leader is enthusiastic, energe visionary, and passionate.
8. Participative Theory
People participate in decisions and leader involves them to uplift the v. progress.

MISCELLANEOUS
1. Management
Management is a process which helps to obtain objectives of organizati:: effectively and efficiently by
following (Henry Fayol):

Planning: Examining future and drawing a plan.
ii. Organizing: Build up structure, both material and human.
iii. Commanding: Maintain the activity among the personnel.
iv. Coordinating: Binding together, unifying all activities together.
v. Controlling: Ensuring everything is according to the rules.
2. Administration
Administration refers to all the activities that are involved in managing anc organizing the affair of a
company or institution at particular time.

314. Difference between Administration and Management and Supervision:

Administration

Management

Supervision

Jet the policy and goals.





Make decisions.

1. Order supervision to
implement policy and goals.
(Make plans and procedure
to achieve policy
objectives).
2. Place order to implement
decisions.
1. Ensure implementation
of policy in true spirit.
(Check, guide and help the
workers in achieving
goals).

315. 2. Ensure the proper
implementationof
decisions.

Done at top level.

3. Functions management include;
1) Planning,
2) Organizing,
3) Staffing,
4) Leading,
5) Budgeting,
6) Controlling.

of

Inspection: Inspection is usually done to find the faults or rules violation in order to report higher ups for
future arrangements. Inspection can lead to punishment or promotion on the basis of work
performance. Inspection is NOT an immediate help or guidance as given in supervision.
Administration



248

CRUX of Special Education

7. Management/Leadership Styles:
1) Autocratic/Authoritative Style

316. a. It is based on dictatorship.
b. Only leader take decisions.
c. Leader place orders.
d. No opinion of others.
2) Democratic Style
a. It is based on mutuai sharing.
b. Everything is agreed by majority.
c. Involvement of employees in decision making.
3) Laissez-Faire Style
a. It is based on non-interference.
b. No coordination.
c. Poor communication.
d. It leads to self-direction of employees.
8. Supervision: Supervision means showing path, provide guidance to lead
towards right direction to the teachers. Supervision is related to service where ii
administration is related to controlling & directing.
Types of Supervision:
1) Corrective Supervision: Supervisor tries to find faults and negative type things and criticizes. He
keeps record of teacher's mistakes or faults az; reports the same to educational authorities. This type of
supervisicr cannot improve educational system of the school.

2) Preventive Supervision: It anticipates & tells the possible difficulties or problems of future in the
school program and forewarns the headmaster and teachers against possible pitfalls. The supervisor
gives suggestions to avoid the difficulties problems. This type of supervision is very useful to the
headmaster and teachers.
3) Creative Supervision: It is one of the best type. It comes to school with the idea that he is to help
school teachers and headmaster in solving their problems. He sympathizes with them, listens to their
problems, discusses solutions of problems and inspires them to work more.
9. Powers of a Leader
Effective leaders develop and use power, or the ability to influence others. The traditional manager's
power comes from his or her position within the organization. Following are basic types of powers of a
leader:

317. 1. Legitimate power: It stems from a formal management position in an organization and the
authority granted to it. Subordinates accept this as a legitimate (legal) source of power and comply with
it.
2. Reward power: It stems from the authority to reward others. Managers can give formal rewards,
such as pay increases or promotions, and may also use praise, attention, and recognition to influence
behavior of worker.
3. Coercive power: It is the opposite of reward power and stems from the authority to punish or to
recommend punishment for workers.
4. Expert power: It results from a leader's special knowledge or skills regarding the tasks
performed by followers. When a leader is a true expert, subordinates tend to go along quickly with his
or her recommendations.
5. Referent power: It results from leadership characteristics that command identification, respect,
and admiration from subordinates who then desire to follow the leader. When workers admire a
supervisor because of the way he or she deals with them, the influence is based on referent power.
Referent power depends on a leader's personal characteristics rather than on his or her formal title or
position, and is most visible in the area of charismatic leadership.
10. Steps in Decision Making
1) Define the problem for decision
2) Generate Alternatives
3) Assess/evaluate Ahernati ves
4) Make a decision and choose best alternative
5) Implement decision & apply best alternative
6) Check your solution

11. Elements in Management/Administration: These elements can be read a
POLICE:
1) Planning
2) Organization
3) Leading
4) Interpersonal Communication
5) Commanding/Controlling
6) Evaluation
12. Elements of Administration (Gulick & Ur wick)

318. Gulick & Ur wick presented following elements of Administration POSDCORB:

1) Planning
2) Organizing
3) Staffing
4) Directing
5) Co-Ordinating
6) Reporting
7) Budgeting


10) Order (Sequence of things to facilitate the worker)
11) Equity (Equal treatment with all workers)
12) Stability of Tenure of Personnel (Not to move worker here & there)
13) Initiative (Employees allowed to initiate, express new ideas)
14) Esprit De Corps (Mutual trust & understanding among workers)
5. Educational Leadership
Educational leadership includes any individual in the school that has a decision -.aking role. These
typically include principals, assistant principle, superintendent assistant superintendent, curriculum
directors etc. These positions are top paid in school ■ ith high responsibilities. They are ultimately
responsible for the success and failure ot :heir schools.
12) Co-Curricular Activities
13) Crisis Management
14) Coordination
15) Maintenance of School Record
16) Maintenance of Stores
17) Cleanliness
18. Responsibilities/Duties of DDO (Drawing & Disbursing Officer)

1) Maintenance of Cash Book

319. 2) Receive, disburse and control cash
3) Maintenance of account of receipt and expenditure
4) Sanction expenditure where authorized
5) Reconcile expenditure
6) Preparation for Audit of accounts
7) Prepare excess and surrender statement
8) Prepare Budget
9) Avoid misappropriation
10) Fair and vigilant control of receipts and payments
19. Emotional Intelligence (EI)
Emotional Intelligence is a person's self-awareness, self-confidence, self-con:: commitment and
integrity. It is a person's ability to communicate, influence, mitia change and accept change.
Components of Emotional Intelligence
1) Awareness of own emotions & others
2) Management of emotions
3) Psychological Wellbeing and Motivation
20. Educational Efficiency
The degree to which educational systems are successful in optimizing A education input & output
relationship is called educational efficiency.
Inputs of Educational Efficiency
1. Teacher 2. Building 3. Class-size 4. Curriculum Outputs of Educational Efficiency: These might
be: 1. Academic Achievement 2. Vocational Development 3. Personality Development 4.
Job Placement


[I Equity
Equity means that when a person is poor and another is rich then money will be Lrsmbuted more to the
poor than rich to compensate the poor. Dimensions of equity are KE inder:
l. Fairness 2. Inclusion Educational Equity
Educational Equity means fair distribution in allocation of resources, --ortunities, treatments and
successes to every student.

320. . Autonomy
1) Self-government of people.
2) Taking decisions at own.
3) Based on own rights of speech, live, eat etc. Resource
A resource is an action, strategy or material that helps to improve ti.c rk situation. Mainly there are 3
types of resources as under:
1) Human Resources
2) Material Resources
3) Financial Resources Resource Acquisition
Resource acquisition means to acquire a source. It has three types as under:
1) Lazy Acquisition: It means late acquisition.
2) Eager Acquisition: It means early acquisition.
3) Partial Acquisition: It means acquiring of a part or few resources.
15. Marketing Concept
It means modern marketing that recognizes consumer's wants; needs and desires
- designing the products and services.
: 6 Social Action Plan (SAP)
SAP was started in 1993-94. Main focus was to provide Pakistan basic needs ;iucation, health, water
etc.). 80% funding from Pakistani govt, and 20% by foreign
- dies like World Bank, Asian Development Bank etc.
'. 1. Terms of Devolution Plan
1) Centralization: Power concentrated in hands of one or few people.
2) Decentralization: Power distributed in many hands from top to low level.
3) Deconccntration: Weak transfer of power from central to low level administrative body in which
main authority keeps by central body.

4> iXlfgation: Central state power is given to separate body under control ceitia! body.
v Devolution: It is the permanent transfer of power at lower level. 2b F ^Learning
It refers to the Electronic-learning. It includes learning through comp_-; internet, n.obile etc.
29. E-Library

321. It refers to electronic library. Now one can read books online through interne: mobile gadgets or
computer. Different books are available online which can be re; through internet.
30. Total Quality Management (TQM)
It means participation of all members in meeting the needs and wants customers effectively and
efficiently. It focuses on teamwork.
1) Total: Everybody participates in quality work.
2) Quality: Customer's need, satisfaction, price, place, time etc.)
3) Manage inert: Top management is responsible for success or failure.
31. Quality Assurance
Quality assurance is a process in which delivery of service or quality of produc: ^sessed and compared
with that required. It is checked that whether it meets I customer expectations or not. Institutions like
Pakistan Institute of Quality Ccrr (PIQC) or ISO-9000 etc. check the quality assurance. HEC ensures the
qua!;: education at university level.
32. Quality of Education
Quality pertains to class (high quality or low quality). Quality is derived b Latin work (Qualis) means
"what kind of. Quality makes difference between suc:e and failure. Quality of education may refers to:
1) Input s (Teachers, textbooks, material)
2) Outputs (Student test scores)
3) Outcomes (Student performance in subsequent employment)
4) Processes (Instructional delivery etc.)
5) Attaining of Specified Targets
6) Stude t knowledge, attitude, behavior, values
7) Ideology f acquisition and application of learning
Educational Issues
1) Insufficient provisions in schools.
2) 1/6 primary schools are shelterless.
3) Insufficient accommodation in schools.
4) Insufficient furniture.
5) Teaching kits are not repaired / used properly due fear of breakage.
6) Rare community support
7) Poor curriculum

322. 8) Poor parental feedback
9) Poor policy planning
10) Corruption
11) Substandard teacher training
12) Ghost schools
13) Political involvement
14) Insufficient al location of budget for education
15) Non provision of resource material
15. New Trends in Education or Educational Leadership
1) Inclusive Education
2) Job Placement/Follow up
3) E-Learning
4) Use of technology in education
5) Child Centered Approach
6) Friendly Environment



256

CRUX of Special Educat


7) Democratic Leadership
8) Educational Productivity-
9) Parental involvement/empowerment
10) Educational Accountability
11) Continuous Evaluation
12) Education for All (EFA)

323. 13i Bio-Metric System to control staff attendance
14) Leaning based on Individual Differences
15) Teacher Motivation
•36. 4 Months Pay
Govt, provides last 4 months pay to the family of a servant on his/Tier death.
37. District Education Authorities (DEA)
Old system of education has been replaced with new system called Disc Education Authorities with
effect from 01 January 2017,according to the Punjab L Govt. Act, 2013. District Education Authority
has been established in i 36 districts of Punjab and Divisional Directorates in 9 Divisions of Punjab.
Chairm_-District Education Authorities will be a political representative. Executive Disna Officer
(Education) has been replaced with Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of Educat (BS-19) in each district.
Teachers and other people oppose the District EducaiaK Authorities because they think that
appointment of political representative as chair—r-instead of an educationist or expert can destroy the
education system.
38. Punjab Transparency & Right to information Act 2913
Every citizen of Punjab Province has the right to information according to 1-3 Act. If any person needs
any information he/she may contact Public Information Off.:a of the relevant Institution. Every
institution nominates Public Information Officer (P!3| for the purpose. This Act helps to provide
transparency in the working of institution Every institution is required to display information regarding
its major functions, list d employees and their duties, its budgeting, etc.
39. School Management Committee (SMC>'School Council (SC)
School Management Committees were established in 1994 in primary zx. elementary schools to
strengthen the decentralization process and improve the scr.:o performance. In 2000, its name was
changed to School Council (SC) and Schrok Councils were decided to establish at secondary and higher
secondary level as weL Meeting of SMC is held every month and it is entered in SMC Meeting register.
Mam functions oi SMC include following:
1) Check student and teacher absenteeism.
2) Monitor the performance of duties of teachers.

[CHAP - 10] Educational Leade ip & Management

257

3) Use of government funds in proper manner.

324. 4) Purchase furniture and equipment etc.
5) Enhance enrolment & Reduce dropout.
SMC Composition at primary level: Theu nust be at least 7 members as under:
1) Chairperson - 1 (Head of institution)
2) General Members - 2
3) Parents Members - 4
40. Bas. ducation Community Sch. Project
It wa^ started by Govt, of Pakistan in i?95 with the name of Non-Formal Basic Ed" Tttion project. It again
started with the name of Basic Education Community School i BE* !) in 200b with the aim to provide free
and basic education to out of school children in the community. It is based on non-formal education
with one teacher, single home based -oom (Class KG-V). Community provides free of cost premises.
Teachers teach in mother tongue. Multi-grade teaching is adopted for at least 25-30 students (4-12
years). Honorarium Rs. ^000 per month apd Rs. 1000 utility charges is provided. Govt, provides free of
cost ma ' and books. After class 5, students are admitted in formal schools. BECS are run by L -torate
General of Basic Education Community School, Pakistan.
41. Universal Pi .mary Education (UPE) Program
UPE was started with th- help of UNICEF to ensure 100% enrolment in schools and to reduce the
dropout in Pa^.stan. House to house survey of children age 0-9 years and out of school children (5-7
years) is done.In Pakistan, it is under the control of NCHD (National Commission of Human
Development).
42. Efficiency & Discipline (E&D) Rules
Major Penalties under E & D Rules:
1) Reduction to lower grade & recovery of loss
2) Compulsory Retirement
3) Dismissal & Removal from Service Minor Penalties under E&D Rules:

1) Censure
2) Without promotion of increments
3) Stoppage of efficiency bar
43. Time-Table
School time-table is a very iriportant instrument which shows success of a school. If time- table is
prepared sensibly then the teachers' only job is to implement it. It is the complete guideline for the
teachers. It is called mirror,of the school. It also called sparkplug of school.

325. Types of School Time Table: There are 7 types of time table:
1) Master Time-Table: This time table gives a complete, correct and comprehensive picture of the
entire school program. It is consolidate: time table. This time table is meant to be used by the principal
headmaster.
2) Class-wise time-table: It is the picture of class-wise programs. It shov. the daily program of a
class. It fixes the responsibility of teacher for i complete subject. It indicates the breaks and the periods
for games anc other co-cuiricular activities a copy of this should be kept in the concerned class, while
other copies should be with class teacher &in principal office.
3) Teacher-Wise Time-TablexlX focuses on teacher. The whole course is distributed teacher-wise.
This is useful for teachers as it indicates where he/she will teach which subject. Each teacher should be
given a copy of his/her time-table. Teachers' time-tables should also indicate a schedule their non-
academic duties. Every teacher may be provided with his ow-small strip containing all the subjects and
the classes.
4) Vacant Period Time-Table: It is a special time-table which shows die vacant periods of all the
teachers should also be prepared. This will be helpful in allotting work when some teacher is on leave.
This type of tin-table will show the teachers available in a particular period and thus thea teachers may
be requested to keep the vacant class occupied when neede:
5) Games Time-Table: It indicates games which each class will be invoh e i uith at a particular time.
It shows which particular group engaged in particular game at a particular time. Groups for games
cannot be organize: on the basis of section and classes. These are organized on the basis of ag! and
proficiency in sports.
6) Co-Curricular Activities Time-Table: It will facilitate and systematic organization of these
important activities in a school. It shows all deta regarding the responsible teacher, time, place etc.
7) Home-Work Time-Table: It is very important to manage the burden homework which is assigned
to students. This time-table will also ensu: equal attention to home-work in all the subjects. It also helps
parents I know what home-work has been assigned. A copy of it should be given I each teacher and each
parent.
44. Higher Education Commission (HEC)
1) Established in 1947 with the name (University Grants Commission).
2) It was renamed as HEC in 2002.
3) Developed to facilitate the development of indigenous universities to be world-class center of
education, research and development.

3 HAP - 10] Educational Leadership & Management

326. 259

4) Evaluate, promote & improve higher education & research sector in Pak.
5) Faculty development, improving access to education, developing educational leadership,
enhancing quality assessment, relevance of education to national priorities & technological
advancement.
6) It provides foreign and indigenous scholarships at higher education level.
-5. Classroom Management
Classroom management can be divided as under: Teacher Based:
1) Provision of friendly environment.
2) Using child centered approach.
3) Considering individual differences while teaching various categories of disabled.
4) Focusing interest, strengths and weakness of the disabled.
5) Promoting activity based learning.
6) Provision of lively and dynamic learning environment.
7) Maintain discipline in classroom.
8) Use of token economy.
9) Use of positive reinforcement.
10) Welcome student's queries.
11) Immediate feedback.
12) Repeat instruction and activity for better comprehension.
13) Effective use of Audio Visual aids.
Administration Based (Ensuring effective physical environment):
1) Age appropriate furniture.
2) Noise free environment.
3) Airy / ventilated rooms.
4) Appropriate light.
5) Availability of fans/heaters in extreme weather conditions.
6) Adequate space in rooms for mobility/accessibility.

327. 7) Provision of AV Aids.
8) Provision of instructional material. Learner Based:

1) Focus on work.
2) Keep in touch with teacher instructions.
3) Avoiding disruptive behavior.
4) Respect other students.
5) Coordination and mutual sharing with others.



260

CRUX of Special Educa:


46. Slow Learners
A slow learner is a child of below average intelligence (IQ Level 70-90). thinking skills have developed
significantly more slowly than the norm for his h. This child will go through the same basic
developmental stages as other children, b j do so at a significantly slower rate. These children are taught
by using Activit) I i Learning Method. A psychologist measures IQ level and assesses; reading, writin.
ability etc. for diagnosis of slow learner. Slow learners have short memor academic performance, short
attention span, slow reaction, psychosocial probler problem in the completion of complex / longer tasks.
Presently there are 36 Institute for Slow Learners working in the province of Punjab (one institute :
district). According to policy, at least 100 slow learners are enrolled. There educator (teacher) for 20
slow learners. Govt. Institutes for Slow Learners are \ under the control of Department of Special
Education. Punjab, Lahore. There an posts of educators (teachers) in each Govt. Institute for Slow
Learner in Punjab.
SWOT Analysis/SWOT Matrix (Strengths-Weaknesses-Opportunities-TL-;. It is a useful technique for
understanding your Strengths, Weakness and to ider Opportunities open to you and Threats you face.
Qualities of a good teacher:

l.Good Looking 10. Creative 19. Optimistic

328. 2. Good classroom11. Dedicated 20. Courageous
manager
3. Good planner 12. Determined21. Disciplined
4. Good work organizer 13. Empathetic 22. Caring
5. Good communicator 14. Engaging 23. Grip over subject knowledge
6. Punctual 15. Passionate 24. Having good adaptability ski.
7. Logical 16. Patient 25. Have sense of collaboration
8. Farsighted 17. Motivator 26. Having good pedagogical ski!
9. Supportive 18. Confident 27. Good lesson plan/preser.._ skills

Physical Verification
A physical verification of all stores must be made at least once a year under prescribed by the head of
the department. Physical verification should not be dot custodian or store keeper etc. Verification must
be made in the presence of custcc deputed person by custodian. Deficiencies must be investigated and
brought to ac; Shortage, damages, as well as unserviceable stores must be reported quickly to audi
competent to write off loss. Stores are physically verified on 30th June every year.



[CHAP - 10] Educational Leadership & Management

261


ABBREVIATIONS

l. AAT1 - Audit and Account Training Institute
2. ACR - Annual Confidential Report
3. ADP - Annual Development Project
4. AIR - Audit and Inspection Report

329. 5. AV Aids - Audio-Visual Aids
6. AO - Audit Objection/Observation
7. AP - Audit Para
8. PDP - Proposed Draft Para
9. E & D Rules - Efficiency and Discipline Rules
10. SMC - School Management Council
11. PC . - Project Cost
12. BM - Budget Manual
13. PER - Personal Evaluation Report
14. DTEs - District Teacher Educator
15. DSD - Directorate of Staff Development
16. EMIS - Educational Management Information System
17. PEEDA -Punjab employees efficiency, discipline & accountability act
18. PITE - Pakistan Institute of Teacher Education
19. BECS - Basic Education Community School
20. OOSC -Out of School Children
21. GCETs - Govt. College of Elementary Teachers
22. SED - School Education Department
23. SAP - Social Action Plan
24. DDC - District Development Committee
25. F&P - Finance & Development
26. UPE - Universal Primary Education
27. USE - Universal Secondary Education
28. EFA - Education for All
29. PESRP - Punjab Education Sector Reform Program
30. NCHD - National Commission of Human Development
31. PEC - Punjab Examination Commission
32. PEEF - Punjab Educational Endowment Fund
33. PFR - Punjab Financial Rules

330. 34. FY - Financial Year
35. EOL - Extra Ordinary Leave
36. C/Leave- Casual Leave
37. Deptt. - Department

38. AEO - Assistant Education Officer
39. DEO - District Education Officer
40. Dy. DEO - Deputy District Education Officer
41. DDO - Drawing and Disbursing Officer
42. EDO - Executive District Officer
43. DCO - District Coordination Officer
44. PPSC - Punjab Public Service Commission
45. CSR - Civil Service Rules
46. LPR - Leave Preparatory to Retirement
47. PFR - Punjab Financial Rules
48. LPC - Last Payment Certificate
49. SSB - Social Security Benefit
50. POL - Petroleum, Oil & Lubricants
51. DAC - District Accounts Committee
52. PAC - Public Accounts Committee
53. CoA - Chart of Accounts
54. MAP - Manual of Accounting
55. NAM - New Accounting Model
56. TA - Travelling Allowance
57. DA - Daily Allowance
58. CA - Conveyance Allowance
59. SNE - Schedule of New Expenditure
60. PPRA - Public Procurement Regulatory Authority
61. PIFRA - Project for improvement of Financial Report and Auditing

331. 62. AGP - Accountant General of Pakistan
63. AGPR - Accountant General of Pakistan Revenues
64. CGA - Controller General of Accounting
65. FD - Finance Department
66. BM - Budget Manual
67. CBR - Central Board of Revenue
68. DGPR - Director General of Pakistan Revenue
69. GOP - Govt, of Pakistan
70. MOF - Ministry of Finance
71. NBP - National Bank of Pakistan
72. SBP - State Bank of Pakistan
73. PAO - Public Accounting Officer
74. FABS - Financial and Budgeting System
75. Estacode - Establishment Code
76. HEC - Higher Education Commission




NATIONAL EDUCATION POLICIES
Sr # Topic
1 First Educational Conference, 1947
2 National Commission on Education, 1959
3 New Education Policy, 1970
4 Education Policy, 1972
5 National Education Policy, 1979
6 National Education Policy. 1992
7 National Education Policy, 1998
8 National Education Policy, 2009

332. SALIENT FEATURES OF NATIONAL EDUCATION POLICIES OF PAKISTAN
1. First Educational Conference, 1947
1) It was held at Karachi from November 27th to December 1st, 1947 in the supervision of Quaid-e-
Azam. It was presided by Education Minister Fazal Ur Rehman.
2) It was based on Spiritual, Social,and Vocational Education.
3) Conference different committees (University Education Committee, Adult Education Committee,
Technical Education Committee, Primary and Secondan Education Committee, Cultural Relations
Committee, Women's Education Committee, and Scientific Research Committee).
4) Free and compulsory education with separate pre-primary and primary stages for children 3-6
years and 6-11 years respectively.
5) Adult Education Committee pointed out that illiteracy was high at 85 percent, and 140 years
would be required to get rid of the problem. The First 5 years were to be devoted to planning, teacher
recruitment, and their training. In the sixth year, about 500.000 persons were to be made literate with
an annual increase of 300.000 thereafter.
6) Compulsory Physical Education
7) Overseas Scholarship Scheme would be started
8) Possible use of Educational Broadcast and Educational Films would be made at all stages of
education
9) Council of Technical Education for Pakistan would be established

10) A Central Institute of Islamic Research would be established
11) Advisory Board of Education would be established
12) Inter University Board would be established
13) National Library and Museum would be established
14) Industrial Homes for Women would be established
2. National Commission on Education, 1959 HrVj
1) It was addressed by General Ayub Khan and presided by S.M. WjB Sharif, Secretary Education.
2) 10 year compulsory education (primary education) with equal opportunities for boys and girls.
3) Focus on Character building, Science and Technical Education.
National language as medium of instruction. 3 years degree program.
Establishment of University Grant Commission (UGC) now (HEC). Exams (25% internal & 75% external).

333. Religious education would be compulsory at middle, optional at secondary level, & Research at
university level).
University Act / Ordinance would be Amended
National Cadet Core would be established
Pilot Schools Scheme would be introduced
Comprehensive Schools Scheme would be introduced
New Education Boards would be established at Peshawar, Hyderabad and Rajshahi (Islamabad)
Secondary Education would be Separated From University Education Text Boards for curriculum &text
book improvement would be established Committee of Advanced Studies at each University would be
established 3 New Education Policy, 1970
1) Formation of national education units
2) Emphasis on ideological, science and technology education ?) Decentralization of educational
administration

4) No New Government and Private Colleges would be started
5) Participation of Students in Management of Institutes would be encouraged
6) Divisions and Classes would be abolished
7) Public Examination would he held at 7th, 10th, 11th and Degree classes
8) No Fees would be charged to Children at Primary Schools and Girls would not pay any Fee at
Middle Schools
9) Five Separate Administrative Establishments at Provincial Level outside the Govt. Secretariat for
(School Education, College Education, Adult Education, Uni Education & Vocational Education) would be
established
Universities would be Autonomous in Finance, & Administration
1) Academic Council and Senate at University Level would be established
2) Book Boards for Books and Curricula Development would be established
3) National Education Core (NEC) would be established
4. Education Policy, 1972
1) Focusing Pakistani ideology, personality development, Universal education
2) Integration of technical and science education
3) Active participation of teacher, students and parents in educational affairs

334. 4) Nationalization of private educational institutions
5) Free & universal education up to Class X for both girls & boys.
6) Mandatory Military Training for Girls and Boys ( students)
7) Centres of Excellence in Universities would be established
8) Inter University Board would be emerged in University Grants Commission
9) Book Banks would be established
10) New Universities would be established at Multan, Sakhar and Saidu Sharif
11) New BISE would be established at Rawalpindi, Gujranwala, Bahawalpu:
Khanpur and Saidu Sharif
12) People's Open University (AIOU) would be established
13) University Act / Ordinance would be Replaced
14) National Service Core would be established
15) National Institute of Pakistan Studies at Islamabad University would b
established
16) National Curriculum Bureau would be established
17) National Book Foundation would be established
18) National Research Fellowship would be introduced
19) National Professorship Programme would be started
20) National Sports Trust would be established
5. National Education Policy, 1979
1) Fostering loyalty to Islam
2) Creation of concept of Muslim Ummah
3) Curriculum revision.
4) Merging madarsa and traditional education
5) Urdu as a medium of education
6) Effective participation of community in literacy programs.
7) Linked scientific and technical education.
8) Separate set up for male and female.
9) National Students Centre would be established

335. 10) National Centre for Science Education would be established
National Institute of Educational Research would be established
National Council on Adult Education at AIOU would be established
Guidance and Counseling Service would be introduced
Academy of Educational Planning &Management (EPM) would be established
National Educational Council would be established
Bureau of Placement would be established
Masjid Maktab School Scheme would be started
School Uniform prescribed
Mathematics would be introduced as a Compulsory Subject Shariah Faculty in Islamic University would
be established Book Bank Scheme would be re-casted 121 Admission Committees would be
constituted National Education Policy, 1992
1) Promotion of Islamic values through education
2) Improvement in women education
?) Range of general and technical education at secondary level
4) Demand oriented curriculum
5) Expended span of graduation and post-graduation
6) "1 se of AV aids, encourage private sector in enhancement of literacy.
7) Modern Scientific Subjects would be introduced
S) Quran Nazira would be started from Class 1 to 8
9) Primary Directorates would be created at Federal and Provincial level Separate Higher Education
Service Policy would be formulated
11) Liberal Grants would be provided to Universities
12) Colleges of Distance Education in Provinces would be established
13) Compulsory Community Service/Education would be introduced
14) School Management Committee (SMC) would be established
15) National Council of Academic Award would be established
.6) Academies of Educational Planning and Management would be established b> Provincial Govt.
17) Directorate of Colleges at Divisional Level would be established
18) Mobile Teacher Training Units would be established

336. 19) Computer Education would be a Part of Curriculum at School Level



268

CRUX of Special Educatic-

7. National Education Policy, 1998
1) Making Quranic principles &Islamic practices, integral part of education.
2) To achieve Universal Primary Education (UPE).
3) To make curriculum development a continuous process.
4) To ensure equal opportunity of higher education.
5) Diversification of curriculum.
6) Upgrading the quality of DeeniMadaras.
7) Teacher training programs both pre-service and in-service.
8) Introduction of idea of multiple text book.
9) Development of National Testing Services (NTS).

10) Introduction of comprehensive monitoring system.
11) Project of Basic Education Community Schools would be started
12) Literacy Act would be implemented
13) National Literacy Movement would be started
14) National Council of Technical Education would be established
15) National Institute of Teacher Education (NITE) would be established
16) Selected Disciplines at Major Universities would be transformed into Boarc Advanced Studies
and Research (BASR).
17) Education Service Commission would be established
18) Education Cards to Needy Students would be provided

337. 19) Cluster Center Schools would be started
20) Matric Tech in 10% Secondary Schools would be introduced
21) Teacher Foundations in All Provinces would be established
22) Multiple Text Books at Secondary School Level would be introduced
23) Project Method of Teaching at Secondary Level would be initiated
24) Assessment Items and Question Banks would be established
25) Vocational Training Schools At District Headquarter would be opened
26) Day Care Centres Near Schools would be opened
27) Education Loan Scheme would be started
28) Teacher Service Training Academy would be established
29) 1 Year B.A (Hons) Course after BA/BSc will be introduced in all colleges
30) Model Schools at Each District would be established
31) New Disciplines Emerging Sciences in Public Universities will be establishec
32) System of Assessment of Teacher's Performance would be introduced

;CHAP - 11] National Education Policies

269

Contract System for Teachers would be introduced
Translation Houses at Provincial and Federal Level would be established
Paper Schools would be abolished
Radio and Television would be used for Literacy
World of Work would be prepared
National Education Policy, 2009
Life Skills-Based Education (LSBE) shall be promoted.
Grades XI and XII shall not be part of the college level and shall be merged into the school level forming
part of existing secondary schools A system for ranking of primary and secondary educational
institutions across the country shall be introduced

338. To create an order for excellence in the country, a "National Merit Programme" shall be introduced to
award bright students
All children, boys and girls, shall be brought inside school by the year 2015.
Official age for primary education shall be 6 to 10 years. The official age group for next levels of
education shall also change accordingly.
Government shall make efforts to provide the necessary financial resources to achieve the EFA goals.
Government shall establish at least one "ApnaGhar" residential school in each province to provide free
high quality education facilities to poor students.
Every child, on admission in Grade I, shall be allotted a unique ID that will continue to remain with the
child throughout his or her academic career.
10) Literacy rate shall be increased up to 86% by 2015
11) Provinces and district governments shall allocate a minimum of 3% of education budget for
literacy and non-formal basic education (NFBE).
12) NEF programmes, currently in practice up to grade 5 shall be expanded up to grade 10, where
required.
13) (14 to 17 years). Special educational stipends shall be introduced to rehabilitate child labourers.
14) A Bachelors degree, with a B.Ed., shall be the requirement for teaching at the elementary level.
A Masters level for the secondary and higher secondary, with a B.Ed., shall be ensured by 2018. PTC and
CT shall be finished
15) Diploma in Education (D.Ed) may be used as an intermediate qualification till B.Ed teachers are
available universally.
16) Teacher training arrangements, accreditation and certification procedures shall be standardized
and institutionalized.



270

CRUX of Special Educa

17) In service teachers training in mathematics shall be given with due attent: developing
conceptual understanding, procedural knowledge, problem s< and practical reasoning skills.

339. 18) In service teacher training in science shall be based on real life situations. _ science kits and
provision of science kits to all primary and middle schools.
19) Teacher allocation plans, likewise, shall be based on schools needs . qualifications of teachers.
Over the course of next two years, Governments 5 -develop a rationalized and need based school
allocation of teachers, which s be reviewed and modified annually.
20) Provincial and Area Administrations shall develop effective accounta-mechanism including EMIS
data on teacher deployment, to control absent:, and multiple job-holding,
21) Maximum age limit shall be waived off for recruitment of female teachers.
22) The curriculum development and review process, as well as textbooks re process, shall be
standardized and institutionalized within the framework Federal Supervision of Curricula, Textbooks and
Maintenance of Standa:; Education Act, 1976.
23) Professional Councils like Pakistan Medical and Dental Council (PM&DC Pakistan Engineering
Council (PEC) shall be involved in consultatic: relevant curriculum development.
24) Environmental education shall be made an integral part of education.
25) Matric-Tech scheme shall be re-introduced at secondary level
26) Education system needs to be internationally competitive and Pakistan shall n _ efforts
27) Technical & Vocation Education (TVE) shall be extended according to the ■ of the area i.e. Tehsil,
District and Division.

SCIENCE

Sr#

Topic

1 Biology
2 Chemistry
3 Physics
4 Inventions
5 Mechanical Inventions

272

340. CRUX of Special Education E—-



BIOLOGY
1. Removing part of plants causes plant death
2. Basic component of all living things
3. Process of food preparation of plants
4. All living objects consists of
5. Roots Vegetables
6. Leaves are green due to
7. Teeth replaced by permanent teeth
8. Reproductive cell of male
9. Reproductive cell of female
10. Bird that remains active during night
11. Animal without special hearing organ
12. Tallest tree in the world
13. A housefly lives for about
14. In human body, urine is formed in
15. Herbivorse means
16. Omnivorse means
17. Dogs are
18. Part of human sekelton protects brain
19. No. of bones in Shark body
20. Animal never drinks water in entire life
21 Physical phase of life called
22. Largest cell
23. Largest human cell

341. 24. Longest Human cell
25. No. of muscles in human body
26. Vertebrate with 2 chambered heart
27. No. of ribs in human body
28. Harmones are produced by
29. Normal value of blood sugar in body
30. Normal value of blood pressure
31. Largest boold vessel in body
32. What carry impure blood


- Roots -Water
- Photosynthes
- CeD
. - Carrot, Radish, Be:
- Chloroph -Milk Tee
- Spe— - Egg or Ovua
- Ow -Sna.^
- Redwco: -1 year - Kidneys ■ Animals who eat plan - Animals who eat me ■
- Omnivorse
-SkuL
- Zen - Kangroo Rr
- Protoplasr - Egg of an Ostr.;
- Ovuurr
- Nerve C =

342. - Endocrine Glar; 80-120 mg/100 ml ofblooc
-80-12: - Aom
- Pulmonary Arte-

























51

343. 53 54 :*5 56 Si 51

• _1, Disease Bronchitis is related to - Lungs
54. Tuberclosis is caused by- Bacteria
" 5. Dengue Fever is caused by Mosquito - Aedes (Female)
:0. Growing plants with soil is called - Hydroponics
37. Baby Blue Whale drinks milk per day -190 Liters
58. Blood called Universal Donor -0
59. Blood in human body - 5.7 Liters
40. Facial muscles involved in speaking -70
41. No. of taste buds in young person « - 100,000
42. No. of human senses -5,Hearing,Vision,Smell,Taste,Touch
43. Functions of Ears - Hearing &Balance of body
44. Platelets are useful to - Prevent bleeding
45. Instrument used to dectect ear disorder- Auriscope
46. Citrus fruits has large amount of- Vitamin C
47. Cover of air around earth - Atmosphere
48. Plants & animals maintain balance in air- Balance' of Gases
49. Graveyard of Red Blood Cells (RBC) - Spleen
50. Urine gets its yellow colour from - Urochrome
51. Chromosomes are made up of - DNA & Proteins
52. Longest bone in human body - Femur (Thigh bone)
53. Universal recipient blood group - AB
54. Universal donor blood group -O
55. Insufficient blood supply in humans - Hemostasis
56. What is added in milk to make curd - Bacteria
57. Converting cooking oil into Ghee - Hydrogenation
58. Biological clock is called- Pineal Gland

344. 59. Gland responsible for growth - Thyroid
60. Thyroid Gland is also called - Adam's Apple
61. Glands situated over kidneys - Adrenal glands
62. Glands control blood pressure - Adrenal glands
63. Glands scretes tears - Lachrymal Glands
64. Largest gland in body - Liver
65. Thyroid gland is situated - Below Larynx (voice box)
66. Emergency harmones called - Adrenaline




67. Pancreas secretes
68. If pancreas stops function it decrease
69. pH value of human blood
70. What is blood coagulation
71. Responsible for blood coagulation
72. Who have maximum number of ribs
73. Vitamin help in blood clotting
74. Deficiency of Vitamin E leads to
75. Influenza disease is caused by
76. Soar throat is caused by
77. Viral disease of liver
78. White Blood Cells over production cause
79. Cells were first discovered by
80. Lymphocyte cells fomed in human with
81. Blood, bones, cartilage made up of tissue
82. Red ants are called
83. Ants injects on bite

345. 84. Cellulose helps in
85. At rest, adult breathes in & out
86. What.transport oxygen to all body parts
87. Haemoglobin presents in
88. Pulse rate of resting person
89. No. of chamber in human heart
90. Upper two chamber of human heart
91. Lower two chamber of human heart
92. Urine goes from kidney to
93. An adult passes urine
94. Filter blood through artificial kidney
95. What cools the plant
96 Pancreas not produce insuline cause
97. Thyroid gland not produce thyrioid cause
98. Gland under the layer of skin
99. Increased activity of Sebaceous gland
100. Fungi and bacteria used for medicine

- Harmones & Enzymes - Insuline & Glucagcr
-7.5
- Blood clottin,
- Fibrinogen
- Snak,
- Vitamin K - Infertilitj
-Virus
- Bacteria
- Hepati:
- Leukaemia (cance:
- Hooke, 166:

346. - Spleen - Connective Tissu;
- Formica
- Formic Ac::
- Movement of Bov. e
- 15-18 times in minu:i
- Haemoglob.:
- Red Blood Cells
- 72-80

-Atria - Ventricle
- Urete:
- 1-1.8 Liters in 24 hours
- Dialysis
- Transpiration
- Diabetes
- Goitre (N^eck Swelling
- Sebaceous Gland Causes Acne and Pimples
- Antibiotic Medicines
1. Panda is also called
2. Panda is belong to family of
! 3. How do most insects respire
4. Transfer pollen from anther to stigma
5. Deficiency of protein caused disease
6. Bamboo belongs to the family of
7. Test helpful in diagnosis of cancer
)8. Healing of wounds is fastened by
9. Most highly intelligent mammals
0. Father of Genetics
1. Normal human blood is

347. 12. Zoology
13. Botany
: 4. Oology
15. Herpetology
6. Histology
17. Dactylography
.8. Anthology
19. Agrostology
20. Bactryology
21. Crybiology
22. Cardiology
23. Ecology
24. Dermatology
25. Demography
26. Embryology
27. Microbiology
28. Pomology
129. Paleontology
30. Phycology
31. Saurology
132. Sonography
33. Study of internal organ of organism
34. Study of causative agent of disease

- Cat Bear

- Bear
- By tracheal system
- Pollination - Maramas (Sokra, thin body)

348. - Grass
- Biopsy Test
- Vitamin C
- Dolphins - Mandel
- Alkaline
- Study of animals
- Study of Plants -Study of Birds
- Study of Reptiles
- Study of Tissues
- Study of finger prints
- Study of Flowers
- Study of Grass
- Study of Bacteria
-Study of Cells
- Study of Heart - Study of Environment
-Study of Skin - Study of population
- Study of fertilization - Study of micro organisms
- Study of fruits
- Study of fossils
- Study of Algae
- Study of Lizards Study of ultrasound imaging
- Physiology
- Etiology


135. Study of pulse & arterial blood pressure- Sphymolc r
136. Study of processing&food preservation - Food Technolc g
137. Study deal with weather and climate - Metreolo^
138. Ochlophobia - Fear fo crow::

349. 139. Bibliophobia - Fear of BOOK:
140. Androphobia - Fear of mer.
141. Gynophobia - Fear of Womer.
142. RNA - Ribonucleic Ac;
143. Scientific name of man - Homo Sapier.
144. Human blood quantity of total weight
145. Who invented Polio Vaccine -Sak
146. Mostly responsible for disease in plant - Fur. |
147. Animals with constant body temperatur- Homeotherrr. ;
148. Making unexpected discovery - Serend::
149. Fish helps to control mosquito - Gambusia Fis:
150. No. of pairs of heart in earthworm
151. In eyes retina, what differentiate colour- Cones
152. Water in blood plasma of human - 91-9Z:
153. Center of Thirst, Hunger and Sleep - Hypthalamus (Brain par-
154. Antimicrobial drug treat TB&Leprosy - Rifampic-
155. Blood cell provide defence to body - White Blood Ce:
156. Traits transmission generation2generation - Hered;-
157. Origin of specied by natural selection written by- Darwin, 18::
158. Survival of the Fittest was proposed by - Darw -
159. Harmful element exist in tobacco - Nicotine
160. Plant & animals living in particular area called - Commun;-
161. Ultimate environmental mankind hazard - Nuclear pollut::
162. Sound becomes hazardeous above level- 80 ci^
163. Large cities atmosphere is mainly pollutant by - Automobiles exhau:
164. Highest no. of endangered species -Rept:;-
165. Animal living on the expense of others - Paracistis.-
166. Food of red Pandas - Bambo:
167. Acetylsalicylic Acid is called - Aspinr

350. 168. Lenses used to treat astimatism- Cylindrical Lens:
169. Lenses used to treat Presbyopia- Bifocal Lenses
170. Lense used to correct myopia - Concave lens
171. Cirrhosis disease affect the organ - Liver
172. Bowman Capsule is found in organ - Kidney
173. Rarest blood group - AB Negative
174. No. of choromosomes in human genes -46
175. Acid present in Vinegar - Acetic Acid
176. Average weight of human brain - 1400 grams
177. Mosquito spread malaria - Anopheles Mosquito
178. Phloem tissue is found in - Plants
179. Oxygen in human is transported by - Haemoglobin
180. Wisdom teeth are - Last Molars
181. Sweetest natural sugar - Fructose
182. Basic building blocks in human body - Cells
183. Physical basis of life - Protoplasm
184. When 2 sperms fertilize 1 ovum,what born - Identical Twins
185. Set of instruction that code for particular trait - Gene
186. What is organism - A living thing
187. What is characteristic -Physical feature of organism
188. Producing new cell, replace old cells - Mitosis
189. Particular traits we display - Phenotype
190. Male human sex cells - Sperm
191. Female human sex cells- Eggs/Ovum
192. Male plant sex cells - Pollen
193. Female plant sex cells - Ovule
194. Human organ produces and stores sex cells - Testes
195. What produces and stores male plant sex cells - Anther
196. Produce & store human/plant female sex cells - Overy

351. 197. Night blindness is caused by lack of - Vitamin A
198. Main disease of poultry - Rani Khait
199. No. of chromosomes in Down Syndrome -47
200. Pollination by wind is called - Anemophily
201. What is Osmosis - Absorption of water
202. High to low concentration - Diffusion

278 CRUX of Special Education
203. Low to high concentration - Active Transpcr"
204. Negatively charge particle outside atom nucleus- Electron
205. Substance consisting entirely one type of atoms - Elemen:
206. Atom that has negative or positive charge -Ion
207. Breaking cells into pieces - Cell Fractionation
208. Bond formed by sharing electrons b/w atoms - Covalent Bone
209. Smallest unit of most compounds - Molecu^
210. Physical combination of two or more elements - Mixture
211. Substance dissolve in solvent to make solution - Solute
212. Solute dissolve in substance to make solution - Solve n:
213. Misture of water & nondissolved materials - Suspension
214. Compund form hydrogen ions (H+) in solution - Acid
215. Substance speeds up rate of chemical reaction - Catalys:
216. Group of similar organisms - Species
217. Organisms get energy by eating plants only - Herbivore
218. Organisms get energy by eating animals only - Carnivore
219. Organism get energy eating both animal&plant - Omnivore
220. Change of water from liquid to gas - Evaporation
221. Water loss from plant through its leaves- Transpiration
222. Chemical substance organism require to live - Nutrient
223. Aea where organism live - Habitat

352. 224. Two species live closely together - Symbiosis
225. Organizing things into group - Taxonomy
226. Plants have tissues to conduct water & food - Vascular plants
227. Plants lack tissues to conduct water & food - Non-Vascular plants
228. Plants produce flowers as reproductive organs - Angiosperms
229. Plants produce seeds as reproductive organs - Gynosperms
230. Plants survive only single growing season - Annuals
231. Plants survive two growing season - Biennial
232. Plants survive year after year - Perennial
233. Matured ovary containing seeds- Fruit
234. Two cotyledons (parts) in each seed - Dicots
235. One cotyledon in each seed - Monocots
236. Main supporting structure of plant - Stem



[CHAP-12] Science

279



237. 238. 239. 240. 241. 242. 243. 244. 245. 246. 247. 248. 249. 250.

Locations along stem where new leaves grow
Spaces between nodes
Openings in leaves
Animals with internal backbones
Animals without internal backbones

353. Study of living organisms & their environment- Biology
Process of gradual change
Group of similar cells carryout same function
Organism made up of only one cell
Organism made up of many cells
Membrane enclosing cytoplasm of cell
To grow to become plant or individual
Carry oxygen rich blood from heart 2 all body part
Water evaporation & raining again & again "

- Nodes - Internode - Stomata - Vertebrates - Invertebrates

- Evolution
- Tissue Unicellular (Bacteria)
- Multicellular
- Cell Membrane - Germination
-Arteries
- Water Cycle

251. Photosynthesis: Leave use water and carbon dioxide to prepare food for plant in the presence of
sunlight.
252. Xylem: Long tubular cells transport water from ground to leaves and branches.
253. Food Tranport: Blood transport digested food from small intestine to other parts of body.
254. Seven levels of animal Organization: Kingdom, Phylum, Class, Order, Family, Genus, Species.
255. Metbolism: Set of chemical reactions to build or break materials in body.
256. Tissue Culture: Technique of growing u^ues of multicellular organisms in an artificial
environment. It helps for conserv ation of endangered plant species.
257. Coral Reef: Diverse and productive environment named for coral animals that make up its
primary structure.
258. Climate: Average, year after year condition of atmosphere in particular region.

354. 259. Weather: Condition of earth atmosphere at particuar time and place.
260. Temperature: Measure of warmth or coldness of an object with refererence to standard value.
261. Decomposer: Organism that break down and get energy from dead organic matter.
262. Microscope: Device produces large image of very small structure which cannot be seen by
normal eye.
263. Medulla Ablongata: It is a part of brain which regulates swallowing, coughing, sneezing, and
vomiting.
264. Rumination: Process of quickly swallowing the grass and store it itn a part of stomach as a food.

CHEMISTRY

1. What is called central science - Chemistn
2. Brass is discolour due to gas in air - Hydrogen Sulphick
3. Material used in pencil - Graphh;
4. Periodic table is divided into periods - 01
5. No. of groups in periodic table - u
6. Elements are arranged in periodic table according - To Atomic Numb c
7. Horizontal rows in periodic table are - Perioi;
8. Vertical columns in periodic table are - Grour i
9. 0 Elements are called - Uncreative non met
10. Group 17 of periodic tables - Haloge
11. Alkali metals are called - Reactive Metal;
12. Unreactive non metals are called -Noble Gases
13. Alloys are harder than - Pure M<
14. Types of matter - 3, Solid, Liquid, Gaj
15. What is needed for rusting - Water & Oxyge:
16. Colour indicate highest temperature - Dull Re:
17. LPG is mixture of - Propane and Butar. i
18. Chemical name of baking soda - Sodium Bicarbor; ;

355. 19. Chemical name of washing soda- Sodium Carbona:;
20. Chemical name of table salt - Sodium Chloric:
21. Chemical name of Chinese salt - Monosodium Glutama:;
22. Chemical name of paster of Paris - Calcium sulpha
23. Chemical name for bleaching powder - Calcium hypo chic- i
24. Gase used in soda water - Carbon Dioxid;
25. What is called white poison - Suga:
26. Simplest form of sugar - Glucose
27. Human sweat excret element - Sulphu
28. Chemical accumulation cause kidneystone - Calcium Oxalat;
29. Principal metal used to manufactur steel -Iro:
30. Metal used in storage batteries -Lea:
31. Science of organic forms&structure - Morphology
32. Acid used in car battery - Sulphuric Ac:;
33. Common name of potassium carbonate - Potas;

34. S upporter of combustion in air
3 5. Major components of air
36. Nucleus is consists of
37. Electrically charged are
38. Charge on proton
39. Charge on Electron
40. No. of electrons are equal to no. of
41. Atomic number of an atom
42. Mass number of an atom
43. Lowest energy level is filled with first
44. Maximum electron second energy level hold
45. Metal atoms lose electrons to form
46. Atoms in a moleculre are joined together by

356. 47. What is used to freeze food
48. Bases that are soluable in water
49. Philosopher's wool is called
50. Stranger gas
51. Process used for water purification
52. Hardest element of the world
53. What is used to cut the glass
54. What is used to write on glass
5 Chemical is
56. Chemical change is also called
57. Elements provide colours to fireworks
58. Lightest metal
59. Heaviest Metal
60 Chemicals used in explosive
61. Density
62. Formula Fahrenheit to Celcius
63. Formula Celcius to Fahrenheit
64. No. of neutrons & protons in element
65. Number of protons in atom

- Oxygen - Nitrogen & Oxygen
- Protons and Neutrons
- Protons and Electrons
-+1 --1
- Protons in nucleus
- Number of protons - Total protons and neutrons
- Electrons
-08
- Positively charge ions

357. - Covalent bond
- Liquid Nitrogen
- Alkalis
- Zinc Oxide
- Xenon
Chlorination,Chlorine added
- Diamond
- Diamond
- Hydrofluoric Acid
- Irreversible
- Chemical Reaction
- Strontium and Barium
- Lithium
- Osmium - Nitroglycerine, Dynamite
- Mass / Volume
- F-32 x 5/9 . - 9/5 x C + 32
- Mass Number
- Atomic Number

282

CRUX of Special Educat:





97. Diffraction: Bends waves around small objects and interference of waves from a coherent
sources.

358. 98. Chain Reaction: A reaction in which material that starts reaction, can start another reaction.
39. Fission: A nuclear reaction in which a massive nucleus splits into smaller nuclei with the
simultaneous release of energy.
100. Fusion: A nuclear reaction in which nuclei combine to form more massive nuclei with the
simultaneous release of energy.
101. Single Bond: Covalent bond produced by sharing of one pair of electrons b/w two atoms.
102. Double Bond: Covalent bond produced by sharing of two pair of electrons b/w two atoms.
103. Triple Bond: Covalent bond produced by sharing of three pair of electrons b/v two atoms.
104. Law of Conservation of Mass: Sum of masses of reactants and products remains unchanges in
chemical reaction.
105. Hard Water: It is salty not used for drinking, in boilers, in irrigation, or washing clothes. It does
not produce lather.
106. Atom: Basic unit of matter cannot be broken down by normal chemical reaction.
107. Carbohydrate: Compound made up of carbon, hydrogen & oxygen atoms. These are major
souorce of energy for humans.
108. Base: Compound produce hydroxide ions (OH+) in solution.
109. pH Scale: Measurement system used to indicate concentration of hydrogen ions (H+) in solution.
It ranges from 0-14.
110. Solution: Mixture of two or more substances in which moecules of substances are evenly
distributed.
111. Chemical Bond: It is link that holds together atoms in compounds.
112. Ionic Bond: Bond formed when one or more electrons are transferred from one atom to
another.
113. Compound: Substance formed by the chemical combination of two or more elements in difinite
proportions.
114. Nucleus: Center of atom contains protons and neutrons. It contains genetic material of cell
(DNA) and it control cell activities.
PHYSICS
1. Freezing point of water - 0 Degree
2. Boiling point of water - 80 Degree
3. Energy released by transistor -Sou
4. What is always required to do any work - Ene:.

359. 5. Energy hidden in atoms is called- Atomic En; .
6. Surrounding Temperature is detected by - The S
7. Celius and Fahrenheit show temperature - A: -
8. Black Hole is found - In si
9. Weight of person sitting in artificial satellite
10. Distance travelled by light in one year - Light Yer
11. Device used to measure wind speed . - Anemon
12. Maximum robots working in country - Jap a:
13. Instrument to regulate constant temperatur -Therm
14. Instrument record earthquake intensity - Seismog:_
15. Instrument measures density of milk - Lactome.r
16. Instrument measure gas pressure - Monome.-
17. Rate of acceleration of gravity on earth - 9.8 -
18. How far out of place an object is - Displacerr.e-
19. Rate at which object change its velocity - Accelera:
20. Acceleration directly proportional to force - Inversely to n
21. Tendency to resist change in motion state - Inefl
22. Who presented concept of inertia - Galik
23. Unit of force -New!
24. Amount of object momentum depends -Mass and Vel
25. One Horsepower is equal to - 750 V\;
26. Inability of eye focus on distant object - Myc:
27. Inability of eye focus on nearby object , - Hyperc
28. Concave Lens form always form image - Erect, virtual, sma
29. Dentist use lens to see large teeth image - Concave Le-_
30. Spliting light into its constituent colors - Dispers -
31. Wind & Cyclone caused by differences - In Air & Pres s _
32. In humans, sound is produced by - Voice Box or Lar
33. Sound can travel through medium - Solid, gas, lie _ .

360. ' 34. Sound cannot travel through - Vacc
35. Force always act away from center - Centrifugal Force
36. Force always act towards center - Centripetal Force
eC1 37 Pure water freezes at - 32 Fahrenheit
38. Water is bad conductor of - Electricity
39. Soap bubble show colour in white light is - Interference
Image form on retina of human eye - Real and Inverted
41. All magnetic material lose their properties - When strongly heated
42. Rubber is an - Insulator
sc 43- Instrument used to store electric charge- Capacitor
:t- 44- Process of removing excess charge on object - Grounding
45. Separating opposite charges within an object - Polarization
«r 46- Big star system held together by mutual gravitation - Galaxy
47 Astronomy - Study of planets, stars
48. Study of structure,behaviour of atom - Atomic Theory
49. Process of making more compact or dense - Condensation
Heat transfer b/w 2 parts of stationary system - Conduction
51. The whole world - Universe
1 52. Force per unit area - Pressure
t- 53. Transparent solid body use to reflect rays of light - Prism
KE J 54- Spontaneous emission of radiation from atomic nuclei - Radiation
BE j 55 Alpha. Beta and Gamma Rays are part of - Atomic Radiation
56. Sun together with all planets revolve around it - Solar System
Object periodic motion forced from equilibrium - Vibration
rem. ] 58- Particle's motion parallel to direction of wave - Longitudinal Waves
[ 59. Particle motion perpendicular to wave direction- Transverse Waves
Particles closest together longitudinal wave region - Compression
: 61. Particles furthest apart in longitudinal wave region - Rarefaction
62. Normal sound audible frequency - 20-20000 Hz

361. - 63- Ultrasonic Sound - More than 20000 Hz
64. Infrasonic Sound - Less than 20 Hz
j 65. No. of waves passing particular point in 1 second - Sound Frequency
m 66. Frequency of sound determines- Pitch
67 Distance b/w two peak of wave - Wavelength
Maximum distance wave move from equilibrium - Amplitude
:>9. Distance travelled by soundwave in per unit time - Sound speed
70. Sound power per unit area - Sound intensity

90. Transfer of thermal energy
91. Bouncing of light
92. Bending of light
93. Converging mirrors are
94. Diverging mirrors are
95. Ability to do work and cause change
96. Energy with respect to motion of an object
97. Stored energy of an object
98. Energy that moves objects
99. Energy of vibrations
100. Energy travesl thorugh space as waves
101. Energy released by nuclear reaction
102. Battery converts chemical energy into
103. Einstein mass energy relation expression
104. Energy constantly produced by sun
105. Energy of electron at absolute zero
106. In simple, push or pul

-He,
- Reflect;

362. - Refracti::
- Concave mirrt
- Convex mirr: -
- Energ} J
- Kinetic EnergJ
- Potential Enerrvl - Mechanical Enet.
- Sound Ener. Electromagnetic Ener.
- Nuclear Ener;
- Electrical Ener.
- E= vac - Due to Nuclear Fusi
- Fermi Ener.
- Force

363. D





HAP - 12] Science

287



Quantity has both magnitude &direction J8. Quantity has magnitude but no direction
9. No change in motion '. 0. Fast movement of an object 11. Resistive force oppose motion of object
12. Force on object due to gravity
13. Unit of Force
14. Space occupied by an object
15. Motion under influence of gravitational pull only
16. Incident angle of wave equal to reflected angle
Relationship b/w votage, current & resistance S Oily substance reduce friction b/w 2moving object


- Vector Quantity
- Scalar Quantity
- Equilibrium - Speed = distance/time - Friction
- Weight, W=mg
- Newton

364. - Volume - Free Fall
- Law of Reflection - Ohms Law (V=IR) - Lubricants

Conduction:Heat transfer from an object to another through particle collision.
1 Insulators: Materials that impede the free flow of electrons from aton to atom and molecule to
molecule.
'. I Convection: Process of heat transfer from one locationn to the next by movement of fluids.
22. Gravitational Force:All the objects in universe attract each other by the force of attraction between
objects called Gravitational Force. It is directly proportional to the mass of interacting objects.
2 3. Converging Lens: Relatively thick across their middle and thin at their upper and
lower edges.
24. Diverging Lens: Relatively thin across their middle and thick at their upper and lower edges.
2 5. Potential Energy is stores in object due to its position relative to some zero position. 26. Newton
First Law of Motion: Resting & moving object get no change unless
acted upon by unbalanced force. 2". Newton Second Law of Motion: Acceleration of an object depends
on
2 variables; net force acting object and mass of object. 28. Newton Third Law of Motion: When an
object exert a force on another object,
second object reacts back on first object. These two forces always equal in
magnitude but opposite in direction. ; J Doppler Effect: Change in frequency of wave for an observer
moving to source of wave.
Space: Unlimited three dimentional expanse in which all material objects are located. ! I. Telescope:
Opticalinstrument helps to make distant objects appear larger & nearer. 2 Magnetic Field: a region of
space near a magnet, electric current, or moving
charged particle in which a magnetic force acts on any other magnet, electric
current, or moving charged particle

INVENTIONS

1. Who invented modern inteligence tests - Binet & Simc -

- Bear

365. - By tracheal system
- Pollination - Maramas (Sokra, thin body)
- Grass
- Biopsy Test
- Vitamin C
- Dolphins - Mandel
- Alkaline
- Study of animals
- Study of Plants -Study of Birds
- Study of Reptiles
- Study of Tissues
- Study of finger prints
- Study of Flowers
- Study of Grass
- Study of Bacteria
-Study of Cells
- Study of Heart - Study of Environment
-Study of Skin - Study of population
- Study of fertilization - Study of micro organisms
- Study of fruits
- Study of fossils
- Study of Algae
- Study of Lizards Study of ultrasound imaging
- Physiology
- Etiology


135. Study of pulse & arterial blood pressure- Sphymolc r
136. Study of processing&food preservation - Food Technolc g

366. 137. Study deal with weather and climate - Metreolo^
138. Ochlophobia - Fear fo crow::
139. Bibliophobia - Fear of BOOK:
140. Androphobia - Fear of mer.
141. Gynophobia - Fear of Womer.
142. RNA - Ribonucleic Ac;
143. Scientific name of man - Homo Sapier.
144. Human blood quantity of total weight
145. Who invented Polio Vaccine -Sak
146. Mostly responsible for disease in plant - Fur. |
147. Animals with constant body temperatur- Homeotherrr. ;
148. Making unexpected discovery - Serend::
149. Fish helps to control mosquito - Gambusia Fis:
150. No. of pairs of heart in earthworm
151. In eyes retina, what differentiate colour- Cones
152. Water in blood plasma of human - 91-9Z:
153. Center of Thirst, Hunger and Sleep - Hypthalamus (Brain par-
154. Antimicrobial drug treat TB&Leprosy - Rifampic-
155. Blood cell provide defence to body - White Blood Ce:
156. Traits transmission generation2generation - Hered;-
157. Origin of specied by natural selection written by- Darwin, 18::
158. Survival of the Fittest was proposed by - Darw -
159. Harmful element exist in tobacco - Nicotine
160. Plant & animals living in particular area called - Commun;-
161. Ultimate environmental mankind hazard - Nuclear pollut::
162. Sound becomes hazardeous above level- 80 ci^
163. Large cities atmosphere is mainly pollutant by - Automobiles exhau:
164. Highest no. of endangered species -Rept:;-
165. Animal living on the expense of others - Paracistis.-

367. 166. Food of red Pandas - Bambo:
167. Acetylsalicylic Acid is called - Aspinr
168. Lenses used to treat astimatism- Cylindrical Lens:
169. Lenses used to treat Presbyopia- Bifocal Lenses
170. Lense used to correct myopia - Concave lens
171. Cirrhosis disease affect the organ - Liver
172. Bowman Capsule is found in organ - Kidney
173. Rarest blood group - AB Negative
174. No. of choromosomes in human genes -46
175. Acid present in Vinegar - Acetic Acid
176. Average weight of human brain - 1400 grams
177. Mosquito spread malaria - Anopheles Mosquito
178. Phloem tissue is found in - Plants
179. Oxygen in human is transported by - Haemoglobin
180. Wisdom teeth are - Last Molars
181. Sweetest natural sugar - Fructose
182. Basic building blocks in human body - Cells
183. Physical basis of life - Protoplasm
184. When 2 sperms fertilize 1 ovum,what born - Identical Twins
185. Set of instruction that code for particular trait - Gene
186. What is organism - A living thing
187. What is characteristic -Physical feature of organism
188. Producing new cell, replace old cells - Mitosis
189. Particular traits we display - Phenotype
190. Male human sex cells - Sperm
191. Female human sex cells- Eggs/Ovum
192. Male plant sex cells - Pollen
193. Female plant sex cells - Ovule
194. Human organ produces and stores sex cells - Testes

368. 195. What produces and stores male plant sex cells - Anther
196. Produce & store human/plant female sex cells - Overy
197. Night blindness is caused by lack of - Vitamin A
198. Main disease of poultry - Rani Khait
199. No. of chromosomes in Down Syndrome -47
200. Pollination by wind is called - Anemophily
201. What is Osmosis - Absorption of water
202. High to low concentration - Diffusion

278 CRUX of Special Education
203. Low to high concentration - Active Transpcr"
204. Negatively charge particle outside atom nucleus- Electron
205. Substance consisting entirely one type of atoms - Elemen:
206. Atom that has negative or positive charge -Ion
207. Breaking cells into pieces - Cell Fractionation
208. Bond formed by sharing electrons b/w atoms - Covalent Bone
209. Smallest unit of most compounds - Molecu^
210. Physical combination of two or more elements - Mixture
211. Substance dissolve in solvent to make solution - Solute
212. Solute dissolve in substance to make solution - Solve n:
213. Misture of water & nondissolved materials - Suspension
214. Compund form hydrogen ions (H+) in solution - Acid
215. Substance speeds up rate of chemical reaction - Catalys:
216. Group of similar organisms - Species
217. Organisms get energy by eating plants only - Herbivore
218. Organisms get energy by eating animals only - Carnivore
219. Organism get energy eating both animal&plant - Omnivore
220. Change of water from liquid to gas - Evaporation
221. Water loss from plant through its leaves- Transpiration

369. 222. Chemical substance organism require to live - Nutrient
223. Aea where organism live - Habitat
224. Two species live closely together - Symbiosis
225. Organizing things into group - Taxonomy
226. Plants have tissues to conduct water & food - Vascular plants
227. Plants lack tissues to conduct water & food - Non-Vascular plants
228. Plants produce flowers as reproductive organs - Angiosperms
229. Plants produce seeds as reproductive organs - Gynosperms
230. Plants survive only single growing season - Annuals
231. Plants survive two growing season - Biennial
232. Plants survive year after year - Perennial
233. Matured ovary containing seeds- Fruit
234. Two cotyledons (parts) in each seed - Dicots
235. One cotyledon in each seed - Monocots
236. Main supporting structure of plant - Stem



[CHAP-12] Science

279



237. 238. 239. 240. 241. 242. 243. 244. 245. 246. 247. 248. 249. 250.

Locations along stem where new leaves grow
Spaces between nodes
Openings in leaves

370. Animals with internal backbones
Animals without internal backbones
Study of living organisms & their environment- Biology
Process of gradual change
Group of similar cells carryout same function
Organism made up of only one cell
Organism made up of many cells
Membrane enclosing cytoplasm of cell
To grow to become plant or individual
Carry oxygen rich blood from heart 2 all body part
Water evaporation & raining again & again "

- Nodes - Internode - Stomata - Vertebrates - Invertebrates

- Evolution
- Tissue Unicellular (Bacteria)
- Multicellular
- Cell Membrane - Germination
-Arteries
- Water Cycle

251. Photosynthesis: Leave use water and carbon dioxide to prepare food for plant in the presence of
sunlight.
252. Xylem: Long tubular cells transport water from ground to leaves and branches.
253. Food Tranport: Blood transport digested food from small intestine to other parts of body.
254. Seven levels of animal Organization: Kingdom, Phylum, Class, Order, Family, Genus, Species.
255. Metbolism: Set of chemical reactions to build or break materials in body.
256. Tissue Culture: Technique of growing u^ues of multicellular organisms in an artificial
environment. It helps for conserv ation of endangered plant species.

371. 257. Coral Reef: Diverse and productive environment named for coral animals that make up its
primary structure.
258. Climate: Average, year after year condition of atmosphere in particular region.
259. Weather: Condition of earth atmosphere at particuar time and place.
260. Temperature: Measure of warmth or coldness of an object with refererence to standard value.
261. Decomposer: Organism that break down and get energy from dead organic matter.
262. Microscope: Device produces large image of very small structure which cannot be seen by
normal eye.
263. Medulla Ablongata: It is a part of brain which regulates swallowing, coughing, sneezing, and
vomiting.
264. Rumination: Process of quickly swallowing the grass and store it itn a part of stomach as a food.

CHEMISTRY

1. What is called central science - Chemistn
2. Brass is discolour due to gas in air - Hydrogen Sulphick
3. Material used in pencil - Graphh;
4. Periodic table is divided into periods - 01
5. No. of groups in periodic table - u
6. Elements are arranged in periodic table according - To Atomic Numb c
7. Horizontal rows in periodic table are - Perioi;
8. Vertical columns in periodic table are - Grour i
9. 0 Elements are called - Uncreative non met
10. Group 17 of periodic tables - Haloge
11. Alkali metals are called - Reactive Metal;
12. Unreactive non metals are called -Noble Gases
13. Alloys are harder than - Pure M<
14. Types of matter - 3, Solid, Liquid, Gaj
15. What is needed for rusting - Water & Oxyge:
16. Colour indicate highest temperature - Dull Re:

372. 17. LPG is mixture of - Propane and Butar. i
18. Chemical name of baking soda - Sodium Bicarbor; ;
19. Chemical name of washing soda- Sodium Carbona:;
20. Chemical name of table salt - Sodium Chloric:
21. Chemical name of Chinese salt - Monosodium Glutama:;
22. Chemical name of paster of Paris - Calcium sulpha
23. Chemical name for bleaching powder - Calcium hypo chic- i
24. Gase used in soda water - Carbon Dioxid;
25. What is called white poison - Suga:
26. Simplest form of sugar - Glucose
27. Human sweat excret element - Sulphu
28. Chemical accumulation cause kidneystone - Calcium Oxalat;
29. Principal metal used to manufactur steel -Iro:
30. Metal used in storage batteries -Lea:
31. Science of organic forms&structure - Morphology
32. Acid used in car battery - Sulphuric Ac:;
33. Common name of potassium carbonate - Potas;

34. S upporter of combustion in air
3 5. Major components of air
36. Nucleus is consists of
37. Electrically charged are
38. Charge on proton
39. Charge on Electron
40. No. of electrons are equal to no. of
41. Atomic number of an atom
42. Mass number of an atom
43. Lowest energy level is filled with first
44. Maximum electron second energy level hold

373. 45. Metal atoms lose electrons to form
46. Atoms in a moleculre are joined together by
47. What is used to freeze food
48. Bases that are soluable in water
49. Philosopher's wool is called
50. Stranger gas
51. Process used for water purification
52. Hardest element of the world
53. What is used to cut the glass
54. What is used to write on glass
5 Chemical is
56. Chemical change is also called
57. Elements provide colours to fireworks
58. Lightest metal
59. Heaviest Metal
60 Chemicals used in explosive
61. Density
62. Formula Fahrenheit to Celcius
63. Formula Celcius to Fahrenheit
64. No. of neutrons & protons in element
65. Number of protons in atom

- Oxygen - Nitrogen & Oxygen
- Protons and Neutrons
- Protons and Electrons
-+1 --1
- Protons in nucleus
- Number of protons - Total protons and neutrons
- Electrons

374. -08
- Positively charge ions
- Covalent bond
- Liquid Nitrogen
- Alkalis
- Zinc Oxide
- Xenon
Chlorination,Chlorine added
- Diamond
- Diamond
- Hydrofluoric Acid
- Irreversible
- Chemical Reaction
- Strontium and Barium
- Lithium
- Osmium - Nitroglycerine, Dynamite
- Mass / Volume
- F-32 x 5/9 . - 9/5 x C + 32
- Mass Number
- Atomic Number

282

CRUX of Special Educat:

375. 97. Diffraction: Bends waves around small objects and interference of waves from a coherent
sources.
98. Chain Reaction: A reaction in which material that starts reaction, can start another reaction.
39. Fission: A nuclear reaction in which a massive nucleus splits into smaller nuclei with the
simultaneous release of energy.
100. Fusion: A nuclear reaction in which nuclei combine to form more massive nuclei with the
simultaneous release of energy.
101. Single Bond: Covalent bond produced by sharing of one pair of electrons b/w two atoms.
102. Double Bond: Covalent bond produced by sharing of two pair of electrons b/w two atoms.
103. Triple Bond: Covalent bond produced by sharing of three pair of electrons b/v two atoms.
104. Law of Conservation of Mass: Sum of masses of reactants and products remains unchanges in
chemical reaction.
105. Hard Water: It is salty not used for drinking, in boilers, in irrigation, or washing clothes. It does
not produce lather.
106. Atom: Basic unit of matter cannot be broken down by normal chemical reaction.
107. Carbohydrate: Compound made up of carbon, hydrogen & oxygen atoms. These are major
souorce of energy for humans.
108. Base: Compound produce hydroxide ions (OH+) in solution.
109. pH Scale: Measurement system used to indicate concentration of hydrogen ions (H+) in solution.
It ranges from 0-14.
110. Solution: Mixture of two or more substances in which moecules of substances are evenly
distributed.
111. Chemical Bond: It is link that holds together atoms in compounds.
112. Ionic Bond: Bond formed when one or more electrons are transferred from one atom to
another.
113. Compound: Substance formed by the chemical combination of two or more elements in difinite
proportions.
114. Nucleus: Center of atom contains protons and neutrons. It contains genetic material of cell
(DNA) and it control cell activities.
PHYSICS
1. Freezing point of water - 0 Degree
2. Boiling point of water - 80 Degree
3. Energy released by transistor -Sou

376. 4. What is always required to do any work - Ene:.
5. Energy hidden in atoms is called- Atomic En; .
6. Surrounding Temperature is detected by - The S
7. Celius and Fahrenheit show temperature - A: -
8. Black Hole is found - In si
9. Weight of person sitting in artificial satellite
10. Distance travelled by light in one year - Light Yer
11. Device used to measure wind speed . - Anemon
12. Maximum robots working in country - Jap a:
13. Instrument to regulate constant temperatur -Therm
14. Instrument record earthquake intensity - Seismog:_
15. Instrument measures density of milk - Lactome.r
16. Instrument measure gas pressure - Monome.-
17. Rate of acceleration of gravity on earth - 9.8 -
18. How far out of place an object is - Displacerr.e-
19. Rate at which object change its velocity - Accelera:
20. Acceleration directly proportional to force - Inversely to n
21. Tendency to resist change in motion state - Inefl
22. Who presented concept of inertia - Galik
23. Unit of force -New!
24. Amount of object momentum depends -Mass and Vel
25. One Horsepower is equal to - 750 V\;
26. Inability of eye focus on distant object - Myc:
27. Inability of eye focus on nearby object , - Hyperc
28. Concave Lens form always form image - Erect, virtual, sma
29. Dentist use lens to see large teeth image - Concave Le-_
30. Spliting light into its constituent colors - Dispers -
31. Wind & Cyclone caused by differences - In Air & Pres s _
32. In humans, sound is produced by - Voice Box or Lar

377. 33. Sound can travel through medium - Solid, gas, lie _ .
' 34. Sound cannot travel through - Vacc
35. Force always act away from center - Centrifugal Force
36. Force always act towards center - Centripetal Force
eC1 37 Pure water freezes at - 32 Fahrenheit
38. Water is bad conductor of - Electricity
39. Soap bubble show colour in white light is - Interference
Image form on retina of human eye - Real and Inverted
41. All magnetic material lose their properties - When strongly heated
42. Rubber is an - Insulator
sc 43- Instrument used to store electric charge- Capacitor
:t- 44- Process of removing excess charge on object - Grounding
45. Separating opposite charges within an object - Polarization
«r 46- Big star system held together by mutual gravitation - Galaxy
47 Astronomy - Study of planets, stars
48. Study of structure,behaviour of atom - Atomic Theory
49. Process of making more compact or dense - Condensation
Heat transfer b/w 2 parts of stationary system - Conduction
51. The whole world - Universe
1 52. Force per unit area - Pressure
t- 53. Transparent solid body use to reflect rays of light - Prism
KE J 54- Spontaneous emission of radiation from atomic nuclei - Radiation
BE j 55 Alpha. Beta and Gamma Rays are part of - Atomic Radiation
56. Sun together with all planets revolve around it - Solar System
Object periodic motion forced from equilibrium - Vibration
rem. ] 58- Particle's motion parallel to direction of wave - Longitudinal Waves
[ 59. Particle motion perpendicular to wave direction- Transverse Waves
Particles closest together longitudinal wave region - Compression
: 61. Particles furthest apart in longitudinal wave region - Rarefaction

378. 62. Normal sound audible frequency - 20-20000 Hz
- 63- Ultrasonic Sound - More than 20000 Hz
64. Infrasonic Sound - Less than 20 Hz
j 65. No. of waves passing particular point in 1 second - Sound Frequency
m 66. Frequency of sound determines- Pitch
67 Distance b/w two peak of wave - Wavelength
Maximum distance wave move from equilibrium - Amplitude
:>9. Distance travelled by soundwave in per unit time - Sound speed
70. Sound power per unit area - Sound intensity

90. Transfer of thermal energy
91. Bouncing of light
92. Bending of light
93. Converging mirrors are
94. Diverging mirrors are
95. Ability to do work and cause change
96. Energy with respect to motion of an object
97. Stored energy of an object
98. Energy that moves objects
99. Energy of vibrations
100. Energy travesl thorugh space as waves
101. Energy released by nuclear reaction
102. Battery converts chemical energy into
103. Einstein mass energy relation expression
104. Energy constantly produced by sun
105. Energy of electron at absolute zero
106. In simple, push or pul

-He,

379. - Reflect;
- Refracti::
- Concave mirrt
- Convex mirr: -
- Energ} J
- Kinetic EnergJ
- Potential Enerrvl - Mechanical Enet.
- Sound Ener. Electromagnetic Ener.
- Nuclear Ener;
- Electrical Ener.
- E= vac - Due to Nuclear Fusi
- Fermi Ener.
- Force

380. D





HAP - 12] Science

287



Quantity has both magnitude &direction J8. Quantity has magnitude but no direction
9. No change in motion '. 0. Fast movement of an object 11. Resistive force oppose motion of object
12. Force on object due to gravity
13. Unit of Force
14. Space occupied by an object
15. Motion under influence of gravitational pull only
16. Incident angle of wave equal to reflected angle
Relationship b/w votage, current & resistance S Oily substance reduce friction b/w 2moving object


- Vector Quantity
- Scalar Quantity
- Equilibrium - Speed = distance/time - Friction
- Weight, W=mg

381. - Newton
- Volume - Free Fall
- Law of Reflection - Ohms Law (V=IR) - Lubricants

Conduction:Heat transfer from an object to another through particle collision.
1 Insulators: Materials that impede the free flow of electrons from aton to atom and molecule to
molecule.
'. I Convection: Process of heat transfer from one locationn to the next by movement of fluids.
22. Gravitational Force:All the objects in universe attract each other by the force of attraction between
objects called Gravitational Force. It is directly proportional to the mass of interacting objects.
2 3. Converging Lens: Relatively thick across their middle and thin at their upper and
lower edges.
24. Diverging Lens: Relatively thin across their middle and thick at their upper and lower edges.
2 5. Potential Energy is stores in object due to its position relative to some zero position. 26. Newton
First Law of Motion: Resting & moving object get no change unless
acted upon by unbalanced force. 2". Newton Second Law of Motion: Acceleration of an object depends
on
2 variables; net force acting object and mass of object. 28. Newton Third Law of Motion: When an
object exert a force on another object,
second object reacts back on first object. These two forces always equal in
magnitude but opposite in direction. ; J Doppler Effect: Change in frequency of wave for an observer
moving to source of wave.
Space: Unlimited three dimentional expanse in which all material objects are located. ! I. Telescope:
Opticalinstrument helps to make distant objects appear larger & nearer. 2 Magnetic Field: a region of
space near a magnet, electric current, or moving
charged particle in which a magnetic force acts on any other magnet, electric
current, or moving charged particle

INVENTIONS

1. Who invented modern inteligence tests - Binet & Simc -
2. Theory of Relativity - Albert Ainste:-

382. 3. Theory of Water Displacement - Archimedes
4. Theory of Evolution & Origin of species - Charles Darwii
5. Periodic Tables - Mendelee
6. Theory of Isotopes - Sodd;.
7. Laws of falling bodies -Galile:
8. Laws of Heredity - Mend:
9. Ohm,s Law - G.S. Oh~
10. Uranium Fission Theory - Strassman, Hahn, Bohr, Ferrr.
11. Genetic Code - H.G Khoraiu
12. Atomic Number- Mosele
13. Laws of Gravitation - New: i
14. Electromagnetic Theory of Light- Max we
15. Atomic Thoery&Law of multiple proportion - Jhon Daltcr.
16. Laws of Governing Gases - Gay-Lussa;
17. Theory of Classical Conditioning- Pavlo\
18. Dynamite Theory of Heat - Kelvu-
19. Germ Theory - Louis Paste _-
20. Quantum Theory of Radiation - Max Von Plar_.
21. Velocity of Light- Rome:
22. Atom smashing theory - Rutherfc::
23. Spectrum Analysis - Bunsen & Kirchhcr:
24. Theory of Psycho-analysis - Sigmund Fre_:
25. Laws of Refraction of Light -She:
26. X-Rays - Rontge:
27. Laws of Motion - Newtc -
28. Current Electricity & Electrical Battery -Volts
29. Oxygen - Priestle;-
30. Electron - J.J. Thorns^:
31. Hydrogen - Cavendis:

383. 32. Laws of electrolysis - Farad a
33. Braille - Louis Brai. :



Radium
Vitamins
Homeopathy
Insulin (cure of Diabetes)
Malaria Parasites
Pencillin
Small-Pox Vaccination Laws of Planetary Motion -'. Atom Bomb
Antiseptic Surgery Bacteria
-:' Heart functioning & blood circulation -: Chloroform
Theory of Moral Development -8. Theory of Cognitive Development
Theory of Social Development : J. Theory of Operant Conditioning
51. Big Bang Theory
52. Electroconvulsive Therapy 5 3. World Wide Web (WWW) :A. Trait Theory of Leadership
5 5. Social Learning / Cognitive Theory 5 6. Behavioural Theories of Learning
57. Psychodynamic Theories
58. Active Learning Theory
59. Cognitive Dissonance Theory
60. Cognitive Learning Theory
61. Discovery Learning
62. Computer Based Learning
63. Classification of educational objectives
64. Progressivism & Pragmatism
65. Theory of Social Cognition
66. Theory of Multiple Intelligence

384. - Madam Marie Curie - Funk
- Hahnemann
- Banting
- Ronald Ross
- Alexander Fleming
- Edward Jenner
- Kepler
- Otto Hahn
- Joseph Lister
- Leeuwenhock
- Harvey - Harrison and Simpson
- Kohlburg
- Jean Piaget
- Erikson
- Skinner - Stephan Hawking
- Bini
- Cailliau & Berners-Lee Gordon Allport & Raymond Cattal
- Bandura - Pavolv, Skinner, Watson
- Jung, Adler, Freud
- Bonwell
- Elliot Aronson

- Bruner
- Bruner - Robert Gagne
- Benjamin Bloom
- Jhon Dewey
- Vygotsky
- Howard Gardner

385. MECHANICAL INVENTIONS
Invention Inventor Invention Inventor
1. Spectacles Salvino Armado37.Projector Edison
2. Printing PressCaxton 38.Radio Marconi
3. Watch Henlein39.Diesel Engin Rudolf Diesel
4. Microscope Jansen 40.Aeorplane Wright Bros
5. Telescope Galileo 41.Vaccum Tube Forest
6. Barometer Torricelli 42.Aircondition Carrier
7. Air Pump Von Guerick 43.Steel Brearley
8. Clock Huygens 44.Military Tank Swinton
9. Thermometer Fahrenheit 45.LoudspeakerPin Kellog
10. Baloon Montgolfier 46.TV J.L. Baird
11. Parachute Blanchard 47.Rocket Goddard
12. Ball-BearingVanghan 48.Safety Razor Gillette
13. Safety LampDavy 49.Ballpoint Biro
14. StethoscopeLaennec 50. Cement Chretien
15. Camera Joseph Nippce 51 .Laser Mainman
16. Electric Generatr Faraday52.Radar Watt
17. Telegraph Samuel Morse 5 3. Helicopter Brequet
18. RefrigeratorCullins 54.FM Radio Armstrong
19. Revolver Colt 55.Waterbed Arnott
20. Bicycle Macmillan 56.Lawnmower Budding
21. Cinemascope Aspdin 57.Piano Cristofori
22. Safety Pin Walter Hunt 58.CD Doi
23. Gas Stove Bunsen 59.Diaper Donovan
24. Dynamo Picinotti 60.Comp Mouse Engelbart
25. Machine gun Gatting 61 .Microprocessor Faggin
26. Sewing Machine Elias Howe 62.Barbie Doll Handler

386. 27. Typewriter Sholes 63.Flush Toilet Harington
28.P lastic Hyatt 64.Magnifng glass Ibnal Haythm
29. Telephone Graham Bell 65.LCD Heilmeier
30. MicrophoneBerliner66.LEC Holonyak
31. Electric Lamp Edison 67.Hearing Aid Hutchison
32. Fountain Pen Waterman 68.Hard Disk Jhonson
33. Motor CycleDaimler69.Paper Cai Lun
34. Electric Fan Wheeler 70.Fire Extingushr Manby
35. Thermos Flask Dewar 71. Flash Memory Fujio
36. Electric Motor Tesla 72.Smart Card Moreno




ISLAMIC INFORMATION

Sr# Topic
1 Important dates and Events of Islam
2 Important Islamic Days
3 Believe (Emaan)
4 Types of Kalimas
5 Arkan-e-Islam
6 Hazrat Muhammad (PBUH)
7 Ahl-e-Bait
8 Ahadith
9 Sahaba Ikraam
10 Ashra Mubashra
11 Quranic Information/Other Divine Books
12 Prophets (A.S)

387. 13 Angels (Malaika)
14 Ghusal
15 Namaz (Salah)
16 Roza
17 Hajj
18 Zakat
19 Ghazwat/Jihad
20 Miscellaneous

IMPORTANT DATES AND EVENTS OF ISLAM

Sr. Event Islamic English
No. Calender Calender
1 Birth of Hazrat Muhammad (PBUH) 571
2 . Death of Aminah (Prophet Mother) 576
3 Death of Abdul-Mutlab (Prophet Grandfather) 578
4 Journey to Syria with Uncle Abu Talib 582
5 Marriage to Hazrat Khadija (R.A) 595
6 First Revelation (Iqra Bismi-Rabbika) 610
7 Emigration of Muslims to Abyssinia 615
8 Boycott by Quraish of Prophet Family 617-620
9 Death of Abu Talib (Prophet Uncle) 620
10 Death of Khadija (R.A) 620
11 Mairaj (Ascention) 621
12 Prophet (PBUH) Emigration to Madina 1 AH 622
13 Marriage to Hazrat Aysha (R.A) 1 AH 623
14 Change of Qibla2 AH 624
15 Battle ofBadr 2 AH 624
16 Marriage of Hazrat Fatima (R.A) daughter 2 AH 624

388. 17 Battle ofUhud 3 AH 625
18 Battle of Ahzad (Khandaq/Trench) 5 AH 627
19 Treaty of Hudaibiyah 6 AH 628
20 Invitation to Kings and World Leaders 6 AH 628
21 Opening of Makkah (Fatah Makkah) 8 AH 629
22 Last Reveiation/Hijja-tul-Widah 10 AH 632
23 Death of Prophet (PBUH) 11 AH 632

Important Islamic Days
10 Moharram -Ashura Day (Martyr Hazrat Hussain, R.A)
1 12 Rabi-Ul-Avvwal -Birth Day of Hazrat Muhammad (PBUH)
27 Rajab (Hazrat Muhammad (PBUH) Journey & -Waqia Mairaj Sharif
meeting Allah (S.W.T)
15 Shaban (Night of Forgiveness by Allah S.W.T) -Shab-e-Biraat
5 27 Ramadhan -Nazool-e-Quran / Shab-e-Qadar
01 Shawwal -Eid-Ul-Fitr
9 Zhul Hijjah -Hajj at Makkah Sharif
10 Zhul Hijj ah -Eid-Ul-Azha (Animal Qurbani) Month cf Ramadhan -Fasting (whole month)

10. Friday -Holy Day of Muslims (Day of Judgement/ Creation of Heavens & Earth)
11. Last Friday of Ramadhan -Jumma-tul-Wida

Believe (Eman)
A Muslim believes in following:
1. Believe in One Allah(Toheed)
2. Believe in Prophethood of Hazrat Muhammad (PBUH) (Risalat)
3. Believe in All Prophets of Allah
4. Believe in Life after Death (Doomsday)
5. Believe in Angels (Malaika)

389. 6. Believe in Allah's Books
7. Believe that virtue and evils are in the power of Allah
Types of Kalimas(06)
There are 6 Kalimas in Islam:
I. Kalima Tayyab 2. Kalima Shahdat 3. Kalima Tamjeed
4. Kalima Toheed 5. Kalima Astagfar 6. Kalima Radi Kufar

Arkan-e-lslam (Pillars of Islam) - 05
Kalima (Toheed + Risalat) 2. Namaz 3. Roza 4. Hajj 5. Zakat

15. Age of Prophet declare Prophethood -40 Years
16. Migration to Madina with 45 friends -622 A.D/13Nabvi
17. Foster Mothers of Prophet -Hazrat Haleema, Sobia, Khola (R.A)
18. Duration Hazrat Haleema cared -4 Years
19. Age of Prophet at the mother death -6 Years
20. Age of Prophet at Abdulmulab death -8 Years
21. Name of Camel -Al-Qaswa
22. Women who tried to poison Prophet -Zainab
23. Prophet demolished Masjid -Masjid-e-Zirrar
24. Dai'a of Prophet -Shifa
25. Aqeeqa Ceremony after bith -After 7 days of birth
26. Aam-ul-Hazan (Year of Grief) -10th Nabvi
27. Tribe of Prophet -Quraish (clan Banu Hasham I
28. Uncles who embraced Islam -Hamza & Abbas (R.A)
29. Death of Prophet father-6 Months before birth
30. Brothers and Sisters of Prophet -No Borther/Sister
31. Mother of Prophet buried at -Abwa b/w Makkah & Madina
32. Prophet buried in place -Hujra of Hazrat Aysha (R.A)
33. Age at the time of death of Prohpet -63 Years

390. 3 4 Wives of Prophet called
3 5. Age of Khadija at the time of death
56. First wife
37. Last wife
5 8. Abu-Bakar daughter married Prophet
39. Umar daughter married to Prophet
40. Abu Sufyan daughter married Prophet
41. Wife who died at last
42. Hazrat Ibrahim was son of
43. All wives were burried in Janatulbaqi

-Ummahat-ul-Momineen
-65 Years
-Hazrat Khadija (R.A)
-Umme-Maimoona (R.A) -Hazrat Aysha (R.A) -Hazrat Hafsa (R.A)
-Hazrat Ummay Habiba (R.A)
-Hazrat Salma (R.A)
-Hazrat Maria Qutbia (R.A) -Except Hazrat Khadija (R.A)

Ahl-e-Bait
Ahl-e-Bait means members of the house. It includes the family of Prophet (PBUH), wives, sons,
daughters Son-in-law (Damad) and childrens of Their children.
1. Ummul-Momineen (12) (Wives of Prophet/ Mothers of Muslims)

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6)

Hazrat Khadija (R.A) Hazrat Aysha (R.A) Hazrat Hifsa (R.A)
Hazrat Ummay Habiba (R.A) Hazrat Javeria (R.A) Hazrat Ummay Salma (R.A)

391. 7) Hazrat Zainab Bint Hajash (R.A)
8) Zainab Bint Khazima (R.A)

9) Hazrat Souda (R.A)
10) Hazrat Safia (R.A)

11) Hazrat Memoona (R.A)
12) Hazrat Maria (R.A)

2. Sons (03):
1) Hazrat Ibrahim (R.A) 2) Hazrat Abdullah (R.A)
2) Hazrat Qasim (R.A)
3. Daughters(04)
1) Hazrat Zainab (R.A) 2) Hazrat Ruqia (R.A)
3) Hazrat Ummay Qalsoom (R.A) 4) Hazrat Fatima (R.A)
4. Son-in-Laws (03)
1) Hazrat Abu'al Aas Ibn-e-Rabi (R.A) -Husband of Zainab (R.A)
2) Hazrat Usman (R.A) -Husband of Ruqia & Ummay Qalsoom (R.A)
3) Hazrat Ali (R.A) - Husband of Hazrat Fatima (R.A)
*Some people include only Hazrat Ali (R.A) in Ahl-e-Bait, not other Damads.

296

CRUX of Special Educatic


Ahadith
1. Who narrated maximum Ahadis-Hazrat Abu Huraira (R.A)-5}"
2. Hadith -Saying of Prophet (PB U

392. 3. Sunnah -Actions of Prophet (PB I ■
4. Sahib. Hadith -Authentic Hac :
5. No. of Ahadith in Sahih Bukhari -7391
6. Most authentic book of Ahadith-Sahih Bukh_
7. Authentic book after Quran -Sahih Bukh
8. Sanad -Supr
9. Meaning os Sunnah -Way (Pa: -
10. Types of Hadith -03 (Taqrar, Faili, Q: a
11. Mashkaat Sharif book belongs to -Ahacar
12. First collection of Ahadith -Sahifa-e-Sac.aa
13. First book of Ahadith compiled -Mouta by Imam Ma
14. Ahadith books called Sahihain -Sahi Bukhari & Sahi Mus
15. Hadith Mutfiq Alay -Hadith in Bukhari &Mu s: -
16. Hadith-e-Taqrar-Silence of Prophet (PBUH) on seeing somebody doing somet:
17. Hadith Faili -Hadith showing doing of Prop: [
18. Hadith Qouli -Hadith showing saying of Prophr
19. Ahadith were composed -During life of Prophet (PBl H
20. Real of name of Imam Abu Hanifa -Nauman Bin Sab
21. Maximum Ahadith described by-Hazrat Aysha (R.A
22. Writer of Sahih Muslim -Imam Muslim Bin Hajjaj Neshap_-
23. Writer of Jamia Tirmizi - Abu Essa Bin Muhammad Essa Tim::
24. Writer of Al-Mouta -Imam Malik Bin Un::
25. Writer of Sahih Bukhari -Imam Abu Abdullah Muhammad Bin Ismail Bukha.-
26. No. of Books of Sihah-e-Sitta -06 1) Sahih Bukhari 2) Sahih Muslim 3) Sunan Abi Daud
4) Jammay Tirmizi 5) Sunam Nisai 6) Sunan Ibn-e-Maja
Sahaba Ikraam
1. Khulfa-e-Rashideen -Abu Bakar (R.A), 632-634 (2Y-3N:
Umar (R.A), 634-644 (10Y - 6 M)
Usman (R.A), 644-656 (12 Years)

393. AH (R.A), 656-661 (4Y - 9M)

[CHAP -13] Islamic Information

297


2. First Ameer ul Momineen of Muslims - Hazrat Abu Bakar (R.A)
3. Leaders of Martyrs (Shuhda) -Hamza & Hussain (R.A)
4. Key Holder of Kabba Sharif -Usman Bin Talha (R.A)
5. Sahabi who conquered Persia -Saad Bin Abi Waqas (R.A)
6. Who Martyred Hazrat Umar (R.A) - Slave AbuLulu Feroz-24 A.H
7. Who introduced Hijra Calendar -Hazrat Umar (R.A)
8. Titles of of Hazrat Ali (R.A) -Asad Ullah & Haider-e-Karrar
9. Hazrat Ali (R.A) married with -Hazrat Fatima (R.A) in 2 Hijri
10. Who was born at Khana-Kaaba -Hazrat Ali (R.A)
11. Hazrat Ali was awarded 'Zulfiqar' -In Ghazwa Uhud
12. Who established the office of Qazi -Hazrat Umar (R.A)
13. Sahabi without seeing Prophet -Hazrat Awais Qarai (R.A)
14. Who added 2nd Azan for Friday -Hazrat Usman (R.A)
15. Who got the title of Siddique -Hazrat Abu Bakar (R.A)
16. Who established Deptt. of Police -Hazrat Umar (R.A)
17. Who formed Parliament (Majlse-Aam) -Hazrat Umar (R.A)
18. What was the title of Hazrat Usn. -Ghani
19. Who got title 'Gateway to Knowledge" -Hazrat Ali (R.A)
20. Who established 'Postal System -Ameer Muavia
21. First Moazan of Islam -Hazrat Bilal (R.A)
22. Prophet first stayed Madina in house of -Hazrat Abu Ayub Ansari (R.A)
23. First person sent to spread Islam -Moassab Bin Umair to Madina

394. 24. Fist Census in Islamic Period -Hazrat Umar (R.A) Period
25. Who is called Zunnu-rain -Usman
(R.A) due to marriage with two prophet daughters (Ruqia +Ummay Kal
Ashra Mubashra
10 Sahabi who were promised Paradise.
1. Hazrat Abu Bakar (R.A) 6. Hazrat Talha (R.A)
2. Hazrat Umar (R.A) 7. Abdul Rehman Bin Auf (R.A)
3. Hazrat Usman (R.A) 8. Abu Ubaida Bin Jarrah (R.A)
4. Hazrat Ali (R.A) 9. Saad Bin Abi Waqas (R.A)
5. Hazrat Zubair (R.A) 10. Saeed Bin Zaid (R.A)

Quranic Information / Other Divine Books
-Surah Tea* j -Surah Narra. -Surah Baqara (286 A -Surah Kousar (03 A
-Surah Fait: -Surah Yaseei -Surah Rehrr_=: -Surah Falaq + Surah N
-Surah Fa:;: -Surah Naa. -Hazrat Muhammad (PBl -
-700 Time -13 Yeao -10 Yean -Surah Ikr. -In CaveH -Hazrat Muhammad (PBlA-. -Hazrat Jibraeel (A -Quran
Pa. -Para No. 9, Surah Al-Aarad -Kaaba
-Believers & Non-Believe-
-Jinr -Taqwa (Pier. -Allah (S.W.I -23 Yea: -Sura Al-Ala^
1. Total Surah in Quran -114 (86 Madni + 28 Mi
2. Total Ayat in Quran -t
3. Total Ruku in Quran
4. Total Paras in Quran
5. Total Manazil
6. Total Sajday
7. No. of times Bismillah in Quran
8. Surah not starting with Bismillah
9. Two times Bismillah in Surah
10. Largest Surah in Quran

395. 11. Smallest Surah in Quran
12. Mother of Quran
13. Heart of Quran
14. Aroos ul Quran (beauty of Quran)
15. Surah Maoozteen
16. First Surah
17. Last Surah
18. First Hafiz of Quran
19. No. of Huffaz at death time of Prophet
20. Stress on Namaz in Quran
21. Duration of Makki Surah
22. Duration of Madni Surah
23. Sura considered 1/3 of Quran
24. Quran was revealed first
25. Quran was revealed on Prophet
26. Quran was revealed through
27. The book which is read most
28. First Sajda in Quran
29. First and Most Ancient Mosque
30. Quran divided mankind into
31. Devil (lblees) is?
32. Measure of Dignity in Quran
3 3. Author of Quran
34. Completion of years
35. First Surah Revealed

36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44.
45.
46. ; 47.

396. 48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53. 54.

Last Surah Revealed
Quran Revealed in Language
First Urdu Translation of Quran
No. of Prophet mentioned in Quran
Reward of reading one Quran letter
Quran means
First revealation Ayats
WYYO applied dots (N\Mas) m Quiarv
Total Surah in last para
LoTv^esX AyaX of Quran.
First revealed book
Who translated Quran in Persian
Ikhlas means
Quran is written
Quran is called
Only Sahabi mentioned in Quran How many time Jibraeel met Prophet Earth and Sky were built by Allah
Who is called Tarjmanul Quran Who collected Quran in book form Other name of Zaboor Other name of
Injeel Collection of divine books Christian read Translation of Quran in languages Prophet daily read a
portion of Quran Revelation Writers Names of Jabraeel in Quran: Ar
-Sura Nasar -Arabic
-1776 Shah Rafi Ud Din -26 Prophets -10 Rewards -'Read one' -05 Ayats

-37 Surah

397. - A.-YAT U\ VCURS\
-Taurat -Shah Wall Allah -Purity of Faith -In prose and poetry -Manual of Science -Zaid Bin Haris -24000
times -In 06 Days -Abdullah Bin Abbas -Zaid Bin Sabit -Psalms -Gospal -Bible
-More 100 languages -Called "Manzil" -Abu-Bakar, Umar, Usman, Ali......
-Rooh/Roohul-Amin/Roohul Qudus



-4.

-5.

Huroof-e-Muqat'at: These are words in Quran whose meaning are only known to Allah (S.W.T).
Language of Divine Books: Taurat (Hebrew)
- Zaboor (Siriac) - Anjeel (Siriac) - Quran Pak (Arabic) Meaning of Divine Books:
Taurat (Light) - Zaboor (Pieces) - Anjeel (Good News) - Quran (To read)
First Revelation: Iqra Bismi Rabikallazi Khalaq (Aura Al-Alaq)
Last Revelation :A1 -YowmaAkmaltuLakumDeenakum (Sura Al-Maida)
Sajda-e-Talawat:While reading Quran, at some points, Sajda is Wajib called Sajda-e-Talawat.
300

CRUX of Special Educatic

Prophets (A.S)


1. First Man & Woman on earth
2. Who is called Abu-Al-Bashar
3. Height of Hazrat Adam (A.S)

398. 4. Age of Hazrat Adam (A.S)
5. Age of Noah (A.S)
6. Where the Noah Ark stoppped
7. Nation of Noah was destructed with
8. How many people mount on Noahboat
9. Duration of Flood storm of Noah
10. Hazrat Ibrahim was thrown in Fire by
11. Ibrahim intended to sacrifice at Mina
12. Wives of Hazrat Ibrahim (A.S)
13. Who got the title of Khalil ullah
14. Azaat of Mosquito was sent to whome
15. Who invented Comb
16. Who was the father of Ibrahim
17. Who was contemporaroy of Ibrahim
18. Titles of Hazrat Ismail (A.S)
19. Name of Hazrat Ismail (A.S)
20. Zam Zam emerged beneath the foot of
21. Who discovered Hajr-e-Aswad
22. Hazrat Uzair got alive after
23. Who swallowed Hazrat Yunus (A.S)
24. Who got the tile of Israel
25. How many prophets come on earth
26. Who first learnt to write
27. Who could mould iron with hand
28. Who had impairment in tongue
29. Moosa crossed which sea
30. Who was elder brother of Moosa
31. Who brought up Moosa (A.S)
32. Comtemporary Prophet of Moosa

399. 33. Who is famous for patience

-Hazrat Adam & Eve (A -Hazrat Adam (A -90 F -1000 Ye -950 Yea -At Judi Mountain (Tur^..
-Flore -About 80 pe -06 Mo: -Namrja -His son Hazrat Ismail (A -Saara& H, -Hazrat Ibrahim (A -Nation of
Ibrahim ( -Hazrat Ibrahim I
-AazJ -Hazrat Loot (A -Abu-Al-Arab/Zabih Ulla -Hajn -Hazrat Ismail (A -Hazrat Ismail (A Remaining dead
for 100 Yer
-Fisi -Hazrat Yaqub ( -01 Lac 24 thousar; -Hazrat Idrees (A -Hazrat Dawood (AS -Hazrat Moosa (A ;
-Red So -Hazrat Haroon (A ; -Aasia Bint Mozar -Hazrat Haroon (A ; -Ayub (A.S) (Skin diseas:

[CHAP - 13] Islamic Information

301



34. Who invented Soap
35. From where Isa was lifted alive
56. Which Prophet was carpenter
? 7. Which Prophet was cut by Saw
5 8. Which Prophet know language of birds
59. Which Prophet had melodious voice
40. Prophet cure Leprosy (Jazzam)
41. Last punishment by Allah
42. Hazrat Sulaiman died with support of
-5. Profession of Hazrat Essa (A.S)
-4. Birth place of Hazrat Essa (A.S)
- 5. Fatherless Prophets
46. Who got the title of Habib Ullah

400. -7. Who got the title Najeeb Ullah
48. Who got the title Rooh Ullah
~9. Hazrat Moosa received message on
50. Who got the title of Kaleem Ullah
51. Nation of Hazrat Hood (A.S)
5 2. Nation of Hood destroyed with
53. Nation of Hazrat Saleh (A.S)
54. Hazrat Yousaf (A.S) remained in jail
55. Yousaf and Yaqub met each other after
56. Father of Hazrat Yousaf (A.S)
57. Who was born on Dua of Zikriya
58. Real brother of Yousaf (A.S)
59. Where Yousaf (A.S) was sold as slave
60. No. of brothers of Yousaf (A.S)
51. Yousaf (A.S) was famous for
62. Yaqub (A.S) lost his eye in memory of
6 3 Speaker of Prophet (Khateebul Anbia)
64. Nation of Shoaib committed
: 5. Good player of flute (Bansury)
6 6. Teacher of Hakeem Luqman
67. Famous king of Bani Aad
- S Vilent storm (Azab) was sent to
59. Volcanic eruption Azab sent to

-Hazrat Saleh (A.S) -Kalori Hill -Hazrat Zikriya (A.S) -Hazrat Zikriya (A.S) -Dawood & Sulaiman (A.S) -Hazrat
Dawood (A.S) -Hazrat Isa (A.S) •Nation of Hazrat Saleh (A.S)
-Stick -Carpenter -Baitul Laham -Essa & Adam (A.S) -Hazrat Muhammad (PBUH) -Hazrat Dawood (A.S) -
Hazrat Isa (A.S) -Mountain Toor-e-Seena -Hazrat Moosa (A.S) -Aad

401. -7 Day continue rain&storm -Samood -10 Years -40 Years -Hazrat Yaqub (A.S) -Hazrat Yahya (A.S) -Bin
Yameen -Egypt -12 Brothers -His Beauty -Son Yousaf (A.S) -Shoaib (A.S) -Embezellment in Trusts -Hazrat
Dawood (A.S) -Hazrat Dawood (A.S) -Shaddaad -Bani Aad -Bani Samood

302 CRUX of Special Educatic -
70. Dreadful Earthqual Azab sent to -Nation of Loot
71. Ayub suffered from skin disease-18 Years
72. Jews cut Prophet into 2 pieces -When Zikriya hid Him in tna
73. Prophets still physically alive on earth -Ilyas&Khizer (A :
74. Prophets still physically' alive on sky -Essa&Idrees (A
75. Injeel (Book) revealed by Allah on -Hazrat Essa (A 5
76. Zaboor (Book) revealed by Allah on -Hazrat Dawood (A 5
77. Torait (Book) revealed by Allah on -Hazrat Moosa (A 5
78. Important subject of Holy Books-Human Beir _
79. Superior Holy Book -Quran Pay
80. Meaning of Prophet -Messar.^;
81. Prophet who brings New Deen -Rasoc
82. Prophet who doesn't bring new Deen -Nab.
83. Who got title Rehmat-ul-lil-Alamin -Hazrat Muhammad (PBl A
84. Imam-uLAnbia -Hazrat Muhammad (PBUH
85. Abu-ul-Anbia -Hazrat Ibrahim (PBUH
86. Last action of Prophet (PBUH) -Miswak (Tooth brush
87. Who gave ghusal to Prophet on death -Hazrat Ali (R.A
88. Prophets wished to become Ummati of Hazrat Muhammad (PBUH) -Hazra Essa & Moosa (A
S
Angels (Malaika)
1. Angel Malk-al-Moat -Hazrat Izraeel (AS
2. Duty of Hazrat Jibraeel -To bring Wahi on Prophet
3. Duty of Hazrat Mekaeel -Rain &Eatings for creatures
4. Duty of Hazrat Izraeel -To capture Rooh of creatures

402. 5. Duty of Hazrat Israfeel -To blow Soor on Qayyarrr
6. Angels offered Sajda to Prophet-Hazrat Adam (AS
7. Greatest Angel in Islam -Hazrat Jibraeel (AS
8. Two angels who remain with humans -Karama Kati:
9. What is the duty of Karama Katibin -One angel writes vitue other sij
10. Name the two angels of the grave -Munkar Nakee-
11. 03 questions Munkar Nakeer will ask -Your Lord, Prophet, Religior.
12. No. of Famous angels -04 (Hazrat Jibraeel, Mekaeel, Israfeel, Izraee

Ghusal
Definition: Ghusal means a special Islamic method of taking bath after intercourse, menses, ejaculation
after delivery etc.
2 Method of Ghusal: It includes following steps:
) Wash of both hands 5) Pouring water on right shoulder
1) Wash of dirt from dirty parts 6) Pouring water on left shoulder
5) Complete Wazu 7) Complete wash of body
4) Pouring water on head to wash it
Ghusal K Fraiz:There are following 03 Fraiz of Ghusal:
1) Kuli (Gargle) 2) Complete Nose wash 3) Washing whole body

Namaz (Salah)
1. Obligatory Prayers (Namaz): Muslims offer 05 prayers in a day:
1) Fajar (2 Sunnat + 2 Farz) - 4 Rakat
2) Zuhar (4 Sunnat + 4 Farz + 2 Sunnat + 2 Nafal) - 12 Rakat
3) Asar (4 Sunnat + 4 Farz) - 8 Rakat
4) Maghrab (3 Farz + 2 Sunnat + 2 Nafal) - 7 Rakat
5) Isha (4 Sunnat+4 Farz+2 Sunnat+3 Witr+2 Nafal) - 17 Rakat
2. Optional Prayers (Namaz):
1) Eidin: (2 Rakat Wajib) - After Sunrise

403. 2) Tahajjud (4-12 Rakat- Half night to before sunrise)
3) Ishraq (2-4 Rakat - About 45 Minutes^after sunrise)
4) Chashat(2,4,6,8,10,12 Rakat - Before Noon till Zawwal)
5) Awwabeen (6-20 Rakat After Maghrib in 2 units of each set) •
6) Tahiya-tul-Masjid (2 Rakat anytime after entering Masjid)
7) Salatu-Tasbih (4 Rakat any time/any day)
8) Namaz-Jinaza (Funeral Prayer with no Sajda with special Jinaza Duas)
9) Namaz-e-Qasar (During journey, one offers only two Farz in Zuhar, Asar & Isha with no Sunnat
and Nafal) (In Maghrib 3 Farz are offered and complete Fajr Prayer is offered and Witr of Isha are also
offered).
10) Namaz-e-Travih (20 Rakat in month of Ramazan after Isha Prayer)
11. Namaz-Istsqa (2 Rakat for Rain during drought)
12. Salat-e-Safar (2 Rakat before journey and 2 Rakat after Journey)
13. Salat-e-Istikhara (2 Rakat to seek guidance from Allah in special matter)
1) Salat-ul-Hajat (4-12 Rakats any time in the hour of need)
2) Salatu-Toba (2 Rakat any time to seek forgiveness from Allah)
3) Salatul-Khawf (2 Rakat in the hour of severe fear)
4) Jummar Prayer (4 Sunnat+2 Farz+4 Sunnat+2 Sunnat+2 Nafal)
5) Witr (3 Rakat Wajib in the prayer of Isha)
6) Namaz Khasoof (2 Rakat on the Moon Eclipse)
7) Namaz Kasoof (2 Rakat on the Sun Eclipse)
8) Salat-e-Shukar on getting blessing from Allah
Method of Wazu: Wazu means washing necessary body parts to get purit;. offer prayer: Method of
Wazu is given below:
1) 3 Times Hand wash upto wrists
2) 3 Times Gargal (Kuli), water must reach to throat
3) 3 Times Nose wash by taking water in right palm
4) 3 Times Face wash from forehead to lower chin
5) 3 Times both arms wash upto elbow, right first
6) 1 Time head massage (Massah) & ears cleaning with fingers by tak: water in both of the palms.

404. 7) 3 Times feet wash upto ankle, right first
Wazu K Fraiz: These are 04: 1) Face wash from forehead to lower chin, 2)' of both hands upto elbows, 3)
Massah, 4) Wash of feet upto ankle

5 Wazu Dua
Taharat-e-Sughra
First question in grave about
S Azan was started in
9. Wazu was made compulsory
10. Tayyumum was made compulsory
11. Namaz was made obligatory
12. 6 additional Takbeers are offered in
13. No. of Takbeer in Namaz-e-Janaza
14. Holy Prophet (PBUH) first Eid
15. Permission of Tayyaumum granted in
16. Standing straight in Namaz
17. Standing straight after Ruku
1X. Short period between 2 Sajdas
19. Sitting Straight in Namaz

-Kalima No. 2 (Shahaca.
-WIT. -Prayer (Nanuj -1 HQ -5 FL -5FL -10 H, -Eid Pr^

-39 -4H -Qav\ -Qo-

-Qa*

20. Total Rakats in five Farz Prayers
21. Namaz is prohibited in times

405. 22. Allah likes Nafil Namaz
23. First Eid-ul-Fit was offered in
24. When the Namaz granted to Prophet
25. Jumma Prayer is not compulsory for
26. Oldest mosque on earth
27. Meaning of Qiblah
28. First Qibla of Muslims
29. Change of Qibla
30. Mosque built by Munafqeen
31. Center of World
32. Height of KhanaKaaba
33. Doors of Masjid-e-Haram
34. First Mosque of Islam
35. Azan which needs no prayer to be offer
36. One who offers prayer alone
37. Saying Allah-o-Akber to start prayer
38. Persons required for Jamat prayer
39. Reward of prayer equal to Hajj/Umra
40. Reward of 1 Prayer without Jamat
41. Reward of 1 Prayer with Jamat
42. Reward of 1 Prayer at Masjid-e-Aqsa
43. Reward of 1 Prayer at Masjid-e-Nabvi
44. Reward of 1 Prayer at Haram Sharif
45. Reward of 1 Prayer w/o Jamat in Ramzan-
46. Reward of 1 Prayer with Jamat in Ramzan-
47. Reward of 1 Prayer at Masjid Quba
48. Funeral Prayer is called *
49. Farz-e-Kuffaya: When some people offer this
50. Sajda-e-Sahav: When a person forgets Namaz,

406. -48
-Sun rise/sun set/sun at mid -Tahajjud -2 Hijri -Mairaj Sharif -Women -Kaaba tullah -Anything in front -
Masjad-e-Aqsa -2 Hijri -Masjad-e-Zarrar -Makkah -54 Feet - 9 Inch -25
-Quba (1 Hijri construction) -Azan on child birth -Munfarid -Takbeer-e-Tehreema -02
-Namaz-e-Ishraq -1
-27 Times -500 Times -1000 Times -100,000 Times 70
70x27= 1890 Times -1 Umrah -Farz-e-Kuffaya prayer, it is considered from all. he offer 2 Sajda in last
Rakat.
Roza

1. Roza was made compulsory in -2 Hi;-.
2. When Aitekaf is offered-In Ramzan Shar
3. ' Name of 3 Ashra of Ramzan -Rehmat - Maghfirat-get rid of he
4. Kuffara for breaking Fast (Roza) Feed 60 people or 60 Continuous Roza
5. Door of Jannah for Fast Observers-Bab -ur-Riyvar
6. Juma-tul-wida -Last Friday of Ramzi
Hajj
1. Hajj was made obligatory in -9 Hir.
2. Other name of Youm-e-Arfa -Hajj da>
3. No. Hajj performed by Prophet (PBUH) -One
4. When Holy Prophet performed Hajj -lOHijr.
5. Day of Sacrifice during Hajj -Youm-e-Neb
6. Who performed first Hajj -Hazrat Adam & Eve (A 5
7. Taking 7 rounds around Kaaba is called -Twaa;
8. Dua while entering Haram for Hajj -Talbiyya
9. Rami/Jamarat -Throwing stone at 3 spc
10. Run between Safa and Marwa -Sayee
11. No. of rounds between Safa & Marwa -07
12. Dress of Hajj Ahraa-

407. 13. Miqat -Place to put on Ahra.-
14. Shoot -One round around Kaal _
15. No. of Sahaba with Prophet in Hajj -More than 01 Lat
16. Camels sacrificed by Prophet on Hajj -100 (63 Himself/37 Ali (R
17. Time of Hajj -7-13 Zul-Hijjaj:
18. TimeofUmra -Anytime except 9-11 Zul-Hij a
19. Offering prayer like offering inside Kaaba- Hateem (Pla. t
20. Hajj made obligatory -8 Hi,.-.
21. Prayer Maghrib & Isha are offered -At Muzdalfa 9 Hijri in Ha
22. Rukn-e-Azam of Hajj -Waqoof-e-A::_
23. Best gate to enter in Kaaba -Bab-e-Salar
24. Meaning of Hjar-e-Aswad -Black Stone
25: Actual colour of Hajr-e-Aswad was -White

26. Al-Multazim (meaning) -Place of Holding
27. Sayee starts from Safa and ends at -Marwa
28. Muzdalfa -A plain (Meedaan)
29. Muzdalfa distance from Makkah -6 Miles
30. Rami is done at -Mina
31. Kaba wall b/w Hajr-e-Aswar & doors -Al-Multazim
32. Circles Around Kaaba
1) First inner most - Masjid-e-Haram 2) Second - Makkah Mukarma
3) Thrid - Haram
4) Fourth - Mowaqeet
33. Manasik-e-Hajj
1) Ahram Dressing
2) Talbia (Dua to read during Hajj)
3) Tawaf (7 rounds around Kaba)
4) Maqam-e-Ibrahim (2 Rakat Nafal near this Stone)

408. 5) Kissing of Hajr-e-Aswad or Touching or Singning
6) Sayee (7 times running from Safa to Marwa and Back)
7) Arafaat (Listening Khutba of Hajj in Arfaat Plain)
8) Rami (Throwing stones on Jamarat)
9) Sacrifice (Sacrifice of animal after Rami and cut their hears)
Zakat
1. Literal meaning of Zakat-Purification
2. Zakat was made compulsory in -2 Hijri
3. Caliph did jihad on issue of Zakat -Hazrat Abu Bakar (R.A)
4. Person liable to pay Zakat -Sahib-e-Nisab
5. Ratio of Zakat -2.5%
6. Tax on produce of agriculture land -Ushur
7. Muslims types eligible to receive Zakat -8 Types
8. Nisab for irrigated produce -10/100
9. Rate of Ushur for Irrigated land -5% or 1/5
10. Not eligible for Zakat -Husband, Wife, Parents, Children
11. Ushur means -1/10
12. Khums means -1/5

13. Nisab-e-Zakat
1) Cash or property
2) Gold
3) Silver
4) Trade Items
5) Camel
6) Cows/Buffallows
7) Goat/Sheep
Ghazwat/Jihad
1. Jihad

409. 2. Types of Jihad
3. Jihad was made obligatory in
4. First Ghazwa Widdan or Abwa
5. Ghazwa Badr/Furqan
6. Ghazwa Uhud
7. Ghazwa Khandiq/Ahzad
8. Treaty of Hudaibia
9. Conquest of Khyber
10. Letters to various Kings by Prophet
11. Conquest of Makkah
12. Battle of Tubuk
13. Hijjat-tul-wida
14. Youm-ul-Furqan
15. Fat'hay-Mobeen
16. Last Ghazwa
17. Sahabi who killed his Kafir father
18. Only one person killed by Prophet
19. Muslims performed 1st Hajj
20. Muslim women took part in war first
21. First Muslim women martyred
22. First Muslim man martyred
23. No. of soldiers in Badr
24. No. of persons killed in Badr
25. Leader of Non-Muslim in Badr

-Equal to 521" Tola Sih -lm Tola -521/2 Tola -Equal to 521/2 Tola Sih.
-05 - -30 -40

410. -Fight in way of Allah (SWT Jihad Binafs/Jihad Bil-Qalarr Jihad Bil-Saif/Jihad Bil-Maa -2 Hijri -1 Hijri -2 Hijr.
-3 Hijr -5 Hijr. -611,--6 Hijr. -7 Hijr. -8 Hijr. -9 Hijr • -10 Hijri -Youm-ul-Bad: -Treaty of Hudaibia -Ghazwa
Tabuk ■Abu Ubaida Bin Jarrah (R.A -Battle Uhud-Ubay Bin Kalf -In 9 Hijri -In Ghazwa Uhuc -Hazrat Samia
(R.A -Hazrat Haris (R.A -313 Muslim/1000 Kuffa: -14 Muslims/70 Non-Muslims -Abu-Jaha^

26. Who killed Abu-Jahal -Maooz & Ma'aaz
27. No. of soldiers in Uhud -1000 Muslims/3000 Muslims
28. No. of Muslims martyred in Uhud -70
29. Khyber was conquested in -20 Days
30. Battle in which Prophet not participated-Saria
31. No. of Muslims in conquest of Makkah -10,000
32. No. of Muslims in Ghazwa Tabuk -30,000
33. Total No. of Ghazwat -27
34. Total No. of Sarias -53 or 56
35. Teeth of Prophet (PBUH) martyred -In Ghazwa Uhud
36. Battle of Tabook was against -Romans
37. Prophet (PBUH) stayed -53 Y Makkah, 10 Y Madina
38. Battle faught b/w Ali(R.A)&Aysha(R.A) -Battle of Carnal (Jamal)
39. Battle faught b/w Ali(R. A)&Muavia(R.A)- Battle of Safeen
40. Khalid Bin Waleed (R.A) accept Islam -8 Hijri
41. Leader of Kufar in Uhud -Abu Sufyan
42. Abu-Bakar donated all belongings -In Ghazwa Tabook
43. Muslims returned without fight -In Ghazwa Tabook
44. In Battle, Prophet was left alone-Battle of Hunain (8Hijri)
45. Battle of Mouta -8 Hijri
46. Catapult used first time by Muslims -In Battle ofTaif
47. Battle of Yermuk continued for days -06 Days
48. Muslim Commander of Yermuk -Khalid Bin Waleed (R.A)
Miscellaneous
1. As-Haab-e-Kahf slept for period -300 years

411. 2. No. of As-Haab-e-Kahf -07
3. Muslim who changes religion -Murtadd
4. No. of Heavens (Skies) -07
5. First tree on earth -Date Palm (Khajoor)
6. Meanings of Allah -Only being worth worship
7. Tauheed -Oneness of Allah
8. Category of Iblees -Jinn
9. Waqia Karbla -61 Hijri
10. No. of Shuhada of Karbla -72
11. Death of Hazrat Fatima (R.A) -11 Hijri

310 CRUX of Special Education
12. Muakhat (Ansar & Mohajir) -1 Hijr.
13. Treaty of Hudaibia -6 Hijr.
14. Who constructed Kaba before Adam -Angels 2000 Y before Adam Birth
15. When Kaaba was disappeared -During Noah Time Flooc
16. One who changes religion -Saab:
17. One who collects Zakat -Jaabi
18. Sidra-tul-Muntaha -Last tree of eternity
19. Religious Sign of Islam -Hilal (First night moonj
20. Mezban-e-Rasool (PBUH) -Hazrat Ayub Ansari (R.A
21. Istalam -Kissing of Hajr-e-Aswad
22. Tehlil -Recitation of Kalima
23. Ummi -Illiterate
24. Ajmi -Non-Arab people
25. Old name of Islam -Deen-e-Hanif
26. First institution of Islam-Suffah
27. Haq Mehar in Islam -400 Misqal
28. Janat ul Baqi (graveyard) -Madina

412. 29. Janat ul Moala (graveyard) -Makkah
30. Time period b/w death & Qayyama Barzukh
31. Types of Huqooq (Rights) -Huqooq Allah/Huqooqul-Ibad
32. Kharaj -Spoils of War
33. Share of Men and Women in Wirasat -Men -2 / Women - 01
34. Who is Mehram in Islam - To whom woman cannot marry
(Husband/Father/Sons/Brother etc.)
35. Duration of Raza'at (Breastfeeding) -At Least 2 Years
36. Satr (Parda) for Men -Navel to Knee
37. Satr (Parda) for Women -All body except Face&Hands
38. Basic Components of Islamic Marriage -Nikah & Waleema
39. Meaning of Islam -Peace
40. When wine was prohibited -4th Hijri
41. Order of Hijab for women revealed -4th Hijri
42. Tayammum was granted in -4th Hijri
43. Interest (Sood) was prohibited in -8th Hijri
44. Hijra Year started with -14th Nabvi
[CHAP - 13] Islamic Information 311
45. First Azan was called out -1 A.H
46. Kashf means -Vision
47. Levels of Hell -07
48. Deepest level of Hell -Hawia
49. No. of Angels of Hell -19
50. Gate Keeper of Hell -Malik
51. Doors of Heaven -08
52. Gate Keeper of Heaven -Rizwan
53. Iblees will be punished with -Cold
54. People having equal good & bad deeds -Will be kept at place "Aaraf'.
55. Heaven on earth was built by -Shadad

413. 56. First who accepted Islam -Hazrat Khadija (R.A)
57. In men who accepted Islam first-Hazrat Abu Bakar (R.A)
58. In children who accepted Islam first -Hazrat Ali (R.A)
59. In Slaves who accepted Islam first -Hazrat Bilal (R.A)
60. Charter of Madina -1 A.H
61. No. of Kings accepted Islam -04 Kings
62. Who proposed Azan first time -Hazrat Umar (R.A)
63. Real Name of Abu Jahal (uncle) -Ummar Bin Hisham
64. Distance of Cave Hira from Makkah -3 Miles
65. Distance b/w Makkah & Madina-448 KM (250 Miles)
66. Biggest Islamic country populationwise -Indonesia
67. Area wise smallest Islamic country -Maldieves
68. Europe's only Islamic country -Albania
69. First person to be questioned in Qayyama -Hazrat Jibraeel (A.S)
70. Badshahi mosque Lahore was built by -Shah Jahan
71. Shariat kay 04 Ma'akhuz -Quran, Hadith, Ijma, Qayas
72. Shirk -Worship of anyone other than Allah.
73. Hafiz -One who memorize Quran orally.
74. Qaari -One who recites Quran with tajveed.
75. Hadd-e-Sarqa -Cutting of hands
76. Hadd-e-Khamar-80 Lashes to wine drinker.



77.
78.

Hadd-e-Jald Hadd-e-Rajam

414. -100 Lashes to unmarried on rape -Stone throwing to married on rape

79. Hadd-e-Qazaf: It is imposed due false blame of rape on others. Its punishment 80 Lashes
(Korray).
80. Qisaas: Equal punishment (murder for murder, slap for slap etc.)
81. Diyya (Deeat): Blood money on murder to avoid the capital punishment.
82. Sahabi: Person who saw Prophet (PBUH)&believed in Him &died a Muslim.
83. Taabi: Person who saw any Sahabi and died as a Muslim.
84. Tiba Tabyeen: Person who saw any Taabi and died as a Muslim.
85. Zimmi: Kuffar living in Muslim state.He gets liberty of worship, security and pays special tax.
86. Ijma: Collective decision of MuslimScholars on an issue which is not in Qurar and Hadith.
87. Qayas: Decision of a Muslim scholar on an issue which is not in Quran, Hadith : i Ijma, on the
basis of its nature, e.g. Wine is prohibited due to its intoxicaticr. nature (nasha) likewise others things of
intoxication nature can be prohibited.
88. Hadd: Islamic Sharaee Punishment which cannot be changed by any cour e.g.cutting of hands on
theft etc.
89. Tazeer: Islamic Sharee Punishment imposed by Judge which can be changed.
[CHAP - 14] Pakistani Information

313






PAKISTANI INFORMATION

Sr# Topic
1 First in Pakistan

415. 2 Largest/Longest in Pakistan
3 Basic Pakistani Information
4 Pre-Partition Information
5 Post-Partition Information
6 Political System of Pakistan
7 Judicial System of Pakistan
8 Presidents of Pakistan
9 Governer Generals of Pakistan
10 Prime Ministers of Pakistan
11 Constitutions of Pakistan
12 Amendments to 1973 Constitution of Pakistan
13 Miscellaneous Information
First in Pakistan

1. First Governer General -Quide-Azam Muhammad Ali Jinnal
2. First President - Major General Sikander Mirz_
3. First Prime Minister - Khan Liaqat Ali Khaz
4. First Nishan-e-Haider received - Capt. Muhammad Sawer Shahee.
5. First Medical College - Nishtar Medical College, Mulu
6. First Agriculture university - Faisalaba:
7. Pakistan opened first Embassy in - Iran
8. First country who recognize Pakistan - Iran
9. First Embassy open in Pakistan - Egypt
10. First Chief of Staff of Armed Forces - Tikka Khar.
11. First Commander Inchief of Pak Army - Frank Misveri
12. First Muslim Commander Inchief Pakarmy- Ayub Khan
13. First Bank -United Bank (1947,
14. First Chief Justice - Sir Abdul Rasheed
15. First Foreign Minister - Sir Zafar Ullah Khar.

416. 16. First Woman Prime Minister - Benzir Bhutto
17. First Woman provincial governer - Begum Liaqat Ali Khan (Sindh )
18. First Woman federal cabinet minister - Begum Wiqar Un Nisa (Tourism
19. First Woman Judge - Majida Rizv:
20. First Woman Bank established - 1989
21. First Woman Pilot - Shukria Khanum
22. First president of Muslim League - Sir Aga Khan
23. First Secretary general Muslim League - Hussain Bilgrami
24. First President Pakistan Muslim League - Quaid-e-Azam
25. First Daily Newspaper - Amroz
26. First state who joined Pakistan - Bahawalpur, 1954
27. First Governer of State Bank - Zahid Hussain
28. First Cricket Team Captain - Abdul Hafeez Kardaar
29. First Museum - National Museum Karachi, 1950
30. First Chief Election Commissioner - Mr. Khan
31. First Radio Station - Karachi
32. First TV Station -Lahore, 1964
33. First Private TV Channel- STN, 1990

34. First BBC Urdu service started - 1949
35. First satellite Badr-I launched - 1991
First test tube baby in Lahore born - 1989
37. First constructed Barrage - Sukkhur Barrage
38. First Chairman Senate - Habibullah Khan
39. First Census in Pakistan was held -1951
40. Firstly Election Commission was created-1956
41. First Biogas Plant was installed -1974
42. First Space Satellite was launched -1990
43. First Head of State visited Pakistan -Amir of Kuwait, 1947

417. 44. First Opposition Party of Pakistan - Jinnah A warn i Party
45. First Five Year Plan was presented by - Ch. Muhammad Ali, 1956
46. First Martial Law - 1958-1962
47. First assembly dissolved by - Ghulam Muhammad, 1954
48. First assembly members of Pakistan -69
49. First Cabinet of Pakistan sworn on - 15 August 1947
50. First Cabinet members in Pakistan -07
51. Firstly National Anthem played on arrival - Raza Shah Pehlvi, Iran, 1954
52. First Film(Asha Bhoslay&Nasir Khan) - Teri Yad Released (2-9-1947)
53. First address of Quid to Assembly -11 August 1947
54. First Finance Minister of Pakistan - Ghulam Muhammad
55. First Foreign Minister of Pakistan - Zafarullah Khan
56. First Education Minister of Pakistan - Fazal Ur Rehman
57. First Martyer of Pakistan - Khawja Muhammad Shareef
58. First Azad Kashmir govt setup -24 October 1947
59.. First Elected President of Pakistan - Ayub Khan
60. First Mining project - Saindak, Balochistan
61. First coin of Pakistan was issued on -3 January 1948
62. First postal stamp issued in - 1948
63. First National Bank formed -1948
64. First time State Bank was formed -1948
- 5. First Five Year plan launched -1955
66. Fust Electdct tram slatted - Y910

Largest / Longest in Pakistan
1. Largest Province population wise - Punjab :
. Largest Province area wise - Balochistan -
3. Largest salt desert of the world -RannofKutch (Si:
4. Largest Dam -Ter

418. 5. Largest Desert
6. Largest coalfied-
7. Largest Irrigation system of the world -Paki
8. Largest Natural Lake -Manchhar.:
9. Largest Artificial Lake -Keenjhar.:
10. Largest Airline
11. Largest Airport - QuaidAzam International Km
12. Largest District (Area-wise) -Khuzdar (Baloch::
13. Largest Industry-To
14. Largest Industrial Unit -Steel Mill Km
15. Largest Forest (Jungle) -Chhanga Manga (KJ
16. Largest Canal -Llyod Barrage C
17. Largest Mine -Salt Mine (Khe
18. Largest Iron deposits - Kalabagh, 309 m '.
19. Largest Motorway -Lahore-Islar
20. Largest University -Punjab University, Lai
21. Largest Library -Punjab Public Library.!, a
22. Largest hospital'in Pakistan - Nishter, Multan.
23. Largest Park (2300 Acres) - Ayub National Park RawaS:
24. Largest Museum -National Museum Ka:
25. Largest Nuclear Reactor -Kannup, Ka:
26. Largest Oil Field-Dhurnal Oilfield, Rawal:
27. Largest Radio Station -Islam
28. Largest Island -Manora, Ka:
29. Largest (Longest) Coast -Balochistan (771
30. Largest Mosque- Faisal Mosque (200000 capa
31. Largest circulated Urdu Newspaper -Daih
32. Largest circulated English Newspaper -The>

419. mm 1 [CHAP -14] Pakistani Information 317
- n
- - Largest district - Khu/dar (Balochistan)
9%* I 134. Largest Division- Kalat (Balochistan)
I ^* Largest mountain Range -Karakaram
36. Largest Coal Reserves -Sindh (184.62 Billion Tones)
37 Largest city population wise -Karachi, 7th most populous
Pa- hs Largest province population wise - Punjab (56%)
39 Largest Cement Plan -Lucky Cement (KPK)
I 40. Largest Division-Kallaat
41. Largest Road -Shahra-e-Pakistan
1 42 Largest Building- Bahria Icon Tower (394 Ft) 2016
43. Largest boundary with country -Afghanistan
1 44 Largest Fort -Rani Kot
1 Largest Hockey Stadium- National Hockey Stadium, Lahore
46. Largest Cricket Stadium - Gaddafi Satidum, Lahore
47. Largest Gas Field - Sui Gas, Balochistan
48. Largest seaport - Port Qasim
49. Largest heavy Engineering Complex - Taxila, built by China
50. Longest Railway Plateform - Rohri
51. Longest Railway Track - Karachi to Landi Kotal
52. Longest Road - Karachi-Peshawer
53. Longest Border - Pak-Afghanistan (2252 KM)
54. Longest Road Tunnel - Lowari (5 Miles)
55. Longest Railway Tunnel - Khojak, Balochistan (243 Miles)
56. Longest Water Tunnel - Warsak Dam Tunnel (3.5 Miles)
racr. 57. Highest Peak -K-2, 8610 KM
ra;-. 58. Highest Civil Award - Nishan-e-Pakistan

420. 59. Highest Military Award - Nishan-e-Haider
a:i_ 60. Tallest Tower - Minar-e-Pakistan, 196.8 Feet
61. Most modern city - Islamabad

62. Coldest city - Ziarat, Balochistan
63. Hottest city -Jacobabad, Sindh
64. Highest dam - Mangla Dam
65. Smallest seaport - Gwadrj
66. Smallest Division - Karachi (Sindh ^
BASIC PAKISTANI INFORMATION

1. Name of Country - Islamic Republic of Pak:.
2. Founder of Pakistan - Quaid Muhammad Ali Jim
3. Official Language -Eng
4. National Language - Ur
5. National Flower- Jasr
6. National Bird - Pheaiant (Chak
7. National Animal- Madd
8. National Game -Hoed
•
9. National Local Game -Kabaa
10. National Dress - Shalwar Qar.
11. National Poet - Allama 1; I
12. Natinal Slogan - La-illaha-illal _
13. National Drink - Essence of Sugar C a;
14. National Flag Colour - 02 Colours (White and Gra
15. National Flag symbol - lx Moon and lxSi
16. National Tree - De\ i
17. Time - GMT-

421. 18. Area of Pakistan - 7, 96, 096 b
19. Population of Pakistan - 20 Karor Approxima:-.
20. World's 6thmost populous country -Pak..
21. Muslim world 2nd most populous country -Pakis
22. Literacy Rate of Pakistan - 60% (69% Male - 45% Feir.a
23. Highest Literacy Rate district - 96% Islama:
24. Lowest Literacy Rate district -28%Kohlu (Baloch.
25. Urban / Rural Population Ratio - 40% urban/600/C m
26. Population of Karachi -2 Core, 35 U
27. Annual Income per capita - 1.5".
28. Capital of Province Punjab - Lai-:
29. Capital of Province Sindh -Kara;
30. Capital of Province KPK - Pesh,
31. Capital of Province Balochistan -Que
32. Capital of Azad Kashmir - Muzzafa:--
33. Capital of Gilgit-Baltistan - Gii



[CHAP - 14] Pakistani Information

319



Seasons of Pakistan
Big city in order
Political System
Most populous district

422. Least populous district
Average Age
Unemployment Rate
Birth Rate
Death Rate
Growth Rate
Fertility Rate
Urbanization Rate
Men/Women Ratio
Dependency Ratio
Muslim/Non-Muslim Ratio
Human Development Index (HDI) Total Division of Pakistan Total Districts of Pakistan Total Tehsils of
Pakistan Population of Islamabad Districts of Islamabad Mauzas of Islamabad
Rivers
Deserts
Glaciers
Provinces Famous Pashto poets Sandak is famous.for Barrages on Indus Main castes of Hindu society
Hospital Beds
Head of Government of Pakistan Head of State of Pakistan Rainiest Place
- 4, (Spring, Fall, Summer. Winter) - Karachi, Lahore, Faisalabad
- Parlimentary System
- Okara/Lahore
- Chagi (Balochistan) -66.4 Years (2016)
- 5.90%
-23.19 birth/1,000 population (2014) -6.58 death/1,000 population (2014)
* -1.49%
- 3.58 Children born/woman
- 2.68% annual
- 49% Men - 51% Women

423. - 60.4%
- 97% Muslims & 3% Non-Muslims
- 0.539 - 29 Division - 128 Districts -390
- 20 Lacs (2014 est) -01 -132
-5,Sindh,Chinab,Satluj,Jhelum,Ravi
- Thar, Thai, Cholistan
- Siachin, Batura, Baltoro
- 4-Punjab, Sindh, Balochistan, KPK
- Khushal Khan/Rehman Baba
- Copper, Silver, Gold
- Tonsa,Jinnah,Guddu, Sukhur, Kotri
-4, Barhmn, Kheshtri, Vesh, Dalt -0.60 beds / 1000 people - Prime Minister - President
- Murree (distt. Rawalpindi)

320 CRUX of Special Education
68. Oldest University - Punjab Universit;
69. Shortest River - Ra\
70. Population-wise Pakistan No. in World - C:
71. Area-wise Pakistan No. in the World - 3-
72. Iron Man of NWFP (KPK) - Khan Abdul Qayyuni Khar.
73. Original name of K-2 - Goodwin Austir
74. Mangla Dam Punjab is made on river - Jhelurr.
75. Tarbela Dam NWFP is made on river - Indu:
76. Warsak Dam NWFP is made on river - Kabu.
77. Rawal Dam made on river - Kaurang Rive:
78. Bicameral Assembly means - 2 Assemblies, National+Senau
79. Jinnah means -Lie
80. Zille-e-Elahi means - Shadow of Alia.
81. Ata-Turk means- Father of Turki

424. 82. Sawadeshi Movement means - Boycotting British Gooc:
83. Mohenjo Daro means - Hill of the Deac
84. Manchester of Pakistan -Faisalaba:
85. City of Colleges - Lahor;
86. City of Lights -Karach
87. City of Flowers - Tehran (Iran
88. Oldest Cantonment of Pakistan -Kohal
89. Main source of Gypsum in Pakistan - Khewra
90. Gas obtained from Sui (Place) -43
91. District with lowest population density - District Kharan, Balochistar
92. Holy religious Muslim places called - Auqa:
93. Pass that connects Pakistan & China - 03- Tochi & Muztag & KuD
94. Pass that connects Peshawer & Kabul - Khyber Pass
95. Pass that connects Quetta & Afghanistan - Bolan Pass
96. Pass that connects Chitral & Gilgit - Shandoor Pass
97. Forest area of Pakistan -4.8:
98. Standard Forests Area -25'
99. Highest peak of Hindukash -Trichrr.::
100. World's second highest glacier - Siacher.
101. Distance b/w Islamabad & Rawalpindi -10KV.
102. Pak-Afghanistan Border- 2052 KM
103. Pak-India Border -1610KV

fCHAP -14] Pakistani Information 321

104. Pak-IranBorder . - 805 KM
105. Pak-China Border - 595 KM
106. Indus River length - 2900 KM
107. Silk Route/Karakaram Route length - 965 KM

425. 108. Total coastal length of Pakistan - 1046 KM
109. Distance occupied Kashmir from Pak - 250 Miles
110. Little Tibet is called - Sakrdu
111. Mast Tawakkal was - Balochi Poet
112. Durand line is between - Pakistan & Afghanistan
113. Length of Durand line - 2240 KM
114. Coastal line length of Pak-Arabian sea - 1046 KM
115. Durand line agreementb/wBritish&Afghan -1893
116. Pakistan India border is called - Line of Control
117. Pakistan Afghanistan border is called - Durand Line
118. Mountaneous area of Pakistan -61%
119. Shakespeare of Punjabi Literature - Waris Shah
120. Coldest place of Pakistan - Skardu
121. Land b/w two rivers is called - Do'aba
122. Chinese province adjoining Pakistan - Sinkiang
123. No. of south Asia countries -07
124. Pakistan is located in world continent - Asia (South Asia)
125. Minar-e-Pakistan is located - Iqbal Park
126. Agro Museum is located - Faisalabad
127. Oil refinery located in Rawalpindi - Attock Refinery
128. Secretariat of OIC located - Saudi Arabia
129. Secretariat of RCD located - Iran
130. Cholistan Desert is located in - Bahawalpur
131. Tomb of Qutub-Din Aibak located - Lahore
132. Harrapa is located at - Sahiwal
133. Mohenjo Daro is located in - Larkana, Sindh
134. Rohtas Fort is located in- Jhelum
135. Steel Mill is located in - Bin Qasim, Karachi
136. Quid-e-Azam Medical College located - Bahawalpur

426. 137. Headquarters of Army located - Rawalpindi
138. Headquarters of Navy located - Islamabad
139. Headquarters of Air Force located - Chaklala
140. Terbeia Dam is located - Abbotabad
141. Siachen glacier is located in - Baltistan, Astoar city
142. Baheshti Darwaza is located in - Pakpattan
143. Masjid Mahabat Khan located - Peshawar
144. Masjid Wazir Khan located - Lahore
145. Badshahi Masjid located - Lahore
146. Faisal Masjid located - Islamabad
147. Secretariat of OIG located - Saudi Arabia
148. Secretariat of RCD located - Iran
149. Pakistani Ideology based on ideas of - Islam
150. Sea connected with Pakistan - Arabian Sea
151. Who conquered Sindh - Muhammad Bin Qasim
152. What is Rann of Kutch - Salt Marsh (Daldal)
153. Rann of Kutch id located - Thar Desert
154. Classification of Rann of Kutch -90% Kutch distt India/10%Sind, Pak
155. Other name of Rann of Kutch - White Desen
156. Father of the Nation - Quid-e-Azarr.
157. Mother of the Nation - Fatima Jinnah
158." Father of Urdu Language - Molvi Abdul Hac
PRE-PARTITION INFORMATION
l: Tariq Bin Zaid conquered Spain -711
2. Muhd.Bin Qasim defeated Raja Dahir in Daibul -712
3. Muhammad Gaznvi succeded his father -997
4. Mughar Empire came into being- 1526
5. First battle of Panipat faught between - Baber&Ibrahim Lodhi,1526
6. Shahi Qila was built by - Akber, 1560

427. 7. Who built Shalimar Town, Lahore - Shah Jehan, 164!
8. Red Fort of Delhi was built by - Shah Jahan, 164S
9. Lovely Moti Masjid, Agra was built by - Shah Jahan, 1641
10. Taj Mahal, Agra (India) built by -Shah Jahah, 1632-1648
11. Badshahi mosque was built by - Aurangzeb, 1673
12. Who was Nawab Zain Yar Jang Bahadar - Architect Badshahi Mosque
13. Taj Mahal built in memory of Shah Jahan wife - Mumtaz Begurr.
14. Who built Qutub Minar Delhi - Qutub Uddin Aibak, 119}

15. Who was founder of Delhi Sultenate - Qutub Uddin Aibak
16. Famous Persian Painter -Behzad
17. Famous African Traveler - Ibn-e-Batuta
18. Amir Khusru was famous for - Poetry and Singing
19. Nizam-ul-Mulk was famous for - His wisdom
20. Panipat, famous ground Dehli famous for - Battles
21. Kashful Mahjub written by Data Sahib - Hazrat Ali Hajveri
22. Mahmood Gahznvi attacked 17 times on - Somnath Temple
23. Bab-ul-Islam was the name of - Sindh
24. Ain-e-Akbari was renowned work of - Abul-Fazal
25. Sheikh Mubarak & sons presented philosophy - Wahdatul Wujud
26. Wahdatul Wujud is also called - Bakhti Philosophy
27. Sarhandi presented Wahdat ul Shahud agaisnt - Wahdat ul Wujud
28. Sons of Sheikh Mubarak- Faizi & Abul Fazal
29. Ahmed Shah Abdali was King of - Kabul
30. Ahmed Shah Abdali defeated Marhattas-1761
31. Shah Wali Allah birth and death - 1703-1763
32. Shah Wali translaed Quran in - Persian
33. Shah Rafi Ullah translated Quran in -Urdu
34. Madrasa Rahimia establish Shah Waliullah father-Shah Abdul Rahim

428. 35. Sassi Punnu was written by - Hashim Shah
36. Heer Ranjha was written by - Waris Shah
37. Sohni Mahinwal was written by - Hashim Shah
38. Tomb of Anarkali is located in - Lahore
39. Pan Islamism was introduced by- Jamal uddin Afghani
40. First Mughal Emperor was - Babur
41. Last Mughal Emperor of India - Bahadur Shah Zafar
42. Nadir Shah invaded India -1739
43. Ruler of Bengal & East India Company faught -Battle ofPlassy, 1757
44. Nawab Siraj ul Daula faught with Lord Clive - 1757, Battle ofPlassy
45. Sultan Tepu was defeated by British -1799
46. Tippu Sultan orginial name - Nawab Fateh Ali
47. Lion's 1 day life is better than Bear's 100 Years- Tipu Sultan
48. Haji Shariat Ullah found Faraizi Tehrik -1802
49. East India Company presented Charter Act -1813
50. Syed Ahmed Shaheed martyred at Balakot -1831
15. Who was founder of Delhi Sultenate - Qutub Uddin Aibak
16. Famous Persian Painter -Behzad
17. Famous African Traveler - Ibn-e-Batuta
18. Amir Khusru was famous for - Poetry and Singing
19. Nizam-ul-Mulk was famous for - His wisdom
20. Panipat, famous ground Dehli famous for - Battles
21. Kashful Mahjub written by Data Sahib - Hazrat Ali Hajveri
22. Mahmood Gahznvi attacked 17 times on - Somnath Temple
23. Bab-ul-Islam was the name of - Sindh
24. Ain-e-Akbari was renowned work of - Abul-Fazal
25. Sheikh Mubarak & sons presented philosophy - Wahdatul Wujud
26. Wahdatul Wujud is also called - Bakhti Philosophy
27. Sarhandi presented Wahdat ul Shahud agaisnt - Wahdat ul Wujud

429. 28. Sons of Sheikh Mubarak- Faizi & Abul Fazal
29. Ahmed Shah Abdali was King of - Kabul
30. Ahmed Shah Abdali defeated Marhattas-1761
31. Shah Wali Allah birth and death - 1703-1763
32. Shah Wali translaed Quran in - Persian
33. Shah Rafi Ullah translated Quran in -Urdu
34. Madrasa Rahimia establish Shah Waliullah father-Shah Abdul Rahim
35. Sassi Punnu was written by - Hashim Shah
36. Heer Ranjha was written by - Waris Shah
37. Sohni Mahinwal was written by - Hashim Shah
38. Tomb of Anarkali is located in - Lahore
39. Pan Islamism was introduced by- Jamal uddin Afghani
40. First Mughal Emperor was - Babur
41. Last Mughal Emperor of India - Bahadur Shah Zafar
42. Nadir Shah invaded India -1739
43. Ruler of Bengal & East India Company faught -Battle ofPlassy, 1757
44. Nawab Siraj ul Daula faught with Lord Clive - 1757, Battle ofPlassy
45. Sultan Tepu was defeated by British -1799
46. Tippu Sultan orginial name - Nawab Fateh Ali
47. Lion's 1 day life is better than Bear's 100 Years- Tipu Sultan
48. Haji Shariat Ullah found Faraizi Tehrik -1802
49. East India Company presented Charter Act -1813
50. Syed Ahmed Shaheed martyred at Balakot -1831

324 CRUX of Special Educatic
51. Lord machaulay presented Bentick Report -185
52. Persian was replaced with Urdu -183
53. Ranjhit Singh sold Kashmir in 75 Lacs to Dogra- 1845
54. Lord Dalhussie presented Woods Dispatch -185

430. 55. War of Independence fought against English - 185
56. English held Muslim responsible for War - 185
57. Muhammaden Literary Society, Culcuta found - 1863, Nawab Abdul IM
58. Muhammadan Scientific Society- 1864, Sir Syed Ahr.
59. Urdu Hindi controversy started from Banarus -186
60. Sir Syed Ahmed wrote Tehzib ul Ikhlaq - 18"
61. Lord Rippon presented Hunter Commission -188
62. Congress founded in A.O Hume - 188
63. Muhammad Educational Conference - 188
64. Mohsilul Mulk found Urdu Defence Association-• 1900
65. First census in subcontinent -190
66. Muhmmad Political Association found -190
67. Partition of Bengal by Lord Curzon • 190
68. M.Ali Jauhar started Reshmi Roomal Movement- 1%:
69. Muslim Leage found in Dacca - 190
70. Syed Amir Ali establish Muslim LeagueLondon - 190
71. Minto Morlay Reforms - 190*
72. Partition Bengal annulled by Lord Hardinge -191
73. Kanpur Mosque incident -191:
74. Quid joined Muslim League - 191
75. Lukhnow Pact - 191«
76. Quid became President Muslim League -191'
77. Quid held joint membership ML&Congress - 1913-1-1
78. Quid resigned from Congress - 192<
79. Montague Chemsford Reforms - 191'
80. Jallianwala Bagh incident (Amritsar) - 1919 (English killed Indiaa
81. Rowlatt Act presented - 191
82. Khilafat Movement - 1919-1 :
83. Chauri Chaura incident -19:;

431. 84. Harrapa & Moehnjo Daro discovered -192;
85. Mustafa Kamal became president Turky -192:
86. Khilafat Usmania was abolished in - 192-

-4




)0. 1101.

33.
34. . 35.
36. .37.
:08.
39. 10.
111.
:i2.
.13. 114. .15. [16. .17. 118. 119. [20. 21. .22.

Answers
Hij rat Movement started in -1924
Liaqat Ali joined Muslim League- 1924
Kamal Ataturk started democratic govt, in Turky - 1924
Kamal Ataturk abolished Khilafat in Turkey - 1924
Nehru Report was presented in -1928
Quid 14 Points came in - 1929
Simon Commission visited India -1928
Ghandi start Civil Disobedience movement -1930

432. Allama Iqbal became president Muslim League - 1930
Allama Iqbal Allaabad Address - 1930
03 Round Table Conferences - 1930, 1931, 1932
Communal Award published in - 1932
Pona Pact was signed in- 1932
Rehmat Ali suggested name of Pakistan - 1933
Ch. Rehmat found Pakistan National Movement - 1933
Rehmat Ali wrote Now & Never - 1933
Sindh was separated from Bombay - 1935
Jinnah-Rajandra Parsal Formula - 1935
Burma was separated from India - 1935
Muslims observed Day of Deliverence - 1939
Lahore Resolution presented in Minto Park - 23-03-1940, Fazal ul Haq
Crips Mission visited India - 1942
Quit India movement started in - 1942
National Saving Organization (NSO) establish - 1943
Jinnah Ghandhi Talks - 1944
Wavel Plan was presented in - 1945
Liaqat- Dasai Pact was signed in - 1945
UNO was founded in - 1945, 24 October
All India MuslimLeague got 100% seat Election -1946
Liaqat Ali Khan became India Finance Ministr - 1946
Cabinet Mission Plan (8 Members) - 1946
Burma was made independent in -1947
Mountbatton announced India partition- 03 June 1947
Last Caliph of Turkish Khilafat Usmania - Abdul Majeed Afandi
Younger brother of Maulana Shaukat Ali - Muhammad Ali Jauhar
Zakir Hussain Wardhan Scheme about - Education

433. Questions
123. First Viceroy of subcontinent
124. First president of Congress
125. Sir Syed Ahmed Khan Birth & Death
126. Sir Syed Burried at
127. Loyal Muhammadns of India written by
128. Asrar-us-Sanadeed was written by
129. Hayat-e-Javed was written by
130. Molana Haali wrote Hiyat-e-Javed about
131. Editor of Zamindar newspaper
132. Editor of Comrade newspaper
133. Hamdard Magazine was started by
134. Founder of Muslim League
135. Pakistan / India got freedom from
136. British Prime Minister during partition
137. Viceroy of India during partition
138. Allama Iqbal born in Sialkot
139. Allama Iqbal died & burried in Lahore
140. Allama Iqbal did Ph.D Philosophy
141. Allama Iqbal Father& Mother
142. Quid-e-Azam born in Karachi on
143. Quid-e-Azam died & burried Karachi on
144. Fatherland Mother of Quid
145. Wives of Quid
146. Daughter of Quid
147. At age 18, Quid got Law Degree
148. President of Muslim League after Quid-e-Azam
149. Quid died on 11 September 1948 due to
150. Mourning days on Quid death

434. 151. Quid funeral prayer offered by
152. Birth place of Quid
153. Hindus & Muslims 2 different nations
154. Bengal divided in 2 parts
155. East Bengal (Muslim Bengal)capital was
156. West Bengal (Hindu Bengal)capital was
157. Movement started against Bengal partition
158. President of Shimla Deputation 1906

Answers
- Lord Canr. -
- W.C Bene: -1817/ 185
- Ali Garh Univer;
- Sir Syed Ahmed Khan
- Sir Syed Ahmed Khan
- Sir Syed Ahmed Kh-
- Sir Syed Ahmed Khan
- Maulana Zafar Ali
- Muhammad Ali Jauhr
- Muhammad Ali Jauhar - Nawab SaleemullahKhan.
- British governor Atlee
- Lord Mountbatte:
- 9 November 1877
- 21 April 1938
-Munich Uni, Germany, 19C;
-Nur Muhammad&Imam Bib
- 25 December 1876
- 11 September 1948
-Jinan Poonja&Mithibai Jina-

435. -Mariam Jinah, Emibai Jina-
- Dinna (born in 1911
- Lincon-in, Londc-
- Ch. Khaliq Uz Zama-- Cardiac Arrest at 10:20 pr
- 40 Da;
- Shabbir Ahmed Usmani
- Wazir Mensic:
- Two Nation theory-
- East &West Bengal
- Dace; - Culcul";
- Swadeshi movement.
- Agha Khan

[CHAP - 14] Pakistani Information

327

Answers
159. Secretary of Shimla Deputation 1906 - Mohsin ul Mulk
160. HQ of Muslim Leaguewas established at- Lukhnow
161. Who wrote ML constitution'Green Book' - Muhammad Ali Jauhar
162. Oldest Urdu newspaper of Pakistan -Daily Jang, 1939
163. Who published Daily Jang - Mir Khalil Ur Rehman
164. Oldest English newspaper - Daily Dawn, 1942
165. Who found Daily Dawn Newspaper - Quid-e-Azam
166. Jihad Movement was started by - Syed Ahmed Brelvi
167. Jihad Movement was against - Sikhs & British
168. Editor of Comrade - Muhammad Ali Jauhar
169. Editor of Hamdard - Muhammad Ali Jauhar

436. 170. Editor of Al-Hilal - Maulana Azad
171. Newspaper of Maulana Zafar Ali Khan -Zamindar
172. Who wrote Indian Song Bande Mathram - Chander Chiterji
173. Abdul Sattar Khani & Abdul Jabbar Khani - Khani Brothers

POST-PARTITION INFORMATION
1. Pakistan came into being - 1947, 14 August
2. Mountbatten address Pakistan Assembly - 1947, 14 August
3. Redcliffe announce boundry commission award - 1947, 17 August
4. Friday was declared as half working day - 1947, 22 August
5. Black Day Indian Forces landed Kashmir - 1947, 27 October
6. Muslim Population in Kashmir (78%) - 1947
7. Pakistan became member of UNO -1947
8. Karachi was declared federal area in - 1948
9. State Bank was inaugurated by Quid in - 1948
10. Moon & Star was added in Pakistani Flag - 1949
11. West Punjab name changed to Punjab - 1948
12. UN Commission members visit Kashmir - 1948
13. Assembly proclaimed Karach as capital - 1948, May
14. Last Quaid message delivered on - 1948, 27 august
15. India occupied Junagardh state - 1948, 8 November
16. Liaqat Ali Khan presented Objective resolution - 1949
17. Objective Resolution accepted by assembly - 1949
18. Liaqat Ali Khan visited America in - 1950
19. Pakistan became member of world bank - 1995
20. PM Liaqat Ali Khan killed by Said Muhammad - 1951, 16 October
21. Allama Iqbal's Tomb was built in- 1951
22. 22 Points of Ulema presented -1951
23. Wheat Crisis occurred - 195Z

437. 24. Sui gas found -1952
25. Urdu was made National language - 1954
26. PIA founded -1954
27. Muhammad Ali Bogra Formula given in -1954
28. Pakistan became SEATO member(Manila pact) -1954
29. Pakistan became CENTO member(Bagdad pact) - 1955
30. West Pakistan declared One Unit -1955
31. Pakistan was formed one unit -1955
32. Unicameral legislature introduced in -1956
33. Pakistan became Islamic Republic - 1956
34. Designation Governer General change 2 president -1956
35. Pak bought Gawadar port from Maskat, 40 lacs - 1958
36. Islamabad was declared as new capital -1959
37. Public Representation Offices Disqualification Act - 1949, PRODA
38. Elective Bodies Disqualification Order - 1959, EBDO
39. Rawalpindi became temporary capital - 1960
40. Ayub Khan presented Basic Democratics- 1960
41. Indus Water Treaty b/w India-Pak - 1960
42. Muslim Family Law Ordinance - 1961
43. Faiz Ahmed Faiz poet got Lenin Prize in Pak -1962
44. Z.A Bhutto appointed as Pak foreign minister - 1963
45. R.C.D (Pak, Iran, Turkey) was founded - 1964
46. Operation Gibralter launched in Kashmir - 1965
47. Ayub Khan won in Presidential election - 1965
48. Second Pakistan & India was started in - 1965, September
49. President election b/w Ayub Khan& Fatima Jinan -1965
50. Defence Day is celebrated since- 1966
51. Islamabad was completed in - 1966
52. Sheikh Mujeeb presented 06 Points - 1966

438. 53. Sheikh Mujeeburrehman 6 points -1966
54. Pakistan People Party (PPP) founded -1967
55. Fatima Jinnah Born & Died -1897-1967
56. Assassination attemp of Ayub Khan - 1968, 7 November
57. Ayub handed over govt, to Yahya Khan -1969
58. Swat became part of Pakistan -1969
59. Completion of Tarbela River -1969
60. Post of Commander Inchief changed to COAS -1970
61. Pakistan one unit was cancelled-1970
62. KANNUP was established in Karachi -1971
63. Kashmiri Mujahdeen hijacked Indi plane Ganga -1971
64. Army Action was done in East Pakistan - 1971, March
65. Bhutto form Hamoodur Rehman commission for -1971 Crisis
66. East Pakistan became Bangladesh -1971,16 December
67. Surrender of Pakistani Soliders to Indian Forces -1971,16 December
68. Butto&Indra Gandi sign Shimlaagreement - 1972,2 July
69. Pakistan Broadcasting Corporation established - 1972,20 December
70. Nationalization educational/industrial institutes-1972
71. Pakistan left SEATO -1973
72. Steel Mill founded with aid of USSR -1973
73. Nationalization of Banks -1974
74. Pakistan recognized Bangladesh-1974
75. Pakistan joined OIC -1974
76. India exploded its First Nuclear Bomb -1974
77. Post Chairman Joint Chief of Staff created -1976
78. Colour TV transmission started -1976
79. Friday was declared as Holiday -1977
80. Nizam-e-Mustafa Movement -1977
81. Karakarm highway completed in 20 years -1978

439. 82. Pakistan joined PTBT -1978
83. PM Pakistan Zulfiqar Bhutto hanged to death •> 1979
84. Dr. Abdul Salam go! Nobel Prize in Pakistan -1979
85. Pakistan left CHN IO -1979
86. Pakistan joined non-allied Movement Bandung -1979
87. Pakistan joined non-alligned Movement (NAM) - 1979
88. Hudood Ordinance enforced - 1979

Questions
89. Russia invaded Afghanistan
90. Hadood Ordinance promogulated
91. Federal Shariat Court established in
92. Zakat & Usher Ordinance promulgated
93. Zakat system was launched
94. Wafaqi Shariat Court establish
95. Islamic Univeristy established
96. Zakat rate 2.5% introduced in Pakistan
97. Ramzan Ordinance promogulated
98. Zia ul Haq formed Majlis-e-Shoora,350 member
99. Majlish-e-Shoora establish
100. Qazi Courts established
101. Wafaqi Mohtasib appointed
102. Interest Free Banking Introduced
103. Nizam-e-Salat was introduced
104. General zia held Presidential Fererendum
105. First SAARC conference was held in
106. Pakistan joined SAARC
107. Faisal Mosque was constructed
108. Geneva Pact was signed in

440. 109. Ojri Camp incident occurred
110. Zia died on
111. Russia withdraw its forces from Afghanistan
112. Denationalization of Banks
113. Social Action Plan was launched
114. India made Atomic Blasts on
115. Pakistan made 5 Atomic Blasts in Chagi
116. Pakistan entered World Nuclear Club
117. Kargil war b/w Pak & India
118. NADRA was setup in
119. Musharraf elected as president of Pakistan
120. University of Education was established „
121. Education Sector Reforms were presented
122. First Pak India war
123. Cause of Pak India War 1948
124. Second Pak India War

ANSWERS
- 1979 -1979
- 1987
- 1988
- 1988
- 198>.
- 1980
- 198.
- 1981
- 198: -1981
- 198?
- 198--1984 -1984

441. - 1984
- 1985
- 1985
- 1986 -1988
- 1988, 10 April - 1988,17 August
- 1989 -1991
- 1992-93
- 1998, 17 May - 1998, 28 May,YomeTakbir
- 1998, 28 May
-1999 -2000 -2001,20 June -2002
- 2003 -1948

Questions
Indian Force attack Kashmir - 1965, 6-22 September
2 5. Cause of Pak India War 1965
26. Agreement to resolve 1965 war issues
27. Who signed Tashkent Agreement
128. Third Pak India War
29. Cause of Pak India'War 1971
130. Agreement to resolve 1971 war issues
131. Who signed Shimla Agreement
132. Fourth Pak India War
133. Cause Pak India Kargil War, 1999
134. Major wars faught b/w India-Pak
135. No. of Pakistani soldiers surrendered in 1971
136. Total seats in Parliament got by Mujib Rehman -
137. Sheikh Mujeeb won seats in East Pak, 1970
138. Zulfiqar Bhutto won seats in West Pak, 1970
139. Indus Water Treaty was signed under

442. 140. Karakarm highway passes through
141. US ambassador died with Zia Ul Haq
142. Who opposed membership of Pak in UNO
143. Sheikh Mujeeb in 06 points demanded maximum
144. Major export of Pakistan
145. Zulfiqar Bhutto was hanged on murder of
146. Approximate Population of Pak in 1947
147. Population of West Pakistan 1951 Census
148. India paid Rs.200 Core only on partition
149. No. of Basic Democrats in Ayub govt.
150. Kidnz ap & Murder of Ayub Khan was
151. People migrated on India partition
152. Book 'My Brother' was written by
153. Book Myth of Indepence' was writtenby
154. In i'.a built Baghlihar dam occupied Kashmir
155. I ndia bui It Kishanganga dam occupied Kshmr
156. Last Governer General of Pakistan
157. Flag of Pakistan was designed by
158. Only vice president of Pakistan
159. Main Campus of University of Education

Answers
- Disputed Boundaries
-Tashkent, 1966 - Ayub Khan-Lai Bahadur - 1971
India invaded East Pakistan
- Shimla. 1972 Zulfiqar Bhutto-Indra Gandi
- 1999, Kargil - India occupid Siachen peak
-3,1948,1965,1971
- 90,000

443. 300
- 160 (39.2%)
- 81 (18.6%)
- World Bank
- Khunjrab Pass
- Arnold Raphael
- Afghanistan - East Pakistan autonomy
- Cotton
Nawab Muhammad Ahmed -7 Crore,East+West Pakistan
- 34 Million -Outof 750 Crore
- 80,000
- Agartala Conspiracy
- 85,00,000
- Fatima Jinnah -Zulfiqar Ali Bhutto
- Doda District
- District Barahmoola
- Sikandar Mirza - Ameerud Din Qadwani
- Nurul Amin
- Lahore

Political System of Pakistan
1. Political System of Pakistan - Parlimentary Systerr
2. Type of Parliament - Bicameral (Upper & Lower House
3. Official name of Parliament - Majlis-e-Shura
4. Function of Parliament - Legislation (Law making
5. Upper House - Senate
6. Lower House - National Assembly (NA
7. Presiding Officer of Senate - Chairman
8. Presiding Officer National Assembly - Speaker

444. 9. Head of the state - President of Pakistan
10. Head of the Government - Prime Minister of Pakistan
11. Term of National Assembly - 5 Years
12. Term of Senators - 6 Years
13. Election of Senate - After every 3 years
14. Method election - One man one vote (adults
15. Dissolving Power National Assembly - PM or President of Pakistan
16. lst&only parliament run on solar power - Pakistan Parliament
17. 4 types of leaders of Parliament- Leader of Senate & NA.
& Opposition Leader Senate & NA
18. Location of Parliament - Islamaba:
19. No. ofMNAs -34:
20. No. of Senators -164
21. National Assembly Voting System - Direct Syster
22. Senate Voting System - Indirect system
23. NA Public account committee function - Scruitinize pubic expenditure;
24. Both houses work together except - Only NA pass money related bilh
25. Type of representation in Senate - Equal representation of all un
26. Type of representation in NA - Based on population of all province
27. Basic Law of Pakistan - Objective resolution0=00
28. Objective resolution was passed-12 March 1949
29. Electoral college to select President - Both houses&provincial assemblies
30. Who selects PM of Pakistan - National Assembly
31. Who hold elections of Pakistan - Pakistan Election Commission
32 Political Party system in Pakistan - Multi-Party System
33 Requirement for qualification for NA - Article 62, 1973 Constitution
34- Disqualification for NA - Article 63, 1973 Constitution
35. Speaker and Deputy Speakers elected - From National Assembly
36. Senate cannot be - Dissolved

445. 37. Membership of Senate raised to 87 - 1985
38. Membership of Senate raised to 100 -MusharaffLFO (2002)
39. Membership of Senate raised to 104 -2011, 19Amendment
40. 4 Senate seats increase in 19th amendment - 4 Minority seats (1 each province)
41 Chairman senate serve as President - During President absence
42. Speaker NA serve as President during - Absence of President & Chairman
43. Minimum Age of MNA & MPA -25 Years
44. Minimum Age of Senator - 30 Years
45. Minimum Age of President - 45 Years
46. Who elects the Cabinet - Prime Minister
47. Elections are held after - 5 Years

Seats Classification in Pakistan National Assembly
Sr. Administrative GeneralWomenMinorities Total
No. Unit Seats Seats Seats Seats
1 Punjab 148 35 - 183
2 Sindh 61 14 - 75
3 KPK 35 8 - 43
4 Balochistan 14 3 * - 17
5 FATA 12 - - 12
6 Islamabad 2 - - 2
Total 272 60 10 342

Seats Classification in Pakistan Senate
Sr. Administrative General Technocrats/ WomenMinorities Tota:
No. Unit Seats Ulema Seats Seats Seats Seats
1 Punjab 14 4 4 1 23
2 Sindh 14 4 4 1 23
3 KPK 14 4 4 1 23

446. 4 Balochistan 14 4 4 1 23
5 FATA 8 - - - 8
6 Islamabad 2 1 1 - * 4 Total 66 17 17 4 104
Seats Classification in Provincial Assemblies

Sr. Province General Women Minorities Total
No. Seats Seats Seats Seats
1 Punjab 297 66 8 371
2 Sindh 130 29 8 167
3 KPK 99 22 3 124
4 Balochistan 51 11 3 65 Total 577 128 22 727

Judicial System of Pakistan Supreme Judicial Council
1. Purpose - Hear misconduct cases of judg t
2. Composition - lx Chief Just.: 2x Most senior judges of SCOP
2x Most senior judges of Provincial High Courts
3. Famous Case - Iftikhan Muhammad Choudhar

Supreme Court
1. Supreme Court of Pakistan (SCOPe)establish- 1947
2. Old name Supreme Court - Federal Court
3. New name of SCOP was announced - 1951
4. No. of Supreme Courtes in Pakistan

Supreme Court of Pakistan is located in Four benches of Suprement Court Chief Justice of SCOP No. of
Justices Supreme Court Supreme Court Judges supervised by Retiring age of supreme court judge
Retiring age of high court judge Final Applette Authority in Pakistan Supreme Court De Jure Power
Supreme Court De Facto Power Experience for Supreme Justice 15 Years as Highcourt advocate
- 05, Lahore High Court

447. High Court
No. of High Courts in Pakistan
Sindh High Court
Islamabad High Court - In each capital cities
Peshawar High Court
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Balochistan High Court
th
-2010, 18
amendement - High Court
- 45 Years
- 62 Years

Questions
High courts are located
Islamabad High Court was established
Highest Court at Provincial Level
Age limit for high court judge
Retiring Age of judge
Experience for High Court Judge
- 10 advocate of highcourt or 3 Years District Court Judge
District and Session Courts
These have been established in every district of every province. These court have civil and criminal
jusrisdiction. An advocate having 10 years experience is eligible to apply forjudge. An exam is also held
for the purpose.

Federal Shariat Court
Founded in 1980
8 Muslim Members are appointed by President of Pakistan It analyze that laws are according to the
Quran and Sunnah of otherwise.

448. Family Courts
Family at tehsil and town level are working in each district to hear the family cases according to Family
Court Act, 1964.
Juvenile Courts
Juvenile Justice System Ordinance (JJSO) was promogulated by Gene Musharraf in 2000 to establish
Juvenile Courts but no any court has yet been establish

Ombudsman (Mohtasib)
Ombdusman investigate the cases related to maladministration of govt, offices. Mia Federal
Ombudsman in Islamabad have its benches in all provinces. Pronvince have a Provincial Ombdusman
office.

Different Other Courts
1. Consumer Courts
2. Anti Narcotic Courts
3. Custom Courts
4. Exise and Taxation Courts
5. Anti Corruption Department
6. Provincial Service Tribunals
7. National Ahtasab Beurreau (NAB)

Presidents of Pakistan
Sr# Name Period
1. Sikandar Mirza 23-3-1956 to27-10-1958
2. Muhammad Ayub Khan, Military 27-10-1958 to25-3-1969
3. Yahya Khan, Military 25-3-1969 to 20-12-1971
4. Z.A Bhutto, PPP 20-12-1971 to 13-8-1973
5. Fazal llahi Khan, PPP 13-8-1973 to 16-9-1978
6. Muhammad Zia Ul Haq, Military16-91978 to 17-8-1988

449. 7. Ghulam Ishaq, Independent 17-8-1988 to 18-7-1993
8. Wasim Sajjad, Acting-PMLN 18-7-1993 to 14-11-1993
9. Farooq Leghari, PPP 14-11-1993 to 2-12-1997
10. Wasim Sajjad, Acting-PMLN 2-12-1997 to 1-1-1998
11. M. Rafiq Tarrar, PMLN 1-1-1998 to 20-6-2001
12. Pervez Mushraf, Military 20-6-2001 to 18-8-2008
13. M.Mian Soomro, Acting/PMLQ 18-8-2008 to 9-9-2008
14. Asif Ali Zardari, PPP 9-9-2008 to 8-9-2013
15. Mamnon Husain, PMLN 9-9-2013 to Todate

chapter 14 Pakistani Information 337
Governor Generals of Pakistan
Sr# Name Period
1. Muhammad Ali Jinnah 15-8-1947 to 11-9-1948
2. Khawaja Nizamuddin 14-9-1948 to 17-10-1951
3. Ghulam Muhammad 17-10-1951 to 6-10-1955
4. Sikandar Mirza 6-10-1955 to 23-3-1956

Prime Ministers of Pakistan
Sr# Name Period
1. Liaqat Ali Khan 14-8-1947 to 16-10-1951
2. Khawja Nizamuddin 17-10-1951 to 17-4-1953
3. Muhammad Ali Bogra 17-4-1953 to 12-8-1955
4. Ch.MohdAli 12-8-1955 to 12-9-1956
5. Hussain Suhrawardy 12-9-1956 to 17-101-1957
6. Ibrahim Chundrigar 17-10-1957 to 16-12-1957
7. Feroz Khan Noon 16-12-1957 to 7-10-1958
8. Post Abolished 7-10-1958 to 7-12-1971
9. Nurul Amin 7-12-1971 to 20-12-1971

450. 10. Post Abolished 20-12-1971 to 14-8-1973
11. Zulfiqar Ali Bhutto 14-8-1973 to 5-7-1977
12. Post Abolished 5-7-1977 to 24-3-1985
13. Mohd. Khan Junejo 24-3-1985 to 29-5-1988
14. Post Abolished 29-5-1988 to 2-12-1988
15. Benzir Bhutto 2-12-1988 to 6-8-1990
16. Ghulam Mustafa Jatoi 6-8-1990 to 6-11-1990
17. Nawaz Sharif 6-11-1990 to 18-4-1993
18. Balakh Sher Mazari 18-4-1993 to 26-5-1993
19. Nawaz Sharif 26-5-1993 to 18-7-1993
20. Moeenuddin Ahmed Qureshi 18-7-1993 to 19-10-1993
21. Benazir Bhutto 19-10-1993 to 5-11-1996
22. Malik Meraj Khalid 5-11-1996 to 17-2-1997
23. Nawaz Sharif 17-2-1997 to 12-10-1998
24. Post Abolished 12-10-1999 to 21 -11 -2002
25. Zafarullah Khan Jamali 21-11-2002 to 30-6-2004
26. Ch. Shujaat Hussain 30-6-2004 to 20-8-2004
27. ShaukatAziz 20-8-2004 to 16-11-2007
28. Muhammad Mian Soomro 16-11-2007 to 25-3-2008
29. YousafRazaGillani 25-3-2008 to 22-6-2012
30. Raja Pervaiz Ashraf 22-6-2012 to 25-3-2013
31. Mir Hazar Khan Khoso 25-3-2013 to 5-6-2013
32 Nawaz Sharif 5-6-2013 todate

Constitutions of Pakistan
1. First Constitution was developed in -195:
2. Constitution 1956 had articles -23-
3 Second Constitution was developed in - 1962
4. Constitution 1956 had articles -25:

451. 5. Third and currentConstitution was developed in-1973
6. Constitution 1956 had articles -280
7 Unicameral assembly was announced - 1956 Constitution
8. Bicameral assembly was announced - 1973 Constitution
9 Qadianis declared Non-muslims, 2nd amendment - 1973 Constitution
10. 2nd amendement to 1973 constitution made in -1974
11. Quran & Sunnah declared as supreme law - 9th Amendment-1973 constitution
12. PM & President must be Muslims - 1973 constitution.
13. Objectives Resolution made 1973 constution part - 8thAmendment
14. National languages of 1956 constitution- Urdu & Bengali
15. First constitution got by Pakistan after - 9 Years
16. First draft for constitution - Objective Resolution
17. Term of the office of President - 5 Years
18. Term of the office of Prime Minister - 5 Years
19. President Power dissolve National assembly - 58 (2b) 1973 constitution
20. Head of Cabinet according to constitution 1973 - Prime Minister
21. In which constitution Islam was state religion - 1973
22. Proposal constitution amendement can initiate - In any Parliament house
23. Constitutional amendment need majority - 2/3 from both houses

Amendments to 1973 Constitution of Pakistan
# Amendments Year
1st Pakistan boundary redefined & remove Jbast Pakistan reference1974
2nd Muslim definition &Ahmad is declare as 'non-Muslim'. 1974
3rd Extended the period of preventive detention. 1975
4th Decrease additional seats of minorities. 1975
Deprived courts power to grant bail to any detained pers m.
5th Widened the scope of restriction on the High Courts. 1976
6th Justice Supreme court retireage 65,Highcourt judge 62. 1976

452. 7th Enable PM obtain vote of confidence of people of Pakistan. 1977
8th Giving additional powers to President of Pakistan. 1985
9th Impose Shariah law as supreme law of land. Bill was passed by Senate but could never be passed
by National Assembly. 1985
10th Interval period National Assembly sessions not exceed 130 day. 1987
11th Revision of reserved seats of women in NA & PA. 1989
The bill was withdrawn in 1992.
12th Created Speedy Trial Court for 3 years. 1991
13th Remove President power to dissolve the National Assembly. 1997
14th Members of parliament to be dismissed if they defect. 1997
15th Impose Shariah law as supreme law. Was never passed. 1998
16th Increased quota system term from 20 to 40 years. 1999
17th Change in President powers&reverse 13thAmendment effects. 2003
18th Removed the power of President of Pakistan to dissolve the Parliament unilaterally. 2010
19th Appointment of Supreme Court Judges & amendments in parliamentary committee to
appoint Chief Electoral Officers at Election Commission of Pakistan (ECP). 2010
20th For Free and Fair Elections. 2012
21st For Speedy Trial Military Courts to deal with terrorism. 2015
22nd ECP powers deputed to Chief Election Commissioner 2016

MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION
Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA)
1. Classification - Tribel Areas - 07 & Frontier Regions - 06
2. Government - Semi-Governmerr.
3. Tribel Areas - Bajaur Agency, Khyber Agency, Kurrarr.
Agency, Orakzai Agency, Mohmand Agency,North Waziristan, South Waziristan
4. Frontier Regions - Peshawar, Bannu, Kohat, Lakki Marwat, D.I Khan, Tank
5. Population - 45 Lacs (2011 est
6. Area - 27220 KM"

453. 7. Largest city - Para China:
8. Administrative Center - Peshawa:
9 Laws to run FATA - Frontiers Crimes Regulations (FCR
10. Laws for vote - Adult Franchise
Gilgit Baltistan (GB) / FANA
1. Established - 01 July 197C
2. Population -18 Lacs (2015 est
3. Capital - Gilgh
4. Largest city - Skardu
5. Government - Self governing state under Pakistan
6. Area - 72971 KM:
7. Assembly Seats - 33
8. Districts - 10
9. Towns - 9
10. Old Name - Federally Administd Northern Areas
Azad Kashmir (AK)
1. Established - 24 October 194"
2. Population - 46 Lacs (2008 est)
3. Capital - Muzzafarabad
4. Largest city -Mirpur
5. Official Language - Urdu
6. Government type - Self governing state under Pakistan
7. Area - 13297 KM2
8. Assembly Seats - 49
9. Districts -10
10. Towns -19
11. Union Councils - 182

Martial Laws

454. 1. lstMartial Law -7-10-1958
2- lstMartial Law Administrator -General Muhammad Ayub Khan
t 3. 2nd Martial Law - 26-3-1969 by General Yahya Khan
1 4. 2nd Martial Law Administrator - Z.A Bhutto (Civilian)
5. 3 rd martial Law - 7-7-1977
6. 3rd martial Law Administrator - General Zial Ul Haq
7. 4th Military Coup but no martial law - October 1999 by Gen. Musharraf

Aligarh Movement
1. Founder - Sir Syed Ahmed Khan
2. Muradabad School establish -1859
3. Ghazipur School establish -1862
4. Scientific Society in Ghazipur -1863
5. Aligarh Institute Gazette -1866
6. MAO High School Aligharh establish - 1875
7. MAO High School became College -1877
8. All India Muhammden Education Conference-1886
9. MAO College became Muslim University-1920
10. Muhammad-Anglo-Oriental -MAO

Deoband Movement, Deoband 1866
1. Founder - Maulana Mohd Qasim Nanotvi
2. Purpose - Religious education of Muslims keep them away from English.

Anjamun Himayat-e-lslam, Lahore 1884
1. President - Maulana Hamid ud Din
2. Secretary - Maulvi Ghulam Ullah
3. Purpose - Education of Muslims

455. Nadva tul Ulma-e-lslam, Lakhnow 1894
1. Founder - Maulana Shibli Naumani
2. Purpose - Religious and non-religious education of Muslims.

1. Founder
2. Purpose

Jamia Millia Islamia, 1920
- Maulana Muhammad Ali Jauhar - Its Islamic university working in South Delhi.
National Anthem

1. National Anthem was written by - Hafeez Jalandari
2. National Anthem was approved in - 1954
3. National Anthem was first time played - On Raza Shah Pehlvi arrival, Iran
4. Music composed by - Ahmed Ali Chhagla
5. No. of words -50
6. No. of lines -15
7. No. of Amendments -17

Five Years Plans of Pakistan
1. First five year plan - 1955-1960
2. Second five year plan - 1960-1965
3. Third five year plan - 1965-1970
4. Fourth five year plan - 1970-1975
5. Fifth five year plan - 1978-1983
6. Sixth five year plan - 1983-1988
7. Seventh five year plan - 1988-1993
8. Eighth five year plan - 1993-1998
9. Ninth five year plan - 1998-2003

456. 10. Tenth five year plan -2010-2015
11. Non Plan Periods - 1975-1978/2003-2009

Divisions of Punjab (9 Divisions)
1. Division Lahore
2, Division Faisalabad
3. Division Gujranwala
4. Division Sargodha
5. Division Rawalpindi
6. Division Multan
7. Division Bahawalpur
8. Division Sahiwal
9. Division Dera Ghazi Khan

Jamia Millia Islamia, 1920
1. Founder - Maulana Muhammad Ali Jauhar
2. Purpose - Its Islamic university working in South Delhi.

National Anthem
1. National Anthem was written by - Hafeez Jalandari
2. National Anthem was approved in -1954
3. National Anthem was first time played - On Raza Shah Pehlvi arrival, Iran
4. Music composed by - Ahmed Ali Chhagla
5. No. of words -50
6. No. of lines -15
7. No. of Amendments - 17

Five Years Plans of Pakistan
1. First five year plan - 1955-1960

457. 2. Second five year plan - 1960-1965
3. Third five year plan - 1965-1970
4. Fourth five year plan - 1970-1975
5. Fifth five year plan - 1978-1983
6. Sixth five year plan - 1983-1988
7. Seventh five year plan - 1988-1993
8. Eighth five year plan - 1993-1998
9. Ninth five year plan - 1998-2003
10. Tenth five year plan -2010-2015
11. Non Plan Periods - 1975-1978/2003-2009

Divisions of Punjab (9 Divisions)
1. Division Lahore
2. Division Faisalabad
3. Division Gujranwala
4. Division Sargodha
5. Division Rawalpindi
6. Division Multan
7. Division Bahawalpur
8. Division Sahiwal
9. Division Dera Ghazi Khan

No. of Division, Districts & Tehsils of Pakistan
Sr. No. Province Divisions No. of Districts No. of Tehsils
1. Punjab 9 36 121 (Now 143)
2. Sindh 7 27 88
3. KPK 7 25 62
4. Balochistan 6 39 118
5. Islamabad - . 1 1

458. Total 29 128 390
Source: PCO/PBS

General Demographics of Pakistan - Census 1998
Indicators Description
1. Area 796096 (Sq. Km)
2: Population 13,23,52000
3. Male Ratio 52.03%
4. Female Ratio 47.97 %
5. Urban Population 32.50 %
6. Rural Population 67.50 %
7. Population Density 166.3 (persons per sq.km)
8. Unemployment rate 19.68
9. Disabled ratio 2.54
10. Literacy Rate 43.92
Source: PCO/PBS
Population by Religion in Pakistan

Religion• Population (%)
1. Muslims 96.28
2. Christian 1.59
3. Hindu (Jati) 1.60
4. Qadiani (Ahmdi) 0.22 '
5. Scheduled casts 0.25
6. Others 0.07

Source: PCO/PBS
Year wise census of Pakistan
1. First Census

459. 2. Second Census
3. Third Census
4. Fourth Census
5. Fifth Census

-1951 -1961 -1972 -1981 -1998

Year wise Educational Policies of Pakistan
Province Wise Literacy Rate of Pakistan
Sr# Province Literacy Rate
1.
2. Punjab 63.2% Sindh 56.7%
3. KPK 48.9%
4. Balochistan 45.8%
Total 57% (Male-68%/Female-41 %)

Student Access to Education in Pakistan
Sr# Category of Children In School Out of School
1. 2. Children with Disabilities 4% 96% Children without Disabilities 68%
32%

Comparative Analysis of Education Budget World &Pak
Sr# CountryWorld Ranking Educational Budget
1. Cuba #1 18.7%
2. Malaysia #10 8.1%
3. Iran #58 4.9%
4. India #81 4.1%
5. Bangladesh #119 2.4%
6. Pakistan #126 1.8%

460. 7. Indonesia #130 1.2%

Missiles of Pakistan
Sr # Type of Missile ame of Missile
Surface to Surface Missiles
1 Battlefield range ballistic missiles (BRBM) Nasr
2 Hatf-I
3 Short range ballistic missiles (SPvBM) Ghaznavi
4 Abdali-I
5 Ghauri-I
6 Shaheen-I
7 Medium range ballistic missiles (MRBM) Ghauri-II
8 Shaheen-II
9 Shaheen-III
10 Cruise missiles Babur(HatfVII) -
11 Ra'ad(HatfVIII)
12 Anti-tank guided missiles (ATGM) Bakhtar-Shikan

Surface to Air Missiles
1 Anza Anza
Air to Surface Missiles
1 Baktar-Shikan Baktar-Shikan
2. H-2 Sow H-2 Sow
3 H-4 i>ow H-4 Sow
4 Barq Barq
Surface to Sea Missiles
1 Zarb Zarb

Nishan-e-Haider

461. 1. Highest Award in Pakistan - Nishan-e-Haider
2. First Awared was given in - lb March 1957
3. First Award was given to - Captain MuhammaJ Sarwar
4. Total no. of awards given todate - 10
5. Nishan-e-Haider is awarded due to - Extraordinary bravery
6, Type of Award - Military
7. Awarded only to - Military Personnels
8. Composition of Award -88%Copper, 10%Tin,2%Zinc
No Rank Name of Recipient Regiment Battle Date of Martyrdom
1 Captain Raja M.Sarwar Punjab Regiment, Pak Army Pak-India 1947 27-7-1948
2 Major Tufail Mohammad Punjab Regiment Pak Army Pak-India 1965 7-8-1958
3 Major Raja Aziz Bhatti Punjab Regiment Pak Army Pak-India 1965 10-9-1965
4 Pilot Rashid Minnas Fighter Conversion Pak-India 20-8-1971
Officer
Unit, Pak Air Force 1971

5 Frontier Force Pak-India 6-12-1971
Major Shabbir Sharif Regiment, 1971

Pak Army
6 Lancers (ArmedPak-India 10-12-1971
Sawar M.HussainJanjua Corps) 1971

Pak Army
7 Major Muhammad Akram Frontier Force Regiment Pak Army Pak-India 1971 5-12-
1971
8 Lance Muhammad Punjab Regiment, Pak-India 17-12-1971
Naik Mahfuz Pak Army 1971

462. 9 Captain KarnalSher Sindh RegimentKargil 7-7-1999

Khan Pak Army War

10 Havildar Lalak Jan Northern Light Infantry, Pak Army Kargil War 7-7-
1999
Old Names
New Names Old Names

Important Pakistani Days
05 23 21 01 28 01 14 06 07 08 11 09 25 25

1. 2. 3. 4.

-Kashmir Solidarity Day -Pakistan Day -Poet Allama Iqbal De°th -Labour Day -Youm-e-Takbeer (Atomic
Blasts) -Bank Holiday -Pakistan Independence Day -Defence Day -Air Force Day -Navy Day -Quaid Death -
Iqbal Birth Day -Quaid Birth Day -Christmiss Day
China Pak Economic Corridor (CPEC)
- 46 Billion Dollar - 2442 KM
- Economic link b/w Pak & China - 13th Five Year Development Plan - Karachi Lahore Motorway, 1100
KM - Reconstruction of Karakaram Highway Upgrade Karachi-Peshawar Railway Line
- Gas pipeline Iran-Nawabshah-Gwadar
-Investment in energy sector
- Provision of Liquefied Gas from China
- Upgradation of Gwadar Port
- Upgradation of Gwadar city

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

- Freedom Fighters

463. - Bangladesh Force • Geurilla Resistance Movement
- Sheikh MujeeburRehman
MuktiBahini
Means of MuktiBahini MuktiBahini is also called MuktiBahini was MuktiBahini built on orders of
MuktiBahini got training&weapon-Fromlndia Indo-Pak 1971 war MuktiBahini- Help Indian Forces
Strength of MuktiBahini- 1, 50,000
Pakarmy Operation searchlight - Launched in East Pakistan, March 1971
Searchlight was also 1 of causes - Of Mukti Bahini Movement
Leader of MuktiBahini - M. A.G Usmani

made items.
6. Satyaghra, 1922: Mahatama Ghandi launched a movement of Satyaghra against Rawlat Act. This
movement urged people to leave British jobs, schools etc.
7. Two Nations Theory: The two-nation theory was the basis for the partition of India in 1947. It
supported the proposal that Muslims & Non-Muslims especially Hindus were two separate nations
because style of living of Muslims, their food culture and social values are entirely different from the
Hindus. This theor motivated Muslims to get a separate homeland.
8. Lakes: Manchhar&Kenchhar Lake (Sindh), Hina Lake (Balochistan), Saif-ul-Malook, Kachhura
(KPK).
9. Percentage Language:Punjabi-44.17%, Pashto-15.44%, Sindhi-15.35%, Saraiki-10.42%, Urdu-
7.59%, Balochi - 3.59%, Others -3.44%.
10. Dams: Tarbela,Mangla,Warsak,Rawal, Gomal-Zam.
11. Caste of Muslims in Pakistan: There are mostly Sunni Muslims (85-90%) who belong to Hanafi
Maslik, few belong to Hambali or Ahl-e-Hadith. Seconc significant Maslik is of Shia (10-15%).

WORLD INFORMATION
Sr# Topic
1 First in the World
2 Largest in the World
3 Highest in the World
4 Longest in the World
5 Tallest in the World

464. 6 Smellest in the World
7 Miscellaneous in the World
8 Animals
9 Sports
10 Currency in the World
11 Capitals of Countries
12 International Days
13 Months
14 Wonders of the World
15 World Wars
16 World Organizations
FIRST IN THE WORLD
1. Human Beings - Adam & Eve
2. Murder - Qabil killed his brother AbL
3. Religion- Islarr.
4. Person reach mount everest - Sherpa Tenzing
5. Country who print book -China
6. Country who issued paper currency - China
7. President of USA - George Washington
8. Prime Minister of UK - Robert Walpole
9. Country who prepared Constitution - USA
10. Person who fly Aeroplane - Right Brothers
11. Country send man to moon - USA
12. Country launch sattelite in space -Russia
13. Atom bomb dropped on city - Hiroshima, Japan, 1945
14. Country send shuttle in space - Columbia
15. Person land on moon - Niel Armstrong
16. Spacecraft reached Mars - Viking-I
17. Woman Prime Minister - Bandamaike, Srilanka

465. 18. Woman Muslim Prime Minister - Benzir Bhuttc
19. Man go in space - Yuri Gagreen, Russia
20. Movie - Jazz Singer, 192"
21. University - Taxila, Pakistan
22. Internet search engine - Yahoo
23. Blood Bank opened ' - New York, 194C
24. Sequal film - King King - Son of Kong
25. Person wore wristwatch - Queen Elizabeth 1st
26. Reach Mount Everest - Tensing and Hillary
27. Police force - Paris, France, 1667
28. Test tube baby - Louise Brown, UK, 1978
29. Olympic games were played in - Greece, 776
30. Prime Minister of Bangladesh - Mujeeb Ur Rehman
31. Woman prime minister of UK - Margaret Thatcher
32. Industrial Revolution took place- England
33. Country issue stamps - UK
34. Miss World contest held in - London, 1951
35. Nobel Prize was given -1901
36. First Atom Bomb dropped on - Hiroshima, Japan (6-8-1945

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

466. 10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.

Airport Animal Bird Bay
Mosque
Church
Temple
Delta
Desert

467. Dam «
Gulf
Hotel
Island
Lake
Library
Mountain Range
Minaret
Palace
Park
Peninsula Sea
Sea-bird Volcano Stadium Platform Cinema House


- Asia
Russia, 17098246 KM2
-New York, USA - Tokyo, Japan
- King Fahd International Airport, Saudi Arabia
- Blue Bottom whale
- Ostrich
- Hudson Bay, Canada
- Masjid-al-Haram, Saudi Arab, 40 Lac capacity
-Balisca of St. Peter in Vatican City, Rome -Angkorwat,Combodia. -Sunderban, India
- Sahara, North Africa - Grand Coulee Dam, USA
- Gulf of Mexico - Excalibur Hotel, Las Vegas, USA
- Greenland
- Caspian
- United States Library of Congress, Washington
- Andes, South America - Sultan Hassan Mosque, Egypt

468. - Imperial Palace, China - National Park of North-Eastern, Greenland
- Arabia
- South China Sea
- Albatross -Manuna Lea, Hawai -Starhove,Prague,Czech Republic, 220000 capacity - Grand Central
Terminal, New York, USA
- Roxy, New York

Answers
32. Museum - Museum of Natural History, New York, USA
33. Dome -Singapore National Stadium Dorr.;
34. Ocean . Pacific Ocean.
35. Planet -Jupiter
36. Telescope - Mt. Palomar (USA
37. Flower -Rafflesia (Java:
38. Airbus - Double Decker A-380
39. Forest . Amazon
40. Zoo by species - Berlin Zoological Garden
41. Zoo by area - Red McCombs Wildlife, Texas, USA
42. Glacier - Lambert Glacier
43. Landlocked country - Mangolia
44. Oil refinery . Abadan, Iran
45. Shipbuilder -Glascow
46. Stock Exchange - New York, USA
47. Potatoe production - Russia
48. Army - Peoples Republic of China
49. University - University of California, USA
50. Sea port . New York
51 • Prize . Nobel prize (1 Million $)
52. Internet search engine - Google

469. 53. Muslim country areawise -Kazakhstan
54. Muslim country population- Indonesia
55. Solar energy user -Germany
56. Car manufacturer - General Motors, USA
57. Bicycle manufacturer - Hero cycles, Ludhiana, India
58. Budget - USA
59. Fort - Ranikot, Sindh, Pakistan
60. Battle Ship - USS Missouri
61. Bank by assets -Industrial&Commercial Bank, China
62. Oil exporter - Saudi Arabia
63. Oil consumer -USA

on [CHAP - 15] World Information 355
64. Oil field- Ghawar Oil Field, Saudi Arabia
65. Natural gas reserves - Russia
66. Producer of carpet - Iran
67. Producer of cheese -USA
68. Producer of Cotton - China
69. Producer of Wheat - China
70. Producer of steel - China
71. Producer of Rice - China
72. Producer of Silk - China
73. Producer of tea - China
74. Producer of jute - Bangladesh
75. Producer of wool - Australia
76. Producer of gold - South Africa
77. Producer of oil - Saudi Arabia
78. Producer of tobacco - China
79. Produce of copper - Chile

470. 80. Producer of silver - Mexico
81. Producer of Rubber - Malaysia
82. Producer of Dimond - South Africa
83. Producer Nuclear electrictiy-USA
84. Producer of Sugar - Brazil
85. Tea consumer - Turkey
86. Arms supplier -USA
87. Arms importer - India
88. Fish catching country - China
89. Food company - Nestle
90. Forest area - Russia
91. Herb - Banana
92. First religion - Christianity (2.2 Billion), 2012
93. Second religion -Islam(1.6 Billion),2012
94. Country of Africa - Sudan
95. Artificial lake - Volta, Ghana
96. Coast - Canada

HIGHEST IN THE WORLD
1. Airport - Lhasa Airport, Tibet, China
2. Railway track -Kwinghai- Tibbet Railway, China
3. Railway Station - Tangulla Station, Tibet, China
4. City -Wenchuan, China
5. Lake - Titicaca, Bolivia
6. Mountain Peak - Mount Everest, Nepal, 8848 m
7. Mountain Range - Himalayas, Asia.
8. Waterfall - Angel, Venezuela
9. Plateau - Pamir, Tibet
10. Road -Leh-Nobra, Ladakh division India.

471. 11. Village - Andean, Chile
12. Volcano - Ojos del Salado, Argentina, Chile
13. Capital - Lapaz, Bolivia
14. Highest Divorce rate - Belgium (70%), Low Chile (3%)

LONGEST IN THE WORLD
1. Bridge - Huey P. Long Bridge (USA)
2. Canal - White Canal, Baltic Sea
3. Day - June 21
4. Railway Platform - Khanagpur, West Bengal, India
5. Corridor - Rameshwaram Temple, India
6." Epic Poem - Mahabharata, 100,00 verses
7. Wall - Great Wall of China, built 214 BC
8. Train -BHP Billtron, Australia, 682 Wagons, 7300 meter
9. River - Nile, Africa
10. Animal - Blue Whale, 98 Feet
11. Metro system - London, UK
12. Road tunnel - Switzerland
13. Cricket match - UK vs SA, 1939,10 days long
14. Big Ship canal - Suez Canal
15. Snake - Python
16. Land frontier - China
17. Various war amon - European countries, 1618-1648
18. Lifespan animal- Bowhead Whale

TALLEST IN THE WORLD
1. Animal - Giraffe, 5.5 m
2. Building -BurjKhalifa, Dubai, 2717 Feet
3. Fountain - Fountain Hills, Arizona

472. 4. Minaret-Hassan II Mosque,Casablanca,689 Feet
5. Statue - Motherland, Russia
6. Tower - C. N. Tower, Toronto, Canada
7. Tallest race of world - The Tutsi, Average 6 feet 1 inch

SMALLEST IN THE WORLD
1. Smallest Continent - Australia
2. Smallest Planet - Mercury
3. Smallest ocean - Indian ocean
4. Smallest country and land - Vatican City
5. Smallest Muslim country - Maldives

Miscellaneous IN THE WORLD
1. Fastest growth rate plant - Bamboo, 3 feet in 24 hours
2. Deepest Lake - Baikal (Siberia)
3. Deepest Ocean - Pacific Ocean
4. Brightest Star - Sirius A
5. Brightest Planet- Venus
6. Shortest Day - December 22
7. Shortest coast - Monaco
8. Coldest Planet - Neptune
9. Nearest Planet (to Sun) - Mercury
10. Farthest Planet (from Sun) - Neptune
11. Widest Waterfall -Khone Falls, Laos
12. Lowest Water Level - Dead Sea
13. Hottest Place -Azizia, Libya
14. Rainiest Place -Mosinram, near Cherrapunji, India
15. Lightest Gas - Hydrogen
16. Most Populous City - Tokyo

473. 17. Only Islamic state in Europe - Albania

35. First British Ruler of India - Lord Clive
36. Last British Ruler of India - Mountbatten
37. Total continents -07
38. Continent without regularinhabitats - Antarctica
39. Falling the value of money - Inflation
40. Most spoken language - Mandarin, China
41. National Anthem only music no word - Bahrain
42. Country makes most films per year - India
43. Country have land in 2 continents - Turkey
44. Country without cinema - Saudi Arabia
45. Country without railway - Afghanistan
46. Country with most islands - Indonesia
47. Country with most refugees - Turkey
48. Country grows most fruit - China
49. Country with maximum roads -USA
50. Country with most billionnaire -USA
51. Country with most nuclear reactors -USA

[CHAP - 15] World Information 359
52. Abraham Lincoln was 16th president -USA
53. River Snake is located in-USA
54. Largest state of USA - Alaska
55. Total states of USA -50
56. American independence war b/w - America & Great Britain
57. Statue of Liberty of USA located - New York, USA
58. Stature of Liberty was gift from - France
59. US President forced to resign -Nixon, Watergate Scandal, 1974

474. 60. British Commander surrender in USA - Lord Cornwalis, 1781
61. American independence was faught - 1775-1783
62. US President residence White House - Washington
63. USA purchased Alaska state from - Russia, 1867
64. Who discovered America - Columbus
65. National Emblem of USA - Golden Rod
66. Producer Mickey Mouse/Donald Duck - W.E. Disney, USA
67. Creator of Disneyland, California - W.E. Disney
68. Only USA president elected two times - Roosevelt
69. American Independence War duration - 1775-1983
70. USA Army Chief in independence war - George Washington
71. First president of USA - George Washington
72. Poorest US state - Mississippi
73. Compulsory military service for women - Israil
74. Highest birth rate - Niger, 50 children /1000
75. Lowest birth rate - Hong Kong, China, 7 /1000
76. Highest death rate - South Africa
77. Lowest death rate -Qatar, 1.53%
78. Who got most Oscar Awards - Walt Disney
79. Film won most (11) Oscar Awards -BenHur, 1959
80. Neil Armstrong landed on moon-1969
81. Muhammad Fatehullah Kandahari - 1st Pashto translation of Quran
82. Oldest Theatre -TeatroOlimpico, Italy
83. Oldest known science - Astronomy
84. Oldest town - Jericho, Jordon
85. Oldest capital city of World - Damascus, Syria
86. Oldest surviving building - Pyramids of Egypt
87. Oldest civilization - Sumerian civilization, Iraq
88. Old name of Burma - Myanmar

475. 89. Old name of Congo - Zaire
90. Old name Ghana - Gold Coast
91. Old name of Campuchia- Cambodia
92. Old name of Srilanka - Ceylon
93. Old name of New York - New Amsterdam
94. China was also known as - Chung Hua
95. Turkey was known as - The sick man of Europe
96. Napoleon was defeated in last war - Waterloo
97. Mao Tse Tung died in -1976
98. Roman Empire was dissolved by- Napolean, 1806
99. First Cold war ei led -1918
100. Second Cold war ended -1945
101. Duration of french reolution - 1789-1799
102. Chines occupied Tibet in -1954
103. What callled English Constitution Bible - Magna Carta
104. King fo ced to sign Magna Carta - King John II
105. Napoleon revised French Legal System - Code Napoleon
106. Mussolini was the dictator of - Italy
107. Adolf Hit or was the dictator of - Germany
108. Finland get independence from -Russia, 1917
109. Hitlor targetted mass genocide of - Jews
110. Nazy Party of Hitler came to power -1933
111. Religious leader of Iran - Ayatollah Khomeini
112. Zahir Shah was overthrown in Iran -1979
113. Iran Revolution -1979
114. USSR attacked Afghanistan -1979
115. Popular leader of Cuba - Federal Castro
116. Zimbawe got freedom from Britain -1976
117. Ghana got freedom from Britain-1957

476. 118. Indonesia got freedom -1948
119. Hong Kong was reunified with China -1997
120. Korea was colony of - Japan
121. Pearl Harbour is located in -Hawai State of USA
122. Berlin wall was built in -1961
123. Hitlor launched operation Barbarossa - Against USSR, 1941
124. Japan attacked Pearl Harbour -1941
125. Japan attacked China -1937
126. Germany attacked France -1940
127. Bolschevik revolution occurred in -1917
128. Korean war was faught - 1950-53
129. Holy book of Sikhs - The Granth Sahib
130. Holy book of Christianity - The Bible
131. Jesus Christ was crucified in -29 AD
132. Bhudist temples in Burma called- Pagoda
133. Other name of Gautama Buddha - The Light of Asia
134. Place of worship of Sikhs - Gurudwara
135. Place of worship of Parsis - The Fire Temple
136. Jesus Christ was born in the year -4BC
137. Head of Roman Catholic Church - The Pop
138. Original name of Gautama Budha - Siddhartha
139. Somnath Temple is located in city - Gujrat, India
140. Countries in Commonwealth -52
141. Highest moutain range - Himalyas
142. Official publication of France called - Yellow Book
143. Official publication Netherland called - Orange Book
144. Christopher Columbus was an - Italian Navigator
145. National Emblem of Pakistan - Crescent
146. Lowest point on Earth - Coastal area of Dead Se,

477. 147. Eifel Tower, France was built by - A.'exa.iier c;fei
148. The Red Cross was founded by - Jean ilenii Durant
149. National Flower of Britin • Rose
150. Country famous for Samba Dance - Brazil
151. Paradise Regained was written - John Milton
152. Famous painting of Picasso - Guermica
153. Mother-in-Law of Europe - Denmark
154. Country of Copper is called - Zambia
155. Playground of Europe - Switzerland

362 CRUX of Special Education
156. City of Canals -Venice\i
157. Sugar Bowl of the World - Cuba
158. Land of Rising Sun - Japan
159. Land of midnight sun - Norway
160. Land of White Elephant - Thailand
161. Land of Morning Calm - Korea
162. Land of Thunderbolts - Bhutan
163. Land of Cakes - Scotland
164. Land of Golden fleece - Australia
165. Land of Rapes - India
166. Roof of the world - Tibet
167. City of Skyscrapers - New York
168. Island of Cloves - Madgascar .
169. Garden of England -Kent
170. City of Dreaming Spires -Oxford
171. Pearl of Orient - Singapore :
172. Sculptor of the statue of Liberty was - Federick Auguste Bartholdi 173. Julius Caesar
was killed by - Brutus

478. 174. Modern martial art - Judo -
175. Egypt is located in continent - Africa
176. Largest city of contient Africa - Cairo, Egypt
177. Only ape that stand and walk upright - Gibbon
178. Male ant is called - Dron
179. Mosquito spreads Malaria - Female Anopheles mosquito
180. Boundary b/w Russia & Poland called - Curzon Line
181. Time taken by sunlight to reach Earth - About 8 Minutes
182. Basic source of energy on earth -Sun
183. Gas used in common bulb - Neon
184. Plants grow in water - Hydrophytes :
185. Greenland belong to - Denmark :
186. Earth belongs to galaxy - The Milk Way
187. Study of evil spirits and demons- Demonology
188. Phrase'Well begun is half done' belongs- Horace Mann
189. July was named after emperor - Julius Caesar
190. First prime minister of India - Jawahar Lai Nehru
191. Mother Teresa born in - Yugoslavia, 1910
192. Mother Teresa work in India for

Questions
193. Akber' s famous poet& scholar
194. Akbar-Nama&Ain-e-Akbari written by
195. Who is called Frontier Gandhi
196. Khan AbdulGhaffar awarded by India
197. Mughal Emperor who found Din-e-Ilahi
198. Parrot of India
199. Who laid the foundation of Urdu Poetry
200. Pupil of Plato&teacher of Alexander Great

479. 201. Indian emperor famous for uprightness
202. Father of Modern Italy
203. Father of Modern Germany
204. Father of Aeronautics
205. Founder of Alexandria
206. Founder of Microsoft Corporation
207. Founder of Mughal Empire
208. Founder of Philosopy of Pessimism
209. Founder of Arya Samaj
210. Founder of laws of Electromagnetism
211. Founder of Budhism
212. Founder of Christianity
213. Founder of Sikhism
214. Who was Julius Caesar (102-44 BC)
215. Who's Winston Churchill( 1877-1965)
216. Nicolas Copernicus was a
217. Nicolas Copernicus presented theory
218. Who founded British Empire in India
219. Who defeated Siraj Ud Dola, 1757
220. Court poet of Sultan Mehmood Gazni
221. Who wrote Persian History Shah Nama
222. Who led Satyagraha Movement
223. Who was Harsha Vardhana

Answers
224. Fascist Movement founder in Germany
225. National Socialism founder in Germany
226. President of Veitnam in WW2
227. Epic figure in Sanskrit literature

480. 228. Leader of Russian Revolution

- Poor, disabled and needy
- Abul Fazal
- Abul Fazal
- Khan Abdul Ghaffar Khan
- Peace Award & Bharat Ratnaf
- Akbar (1556-1605)
- Amir Khusro
- Amir Khusro
- Aristotle
- Ashoka
- G.Garibaldi
- Bismarck
- Sir George Cayley
- Alexander - Bill Gates, USA
-Babar (1483-1530)
- Gautama Buddha
- Dayanand Saraswati, 1875
- Michael Faraday - Gautama Buddha (623-543 BC)
- Jesus Christ
- Guru Nanak Dev Roman General, statesman, poet.
- PM of England
- Polish Astronomer - Solar System Theory
- Lord Clive
- Lord Clive, Plassey Battle
- Firdousi
- Firdousi
- M.K Gandhi

481. - Hindu King of India (606-647)
- Adolf Hitlor
- Adolf Hitlor
- Ho-Chi-Minh
- Kalidasa -Lenin, 1917

Answers
229. Organiz Redguard for cultural revolution- Mao -Tse-Tung (1893-1976
230. First chairman China Government - Mao-Tse-Tung
231. Communism is based on teaching of - Karl Marx, German Philosopher
232. Communist Manifesto&Das Capital - Written by Karl Marx
233. Who was Marco Polo- - Famous Venetian Traveller
234. French General defeated in Waterloo -Napoleon, 1815
235. Who was William Shakespeare - Great poet & Dramatist of England
236. Famous plays of Shakespeare - Julius caesar, Romeo Juliet,Hamlet Merchant ofVemce, Antony
& Cloptra
237. Who was Bernard Shah( 1856-1950) - Great Irish Dramatist, Writer
238. Famous Plays of Bernad Shah -Pleasant&Unpleasant,Man&Superman
239. Who was teacher of Plato - Socrates (463-399 BC)
240. Socrates was sentenced to death due to- Corrupting the young
241. Russian leader after Lenin - Stalin
242. Shankaracharya (born 788 AD) - Religious Teacher Hinduism
243. Mughal Emperor built Taj Mahal, Agra - Shah Jehan (1628-1658
244. Taj Mahal was built in memory of wife - Mumtaz Begum
245. Who built LalQila&Jamia Masjid Dehli - Shah Jehan
246. Who was Rabindranath Tagore - Famous Indian, poet, educationist
247. Famous Nau Rattans in Akber court - Taansain
248. Taansain was exponent of - Indian Classical Music
249. Who was Marshal Tito - Leader of Yugoslavia

482. 250. Who was Vasco Da Gama - Sailor of Portugal
251. Who was Martin Luthar King - US Negro civil rights leader
252. Atom Bomb dropped on Hiroshima - Little Boy (Uranium) 6-8-1945
253. Atom Bomb dropped on Nagasaki - Fat Man (Plutonium) 9-8-1945
254. Interpol- International Police
255. Who lives in BermingumPalace,London - Queen Elizabeth II
256. World Population (March 2016) - 7.4 Billion
257. No. of births in World everyday - 3,78,000
258. No. of death in World everyday - 1,62,000
259. No. of people living in extreme poverty - 1.4 billion
260. No. of people lacking clean water -1.1 billion
261. Average world life expectancy - 70.8 years female/66.4 female
262. Annual world population increase - 79.33 million
263. Fertility rate - 2.5 births per woman
264. Urban population - 50.5% of total population


ANIMALS

1. Octompus has arms
2. Only mammal that can fly
3. Sacred animal of Buddhists
4. King of fishes
5. Largest aquarium
6. Land of Kangaroos
7. Kiwi is found in
8. Yak is found in
9. Temple protects & feed rats
10. Largest land animal

483. 11. Domestic animal cannot taste sweet
12. Fastest moving insect
13. Animal called river horse
14. Fish that taste with its whole body
15. Only fish that makes nest
16. Mammal fish
17. Bird lay only 1 egg in 2 years
18. Size of newly born Kangroo
19. Largest member of cat family
20. First animal go in space
21. Science of fossils
22. Animal with best hearing
23. Animal with best vision
24. Animal with best sense of smell
25. Animal with best sense of taste
26. Animal with best sense of touch
27. Fastest Bird
28. Fastest snake
29. Fastest animal
30. Slowest animal
31. Bird that never makes its nest
32. Wingless bird
33. Most poisnous snake
34. Smallest Bird
35. Only snake '".lat build its nest
36. Bird which can fly backward &forward

- 08 -Bat
- White Elephant

484. - Shark - Sydney Aquarium
- Australia - New Zealand
- Tibet
- Karnimata, Rajasthan, India
- African Elephant
-Cat
- Tropical Cockroach
- Hippopotamus
- Catfish
- Stickle back
- Whale
- Albatross
- 2.5 cm (check)
- Tiger -Dog
- Palaentology
- Bats
- Eagle
- Bear
- Catfish
- Manatee (insect)
-Swift - Black Mamba
-s Cheetah - Snail, 2-3 feet per minute
- Cuckoo
- Kiwi
Inland Taipan, kill 100 human
- Humming bird
- King Cobra
- Hemming Bird

485. Commonwealth dames Commonwealth Games are held once in Asian Games are held once in First Asian
Games were held Fastest century in ODI cricket Martina Hingis land tennis player belong to Andre Agassi
is
intish Empire (james
- Four Years
- Four Years -NewDelhi, India, 1951
AB De Villiers, SA,31 balls
- Switzerland - Tennis player

[CHAP - 15] World Information 367
34. Weight of hockey ball - 5 % ounces
35. Length of football field - 100-130 yards
36. First cricket worldcup won by -West Indies, 1975
37. Second cricket worldcup won by -West Indies, 1979
38. Third cricket worldcup won by -India, 1983
39. Fourth cricket worldcup won by -Australia, 1987
40. Fifth cricket worldcup won by - Pakistan, 1992
41. Sixth cricket worldcup won by - Srilanka, 1996
42. Seventh cricket worldcup won by -Australia, 1999
43. Eight cricket worldcup won by - Australia, 2003
44. Ninth cricket worldcup won by - Australia, 2007
45. Tenth cricket worldcup won by -India, 2011
46. Eleventh cricket worldcup won by - Australia, 2015
47. Who won most cricket worldcups - 05, Australia
48. Cricket world cup played in Pakistan -1996
49. Winner of 1sl T20 Cricket Worldcup - India, 2007
50. Winner of 2nd T20 Cricket Worldcup - Pakistan, 2009
51. Winner of 3rd T20 Cricket Worldcup -England, 2010
52. Winner of 4th T20 Cricket Worldcup - West Indies, 2012

486. 53. Winner of 5th T20 Cricket Worldcup - Sri Lanka, 2014
54. Winner of 6th T20 Cricket Worldcup -West Indies, 2016
55. Winner of most T20 Cricket Wordcup - West Indies, 2 times
56. World Blind Cricket Council (WBCC) establish -1996
57. Winner of 1st Blind Cricket World Cup - South Africa, 1998
58. Winner of 2nd Blind Cricket World Cup - Pakistan, 2002
59. Winner of 3rd Blind Cricket World Cup - Pakistan, 2006
60. Winner of 4th Blind Cricket World Cup - India, 2014
61. Winner of 1st T20 Blind Cricket World Cup -India, 2012
62. Winner of first hockey worldcup-Pakistan, 1971
63. Winner of second hockey worldcup -Netherland, 1973
64. Winner of third hockey worldcup - India, 1975
65. Winner of fourth hockey worldcup -Pakistan, 1978

Questions
66. Winner of fifth hockey worldcup
67. Winner of sixth hockey worldcup
68. Winner of seventh hockey worldcup
69. Winner of Eightth hockey worldcup
70. Winner of Ninth hockey worldcup
71. Winner of tenth hockey worldcup
72. Winner of Eleventh hockey worldcup
73. Winner of Twelvth hockey worldcup
74. Winner of Thirteenth hockey worldcup
75. Who won most hockey worldcups
76. Pakistan won cricket worldcup 1992 in captaincy
77. Ronaldo football player belongs to
78. Davis Cup is associated with
79. Messi is a football player from

487. 80. No. of balls in snooker
81. PSB
82. IBFS World Snooker Champion 1994,2006
83. Jahangir Khan remained unbeaten quash matches
84. Pakistan won World Squash Open
85. Pakistan won British Squash Open
86. Federation of International Football Association
87. Other name of football
88. Roger Federer is tennis play from
89. Fastest team game

Answers
- Pakistan, 1982 -Australia, 1986
-Netherland, 1990 -Pakistan, 1994 -Netherland, 1998
- Germany, 2002
- Germany, 2006 -Australia, 2010
- Australia, 2014
- 04, Pakistan
- Imran Khan
- Portugal
- Land Tennis
- Argentina
- 22 (1 white, 15 red, 6 other)
- Pakistan Sports Board
- Muhammad Yusaf, Pakistan
- Consecutive 55 matches -17 Times -12 Times - FIFA - Soccer
- Switzerland
- Ice Hockey

488. CURRENCY IN THE WORLD
Sr# CountryCurrency Sr# CountryCurrency
1 Afghanistan Afghani36 South Korea Won
2 Argentina Peso 37 Kuwait Dinar
3 Australia Dollar 38 Kyrghyzstan Som
4 Austria Schiling39 Laos Kip
5 Bangladesh Takka 40 Malaysia Dollar
6 Belgium Frank 41 Maldives Rufiyaa
7 Bhutan Ngultrum 42 Mauritius Rupee
8 Brazil Cruzeir 43 Mexico Peso
9 Bulgaria Levi 44 Morocco Dirham
10 Burma Kyat 45 Nepal Rupee
11 Canada Dollar 46 Netherland Guilder
12 Sri Lana Rupee 47 Newzealand Dollar
13 Taiwan Dollar 48 Nigeria Naira
14 China Yuan 49 NorwayKrone
15 Chile Peso 50 Oman Rial
16 Czechoslovakia Koruna 51 Pakistani Rupee
17 Denmark Krone 52 Panama Balbia
18 Egypt Pound 53 Philippines Peso
19 Ethiopia Bin- 54 Poland Zloty
20 Finland Markka 55 Portugal Escudo
21 France Frank 56 Romania Leu
22 Germany Mark 57 Russia Rouble
23 Ghana Cedi 58 Saudi Arabia Rial
24 Hong Kong Dollar 59 Singapore Dollar
25 Hungary Florint 60 South Africa Rand
26 India
0 Rupee 61 Spain Peseta

489. 27 Indonesia Rupee 62 SwedenKrone
28 Iran Rial 63 Switzerland Frank
29 Iraq Dinar 64 Thailand Baht
30 Israel Shekel 65 Turkey Lira
31 Italy Lira 66 Turkmenistan Rouble
32 Japan Yen 67 UkraineRouble
33 . Cambodia Reil (chk) 68 UAE Dirham
34 Kazakhstan Tenge 69 UK Pond
35 North Korea Won 70 USA Dollar

20 Banjul Gambia 55 Georgetown Guyana
21 Beijing China 56 Guatemala Guatemala
22 Beirut Lebanon 57 Hamilton Bermuda
23 Belgrade Serbia 58 Hanoi Veitnam
24 Berlin Germany 59 Harare Zimbabwe
25 Bern Switzerland 60 Havana Cuba
26 BishkekKyrgyzstan 61 Hong Kong Hong Kong
27 Bissau Guinea Bisau 62 Islamabad Pakistan
28 Bogota Columbia 63 Jakarta Indonesia
29 Bratislava Slovakia 64 Jerusalem Israel

[CHAP -15] World Information 371
30 Tallinn Estonia 65 Kabul Afghanistan
31 Bridgetown Barabados 66 Kampala Uganda
32 Brussels Belgium 67 Kathmandu Nepal
33 Bucharest Romania 68 Khantoum Sudan
34 Budapest Hungary 69 Kiev Ukraine
35 Buenos Aires Argentina 70 Kigali Rwanda

490. Sr# Capital CountrySr# Capital Country
71 Kingston Jamaica106 Nicosia Cyprus
72 Kinshasa Congo 107 Noukchott Mauritania
73 Kuala Lumpur Malaysia 108 Nuku Alofa Tonga
74 Kuwait city Kuwait 109 Nuuk Greenland
75 Libreville Gabon 110 Oslow Norway
76 Lilongwe Malawi 111 Ottawa Canada
77 Lima Peru 112 Panama city Panama
78 Lisbon Portugal 113 Paris France
79 Ljublijana Slovenia 114 Phnom Penh Cambodia
80 Lome Togo 115 Podgorica Montenegro
81 London UK 116 Port-auPrince Haiti
82 Luanda Angola 117 Prague Czech
83 Lusaka Zambia 118 Cape town South africa
84 Luxermbourg Luxermbourg 119 Pyongyang North korea
85 Madrid Spain 120 Pristina Kisovo
86 Mali Maldives 121 Quito Ecuador
87 Managua Nicaragua 122 Rabat Morocco
88 Manama Bahrain 123 Reykjavik Iceland
89 Manila Philippines 124 Riga Latvia
90 MaputoMozambique 125 Riyadh Saudi Arab
91 Maseru Lesotho126 Rome Italy
92 Lobamba Swaziland 127 San Jose Costa Rica
93 Mexico city Mexico 128 San Marino San Marino
94 Minsk Belarus 129 Sansalvador Elsalvador
95 Mogadishu Somalia
96 Monaco Monaco
97 Montevideo Uruguay
98 Moscow Russia

491. 99 Muscat Oman
100 Nairobi Kenya
101 Nassau Bahamas
102 Naypyidaw Myanmar
103 N'Djamena Chad
104 New Delhi India
105 NiameyNiger
130 Sana'a Yemen
131 Santiago Chile
132 Seoul South korea
133 Singapore Singapore
134 Sofia Bulgaria
135 Colombo Srilanka
136 St. George Grenada
137 Stockholm Sweden
138 La Paz Bolivia
139 Suva Fiji
140 Taipei Taiwan
141 Tashkent Uzbekistan 153 Vienna Austria
142 Kutaisi Georgia154 Vientiane Laos
143 Tegucigalpa Honduras . 155 Vilnius Lithuania
144 Tehran Iran 156 Warsaw Poland
145 Thimphu Bhuttan157 Washington USA
146 Tirana Albania 158 Wellington Newzealand
99op147 Tokyo Japan 159 Windhoek Namibia
148 Tripoli Libya 160 Yaounde Cameroon
149 Tunis Tunisia 161 Yaren Nauru
150 Ulaanbaatar Mongolia 162 YarevanArmenia
151 VallettaMalta 163 Zagreb Croatia

492. 152 Vatican city Vatican city

[CHAP - 15] World Information 373
INTERNATIONAL DAYS
04 January -World Braille Day
01 February -Hijab Day
01 March -Wheelchair Day
03 March -World Hearing/Ear Care Day
08 March -International Women Day
21 March -World Down Syndrome Day
24 March -World TB Day
26 March -Purple Day for Epilepsy
2 April -World Autism Awareness Day
7 April -World Health Day
22 April-Earth Day
31 May -World No-Tobacco Day
05 June -World Environment Day
13 June -International Albinism Awareness Day
11 July -World Population Day
28 July -World Hepatitis Day
06 September -Colour Blindness Awareness Day
OS September -International Literacy Day
15 September -International Day of Democracy
21 September -World Peace Day
21 September -World Tourism Day
05 October -World Teachers Day
10 October -World Mental Health Day
15 October -White Cane Day
16 October -World Food Day

493. 22 October -International Stuttering Awareness Day
24 October -United Nations Day
14 November -World Diebetes Day
IS November -International Men's Day
OS November -International Day of Solidarity with Palestine People
01 December -World AIDS Day
03 December -International Day for PWDs
OS December -International Anti-Corruption Day
10 December -Human Rights Day
Last Sunday of September -World Deaf Day

Months
Sr. No. Islamic Months (Lunar Calendar) 354 Days English Months (Solar Calendar) 365 Days
Desi Months (Punjabi Calendar) 365 Days
1 Moharram January Baisakh
2 Safar February Jeth
3 Rabi Ul Awwal March Harh
4 Rabi Ul Saani April Sawan
5 Jamadi Ul Awwal May Badhon
6 Jamadi Ul Saani June Assu
7 Rajab July Katak
8 Shaban August Magar
9 Ramadhan September Poh
10 Shawwal October Magh
11 Zhul-Qadah November Phagun
12 Zhul-Jijjah December Chet

Wonders of the World
1. Pyramids of Egypt

494. 2. Great Wall of China
3. Colosseum of Rome (Italy)
4. Leaning Tower of Pisa (Italy)
5. Cata-combs of Alexandria
6. The Taj Mahal at Agra (India)
7. Angkor Vat temple in Kampuchia

WORLD WARS
World War-I rWWl)
1. Duration of WW 1 -28-7-1914 to 11-11-1918
2. Death toll ofWWl - 9 Million Military&7 Million Civil
(1 Crore and 60 Lacs)
3. Alliances ofWWl - Allies & Central Power
4. Countries of Allies -British, France, Russia, Japan, Italy, USA
5. Countries of Central Powers -Germany ,Austria,Hungary,Turkey,Bulgaria
6. Who won WW1 - Allies
7. Trigger ofWWl - Murder of Archduke Franz of Austria
8. Who killed Franz - GavriloPrincip in Sarajevo 28-6-1914
9. What ended WW1 - Paris Peace Conference
10. WW1 lead to establish - League of Nations
IK Territories of Central Powers were - Divided among Allies under Treaties
12. Treaty of Versailes was among - Germany & Allies, 1919
13. Treaty of Saint was among - Austria* & Allies, 1919
14. Treaty of Neuilly was among - Bulgaria & Allies
15. Treaty of Trianon was among - Hungary & Allies, 1920
16. Treaty of Savers was among - Turkey & Allies, 1920
17. Treaty of Lussane was among - Turkey & Allies, 1923

World War-2 (WW2)

495. 1. Duration of WW2 - 1-9-1939 to 2-9-1945
2. Alliances ofWW2 - Allies & Axis
3. Countries in Allies - USA, British, France, Russia, China
4. Countries in Axis - Germany, Italy, Japan,
5. Trigger of WW2 - Germany attack on Poland
6. WW2 last for period - 6 Years
7. No. of countries involved - 30 Countries
8. Death toll of WW2 - Over 7, 30, 000,00 (7 Crore, 30 lacs)
9. Death toll of Axis -1 Crore, 20 Lacs
10. Death toll of Allies - 6 Crore, 30 Lacs
11. Winner of Battle - Allies
12. Leaders of Allies - Stalin, Roosevelt, Churchill
13. Leaders of Axis - Hitler, Mussolini, Hirohito
14. USA dropped Atom Bomb on - Japan (Hiroshima & Nagasaki) in WW2
15. Death toll Hiroshima&Nagasaki -About 150,000+
16. WW2 lead to establish - United Nations Organization (UNO)

WORLD ORGANIZATIONS
1.
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

League of Nations (LN)
League of Nations was established What lead to cause LN establishment Mission
No. of members of LN LN lasted for
Start of WW2 show the failure of Its headquarter was in What replaced LN

United Nations Organization (UNO)

1. Established -24 October 1945

496. 2. Members -193 Countries
3. Current Observer Members - 02 (Holy Sea & Palestine)
4. Observer member membership of UNO.Country under observation to be given full
5. Headquarter - New York, USA
6. Purpose - International peace & security
7. Motto - Its your world
8. Present Secretary General - Ban Ki-Moon, South Korea
9. Organs of UNO:There are 06 organs:
1) UNO General Assembly: Its functions include following:
i. Selection of UNO Seretary General on proposal of Security Council.
ii. Secretary General head all the organs administratively.
Hi. Admissions of new members.
/'v. Selection of non-permanent members of Security Council,
v. Selection of all members of economic and social council
v/'. Selection of 15 Judges ot International Court of Justice.
v/7. It is the principle organ of UNO.
vi/7. All the members have equal presentation in General Assembly.
ix. It prepares the budget and passes resolutions of UNO.
x. Its headquarter is in New York, USA.
xi. It was established since 1945.
2) UNO Security Council: Its functions include following:
i. Most powerful organ of the UNO.
ii. Responsible for world peace and security.
Hi. It comprises of total 15 members (5 Permanent & 10 temporary).
iv. Permanent members include; USA, UK, France, China, Russia.
v. Permanent members have the right of Veto Power.
v/'. Temporary members are elected by General Assembly for 2 years.
vii. Decisions are made on affirmative votes of 9 members.
viii. A negative vote of permanent member stops action on proposals.

497. ix. Its president is selected from its 15 members for 01 month on
alphabetical orders (country names).
x. Its headquarter is in New York, USA.
xi. It was established since 1945.

3) UNO Economic and Social Council: Its functions include following:
i. It was established in 1945.
ii. Responsible for economic&social cooperation in members states.
III. Its headquarter is in New York, USA.
IV. It has 54 members states.
v. Its president is elected for one year.
vi. Its 4 week meeting is held in July every year.

4) International Court of Justice: Its functions include following:
i. It was established in 1945.
ii. Its headquarters is in Hague, Holland,
III. It elects 15 judges for 09 years.
Iv. It persue international cases / disputes.

5) UN Secretariat: Its functions include following:
I. It was established in 1945 and located in New York,
II. It helps in implementation of decision making of main organs of UNO.
III. Seretary General is the head of secretariat.
iv. It is the main executive arms.
v. It has 44,000 intc. national civil servants.
vI. It has different department like Economic, Political, Peacekeeping etc.

6) UN Trusteeship Council: Its functions include following:
i. It was established in 1945 and located in New York.

498. II. Presently it is Inactive/not working from 1994.
III. This trust was to help the trust terroteries but in 1994, when last
trust territory Palau got indepence and became UNO member
stated, Trust stopped working.
iv. There were 11 trust territories which got independence.

Main UNO Agencies
Sr* Agency Establish Headquarter
1. International Labour Organization (ILO) 1919 Geneva
2. World Health Organization (WHO) 1948 Geneva
3. United Nations Educational, Scientific and 1946 Paris
Cultural Organization (UNESCO)
4. World Trade Organization (WTO) 1995 Geneva
5. United Nations International Children's 1946 New York
Emergency Fund (UNICEF)
6. International Monetary Fund (IMF) 1945 Washington
7. International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) 1957 Vienna
8. United Nations Development Program (UNDP) New York

Organization of Islamic Cooperation / Conference
1. Established -25 September 1969
2. Background - Fire in Masjid Aqsa became catalyst Israel attacked Egypt, Syria, Jordon.
3. Purpose Protect rights of Muslim World
4. Total Members - 57 Countries
5. Administrative Centre - Jeddah, Saudi Arabia
6. New Name - Organization of Islamic Conference, 2011
7. Summits - After every 03 years
8. Who selects Secretary General - Foreign Ministers for 05 years
9. Summit of Foreign Ministers - Once in a year

499. 10. 1st summitt - Morroco, Rabbat, 1969
11. 2nd summitt - Pakistan, Lahore, 1974
12. 3 rd summitt - Saudi Arab, Makkah, 1981
13. 4th summitt - Morroco, Casablanca, 1984
14. 5th summitt - Kuwait, 1987
15. 6th summitt - Senegal, Dakar, 1991
16. 7th summitt - Morroco, Casablanca, 1994
17. 8th summitt - Iran, Tehran, 1997
18. 9th summitt - Qatar, Doha, 2000
19. 10th summitt - Malaysia, Putrajaya, 2003
20. 11th summitt - Senegal, Dakar, 2008
21. 12th summitt - Egypt, Cario, 2013
22. 13th summitt - Turkey, Istanbol, 2016

North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO)
1. NATO was established in -1949

2. NATO headquarter - Brussels, Belgium
3. NATO members-28
4. Alliance: It is Military Alliance which consider attack on one country as the attack on all the
countries.

Warsaw Pact
1. Formation - 14-5-1955
2. Motto - Union of Peace and Socialism
3. Type - Military alliance
4. Headquarter - Moscow, Soviet Union
5. Dissolved -1-7-1991
6. Warsaw Pact was reaction -NATO

500. 7. Members: Bulgaria, Czechosolvakia, East Germany, Hungary, Poland, Romania, Albania, Soviet
Union.

OPEC
1. Organization of Petrolium Exporting Countries (OPEC)
2. OPEC was established in -1960
3. OPEC members - 13
4. Aim of OPEC - Oil related policies
5. OPEC Headquarter - Vienna, Austria

SAARC (South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation)
1. Established -1985
2. Purpose - Regional Cooperation
3. Headquarter - Khathmando, Nepal
4. Appointment of Secretary General - For 03 Years
5. Members: (8) Pakistan* India, Bangladesh, Afghanistan, Sri Lanka, Nepal, Bhutan, Maldives.

European Union
1. Established - 01 November 1993
2. Members - 28 Countries of Europe
3. Currency - Euro
4. Largest City - London
5. Headquarter - Brussels. Belgium
6. Old name - European Economic Community
7. Type of union - Politico-Economic Union
8. Passport - Passport free regions
9. Common System - Justice, laws, security, jobs, trade, etc.
10. EU countries part of NATO - 22 Countries

501. Shangai Cooperation Organization (SCO)
1. Established -1996
2. Old name of SCO - Shangai Five
3. Waiting Members - Pakistan & India
4. Purpose - Political,Economic,Security
5. Total SCO members - 6-China, Russia. Kazikstan,
Kargstan,Tajkstan,Uzbkstan

D-8 Countries (D-Developing Countries)
1. Established -15 June 1997, Istanbul, Turkey.
2. Headquarter - Istanbul, Turkey.
3. Purpose - Improve economy of members states.
4. Members: - Pakistan, Iran, Turkey, Bangladesh, Indonesia, Malaysia, Nigeria, Egypt.

G-20
1. Established -1999
2. Purpose • - Economics
3. Secretariat - No permanent secretariat
4. President: Selected from members countries for 1 years
5. Members: (20) 19 Countries with 01 European Union.
BRiCS (B-Brazil.R-Russia, l-lndia, C-China. S-South Africa)
1. Established -2006-2009
2. Purpose - Economic
3. Members: (5) Brazil, Rusia, India, China, South Africa.

ABBREVIATIONS
Sr# Topic
1 A-B —
2 C

502. 3 D-E
4 F-G-H
5 I-J-K
6 L-M
7 N
8 O-P
9 R
10 S-T
11 U-V-W

{A}
A/C -Account
AAC -Alternative Augmentative Communication
AAMD -American Association on Mental Deficiency
ABA -Applied Behavioural Analysis
ABC -American Broadcasting Corporation
ACR -Annual Confidential Report
ADA -American Disabilities Act
ADB -Asian Development Bank
ADHD -Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder
AER -Annual Evaluation Report
AG -Accountant General
AIOU -Allama iqbal Open University
AK -Azad Kashmir
ALU -Arithmetic Logical Unit
AMC -Army Medical Corps
AOTA -American Occupational Therapy Association
APA -American Psychological Association
APC -All Pakistan Conference

503. APCD -Asia Pacific Development Centre on Disability
APDDP -Asia and Pacific Decade of Disabled Persons (1993-2003)
APEC , -Asian Pacific Economic Corporation
APNS -All Pakistan Newspaper Society
APTMA -All Pakistan Textile Processing Mills Association
ARA -Adhoc Relief Allowance
ASD -Autism Spectrum Disorder
ASEAN -Association of South-East Asian Nations
ASHA -American Speech-Language and Hearing Association
ASI -Assistant Sub inspector
ASL -American Sign Language
AT -Assistive Technology
ATM -Automatic Teller Machine

{B}
B.Ed/M.Ed -Bachelor / Master of Education
BA/B.Sc-Bachelor of Arts/Science
BBC -British Broadcasting Corporation
BC -Before Christ
BCCI -Bank of Commerce and Credit International
BCS/MCS -Bachelor/Master of Computer Sciences
BIOS -Basic Input Output System
BISE -Board of Intermediate and Secondary Education
BISP -Benzir Income Support Program
BMF -Biwako Millennium Framework
BTI -Brain Traumatic Injury
BTU -British Thermal Unit

{C}

504. CA -Chartered Accountant / Chronological Age
CAI -Computer Aided Instruction
CAPD -Central Auditory Processing Disorder
CBI -Central Bureau of Investigation
CBR -Central Board of Revenue/Community Based Rehabilitation
CCPO -Capital City Police Officer
CCTV -Closed Captioning Television
CD -Compact Disc
CDA -Capital Development Authority
CENTO -Central Treaty Organization
CEO -Chief Executive Officer
CGS -Chief of General Staff
CHL -Conductive Hearing Loss
CIA -Central Intelligence Agency (U.S)
CID -Criminal Investigation Department
CL1 -Calling Line Identification
CM -Chief Minister
CMH -Combined Military Hospital
CNG -Compressed Natural Gas
CNIC -Computerized National Identity Card
CNN -Cable News Network
CNS -Central Nervous System
CO AS -Chief of Army Staff
COMSAT -Communication Satellite Corporation
CP -Cerebral Palsy
CPEC -China Pakistan Economic Corridor
CPU -Central Processing Unit
CRT -Cathode Ray Tube
CSD -Canteen Store Department

505. CSP -Civil Service of Pakistan
CSS -Central Superior Services
CT -Certificate in Teaching
CTBT -Comprehensive Test Ban Treaty
CTD -Counter Terrorism Department
CTI -College Teacher Internees
CV -Curriculum Vitae

{D}
D.Ed -Diploma in Education
D8 -Organization of 8 Developing Countries
DAE -Diploma of Associate Engineer
DAO -District Account Officer
DCO -District Coordination Officer
DDO -Drawing and Disbursing Officer
DEO -District Education Officer
DGSE -Directorate General of Special Education
DHQ -District Headquarters
DIG -Deputy Inspector General
Ditto -(") The same
DNA -De-oxyribo Nucleic Acid
DOS -Disk Operating S>stem
DPO -District Police Officer
DSM -Diagnostic Statistical Manual for Mental Disorders
DSP -Deputy Superintendet of Police
DVD -Dynamic Versatile Disk
D VM -Doctor of Veterinary Medicine

{E}

506. e.g. -Example of Gratia
EAHCA -Education for All Handicapped Children Act (1975)
EBD -Emotional and Behavioural Disorder
EGAT -Engineering College Admission Test
ECE -Early Childhood Education
ECG -Electro Cardio Gram
ECSE -Early Childhood Special Education
ECT -Electro Convulsant Therapy (Electric Shock Treatment)
EDO -Executive District Officer
EFA -Education for All
EI -Early Intervention / Emotional Intelligence
Email -Electronic Mail
EMIS -Educational Management and Information System
EMR -Educable Mentally Retarded
ENT -Ear Nose Throat
EPM -Educational Planning & Management
ERIC -Education Resources Information Center
ERRA -Earthquake Reconstruction & Rehabilitation Authority
ESE -Elementary School Educator

{f}
FA/F.Sc -Faculty of Arts/Science
FAB -Functional Behavioural Assessment
FANA -Federally Administered Northern Areas
FAPE -Free and Appropriate Education
FATA -Federally Administered Tribal Areas
FBA -Function Behavior Assessment
FBI -Federal Bureau of Investigation (U.S. A)
FC -Frontier Corps

507. FIA -Federal Investigation Agency
FIFA -Federation of International Football Association
FIR -First Investigation Report
FMIS -Financial Management and Information System

{H}
HAMAS
HCF
HDTV
HEC
HIC
HIV/AIDs

HRA HRD HTML HTTP

-Harkat-Al-Makawana-Al-Islamia
-Highest Common Factor
-High Definition Television
-Higher Education Commission (old name UGC)
-Children with Hearing Impairment
-Human Immunodeficiency Virus/Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndroms
-House Rent Allowance -Human Resource Development -Hyper Text Markup Language -Hyper Text
Transfer Protocol

{I}
i.e. -id est (that is)
IAEA -International Atomic Energy Agency
IBM -International Business Machine
ICC -International Cricket Corporation

508. ICTs -Information & Communication Technologies
ICU -Intense Care Unit
ID -Identity/Intellectually Disabled
IDB -Islamic Development Bank
IDEA -International Disabled Education Act (2004) (formally ADA)
IDPs -Internally Displaced Persons
IELTS -International English Language Testing System
IEP -Individual Education Plan
IER -Institute of Educational Research
a.m. -Ante Maridiem: Before Noon
IFSP -Individual Family Support Program
ILO -International Labour Organization
IMF -International Monetary Fund
IPE -Individualized Education Plan
IQ -Intelligent Quotient
IRC -International Red Cross
ISO -International Standardization Organization
ISP -Internet Service Protocol
ISPR -Inter Services Public Relations
ISSB -Inter Services Selection Board
ITP -Individualized Transition Plan

{J}
JCO -Junior Commissioned Officer
JICA -Japan International Cooperation Agency
JSET -Junior Special Education Teacher
JUI -JamiatUlma-e-Islam

{K}

509. KESC -Karachi Electric Supply Company
Kg -Kilogram
KG -Kindergarten
KKH -Karakaram Highway
KPK -Khyber PakhUmkhaw
KSE -Karachi Stock Exchange

{L}
LABARD-Lahore Business Association for Rehabilitation of the Disabled
LAN-Local Area Network
LCD-Liquid Crystal Display
LCM-Least Common Multiple
LD-Learning Disability
LEA-Local Education Agency
LED-Light Emitting Diode
LGO-Local Government Ordinance
LOC-Line of Control
LPC-Last Payment Certificate
LPR-Leave Preparatory to Retirement
LRE Least Restrictive Environment
LSBE-Life Skills-Based Training

{M}
M.Com -Master of Corporation
M.Phil -Master of Philosophy
MA -Mental Age
MA/M.Sc -Master of Arts/Science
MBA -Master in Business Administration
MBBS -Bachelor of Medicine and Surgery

510. MCAT -Medical College Admission Test
MCQ -Multiple Choice Questions
MDG -Millennium Development Goal
MDT -Multidisciplinary Team
MIU-Mobile Information Unit
MMS -Multimedia Messaging Service
MNA -Member of National Assembly
MO -Money Order
MODEM -Modulator-Demodulator
MoE -Ministry of Education
MOSSAD -No Abbreviation (Its Arabic word
MCAT -Medical College Admission Test
MoSW&SE -Ministry of Social Welfare & Special Education
MOU -Memorand um of Understanding
MP -Military Police
MPA -Member of Provincial Assembly
MQM -MuhajirQoumi Movement
MRC -Children with Mental Retardation
MRI -Magnetic Resonance Imaging
MS -Medical Superintendent
MSN -Microsoft Network
MTDF -Medium Term Development Framework

{N}
N/A -Not application
NAB -National Accountability Bureau
NACTA -National Counter Terrorism Authority
NADRA -National Database and Registration Authority
NASA -National Aeronautics and Space Administration

511. NAT -National Aptitude Test
NATO -North Atlantic Treaty Organization
NAVTEC -National Vocational & Technical Education Commission
NBP -National Bank of Pakistan
NCC -National Cadet Corps
NCHD -National Commission for Human Development
NCLB -No Child Left Behind Act
NCRD -National Council For Rehabilitation Of Disabled Persons
NEAS -National Education Assessment System
NEC -National Education Census
NEF -National Education Foundation
NEMIS -National Management and Information System
NEP -National Education Policy
NESPAK-National Engineering Services of Pakistan
NEWS -North East West South
NFC -National Finance Commission
NFE -Non-Formal Education
NGO -Non-Government Organization
NHA -National Highway Authority
NIH -National Institute for Handicapped
NIMH -National Institute for Mental Health
NIPA -National Institute of Public Administration
NISE -National Institute for Special Education
NISE -National Institute of Special Education
NLC -National Logistic Cell
NOC -No Objection Certificate
NPA -National Plan of Action
NRO -National Reconciliation Ordinance
NTC -National Telecommunication Corporation

512. NTD -National Trust for Disabled
NTN -National Tax Number
NTS -National Testing Service
NUML -National University of Modern Languages
NUST -National University of Science and Technology
NWFP -North Western Frontier Province

{O}
O&M -Orientation and Mobility Services
OCD -Obsessive Compulsive Disorder
OECD -Organization for Economic Cooperation & Development
OGDCL -Oil and Gas Development Company Limited
OGRA -Oil and Gas Regulatory Authority
OIC -Organization of Islamic Countries
OK All Correct (OllKorrect)
OPEC -Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries
OSD -Office on Special Duty
OT -Occupational Therapist

{P}
p.m. -Post maridiem: After Noon
PA -Personal Assistant
PAEC -Pakistan Atomic Energy Commission
PAF -Pakistan Air Force
PARCO -Pak Arab Refinery Company
PBS -Pakistan Bureau of Statistics
PC -Personal Computer / Project Cost
PCB -Pakistan Cricket Board
PCO -Pakistan Census Organization

513. PCS -Public Civil Service
PDD -Pervasive Developmental Disorder
PDPO -Pakistan Disabled Persons Organization
PEC -Pakistan Engineering Council / Primary Education Commission
PEEDA -Punjab Employees Efficiency, Discipline and Accountability Act
PEMRA -Pakistan Electronic Media Regulatory Authority
PEPCO -Pakistan Electric Power Company
PET -Physical Education Teacher
Ph.D -Doctorate of Philosophy
PHC -Children with Physical Handicapped
PIA -Pakistan International Airlines
PIFRA -Project to Improve Financial Reporting and Auditing
PILDAT -Pakistan Institute of Legislative Development and Transparency
PIMS -Pakistan Institute of Medical Science
Pin Code -Postal Index Code
PISA -Program for International Student Assessment
PL -Public Law
PLP/PLEP -Present Level of Education Performance
PLS -Profit and Loss Sharing
PM -Prime Minister
PM&DC -Pakistan Medical & Dental Corps
PMA -Pakistan Military Academy
PMDC -Pakistan Mineral Development Corporation
PMLN -Pakistan Muslim League Nawaz
PMLQ -Pakistan Muslim League Quaid
PO -Post Office
PPP -Pakistan Peoples Party / Public Private Partnership
PPRA -Public Procurement Regulatory Authority
PPSC -Punjab Public Service Commission

514. PRSP -Punjab Rural Support Program
PS -Personal Secretary
PSL -Pakistan Super League
PSO -Pakistan State Oil
PST -Primary School Teacher
PTA -Pakistan Telecommunication Authority/Parent Teacher Association
PTBT -Partial Nuclear Test Ban Treaty
PTC -Primary Teacher Course
PTCL -Pakistan Telecommunication Company Limited
PTI -Pakistan Tehrik-e-Insaaf
PTI -Physical Teacher Instructor
PTO -Please Turnover
PTR -Pupil-Teacher Ratio
PU -Punjab University
PUC -Paper under Consideration
PWD -Person with Disability
PWDs -Persons with Disabilities

{R}
R&D -Research & Development
RADAR -Radio, Angle, Direction and Range
RAM -Random Access Memory
RAW -Research and Analysis Wing (India)
RCD -Regional Cooperation for Development
RIMS -Restaurant Invoice Monitoring System
ROM -Read Only Memory

{S}
SAARC -South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation

515. SAARC -South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation
SADF -South Asian Disability Forum
SAT -Scholastic Aptitude Test
SDO -Sub Divisional Officer
SEATO -South East Asian Treaty Organization
SES -Socio-economic Status
SESE -Senior Elementary School Educator
SHO -Station House Officer
SLP -Speech and Language Pathologist
SLTs -Speech and Language Therapists
SMC -School Management Committee / Council
SMEDA -Small and Medium Enterprises Development Authority
SMS -Short Message Service
SNE -Schedule of New Entries
SNHL -Sensorineural Hearing Loss
SP -Superintendent of Police
SS -Subject Specialist
SSET -Senior Special Education Teacher
SSG -Special Services Group
STEP -Special Talent Exchange Program
SUPARCO -Space and Upper Atmosphere Research Committee

{T}
TA/DA -Travelling/Daily Allowance
TB -Tuberculosis
TCS -Tranzum Companies & Services
TD -Teacher of Deaf
TMO -Tehsil Municipal Officer
TMR -Trainable Mentally Retarded

516. TOEFL -Test of English and French Language
TTY -Tele Type Writer
TVE -Technical & Vocational Education

{U}
U.K -United Kingdom
U.S -United States
UET -University of Engineering and Technology
UGC -University Grant Commission (new name HEC)
UMS -Urgent Mail Service
UMT -University of Management & Technology
UNCRDPD -United Nations Convention of Rights of Persons with Disabilities
UNDP -United Nations Development Program
UNEF -United Nations Emergency Fund
UNESCO -United Nations, Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization
UNICEF -United Nations International Children Emergency Fund
UNO -United Nations
UPE -Universal Primary Education
USAID -United States Agency for International Development
USSR -United Soviet Socialist Republic

{V}
VAT -Value Added Tax
VC -Vice Chancellor
VIC -Children with Visual Impairment
VIP -Very Important Person
VOIP -Voice Over Internet Protocol
VPN -Virtual Private Network

517. {W}
w.e.f -With Effect From
WAN -Wide Area Network
WAPDA-Water and Power Development Authority
WASA -Water and Sanitation Agency
WB -World Bank
WHO - World Health Organization
WIAT -Wechsler Individual Achievement Test
wise -Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children
WTO -World Trade Organization
WWW -World Wide Web